I REESE LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. Received HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, FROM THE EARLIEST DISCOVERIES TO THE PRESENT TIME. WITH ADDITIONS, CONTAINING HISTORY OF THE BRITISH AMERICAN PROVINCES, HISTORY OF MEXICO, AND THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES, WITH EXPLANATORXL^JES AND QUESTIONS. BY MAKCIUS WILLSOlSr, AUTHOR OF " AMERICAN HISTORY," " OUTLINES OK GENERAL HISTORY," "PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY*" *TC. REVISED AND ILLUSTRATED EDITION. NEW YORK: IVISON & PHINNEY, 48 & 50 WALKER ST. CHICAGO : S. C. GRIGGS & CO., 39 & 41 LAKE ST. 1859. .178 EMBELLISHMENTS, MAPS, CHARTS, PLANS OF BATTLES, ETC. EMBELLISHMENTS. FRONTISPIECE LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS, ..... 9 POCAHONTAS SAVING THE LIFE OF CAPTAIN SMITH. .... 47 DEATH OF GENERAL WOLFE. ........ .173 BATTLE OF BUNKER S HILL, .......... 207 SURRENDER OF LORD CORNWALLIS, ........ 267 MAPS, CHARTS, PLANS OF BATTLES, <kc. Page CHART OF AMERICAN HISTORY, 10, 11 Valley of Mexico, . . 19 Vicinity of Pensacola, . 26 Vicinity of Montreal, . . 33 Port Royal Island and Vicinity, 35 Vicinity of St. Augustine, . 36 Harbor of St. Augustine, . 36 Roanoke Island and Vicinity, . 38 Vicinity of Jamestown, . . 44 INDIAN TRIBES AND EARLY SETTLE MKNTS, 46 Plymouth and Vicinity, . . 70 Vicinity of Boston, ... 74 Valley of the Conn. River, in Mass., 87 Narraganselt Fort and Swamp, . 88 Vicinity of Pemaquid Fort, . 91 Vicinity of Portland, ... 9) Louisburg and Vicinity in 1745, 98 Island of Cape Breton, . . 98 Vicinity of Portsmouth, . . 101 Vicinity of Hartford, ... 104 New Haven and Vicinity, . . 107 Vicinity of Providence, . . 112 New York and Vicinity, . . 117 Albany and Vicinity, . . . 118 Northern part of Delaware, . 121 Vicinity of Annapolis, . . 142 Philadelphia and Vicinity, . . 152 Vicinity of Wi! mi ngton, N. C., . 155 Charleston and Vicinity, . . 161 Savannah and Vicinity, . . 167 Vicinity of Frederica, Geo., . 168 Forts in New Brunswick, . . 179 Vicinity of Lake George, . . 181 Forts at Oswego, . . . i 183 Pa pro Vicinity of Quebec, 1759, . . . 189 Plan of the Siege of Boston, . .210 Battle of Long Island, ... 222 Westchester County 225 Forts Lee and Washington, . . 225 Seat of War in New Jersey, . . 226 Trenton in 1776, ... .228 Places West of Philadelphia, 237 Vicinity of Ticonderoga, . . 240 Fort Schuyler on the, Mohawk, . . 242 Towns of Saratoga and Still water, . 242 Camps of Gates and Burgoyno at Saratoga 242 Forts on the Hudson, . . . .244 Plan of Fort Mercer, . 244 Battle of Monmouth, . . . . 248 Seat of War in S. Carolina, . . 261 Battle of Sanders Creek, . . . 262 Battle of Guilford Court House,. . 271 Battle of Hobkirk s Hill, ... 272 Siege of Yorktown, .... 278 New London and Vicinity, . . 277 MAP OF THE COUNTRY AT THE CLOSE OF THE REVOLUTION, . . . 284 Vicinity of New Orleans, . . .291 District of Columbia, . . . .296 Vicinity of Detroit, . . . .304 Niagara Frontier, . . . .306 Seat of the Creek War, . . .313 Vicinity of Niagara Falls, . . .319 Vicinity of Baltimore, . . .323 Seat of Seminole War, . 338 MAP OF MEXICO, ... .351 MAP OF CALIFORNIA, .... 367 MAP OF THE UNITED STATES IN 1850, 378 Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the yea 1853, BY MARCIUS WILLSON, In the Clerk s Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York. STEREOTYPED BY THOMAS B. SMITH, 82 <t 84 Bcekraau Street. PRINTED BY J. D. BEDFORD A CO. 115 Franklin Street. CONTENTS, AM) PLAN OF THE ORK K^^^^^^^^^M^^tAM PART I. VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. CHAPTER. I. VOYAGES, CONQUESTS, AND DISCOVERIES IN THE SOUTHERN POR TIONS OF NORTH AMERICA 13-3 DIVISIONS. I. Columbus. II. De Leon. III. De Ayllon. IV. Conquest of Mexico. V. De Narvaez. VI. Ferdinand De Soto. CHAPTER II. NORTHERN AND EASTERN COASTS OF NORTH AMERICA, . DIVISIONS. I. John and Sebastian Cabot. IL Cortereal. III. VerrazanL IV. C;irtier. V. Roberval. VI. Ribault, Laudonniere, and Melendez. VII. Gilbert, Raleigh, and Grenville. VIII. De La Roche. IX. Gosnold. X. De Monts. XI. North and South Virginia, PART II. EARLY SETTLEMENTS AND COLONIAL HISTORY. CHAPTER I. VIRGINIA 47-67 DIVISIONS. I. Virginia under the first Charter. II. Virginia under the second Charter. III. Virginia under the third Charter. IV. Virginia from the dissolution of the London Company in 1624, to the com mencement of the French and Indian War in 1754. CHAPTER II. MASSACHUSETTS, 67-100 SECTION I. Massachusetts from its earliest history to the union of the New England Colonies in 1643. DIVISIONS. I. Early History. II. Plymouth Colony. III. Massachu setts Bay Colony. IV. Union of the New England Colonies. V. Early Laws and Customs. SECTION II. Massachusetts from the Union of the New England Colonies in 1643, to the close of King William s War in 1697. DIVISIONS. I. Events from the Union to King Philip s War. II. King Philip s War. III. Controversies and Royal Tyranny. IV. Massa chusetts during King William s War. SECTION III. Massachusetts from the close of King William s War in 1697, to the commencement of the French and Indian War in 1754. DIVISIONS. I. Massachusetts during Queen Anne s War II. King George s War. VI CONTENTS, AND PLAN OF THE WORK. CHAPTER III. Pages. NEW HAMPSHIRE, 100-103 CHAPTER IV. CONNECTICUT 103111 DIVISIONS. I. Early Settlements. II. Pequod War. III. New Haven Colony. IV. Connecticut under her own Constitution. V. Connec ticut under the Royal Charter. CHAPTER V. RHODE ISLAND 111116 CHAPTER VI. NEW YORK 116138 SECTION I. New Netherlands previous to the conquest by the English in 1664. ^ SECTION II. New York from the conquest of New Netherlands in 1664, until the commencement of the French and Indian War in 1754. (Delaware included until 1682.) CHAPTER VII. NEW JERSEY 136141 CHAPTER VIII. MARYLAND 141-149 CHAPTER IX. PENNSYLVANIA, 14&-154 CHAPTER X. NORTH CAROLINA, 154-160 CHAPTER XL SOUTH CAROLINA 160-166 CHAPTER XII. GEORGIA, 166-173 CHAPTER XIII. THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR 173-193 DIVISIONS. I. Causes of the War, and Events of 1754. II. 1755: Ex peditions of Monckton, Braddock, Shirley, and Winslow. III. 1756 : Delays; Loss of Osvvego; Indian Incursions. IV. 1757: Designs against Louisburg, and Loss of Fort Win. Henry. V. 1758 : Reduc tion of Louisburg ; Abercrombie s Defeat ; The taking of Forts Frontenac and Du Quesne. VI. 1759 to 1763: Ticonderoga and Crown Point Abandoned ; Niagara Taken ; Conquest of Quebec, Of all Canada ; War with the Cherokees ; Peace of 1763. CHAPTER XIV. CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, .... 193207 PART III. AMERICAN REVOLUTION. CHAPTER I. EVENTS OP 1775 207-2U CHAPTER II. EVENT& OP 1776 216-230 CHAPTER III. EVENTS OP 1777, 230246 CONTENTS, AND PLAN OF THE WORK. Vll CHAPTER IV. EVENTS OF 1778, .............. 246-253 CHAPTER V. EVENTS OF 1779, .............. 253 MO CHAPTER VI. EVENTS OF 1780 .............. 860267 CHAPTER VII. EVENTS OF 1781 ...... _.....* ^ . . . 267279 CHAPTER VIII. CLOSE OF THE WAR, AND ADOPTION OF THE CONSTITUTION, . . 279-285 PART IV. THE UNITED STATES, FROM THE ORGANIZATION OF THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THE FEDERAL CONSTITUTION IN 1789, TO THE YEAR 1853. CHAPTER I. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION, 1 285293 CHAFFER II. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, . . ,,..,/..,; ,.. . . - 293-297 CHAPTER III JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION 297-302 CHAPTER IV. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. WAR WITH ENGLAND 302-388 SECTION L Principal Events of 1809, 10, 11. SECTION II. Principal Events of 1812. DIVISIONS. 1. Declaration of War, and Events in the West. II. Events on the Niagara Frontier. III. Naval Events. SECTION III. Principal Events of 1813. DIVISIONS. I. Events in the West and South. II. Events in the North. III. Naval Events. SECTION IV. Principal Events of 1814. DIVISIONS. I. Events on the Niagara Frontier. II. Events 5n the vi cinity of Lake Champlain. III. Events on the Atlantic Coast. IV. Events in the South and close of the War. War with Algiers. CHAPTER V. MONROE S ADMINISTRATION 328-3H CHAPTER VI. J. Q. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION , . . . 832-S34 CHAPTER VII. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, 334339 CHAPTER VIII. VAN EUREN S ADMINISTRATION. 339343 Vifi CONTENTS, AND PLAN OF THE WORK. CHAPTER IX, p HARRISON S ADMINISTRATION, 4 .... t . 343-^44 CHAPTER X. TYLER S ADMINISTRATION, ...;.. . . 344-346 CHAPTER XI. FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, War with Mexico. CHAPTER XIL TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION, . 863368 CHAPTER XIIL PILLMORE S ADMINISTRATION, . . . . 869374 APPENDIX. CHAPTER I. 1. History of Canada tinder the French. IL History of Canada under the English, , 376-388 CHAPTER IL HISTORY OF MEXICO AND TEXAS, ; 388-406 L Aboriginal Mexico. II. Colonial History of Mexico. III. Mexico during the First Revolution. IV. Mexico from the close of the First Revolution to the adoption of the Federal Constitution of 1824. V. Mexico from the adoption of the Federal Constitution of 1824 to the commencement of the Ttexan Revolution in 1835. VI. Texan Revolution. VII. Mexico from the close of the Texan Revolution in 1836 to the commencement of the War with the United States in 1846. CHAPTER III. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES, WITH EXPLANA TORY NOTES AND QUESTIONS, i 40^129 EXPLANATION OF THE CHART. THE " MmtATtTKB CHART or AMERICAN HISTORY," found on the following two pages, is a mere outline of a larger chart measuring about five feet by six and a half. The design of the small chart is, principally, to furnish, by its convenience for reference, additional aid to those pupils who may be studying the outlines of the history from the larger one ; for as the small chart wants the coloring of the other, and many of it* Important features, it will be found, separately, of comparatively little importance. A brief explanation of the " Miniature Chart," however, may, in this place, be useful. The two divisions of the chart should be considered as brought together, so as to present the whole united on one sheet. The chart is arranged in the " downward course of time," from top to bottom, embracing a period of nearly 350 years, extending from the discovery of America by the Cabots, in 1497, to the year 1845. The dark shading, ex tending entirely across the chart at the top, represents all North America as occupied by the Indian tribes at the time of the discovery ; and, following the chart downwards, the gradually increasing light portions represent the gradual increase of European set tlements. The darkest shading represents the country as unexplored by the whites ; the lighter shading, as having been explored, but not settled. Thus, Vermont was the last settled of the New England States ; Upper Canada was settled at a much later period, and some of the western United States still later. On the right is a column of English History ; then a column of dates, corresponding with which the events are arranged on the chart from top to bottom ; then follows the history of the present British Provinces north of the United States ; then the histories of the several United States as their names are given at the bottom of the chart : after the territories, at the left, and adjoining Oregon, appear Texas, Mexico, and Central America. The large chart, of which this is a very imperfect outline, gives the prom inent features, in the histories of all the settled portions of North America. The utility of well-arranged charts is very much the same as that of historical map*. Although maps give the localities of events, they cannot give their sequences, or aUMt of succession ; but as the eye glances over the chart, and follows it downwards in the stream of time, there is presented to the mind, instead of one local, fixed picture, a mov ing panorama of events. In the map, the associations are based upon the proximity of locality ; in the chart, upon the order of succession ; and the two combined, in connec tion with the written history, give the most favorable associations possible for the at tainment and retention of historical knowledge. One prominent advantage of the chart, however, separately considered, is, that it presents at one view a Comparative History, of which books alone can give only a very inadequate idea, and that only to a well- disciplined memory of arbitrary associations. A view of the chart makes upon tho mind as lasting an impression of the outlines of a country s history, as does the map of its topography, when the plans of both are equally understood ; and the prominent fea tures in a country s history may be recalled to the mind, after a study of the chart, with the same facility that the geographical outlines may be recalled, after a study of the map ; for the principles upon which the mind acquires the knowledge, through the medium of the eye, are in both cases the same. The chart, the map, and the written history, should be used together ; the chart, presenting at one view a comparative chronology of the events, being considered the framework of the s tructure ; and the znap, giving the localities, the basis upon which it stands. 1* :ft: : l^l$lM$ Dates. 1500 10 ENGLISH HISTORY. Henry VII. IS09 Henry VIII. 1547 tfdward lV. * 1553 Mary;~ 1558 Elizabeth. Charles I. (Beheaded.) 1649 Cromwell. R. Cromwell. Charles II. 1685 James If. 1689 Wiliia m and Mary. 1702 Aune. 1714 George 1. George II. 1700 George III. 1811 P r. Wales Regent. 1820 George IV: an William lV. 1837 Victoria.* INTRODUCTION TO THE SCHOOL EDITION OF THE HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, IK offering the following History to the public, a few remarks appear necessary, in order to point out those particulars in which it is believed to possess peculiar merits. Of the adaptation of the style to the object intended, and of the moral and general in fluence of the work, the public alone must be the judges. Those who would compare its historical accuracy with other histories on the same subject, are referred to a Criti cal Review of American Histories, by the same author, first published in the B blical Repository for July, 1845 ; which may give some idea of the labor and care bestowed upon the compilation of the following work. We would, however, here inform the reader that a uniformity in the system of dates has been preserved, the dates being given throughout in JVew Style. See this important subject examined in the before mentioned Review. It will be observed that the marginal dates and references in the following work are numerous ; carrying along a minute chronology with the history. This plan avoids the necessity of encumbering the text with dates, and at the same time furnishes, to the inquiring reader, a history far more minute and circumstantial than could otherwise be embraced in a volume much larger than the present. The more prominent features in the PLAN of the work, in which it differs from any other History, are, the Arrangement of the Questions in the margin, and the introduc tion of numerous Maps, Charts, and Geographical Notes. The QUESTIONS are arranged in the margin, each opposite that portion of the text to which it refers, and numbered to correspond with similar divisions of the text. In point of convenience and utility, it is believed that this plan of arrangement is far more desirable than that hitherto adopted, of placing the questions at the bottoms of the pa ges, or at the end of the volume. Moreover, the questions are designedly so constructed as to require from the pupil a knowledge of the whole text. The supposed utility of the CHART, (pages 10 and 11,) may be learned from the description of the same on page 9. The progressive series of the three LARGE MAPS, on pages 46, 284, and 375, show the state of the country at different periods. The First represents the country as occu pied by the Indian Tribes, fifty years after the settlement of Jamestown, when only a few bright spots of civilization relieved the darkness of the picture. The Second, as it was at the close of the Revolution, when almost the entire region west of the AJlegha- nies was a> wilderness, showing how slowly settlements had advanced during the long period that the colonies were under the dominion of Great Britain. The Third repre sents the country as it now is, and as it has become under the influence of republican institutions. In place of the recent wilderness, we observe a confederacy of many states, each with its numerous cities, towns, and villages, denoting the existence of a great and happy people. The GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL NOTES, and SMALL MAPS, at the bottoms of the pages, give the localities of all important places mentioned, and furnish that kind of geographical information respecting them, without which the history can be read with lit tle interest or profit. Maps of important sections of the Union, the vicinities of our large towns, plans of battle grounds and sieges. &c., are here given on the same pages witli the events referring to them, where they necessarily catch the eye of the pupil, so that they can hardly fail to arrest his attention, and increase the interest that he feels in the history. On the whole, it is believed that the plan here adopted, considered apart from what ever other merits the work may possess, affords unusual facilities for the acquisition of historical knowledge HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. PART i. VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. EXTENDING FROM THE DISCOVERT OP AMERICA, BY COLUMBUS, IN 1492; TO THE SETTLEMENT OP JAMESTOWN, VIR GINIA, IN 1607: EMBRACING A PERIOD OF 115 YEARS. CHAPTER I. EARLY SPANISH VOYAGES, CONQUESTS, AND DIS COVERIES, IN THE SOUTHERN PORTIONS OF NORTH AMERICA. DIVISIONS. JT. Discovery of America by Columbus. II. Juan Ponce de Leon in Florida. III. De Ayllon in Carolina. IV. Conquest of Mezi- co. V. Pamphilo de Naruaez. VI. Ferdi nand de Soto. COLUMBUS. I. DISCOVERY OF AMERICA BY COLUMBUS. 1. ir The discovery 1 of America by Christopher Columbus, may be regarded as the most important event that has ever resulted from individual genius and enterprise. Al though other claims to the honor of discovering the Western hemisphere have been advanced, and with some appearance of probability, yet no clear historic evidence exists in their favor. 3 It has been asserted that an Iceland* bark, in the early part of the eleventh century, having been driven southwest from Greenland! 1. What is mid of the Discovery cf America by Columbtts? a. Oct. 12, 1492, Old Style ; or, Oct. 21, New Style. 2. Of other claims to th Discovery ? 3. Of the Icelandic claim? * GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1. Iceland is an island in the Northern Ocean, re markable for its boiling springs (the Geysers), and its flaming volcano, Mount Hecla. It was discovered by a Norwegian pirate, in the year 861, and was soon after settled by the Norwegians ; but it is supposed that the English and vhe Irish had previously made settlements there, which were abandoned before the time of the Norwegian discoveiy. t Greenland is an extensive tract of barren country, in the northern frozen regions Separated from the western continent by Baffin s Bay and Davis s Strait. It was dis covered by the Norwegians thirty years after the discovery of Iceland, and a thriving colony was planted there; but from 1406 until after the discovery by Columbus all correspondence with Greenland was cut off, and all knowledge of the country seemed to be buried in oblivion. 14 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I 1492. by adverse winds, touched 1 upon the coast of Lab- ~~ rador ;* that subsequent voyages were made ; and a - 1001 - that colonies were established in Nova Scotia, f or in Newfoundland.}: i.ivhat f is 2. J But even if it be admitted that such a discov- *9uplriar ery was made, it does not in the least detract from claim* $* the honor so universally ascribed to Columbus. The Columbia? i ce i anc ii c discovery, if real, resulted from chance, was not even known to Europe, was thought of little im portance, and was soon forgotten ; and the curtain of darkness again fell between the Old world and the New. The discovery by Columbus, on the contrary, was the result of a theory matured by long reflection and experience ; opposed to the learning and the big otry of the age ; and brought to a successful demon stration, after years of toil against opposing difficulties and discouragements. 2. wtMtwm 3. 2 The nature of the great discovery, however, long the pre- , , , . & 3 r -L was long unknown ; and it remained for subsequent adventurers to dispel the prevalent error, that the voy- error e lwniiiS~ a g e of Columbus had only opened a new route to the wealthy, but then scarcely known regions of Eastern *iwexS.ntaf Asia. 3 During several years, b 4 the discoveries of Colum- bus were confined to the islands of the West Indies ; and it was not until August, 1498, six years after his MM. to first voyage, that he discovered the main land, near the c. Aug. ioth. rnouth of the Orinoco : |J and he was then ignorant that it was any thing more than an island. 4. what is 4. 4 The principal islands of the West Indies, w^indieirt Cuba,*|[ St. Domingo,** and Porto Rico,tt were soon * Labrador, or New Britain, is that part of the American coast between the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Hiidson s Bay ; a bleak and barren country, little known, and inhab ited chiefly by Indians. t JVova Scotia is a large peninsula, southeast from New Brunswick, separated from it by the Bay of Fundy, and connected with it by a narrow isthmus only nine miles across. i Newfoundland is a Lilly and mountainous island on the east side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; nearly a thousand miles in circumference, deriving all its importance from its extensive fisheries. The West Indies consist of a large number of islands between North and South America, the most important of which are Cuba, St. Domingo, Jamaica, and Porto Rico || The Orinoco is a river on the northeast coast of South America. if Cuba, one of f .he richest islands in the world, is the largest of the West Indies, be ing 760 miles in length from southeast to northwest, and about 50 miles in breadth. Its northern coast is 150 miles south from Florida. ** St. Domingo, or Hayti, formerly called Hispaniola, is a large island, lying between Cuba and Porto Rico, and ;ibottt equally distant from each. tt Porto Rico is n fertile island of the West Indies, GO miles sou heast from St. Do mingo. It is 140 miles long from east to west, and 36 broad. CHAP. 1.1 IMS LEON. 15 colonized, and subjected to Spanish authority. ! In 1506 1506. the eastern coast of Yucatan* was discovered ; and in 1510 the first colony on the continent was planted on l ^ f ^ c ^ the Isthmus of Darien.f 2 Soon after, Vasco Nunez ttwjbj a* de Balboa, governor of the colony, crossed the Isthmus, continent? and from a mountain on the other side of the Conti nent discovered 11 an Ocean, which being seen in a nfsc%e?l\ southerly direction, at first received the name of the the pac J ic? South Sea. a 1513 II. JUAN PONCE DE LEON m FLORIDA. 1. 3 In 1512 J^J^J,** Juan Ponce de Leon, an aged veteran, and former gov- Leon? ernor of Porto Rico, fitted out three ships, at his own ex pense, for a voyage of discovery. 4 A tradition prevailed 4. wt>at wm > , v * T> i i i the tradition among the natives ol Porto Rico, that in a neigh boring ttf tkeFnun- island of the Bahamas^ was a fountain which possessed ta the remarkable properties of restoring the youth, and of perpetuating the life of any one who should bathe in its stream, and drink of its waters. fi Nor was this fabu lous tale credited by the uninstructed natives only. It was generally believed in Spain, and even by men distinguished for virtue and intelligence. 2. In quest of this fountain of youth Ponce de Leon sailed b from Porto Rico in March, 1512; and, r . . . T n i- j- of Florida. after cruising some time among the Bahamas, discov ered an unknown countiy, to which, from the abun- b Mt dance of flowers that adorned the forests, and from its c - Apnl 6 being first seen on Easter^* Sunday, (which the Span iards call Pascua Florida,) he gave the name of 7 n r hattoot Florida. II l he exten \ f 3. 7 After landing d some miles north of where St. discoveries / Augustine^F now stands, and taking formal possession d. April is. * Yucatan, one of the States of Mexico, is an extensive peninsula, 150 miles S. W from Cuba, and lying between the Bays of Honduras and Campeachy. t The Isthmus of Darten Is that narrow neck of land which connects North and South America. It is about 300 miles in length, and, in the narrowest part, is only about 30 miles across. t The Bahamas are an extensive group of islands lying east and southeast from Florida. They have been estimated at about 600 in number, most of them mere clifis and rocks, only 14 of them being of any considerable size. $ Easter day, a church festival observed in commemoration of our Savior s resur rection, is the Sunday following the first full moon that happens after the 20th of March. !! Florida, the most southern portion of the United States, is a large peninsula about two thirds of the size of Yucatan. The surface is level, and is intersected by numerous ponds, lakes, rivers, and marshes. T See note and map, p. 30. 16 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 151 2. of the country, he explored its coasts ; and doubling its " southern cape, continued his search among the group of islands which he named the Tortugas:* but the chief object of the expedition was still unattained, and Ponce de Leon returned to Porto Rico, older than 1 A few years later, having been ap- " ie country which he had discovered, voyage to its shores, with the design of selecting a site for a colony ; but, in a contest with the natives, many of his followers were killed, and Ponce de Leon himself was mortally wounded. ^" ^ E AYLLON IN CAROLINA. 1. 2 About the time terprise of the defeat of Ponce de Leon in Florida, a company DeAyuon? of seven wealthy men, of St. Domingo, at the head a. Pronoun- of whom was Lucas Vasquez de Ay llon, a judge of ap- ced Aii-yon. p ea ^ g O f fa^ i s i aTi( i^ dispatched b two vessels to the Ba- b. 1520. hamas, in quest of laborers for their plantations and s. ofthedti- mines. 3 Beinsf driven northward from the Bahamas, covery of . P, _ /^NTI Carolina? by adverse winds, to the coast of Carolina, they an chored at the mouth of the Cambaheef river, which they named the Jordan. The country they called Chicora. 4 p?/aiit e y h of~ 2< 4 Here t ^ ie natives treated the strangers with great & Ihe kindness and hospitality, and being induced by curiosity, a ftdyof 1 thl freely visited the ships ; but when a sufficient number was below the decks, the perfidious Spaniards closed a. what wa-i the hatches and set sail for St. Domingo. 6 One of the V thenttr? returning ships was lost, and most of the Indian pris oners in the other, sullenly refusing food, died of fam ine and melancholy. acSunt a of 3* G Son after this unprofitable enterprise, De Ayl- me second ion, having- obtained the appointment of Governor of voyage and ., ; MI-IT i r i r its result. Chicora, sailed with three vessels for the conquest of the country. Arriving in the river Cambahee, the principal vessel was stranded and lost. Proceeding thence a little farther north, and being received with apparent friendship at their landing, many of his men were induced to visit a village, a short distance in the * The Tortu/ras, or Tortoise Islands, are about 100 miles southwest from the southern cape of Florida. t The Cambahee is a small river in the southern part of South Carolina, emptying into St. Helena Sound 35 miles southwest from Charleston. CSee map, p. 85.) CHAP. L] CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 17 interior, where they were all treacherously cut off by 1517. the natives, in revenge for the wrongs which the Span- - " iards had before committed. De Ayllon himself was surprised and attacked in the harbor ; the attempt to conquer the country was abandoned; and the few survivors, in dismay, hastened back to St. Domingo. IV. CONQUEST OF MEXICO.* 1. J In 1517 cisco Fernandez de Cordova, sailing from Cuba a with three small vessels, explored b the northern coast of red Yucatan. 2 As the Spaniards approached the shore, a. NOW* p. 14. they were surprised to find, instead of naked savages, b. March, a people decently clad in cotton garments ; and, on 1517- landing, their wonder was increased by beholding sev- 2 pSKf ~ eral large edifices built of stone. 3 The natives were Spaniards? much more bold and warlike than those of the islands 3. ^vhat wo* and the more southern coasts, and every where re- ceived the Spaniards with the most determined opposi- tion. 2. 4 At one place fifty-seven of the Spaniards were 4 The result killed, and Cordova himself received a wound, of !&$* which he died soon after his return to Cuba. *3ut, 5. what is notwithstanding the disastrous result of the expedition, msaowrfy another was planned in the following year ; and under Mexic ? the direction of Juan de Grijalva, a portion of the south ern coast of Mexico was explored, 11 and a large amount c .May,june, of treasure obtained by trafficking with the natives. 3. Velasquez ; governor of Cuba, under whose auspices the voyage of Griialva had been made, en- 111 i i if i -i / -i nched by the result, and elated with a success far be- yond his expectations, now determined to undertake the conquest of the wealthy countries that had been discovered, and hastily fitted out an armament for the purpose. 7 Not being able to accompany the expedi- tion in person, he gave the command to Fernando Cortez, who sailed with eleven vessels, having on board six hundred and seventeen men. In March, 1519, Cortez landed in Tabasco, f a southern province * Mexico is a large country southwest from the United States, bordering on the Gulf of Mexico on the east, and the Pacific Ocean on the west. It is about one fourth an large as the United States and their territories. The land on both coasts is low, but in the interior is a large tract of table lands C or 8000 feet above the level of the sea. t Tabasco, one of the southern Mexican States, adjoins Yucatan on the southwest. 18 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I 1519. ~ a. April 12. i Hmo was Lortez re- 2. what did 3. what di ambSsador then do? 4. what did Montezuma b. Aug. 26. 6. What events oc curred on capital? ?. what it mid of the appearance ofthe piam and e city? of Mexico, where he had several encounters with the natives, whom he routed with great slaughter. 4. Proceeding thence farther westward, he landed 1 at San Juan de Ulloa,* where he was hospitably received, and where two officers of a monarch who was called Montezuma, came to inquire what his intentions were in visiting that coast, and to offer him what assistance he might need in order to continue his voyage. 2 Cor- tez respectfully assured them that he came with the most friendly sentiments, but that he was intrusted with affairs of such moment by the king, his sovereign, that he could impart them to no one but to the empe ror Montezuma himself, and therefore requested them to conduct him into the presence of their master. 5. 3 The ambassadors of the Mexican monarch, knowing how disagreeable such a request would be, endeavored to dissuade Cortez from his intention ; at the same time making him some valuable presents, which only increased his avidity. Messengers were dispatched to Montezuma, giving him an account of every thing that had occurred since the arrival of the Spaniards. 4 Presents of great value and magnificence were returned by him, and re-peated requests were made, and finally commands given, that the Spaniards should leave the country but all to no purpose. 6. 6 Cortez, after destroying his vessels, that his soldiers should be left without any resources but their own valor, commenced* his march towards the Mexican capital. G On his way thither, several nations, that were tributary to Montezuma, gladly threw off their allegiance and joined the Span iards. Montezuma himself, aJarrned and irresolute, continued to send messengers to Cortez, and, as his hopes or his fears alternately prevailed, on one day gave him permission to advance, and, on the next, com manded him to depart. 7. 7 As the vast plain of Mexico opened to the view of the Spaniards, they beheld numerous villages and cultivated fields extending as far as the eye could reach, * San Juan de Ulloa is a sinall island, opposite Vera Cruz, the principal eastern sea port of Mexico. It is 180 miles south of east from the Mexican capital, and contains a strong fortress, built of coral rocks taJsen from the bottom of the sea. CHAP. L] CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 19 a. NOV. and in the middle of the plain, partly encompassing a 1519. large lake, and partly built on islands within it, stood the city* of Mexico, adorned with its numerous temples and turrets ; the whole presenting to the Spaniards a spectacle so novel and wonderful that they could hardly persuade themselves it was any thing more than a dream, ^ontezuma received* the Spaniards with great pomp and magnificence, admitted them within the city, assigned them a spacious and elegant edifice for their accommodation, supplied all their wants, and bestowed upon all, privates as well as officers, presents of great value. 8. 2 Cortez, nevertheless, soon began to feel solici- tude for his situation. He was in the middle of a vast empire, shut up in the centre of a hostile city, and surrounded by multitudes sufficient to overwhelm him upon the least intimation of the will of their sovereign. 3 In this emergency, the wily Spaniard, with extraordi- nary daring, formed and executed b the plan of seizing the person of the Mexican monarch, and detained him as a hostage for the good conduct of his people. He next induced him, overawed and broken in spirit, to acknowledge himself a vassal of the Spanish crown, and to subject his dominions to the payment of an an- 4. nual tribute. 9. 4 But while Cortez was absent, 6 opposing a force that had been sent against him by the governor of Cuba, who had become jealous of his successes, the Mexicans, incited by the cruelties of the Spaniards who . , , , r J T -i i i T it 5 - had been left to guard the capital and the Mexican said of the king, flew to arms. 6 Cortez, with singular good for- fi jr? ~* b - Dec- 1520. c May dfortune Cortez ? * The city of Mexico, built by the Spaniards on the mins of the ancient city, was long the largest town in America, but is now inferior to New York and Philadelphia. It is 170 miles from the Gulf of Mexico, and 200 from the Pacific Ocea- and is situated near the western bank of Lake Tezcuco, - the delightful Vale of Mexico, or, as it was formerly caiu i <1. the Plain of Tenochtitlan, which is 230 miles in cir cumference, and elevated 7000 feet above the level of the ocean. The plain contains three lakes besides Tez cuco, and is surrounded by hills of moderate elevation, except on the south, where are two lofty volcanic mountains. Two of the lakes are above the level of the city, whose streets have been frequently inundated by them ; but in 1689, a deep channel, 12 miles long, cut through the hills on the north, was completed, by which the superfluous waters are conveyed into the river Tula, and thence to the Panuco. 20 VOYAGES AND DI6COVERIES. [PAR1 i. 1520. tune, having subdued his enemies, and incorporated a July4 most of them with his own forces, returning, entered* the capital without molestation. i. HOW did 10. Belying too much on his increased strength, he soon ^ a id aside the mask of moderation which had hith- erto concealed his designs, and treated the Mexicans like conquered subjects. They, finally convinced that they had nothing to hope but from the utter extermination of their invaders, resumed their attacks upon the 2.whatioss Spanish quarters with additional fury. 2 In a sally Spaniards which Cortez made, twelve of his soldiers were killed, suffer? an( j tne Mexicans learned that their enemies were not invincible. a. what is 11. 3 Cortez, now fully sensible of his danger, tried what effect the interposition of Montezuma would have upon his irritated subjects. At sight of their king, rcdanhis whom they almost worshipped as a god, the weapons appearance? O f the Mexicans dropped from their hands, and every head was bowed with reverence ; but when, in obe dience to the command of Cortez, the unhappy mon arch attempted to mitigate their rage and to persuade them to lay down their arms, murmurs, threats, and reproaches ran through their ranks ; their rage broke forth with ungovernable fury, and, regardless of their monarch, they again poured in upon the Spaniards flights of arrows and volleys of stones. Two arrows wounded Montezuma before he could be removed, and a blow from a stone brought him to the ground. 12- 4 ^ ne Mexicans, on seeing their king fall by their own hands, were instantly struck with remorse, and fled with horror, as if the vengeance of heaven were pursuing them for the crime which they had 5. what is committed. 5 Montezuma himself, scorning to survive s iezunK this last humiliation, rejected with disdain the kind at- death? tendons of the Spaniards, and refusing to take any nourishment, soon terminated his wretched days. e. Give an 13. 6 Cortez, now despairing of an accommodation t^mrcM with the Mexicans, after several desperate encounters f iards/rom w i m them, began a retreat from the capital ; but in- numerable hosts hemmed him in on every side, and his march was almost a continual battle. On the sixth day of the retreat, the almost exhausted Spaniards, now CHAP. L] CONQUEST OP MEXICO. 2* reduced to a mere handful of men. encountered,* in a 152O. spacious valley, the whole Mexican force ; a countless " multitude, extending as far as the eye could reach. l As no alternative remained but to conquer or die, Cortez, without giving his soldiers time for reflection, immediately led them to the charge. The Mexicans received them with unusual fortitude, yet their most numerous battalions gave way before Spanish disci pline and Spanish arms. 1 4. The very multitude of their enemies, however, pressing upon them from every side, seemed sufficient to overwhelm the Spaniards, who, seeing no end of their toil, nor any hope of victory, were on the point of yielding to despair. At this moment Cortez, ob serving the great Mexican standard advancing, and recollecting to have heard that on its fate depended the event of every battle, assembled a few of his bravest officers, and, at their head, cut his way through the opposing ranks, struck down the Mexican general, and secured the standard. The moment their general fell and the standard disappeared, the Mexicans, panic struck, threw away their weapons, and fled with pre cipitation to the mountains, making no farther opposi tion to the retreat of the Spaniards. 15. Notwithstanding 1 the sad reverses which he * Give an 11 i ./-N -11 i i t f i i account of had experienced, Cortez still looked forward with con- tntfinai fidence to the conquest of the whole Mexican empire, CO Mexla> and, after receiving supplies and reinforcements, in December, 1520, he again departed for the interior, with a force of five hundred Spaniards and ten thou sand friendly natives. After various successes and re verses, and a siege of the capital which lasted seventy- 1521. five days, the king Guatemozin having fallen into his hands, in August, 1521, the city yielded ; b the fate b. Aug. 23. of the empire was decided ; and Mexico became a province of Spain. 16. 3 Another important event in the list of Spanish discoveries, and one which is intimately connected 4 WhQ way with American history, being the final demonstration Magellan 1 , of the theory of Columbus, requires in this place a was^pfa tossing notice. *&** 17. 4 Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese by birth, Indies? 22 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I. 1520. a. Emanuei. i. what if jfrst appii- cat "aid/ or b. 1517. c.charies v. 2. under whose pat- ronagedtd d f5 U i! 20 c ti<mof ?he Globe, e M i52o h 16 who had served his country with distinguished valor in the East Indies,* believing that those fertile regions might be reached by a westerly route from Portugal, proposed the scheme to his sovereign, 1 and requested aid to carry it into execution. Unsuccessful in his application, and having been coldly dismissed by his sovereign without receiving any reward for his ser vices, he indignantly renounced his allegiance and repaired to Spain. b 18. 2 The Spanish emperor, engaging readily in the scheme which the Portuguese monarch had re- . -. , ,, ,, . , jected, a squadron of five ships was soon equipped at the public charge, and Magellan set sail d from Seville f * n Au g" ust j 1519. 3 After touching at the Canaries, j he stood south, crossed the equinoctial line, and spent several months in exploring the coast of South Amer- i ca > searching for a passage which should lead to the Indies. After spending the winter on the coast, in the spring he continued his voyage towards the south, passed through the strait^ which bears his name, and, after sailing three months and twenty one-days through an unknown ocean, during which time his crew suf fered greatly from the want of water and provisions, k e discovered 6 a cluster of fertile islands, which he called the Ladrones. || 19. The fair weather and favorable winds which he had experienced induced him to bestow on the ocean through which he had passed the name of Pacific. which it still retains. Proceeding from the Ladrones, * East Indies is the name given to the islands of the Indian Ocean south of Asia, together with that portion of the main land which is between Persia and China. t Seville H a large city beautifully situated on the left bank of the Guadalquiver, in the southwestern part of Spain. It was -once the chief market for the commerce of America and the Indies. t The Canaries are a group of 14 islands belonging to Spain. The Peak of Teneriffe, on one of the more distant islands, is about 250 miles from the northwest coast of Africa, and 800 miles southwest from the Straits of Gibraltar. $ The Strait of Magellan is at the southern extremity of the American continent, separating the islands of Terra del Fuego from the main land. It is a dangerous passage, more than 300 miles in length, and in some places not more than a mile across. |j The Ladrones, or the Islands of Thieves, thtts named from the thievish disposi lion of the natives, are a cluster of islands in the Pacific Ocean about 1600 miles south east from the coast of China. When first discovered, the natives were ignorant of any country but their own, and imagined that the ancestor of their raco was formed from a piece of the rock of one of their islands. They were utterly unacquainted with fire, and when Magellan, provoked by repeated thefts, burned one of their villages they thought that the fire was a beast which fed upon their dwellings. CHAP. I.) PAMPIIILO DE NARVAEZ. 23 1522. he soon discovered the islands now known as the 152O. Phillippmes* Here, in a contest with the natives, " Magellan was killed, a and the expedition was prose- a - Ma y cuted under other commanders. After arriving at the Moluccas,! and taking in a cargo of spices, the only vessel of the squadron, then fit for a long voyage, sailed for Europe by way of the Cape of Good Hope,J and arrived" in Spain in September, 1522, thus accom- plishing the first circumnavigation of the globe, and having performed the voyage in the space of three years and twenty-eight days. V. PAMPHILO DE NARVAEZ. 1. J In 1526, Pamphilo 1526. de Narvaez, the same who had been sent by the c. see p. i. governor of Cuba to arrest the career of Cortez in Mexico, solicited and obtained from the Spanish em- peror, Charles V., the appointment of governor of Flor- ida, (1 with permission to conquer the country. 2 The d. Note p. is. territory thus placed at his disposal extended, with in- 2 - ." 7wf ter - -, ^ J , * r , / i ntory toas definite limits, from the southern cape of the present Florida to the river of Palms,(now Panuco,) in Mexico. 3 Having made extensive preparations, in April, 1528, Narvaez landed 6 in Florida with a force of three hun- dred men, of whom eighty were mounted, and erect- ing the royal standard, took possession of the country for the crown of Spain. 2. 4 Striking into the interior with the hope of finding some wealthy empire like Mexico or Peru,|| during two months the Spaniards wandered about through swamps and forests, often attacked by hordes of lurking savages, but cheered onward by the assurances of their captive guides, who, pointing to the north, were sup- * The Phillippines, thus named in honor of Philip II. of Spain, who subjected them 40 years after the voyage of Magellan, are a group of more than a thousand islands, the largest of which is Luzon, about 400 miles southeast from the coast of China. t The Moluccas, or Spice Islands, are a group of small islands north from Now Holland, discovered by the Portuguese in 1511. They are distinguished chiefly for tho production of spices, particularly nutmegs and cloves. t The Cape of Good Hope is the most important cape of South Africa, although Cape Lacullus \A farther south. The Panuco is a small river which empties into the Gulf of Mexico 210 miles north from the Mexican capital, and about 30 miles north from Tampico. || Peru i.s a country of South America, bordering on the Pacific Ocean, celebrated for its mines of gold and silver, the annual produce of which, during a great number of years, was more than four millions of dollars. Peru, when discovered by the Span iards, was a powerful and wealthy kingdom, considerably advanced in civilization. ltd conquest was completed by Pizarro in 1532. 1528. d t % e in /* a ( }[. 24 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I. 1528. posed to describe a territory which abounded in gold, a June l At length they arrived* in the fertile province of the ._,.... Apallachians, in the north of Florida, but their hopes 1. l. nezr ais- c f ^\ i i i 11 * ap K^f finding gold were sadly disappointed, and the resi dence of the chieftain, instead of being a second Mexico, which they had pictured to themselves, proved to be a mere village of two hundred wigwams. 2. what was 3. a^hey now directed their course southward, and the result Of r* <, J . -ii-i-i . theexpcdi- finally came upon the sea, probably in the region of the Bay of Apalachee,* near St. Marks. Having al ready lost a third of their number, and despairing of being able to retrace their steps, they constructed five b. Oct. frail boats in which they embarked, b but being driven out into the gulf by a storm, Narvaez and nearly all his companions perished. Four of the crew, after wandering several years through Louisiana, f Texas, % and Northern Mexico, and passing from tribe to tribe, c. 1536. often as slaves, finally reached a Spanish settlement. "^ FERDINAND DE SOTO. 1. Notwithstanding the va i l tTre e ara me l ancno ty result of the expedition of Narvaez, it to the riches was still believed that in the interior of Florida, a 1 name which the Spaniards applied to all North Amer- ca then known, regions might yet be discovered which ou ^ V1G m opulence with Mexico and Peru. 4 Fer- , and dinand de Soto, a Spanish cavalier of noble birth, who had acquired distinction and wealth as the lieutenant of Pizarro in the conquest of Peru, and desirous of signalizing himself still further by some great enter prise, formed the design of conquering Florida, a 1538. country of whose riches he had formed the most ex travagant ideas. s. what, did 2. 5 He therefore applied to the Spanish emperor, and 8 obfain and requested permission to undertake the conquest of f kZ l of Florida at his own risk and expense. The emperor, spam? indulging high expectations from so noted a cavalier, not only granted his request, but also appointed him * Apalachee is a large open bay on the coast of Florida, south of the western part of Georgia. St. Marks is a town at the head of the bay. t Louisiana is a name originally applied to the whole valley of the Mississippi and the country westward as far as Mexico and the Pacific Ocean. The present .Louisiana is one of the United States, at the southwestern extremity of the Union. i Texas, embracing a territory as extensive as the six New England States together with Now York and New Jersey, adjoins Louisiana on the west. CHAP. I.] FERDINAND DE SOTO. 25 governor-general of Florida for life, and also of the 1538. island of Cuba a . *De Soto soon found himself sur- ~ rounded by adventurers of all classes, and in April, L W]ienanil 1538, sailed for Cuba with a fleet of seven large and with what armament three small vessels. 3. 2 In Cuba the new governor was received with 2. what is great rejoicings ; new accessions were made to his r^pvonin forces ; and after completing his preparations, and leav- O f ^ land ing his wife to govern the island, he embarked for Florida, and early in June, 1539, his fleet anchored 13 in the Bay of Espiritu Santo,* or Tampa Bay. 3 His forces consisted of six hundred men, more than two hundred of whom were mounted, both infantry and cavalry being clad in complete armor. 4 Besides am- pie stores of food, a drove of three hundred swine was landed, with which De Soto intended to stock the country where he should settle ; and these were driven with the expedition throughout most of the route. 4. 5 After establishing a small garrison in the vi- 5. Give an account of cinity of Espiritu Santo, and sending most of his ves- the sels back to Havanna.f he commenced his march into the interior, taking with him, as interpreter, a Spaniard m ^ 8 " found among the natives, who had remained in cap-- tivity since the time of Narvaez. After wandering five months through unexplored and mostly unculti vated regions, exposed to hardships and dangers and an almost continued warfare with the natives, during which several lives were lost, the party arrived, in the c . NOV. e. month of November, in the more fertile country of the Apallachians, east of the Flint river,;); and a few leagues north of the Bay of Apalachee, where it was deter mined to pass the winter. 5. 6 From this place an exploring party discovered e. what dta- the ocean in the very place where the unfortunate mentioned, Narvaez had embarked. De Soto likewise dispatched ^ffia- thirty horsemen to Espiritu Santo, with orders for the lo ved? * Espiritu Santo, now called Tampa Bay, is on the western coast of Florida, 200 miles southeast from St. Marks. There is no place of anchorage between the two places. t Havanna, the capital of Cuba, a wealthy and populous city, is on the north side of the island. It has the finest harbor in the world, capable of containing a thousand sliips. The entrance is so narrow that but one vessel can pass at a time. | The Flint river is in the western part of Georgia. It joins the Chattahooche at the northern boundary of Florida, and the two united form the Apalachicola. 3 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 1539. a. i53!Mo. i. in what W w2*5o- d xte/r jiror winter? 1540. 1 13 " the spring? VSoJw had De Sato h 4. ii- 5. Describe \s\roL\ AND vi garrison to rejoin the army in their present winter quarters. The horsemen arrived with the loss of but two of their number, and the garrison rejoined De SotOj although with some loss, as, during their march, they had several desperate encounters with the na tives. Two small vessels that had been retained at Espiritu Santo reached the Bay of Apallachee, and by the aid of these the coast was further explored du- ring the winter,* and the harbor of Pensacola* dis covered. 6. The Spaniards remained five months in win- ter quarters at Apallachee, supplying themselves with provisions by pillaging the surrounding country ; but they were kept in constant alarm by the never-ceas- i n stratagems and assaults of the natives. 2 At length, in the month of March, they broke up their camp and set out b for a remote country, of which they had heard, to the northeast, governed, it was said, by a woman, and abounding in gold and silver. 3 De g oto } la( j previously dispatched his ships to Cuba, with orders to rendezvous in the following October at Pen- sacola, where he proposed to meet them, having, in the mean time, explored the country in the interior. 7. 4 Changing his course now to the northeast, De Soto crossed several streams which flow into the At- lantic, and probably penetrated near to the Savannah.! where he indeed found the territory of the princess, of whose wealth he had formed so high expectations ; but, to his great disappointment, the fancied gold proved to be copper, and the supposed silver only thin plates of mica. 8 - 5 His direction was now towards the north, to the liead waters of the Savannah and the Chattahoo- . chee,^ whence he crossed a branch of * Pensacola is a town on the northwest side of Pt nsa cola Bay. near the western extremity of Florida. The bay is :x fine sheet of water upwards of 20 miles in length from N.E. to S.W. t The Savannah river forms the boundary Hue t>el\veen South Carolina and Georgia. J The Chattahwchee river rises in the northeastern part of Georgia, near the sources of the Savannah, and, alter crossing the State southwest, forms the Ijoumtary heUveen Georgia and Alabama. was the re sult? 2 - 8(til1 f vtiS, S CHAP. I.] FERDINAND DE SOTO. 27 the Apalachian * chain which runs through the northern 1 54O. part of Georgia, and came upon the southern limits of " the territory of the Cherokees. a Hearing that there a. Map P . 45. was gold in a region farther north, he dispatched two i- w/>y was horsemen, with Indian guides, to visit the country. aftitiFchero These, after an absence of ten days, having crossed mdSSSf rugged and precipitous mountains, returned to the camp, bringing with them a few specimens of fine copper or brass, but none of gold or silver. 9. 2 During several months the Spaniards wan dered through the valleys of Alabama, obliging tin; v/m/r/ /J/t chieftains, through whose territories they passed, to tordfSf* march with them as hostages for the good conduct of their subjects. 3 In October they arrived b at Mauville,f b - Oct - 28 - a fortified Indian town near the junction of the Ala- 3. ir/,/ bamaj and the Tombeckbee. Here was fought b one of the most bloody battles known in Indian warfare. ^During a contest of nine hours several thousand In- 4 (ii ,.,, ,, n dians were slain and their village laid in ashes. "" /,"/. , /, {> 10. The loss of the Spaniards was also great. Many fell in battle, others died of their wounds, they lost many of their horses, and all their baggage was consumed in the flames. The situation of the Spaniards after the battle was truly deplorable, for nearly all were wounded, and, with their baggage, they had lost their supplies of food and medicine ; but, fortunately for them, the Indian power had been so completely broken that their enemies were unable to offer them any farther molestation. 11. "While at Mauville, De Soto learned from the natives that the ships he had ordered had arrived at /" /v > "" Pensacola. c But, fearing that his disheartened sol- vtdwhaf diers would desert him as soon as they had an oppor tunity of leaving the country, and mortified at his losses, he determined to send no tidings of himself * The Jlpalachian or Jillc.fThani/ Mountains extend from the northern part of Georgia to the State of New York, at a distance of about 250 miles from the coast, and nearly parallel to it. Thr\ divide the waters which flow into the Atlantic from those which flow into the Mississippi. t Pronounced Mo-ve.el, whence Mobile derives its name. j The Alabama river rises in the N.W. part of Georgia, and through most of its course is called the Cooxa. The Tombe.ckber. rises in the N.E. part of Mississippi. The two unite 35 miles north from Mobile, in the State of Alabama, and through several channels empty into Mobile Hay. 28 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 154O. until he had crowned his enterprise with success by ~ discovering new regions of wealth. He therefore a. NOV. 23. turned from the coast and again advanced 8 - into the interior. His followers, accustomed to implicit obe dience, obeyed the command of their leader without remonstrance. ^ * The following winter b he passed in the coun- 1 what was trv ^ tne Chickasaws, probably on the western bank ttontfltle ^ t ^ ie Yazoo,* occupying an Indian village which Spaniards had been deserted on his approach. Here the In- during t/ieir -,. 111* i i i i r second win- dians attacked him at night, in the dead of winter, tehatfona arid burned the village ; yet they were finally repulsed, d suffer l i but not till several Spaniards had fallen. In the burn ing of the village the Spaniards lost many of their horses, most of their swine, and the few remaining clothes which they had saved from the fires of Mau- ville. During the remainder of the winter they suf fered much from the cold, and were almost constantly harassed by the savages. 2 when and ^- 2 ^ t tne opening O f spring the Spaniards re- whcredid SU med c their march, continuing 1 their course to the they cross P j 1-1 the MISKS- northwest until they came to the Mississippi, y which c*Muy 5. tne y crossed, probably at the lowest Chickasaw bluff, 3 What one of the ancient crossing places, between the thirty- c th"i se n f urtn an( l tne thirty-fifth parallel of latitude. 3 Thence, thkei after reaching- the St. Francis.! they continued north 4. Jlotodid .. , & . , . , . . t / , T ,, , . , . then spend until they arrived in the vicinity of New Madrid, in axiiwh&fe the southern part of the State of Missouri. iMM*Mur 14. 4 After traversing the country, during the sum- tM tel{ n ~ nier, to the distance of two or three hundred miles (i. i.54i-2. west of the Mississippi, they passed the winter d on the 1542. banks of the Wachita.^ 5 In the spring they passed * The Yazoo river rises in the northern part of the State of Mississippi, and running southwest, enters the Mississippi river 65 miles north from Natchez. t The Mississippi river, which, in the Indian language, signifies the Father of ff a- ters, rises 160 miles west from Lake Superior. Its source is Itasca Lake, in Iowa Ter ritory. After a winding course of more than 3000 miles, in a southerly direction, it tlisclnrges it; va<t flood of turbid waters into the Gulf of Mexico. It is navigable for stenm-bo^ts to the Falls of St. Anthony, more than 2000 miles from its mouth by the river s course. The Mississippi and its tributary streams drain a vast valley, ex tending from the Alleghanies to the Kocky Mountains, containing more than a million if sqinre mile- of the" richest country in the world ; a territory six times greater than the whole kingdom of France. t The St. Francis river rises in Missouri, find running south, enters the Mississippi 60 miles north from the mouth of the Arkansas. $ The Wachita river rises in the western part of the State of Arkansas, and run- CHAP. I.] FERDINAND DE SOTO. 29 down that river to the Mississippi, where De Soto was taken sick and died.* To conceal his death from the natives, his body, wrapped in a mantle, and placed in a rustic coffin, in the stillness of midnight, and in the presence of a few faithful followers, was silently sunk in the middle of the stream. 15. *De Soto had appointed his successor, under whom the remnant of the party now attempted to pen etrate by land to Mexico. They wandered several months through the wilderness, traversing the western prairies, the hunting grounds of roving and warlike tribes, but hearing no tidings of white people, and find ing their way obstructed by rugged mountains, they were constrained to retrace their steps. 2 In December they came upon the Mississippi a short distance above the mouth of the Red* river, and here they passed the winter, b during which time they constructed seven large boats, or brigantines. 3 In these they embarked on the twelfth of July, in the following year, and in seventeen days reached the Gulf of Mexico. Fearing to trust themselves far from land in their frail barks, they continued along the coast, and on the twentieth of September, 1543, the remnant of the party, half naked and famishing with hunger, arrived safely at a Spanish settlement near the mouth of the river Panuco c in Mexico. 1542. 5. What is said of the death of DeSotol a. May 31. 1. Of the at tempt of the. Spaniards to reach Mexico by land I 2. Where and in what man ner did they pass their fourth roin- ter? b. 1542-3. 1543. 3. What wan their subse quent course and in ivhat manner did the rem nant of the party reach Mexico? c. Note p. 23. ning S.E. receives many tributaries, and entr the Red river 30 miles from the junction of the latter with the Mississippi. * The Red river rises on the confines of Texas, forms its northern boundary, and en ters the Mississippi 150 miles N.W. from New Orleans. SEBASTIAN CABOT. 30 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 1497. CHAPTER II. doS^chaf NORTHERN AND EASTERN COASTS OF NORTH AMERICA, tcr II. treat? FROM THE DISCOVERY OF THE CONTINENT BY THE CA- BOTS, IN 1497, TO THE SETTLEMENT OF JAMESTOWN, IN VIRGINIA, IN 1607. 110 YEARS. (Pronounced ^Kr DIVISIONS. c. Lo-don-e- d Foa sh) ^ z Jhn an ^ Sebastian Cabot. //. Gaspar Cortcreal. 2 What are ^^^ ^ errazan ^- IV- James Cartier.* V. Robcrval. the Divis- VI. Ribault, b Laudonniere, and Melendez. VII. Gilbert, refill Raleigh, Grenville, d-c.VIII. Marquis de la Roche.* IX. Bartholomew Gosnold.X. De Monts.XI. North and South Virginia. 3 account a cf ^- J HN AND SEBASTIAN CABOT. 1. 3 Shortly after the voyage the return of Columbus from his first voyage, John and discov- _. , _,. . -,-,,-, , -, J . -n erymadeby Cabot, a Venetian by birth, but then residing in Eng land, believing that new lands might be discovered in the northwest, applied to Henry VII. for a commis- e. Dated sion of discovery. Under this commission 6 Cabot, (o. a S H96. taking with him his son Sebastian, then a young man, 1497 sa il e d from the port of Bristol* in the spring of 1497. 2. On the 3d of July following he discovered land, which he called Prima Vista, or first seen, and which until recently was supposed to be the island of New- f.Note.p. 14. foundland/ but which is now believed to have been the coast of Labrador/ After sailing south a short distance, and probably discovering the coast of New foundland, anxious to announce his success, Cabot returned to England without making any farther discovery. 1498, 3. 4 In 1498 Sebastian Cabot, with a company of *on/wyafe th ree hundred men, made a second voyage, with the tian S cabot n P e f finding a northwest passage to India. He explored the continent from Labrador to Virginia, and e.Note.p.is. perhaps to the coast of Florida ; when want of pro visions compelled him to return to England. * Bristol, a commercial city of England, next in importance to London and Liver pool, is on the river Avon, four miles distant from its entrance into the river Severn, where commences the Bristol Channel. It is 115 miles west from London and 140 south from Liverpool. CHAP. II. CORTEREAL VERRAZANL 31 4. ^e made several subsequent voyages to the 150O. American coast, and, in 1517, entered one of the straits which leads into Hudson s Bay. Tn 1526, having entered the service of Spain, he explored the River La Plata, and part of the coast of South Ameri ca. Returning to England during the reign of Ed ward VI., he was made Grand Pilot of the kingdom, and received a pension for his services. II. GASPAR CORTEREAL. 1. 2 Soon after the sue- 2. Give a cessful voyage of the Cabots, which resulted in the discovery of North America, the king of Portugal, in the year 1500, dispatched Gaspar Cortereal to the coasts of America, on a voyage of discovery. After exploring the coast of Labrador* several hundred miles, a. Note p. u. in the vain hope of finding a passage to India, b Cor- tereal freighted his ships with more than fifty of the natives, whom, on his return, he sold into slavery. 2. 3 Cortereal sailed on a second voyage, with a de- termination to pursue his discovery, and bring back a cargo of slaves. Not returning as soon as was expected, his brother sailed in search of him, but no accounts of either ever again reached Portugal. III. VERRAZANL 1. 4 At an early period the fish- 1504. 1500 1501. c - Au - second voy age! eres of Newfoundland began to be visited by the * 1-1 i iiT-iT-iii/* -i sard of tfi& t rench and the English, but the former attempted no Newfmmd- discoveries in America until 1523. 6 In the latter part jj&*i of this year Francis I. fitted out a squadron of four 5 . Give an ships, the command of which he gave to John Verra- zani, a Florentine navigator of great skill and celebrity. Soon after the vessels had sailed, three of them became so damaged in a storm that they were compelled to re- turn ; but Verrazani proceeded in a single vessel, with a determination to make new discoveries. Sailing from Madeira,* in a westerly direction, after having encountered a terrible tempest, he reached f the coast f. March. of America, probably in the latitude of Wilmington, f Verr zanin 1524. 6 e. Jan. 27. * The Mndeiras are a cluster of islands, north of the Canaries, 400 miles west from the coast of Morocco, and nearly 700 southwest from the Straits of Gibraltar. Madeira, the principal island, celebrated for its wines, is 54 miles long, and consists of a collec tion of lofty mountains, on the lower slopes ef which vines are cultivated. t Wilmington. (See Note and Map, p. 156.) 32 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART \ 1524. 2. * After exploring the coast some distance north "iTwTHtffr" anc ^ south, without being able to find a harbor, he was to senc ^ a ^ oat on shore to open an intercourse ing, and with the natives. The savages at first fled, but soon intercourse i e ^ j with the recovering their confidence, they entered into an ami cable traffic with the strangers. \urrelon ^ 2 Proceeding north along the open coast of New thecoastof Jersey, and no convenient landing"- place being- dis- NeioJer- J \ ., f , sey? covered, a sailor attempted to swim ashore through the surf; but, frightened by the numbers of the natives who thronged the beach, he endeavored to return, when a wave threw him terrified and exhausted upon the shore. He was, however, treated with great kind ness ; his clothes were dried by the natives ; and, when recovered from his fright and exhaustion, he was per mitted to swim back to the vessel. 3. Near 4. 3 Landing again farther north, probably near the NeioYork? c .^ o f jsj" ew York,* the voyagers, prompted by curi osity, kidnapped and carried away an Indian child, a. May i. 4 ft i s supposed that Verrazani entered* the haven of ike c&tmc- Newport,! where he remained fifteen days. Here the nrttwstn natives were liberal, friendly, and confiding ; and the o/tvSS? country was the richest that had yet been seen. 5. Farther 5. Verrazani still proceeded north, and explored the coast as far as Newfoundland. b The natives of the northern regions were hostile and jealous, and would e. wnatis traffic only for weapons of iron or steel. 6 Verrazani name f New gave to the whole region which he had discovered France? fa e name o f NEW FRANCE ; an appellation which was afterwards confined to Canada, and by which that country was known while it remained in the possession of the French. 1534. TV- J AME S CARTIER. 1. 7 After an interval of ten 7. Give an years, another expedition was planned by the French ; itefimvar and James Cartier, a distinguished mariner of St. Malo,| cotter. was selected to conduct a voyage to Newfoundland. * JVew York. (See Note and Map, p. 117.) t Newport. (See Note, 7, 114 and Map, p. 112.) i St. Malo is a small seaport town in the N.W. part of France, in the ancient prov ince of Brittany, or Bretagne, 200 miles west from Paris. The town is on a rocky elevation, called St. Aaron, surrounded by the sea at high water, but connected with the mainland by a causeway. The inhabitants were early and extensively, engaged in the Newfoundland cod fishery CIIAP. fl.] CARTIER. 33 a. June b. At the Buy of Gaspee. After having minutely surveyed* the northern coast of 1534. that island, he passed through the Straits of Belleisle, into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and entered the mouth of the river of the same name ; but the weather be coming boisterous, and the season being far advanced, after erecting a cross, b taking possession of the coun try in the name of the king of France, and inducing two of the natives to accompany him, he set sail on c. Aug. 19. his return, and, in less than thirty days, entered d the d. sept. is. harbor of St. Malo in safety. 2. l lu 1535 Cartier sailed 6 . with three vessels, on a 1535. second voyage to Newfoundland, and entering the gulf e - Ma y 29 - on the day of St. Lawrence, he gave it the name of wdSJaJT that martyr. Being informed by the two natives who had returned with him, that far up the stream which he had discovered to the westward, was a large town, the capital of the whole country, he sailed onwards, entered the river St. Lawrence, and, by means of his interpreters, opened a friendly communication with the f . i n Quebec -pofi-ypo harbor. See 3. 2 Leaving his ship safely moored/ Cartier pro- g. sept. 29. ceededs with the pinnace and two boats up the river, as far as the principal Indian settlement of Hochelaga, on the site of the present city of Montreal,* where he and what j, r - ji J TV i happened was received 11 in a friendly manner. Rejoining his during tin ships, he passed the winter i where they were an- i^oSfw chored ; during which time twenty-five of his crew 1535 ~ 6 died of the scurvy, a malady until then unknown to Europeans. 4. 3 At the approach of spring, after having taken formal possession-" of the country in the name of his sovereign, Cartier prepared to return. An act of tinned? treachery, at his departure, k justly destroyed the confi- k- May ie. dence which the natives had hitherto reposed in their guests. The Indian king, whose kind treat- MONTREAL AND vie. ment of the French merited a more generous return, was decoyed on board one of the vessels and carried to France. 1536. j. May 13. 3. What act * Montreal, the largest town in Canada, is situated on the S.E. side of a fertile island of the same name about 30 miles long and 10 broad, enclosed by the divided channel of the St. Lawrence. The city is about 140 miles S.W. from Quebec, but farther by the course of the river. 2* 34 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 154O. V. ROBERVAL. 1. Notwithstanding the advantages i what teas ^ely to result from founding colonies in America, the the preva- French gfovernment, adopting the then prevalent no- lent opinion . . r 111 t, with regard tion that no new countries were valuable except such to of e rww ue as produced gold and silver, made no immediate at- wntries? 2. what is 2. 2 At length a wealthv nobleman, the Lord of Ro- said ofthe^ , & , . J . IT desists and berval, requested permission to pursue the discovery Rofervai? and form a settlement. This the king readily granted, 1540 and Roberval received* the empty titles of Lord, Lieu- a. Jan. tenant-general, and Viceroy, of all the islands and countries hitherto discovered either by the French or the English. Z acSmnt a of ^. 3 While Roberval was delayed in making exten- the third s i v e preparations for his intended settlement. Carder. voyage of , " " . ,.. -IT i i i Gamer. whose services could not be dispensed with, received a 1541. subordinate command, and, in 1541, sailed b with five b. June 2. sn ip S already prepared. The Indian king had in the mean while died in France ; and on the arrival of Cartier in the St. Lawrence, he was received by the natives with jealousy and distrust, which soon broke 4. what Fort out into open hostilities. 4 The French then built for 11 their defence, near the present site of Quebec,* a fort which they named Charlesbourg, where they passed the winter. 1542. 4. 6 Roberval arrived at Newfoundland in June of t* 16 following year, with three ships, and emigrants for f un ding a colony ; but a misunderstanding having and the fah- arisen between him and Cartier, the latter secretly set M&MMI? sail for France. Roberval proceeded up the St. Law rence to the place which Cartier had abandoned, where c. 1542-3. ne erected two forts and passed a tedious winter. 6 After some unsuccessful attempts to discover a passage d. Note p. 22. to the East Indies, d he brought his colony back to France, and the design of forming a settlement was 1549. abandoned. In 1549 Roberval again sailed on a voy age of discovery, but he was never again heard of. * Quebec, a strongly fortified city of Canada, is situated on the N.W. side of tho St. Lawrence, on a promontory formed by that river and the St. Charles. The city con sists of the Upper and the Lower Town, the latter on a narrow strip of land near the water s edge ; and the former on a plain difficult of access, more than 200 feet higher. Cape Diamond, the most elevated point of the Upper Town, is 345 feet above the level of the river, and commands a grand view of an extensive tract of country. ( See Map p. 189.) CHAP. H.] RIBAULT, LAUDONNIERE, MELENDEZ, 35 VI. RIBAULT, LAUDONNIERE, AND MELENDEZ. 1. l Co- 1562. ligni, admiral of France, having long desired to estab lish in America a refuge for French Protestants, at length obtained a commission from the king for that purpose, and, in 1562, dispatched* a squadron to Florida, b under the command of John Ribault. Ar riving on the coast in May, he discovered the St. Johns River, which he named the river of May; but the squadron continued north until it arrived at Port 2 - Royal* entrance, near the southern boundary of Caro- men tnade? lina, where it was determined to establish the colony. 2. 3 Here a fort was erected, and named Fort Charles, 3 w ^f r l e ^ and twenty-six men were left to keep possession of the < Carolina, country, while Ribault returned to France for further and c Jj emigrants and supplies. 4 The promised reinforcement 4. why wa not arriving, the colony began to despair of assistance ; tnTntalan- and, in the following spring, having constructed a rude frS/ brigantine, they embarked for home, but had nearly perished by famine, at sea, when they fell in with and were taken on board of an English vessel. 3. 5 In 1564, through the influence of Coligni, an- 1564. other expedition was planned, and in July a colony 5. when and was established on the river St. Johns,f and left under Tfsecond the command of Laudonniere. 6 Many of the emi- jSJffit grants, however, being dissolute and improvident, the J^SSS- supplies of food were wasted ; and a party, under the and conduct pretence of desiring to escape from famine, were per- colonists? mitted to embark d for France ; but no sooner had they d. Dec. departed than they commenced a career of piracy against the Spanish. The remnant were on the point 1565. of embarking for France, when Ribault arrived and assumed the command, bringing supplies, and additional emigrants with their fam- VICINITY OF PORT ROYAL - ilies. * Port Royal is an island 12 miles in length, on the coast of South Carolina, on the east side of which is situ ated the town of Beaufort, 50 miles S.W. from Charles ton. Between the island and the mainland is an excellent harbor. t The St. Johns, the principal river of Florida, rises in the eastern part of the territory, about 25 miles from the coast, and runs north, expanding into frequent lakes, until within 20 miles of its mouth, when it turns to the east, and falls into the Atlantic, 35 miles north from St. Augustine. (See Map next page.) 36 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I, 1565. 4. Meanwhile news arrived in Spain that a cozn- a. NotepTis! P an y f French Protestants had settled in Florida,* i. what oc- within the Spanish territory, and Melendez, who had currcdivhen -, . -. , . v r , the span- obtained the appointment 01 governor 01 the country, iards heard f r -\ -, of the upon the condition of completing its conquest within settlement? t k ree years, departed on his expedition, with the deter mination of speedily extirpating the heretics. 5. 2 Early in September, 15 1565, he came in sight of Florida, and soon discovering a part of the French fleet, gave them chase, but was unable to overtake On the seventeenth of September Melendez b. Sept. 7. 2. Give an account of and the founding of st tinl us entere d a beautiful harbor, and the next day, c after c. sept. is. taking formal possession of the country, and proclaim ing the king of Spain monarch of all North America, laid the foundations of St. Augustine.* What French fleet? 6. 3 Soon after, the French fleet having put to sea )fthe with the design of attacking the Spaniards in the har bor of St Augustine, and being overtaken by a furious storm, every ship was wrecked on the coast, and the 4. Give, an French settlement was left in a defenceless state. 4 The account of gp an i a rds now made their way through the forests, the destruc tion of the French colony. d Oct. 1. and, surprising d the French fort, put to death all its inmates, save a few who fled into the woods, and who subsequently escaped on board two French ships which had remained in the harbor. Over the mangled re mains of the French was placed the inscription, "We do this not as unto Frenchmen, but as unto heretics." VICINITY OF ST. AUGUSTINE, The helpless shipwrecked men being soon discovered, although invited to rely on the clemency of Melendez, were all massacred, except a few Catholics and a few mechanics, who were reserved as slaves. AND ST. JOHNS RIVER. * St. Jlugustive is a town on the eastern coast of Florida, 350 miles north from the southern point of Florida, and 35 miles south from the mouth of the St. Johns river, ft is situated on the S. side of a penin sula, hav ng on the east Matanzas Sound, which separates it from Anastatia island. The city is low, but healthy and pleasant. CHAP. n.l GILBERT, RALEIGH, GR 37 7. l Although the French court heard of this out- 1566. rage with apathy, it did not long remain unavenged. De Gourgues, a soldier of Gascony,* having fitted 1 out three ships at his own expense, surprised two of the Spanish forts on the St. Johns river, early in 1568, and hung their garrisons on the trees, placing over them the inscription, " I do this not as unto Spaniards or mariners, but as unto traitors, robbers, and murder ers." De Gourgues not being strong enough to main tain his position, hastily re treated, b and the Spaniards b. May. retained possession of the country. a. 1367. 1. Imchat manner w ] ere the French avenged ? VII. GILBERT, RALEIGH, GRENVILLE, &c. 1. 2 In 1583 Sir Humphrey Gilbert, under a charter from Q,ueen Elizabeth, sailed with several vessels, with the design of forming a settlement in America 5 but a succession of disasters defeated the project, and, on the homeward voyage, the vessel in which Gilbert sailed was wrecked, d and all on board perished. 2. 3 His brother-in-law, Sir Walter Raleigh, not dis heartened by the fate of his relative, soon after obtained 6 for himself an ample patent, vesting him with almost unlimited powers, as lord proprietor, over all the lands which he should discover between the 33d and 40th degrees of north latitude. 4 Under this patent, in 1584, he dispatched, for the American coast, two vessels under the command of Philip Amidas and Arthur Barlow. 3. Arriving on the coast of Carolina in the month of July, they visited the islands in Pamlicof and Al- bemarle^; Sound, took possession of the country in the name of the queen of England, and, after spending several weeks in trafficking with the natives, returned without attempting a settlement. 5 The glowing de- 1583. 2. Give an account of the voyage of Gilbert. c. June. (1. Sept. 1584. 3. Of the patent of Raleigh. e. April 4. 4. Of the voy age of Ami- das and Barloiv. 5. What name was given to the country, and whyl *Gascony was an ancient province in the southwest of France, lying chiefly between the Garonne and the Pyrenees. " The Gascons are a spirited and a fiery race, but their habit of exaggeration, in relating their exploits, has made the term gasconade pro verbial." t Pamlico Sound is a large bay on the coast of N. Carolina, nearly a hundred miles long from N.E. to S.W., and from 15 to 25 miles broad. It is separated from the ocean throughout its whole length by a beach of sand hardly a mile wide, near the middle of which is the dangerous Cape Hatteras. Ocracock Inlet, 35 miles S.W. from Cape Hatteias, is the only entrance which admits ships of largo burden. t Jllbemnrle Sound is north of and connects with Pamlico Sound, and is likewise separated from the ocean by a narrow sand beach. It is about 60 miles long from east to west, and from 4 to 15 miles wide. 38 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 1584. 1585. a. April 19. 1. Give an account of the first at tempt to form a set- ilement at Roanoke. b. Sept. 1586. 9. What was the conduct of the colonists? c. June. d. Note p. 14. 3. Under what cir- cu/mstances tuas the set tlement abandoned 7 e. June 29. 4. What events hap pened soon after the de parture of the colony ? f. July. scription which they gave of the beauty and fertility of the country, induced Elizabeth, who esteemed her reign signalized by the discovery of these regions, to bestow upon them the name of VIRGINIA, as a memo rial that they had been discovered during the reign of a maiden queen. 4. Encouraged by their report, Raleigh made ac tive preparations to form a settlement ; and, in the following year, 1585, dispatched 3 - a fleet of seven ves sels under the command of Sir Richard Grenville, with Ralph Lane as governor of the intended colony. After some disasters on the coast, the fleet arrived at Roanoke,* an island in Albemaiie Sound, whence, leaving the emigrants under Lane to establish the colqny, Grenville returned 15 to England. 5. 2 The impatience of the colonists to acquire sud den wealth gave a wrong direction to their industry, and the cultivation of the earth was neglected, in the idle search after mines of gold and silver. Their treatment of the natives soon provoked hostilities ; their supplies of provisions, which they had hitherto received from the Indians, were withdrawn ; famine stared them in the face ; and they were on the point of dispersing in quest of food, when Sir Francis Drake arrived with a fleet from the West Indies. d 6. 3 He immediately devised measures for furnishing the colony with supplies ; but a small vessel, laden with provisions, which was designed to be left for that purpose, being destroyed by a sudden storm, and the colonists becoming discouraged, he yielded to their unanimous request, and carried them back to England. Thus was the first English settlement abandoned 6 after an existence of little less than a year. 7. 4 A few days after the de- ROANOKK ,. AND VICINITY . parture of the fleet, a vessel, dis patched by Raleigh, arrived f with a supply of stores for the colony, but finding the settlement deserted, * Roanoke is an island -on the coast of North Carolina, be tween Pamlico and Albrmarle -sounds. The north point of the island is 5 miles west from the Old Roanoke Inlet, which is now closed. The English fort and colony were at the north end of the island. (See Map.) account of the second attempt to form a set- CHAP. II.] GILBERT, RALEIGH, GRENVILLE. 39 immediately returned. Scarcely had this vessel depart- 1586. ed, when Sir Richard Grenville arrived with three ships. ~ After searching in vain for the colony which he had planted, he likewise returned, leaving fifteen men on the island of Roanoke to keep possession of the country. 8. Notwithstanding the ill success of the attempts 1587. of Raleigh to establish a colony in his new territory, i. Give an neither his hopes nor his resources were yet exhausted. Determining to plant an agricultural state, early in the following year he sent out a company of emigrants tlcmenf - with their wives and families, granted a charter of incorporation for- the settlement, and established a mu nicipal government for his intended " city of Raleigh." 9. 2 On the arrival 4 of the emigrants at Roanoke, where they expected to find the men whom Gren.ville had left, they found the fort which had been built there in ruins ; the houses were deserted ; and the bones of their former occupants were scattered over rival? the plain. At the same place, however, they deter mined to establish the colony ; and here they laid the foundations for their " city." 10. 3 Soon finding that they were destitute of many *- at things which were essential to their comfort, their return of governor, Captain John White, sailed b for England, C i\Sj to obtain the necessary supplies. 4 On his arrival he b - Se pt- 6 - found the nation absorbed by the threats of a Spanish invasion ; and the patrons of the new settlement were too much engaged in public measures to attend to a less important and remote object. Raleigh, however, in the ft/noiiy Tost? following year, 1588, dispatched White with supplies, 1588. in two vessels ; but the latter, desirous of a gainful c - May 2> voyage, ran in search of Spanish prizes ; until, at length, one of his vessels was overpowered, boarded, and rifled, and both ships were compelled to return to England. 11. Soon after, Raleigh assigned d his patent to a j. March IT company of merchants in London ; and it was not until 1590 that White was enabled to return 6 in 1590. search of the colony ; and then the island of Roanoke e - Aug - was deserted. No traces of the emigrants could be found. The design of establishing a colony was abandoned, and the country was again left f to the un- f. sept disturbed possession of the natives. 40 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I. 1598. VIII. MARQUIS DE LA ROCHE. 1. l ln 1598, the Marquis de la Roche, a French nobleman, received f ronl l ^ ie king of France a commission for founding a DC ia Roche French colony in America. Having equipped several to form a set- -, , A -. . , . n 111 r tieincnt t vessels, he sailed with a considerable number 01 set tlers, most of whom, however, he was obliged to draw from the prisons of Paris. On Sable* island, a barren spot near the coast of Nova Scotia, forty men were left to form a settlement. 2. what was 2. 2 La Roche dying soon after his return, the colo- t!ie colon /? nists were neglected ; and when, after seven years, a vessel was sent to inquire after them, only twelve of them were living. The dungeons from which they had been liberated were preferable to the hardships which they had suffered. The emaciated exiles were carried back to France, where they were kindly re ceived by the king, who pardoned their crimes, and made them a liberal donation. 1602. f IX. BARTHOLOMEW GOSNOLD. 1. sin 1602, Bar- 3. Give an molomew Gosnold sailed* from Falmouth,f England, yte .and abandoning the circuitous route by the Canaries 5 of Gosnoid. ( ^ t | ie West Indies, made a direct voyage across the a. April 5. . . -11 b. Note p. 22. Atlantic, and in seven weeks reached d the American c. Note p. H. Continent, probably near the northern extremity of d. May. Massachusetts Bay.J 4 Not finding a good harbor, and wvert& dtd sailing southward, he discovered and landed 6 upon a he make? promontory which he called Cape Cod.$ Sailing e. May 24. t j lence ^ an( j p ursa i n g- hi s course along the coast, he f. June 1-4. discovered* 1 several islands, one of which he named Elizabeth,]] and another Martha s Vineyard. 1" * Sable island is 90 miles S.E. from the eastern point of Nova Scotia. t Falmouth is a seaport town at the entrance of the English Channel, near the south western extremity of England. It is 50 miles S.W. from" Plymouth, has an excellent harbor, and a roadstead capable of receiving the largest fleets. t Massachusetts Bay is a large bay on the eastern coast of Massachusetts, between the headlands of O.pe Ann on the north, and Cape Cod on the south. Cape Cod, thus named from the number of codfish taken there by its discoverer, is 50 miles S.E. from Boston. || Elizabeth Islands arc a group of 13 islands south of Buzzard s Bay, and from 20 ti. 50 miles E. and S.E. from Newport, Rhode Island. Nashawn, the largest, is 7 and a half miles long. Cattahunk, the one named by Gosnold Elizabeth Island, is two miles and a half long and three quarters of a mile broad. IT Martha 1 s Vineyard, three or four miles S.E. from the Elizabeth Islands, is 19 mile^ in length from E. to W. and from 3 to 10 miles in width. The island called by Gosnold Martha s Vineyard is now called No Man s Land, a small island four or five miles south from Martha s Vineyard. When or why the name was changed is no! known. CHAP II.] GOSNOLD, DE MONTS. 41 2. Here it was determined to leave a portion of the 16O2. crew for the purpose of forming- a settlement, and a ~ Wha[ 7" storehouse and fort were accordingly erected ; but dis- ^// f / X trust of the Indians, who began to show hostile inten- fonuaset- tions, and the despair of obtaining seasonable supplies, a j une ss. defeated the design, and the whole party embarked a 2. what was "or England. 2 The return occupied but five weeks, ffitlwmfy- and the entire voyage only four months. 3. 3 Gosnold and his companions brought back so z.a.vean r> -11 ,, ,, L . i ,1 . i r i account of iavorable reports of the regions visited, that, in the tol- ttv; voyages Jowing year, a company of Bristol 15 merchants dis- crfes ifMar- patched c two small vessels, under the command of Mar- t tin Pring, for the purpose of exploring the country, and b opening a traffic with the natives. Pring landed 1 on c . Aprnso. the coast of Maine, discovered some of its principal <* June. rivexs, and examined the coast of Massachusetts as far as Martha s Vineyard. The whole voyage occu pied but six months. In 1606, Pring repeated the voyage, and made a more accurate survey of Maine. 4. What X. DE MONTS. 1. 4 In 1603, the king of France gjg^jj granted 6 to De Monts, a gentleman of distinction, the madc^oe sovereignty of the country from the 40th to the 46th e. N. s. degree of north latitude ; that is, from one degree south g.^SpS of New York city/ to one north of Montreal. s 3 Sail- 1604. ing h with two vessels, in the spring of 1604, he ar- f March?. rived at Nova Scotia* in May, and spent the summer l 5 ^vl an in trafficking with the natives, and examining the account of the voyaze coasts preparatory to a settlement. of DC Monts. 2. Selecting an island near the mouth of the river e. of his St. Croix,* on the coast of New Brunswick, he there ^ erected a fort and passed a rigorous winter,) his men i- IM s. suffering much from the want of suitable provisions. 1605. 7 In the folio wins: spring, 1605. De Monts removed to i. of the. set- i i TT> f f* i ! 11 f i tie-went of a place on the Bay of Fimdy ;f and here was formed port * The St. Croix river, called by the Indians Schoodic, empties into Passamaquody Bay at the eastern extremity of Maine. It was the island of the same name, a few miles up the river, on which the French settled. By the treaty of 1783 the St. Croix was made the eastern boundary of the United States, but it was uncertain what river was the St. Croix until the remains of the French fort were discovered. t The Bay of Fundy, remarkable for its high tides, lies between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. It is nearly 200 miles in length from S.W. to N.E. and 75 miles across at its entrance, gradually narrowing towards the head of the bay. At the en trance the tide is of the ordinary height, about eight feet, but at the head of the bay it rises GO feet, and is so rapid as often to overtake and sweep off animals feeding on the shore, 42 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART I. 16O5. tho first permanent French settlement in America. ~ Tne settlement was named Port Royal,* and the whole country, embracing the present New Bruns wick, Nova Scotia, and the adjacent islands, was called Ac ADI A. 1608. 3. l ln 1608, De Monts, although deprived of his i. what former commission, having obtained from the king of of & France the grant of the monopoly of the fur trade on 7 the river St. Lawrence, fitted out two vessels for the purpose of forming a settlement ; but not finding it convenient to command in person, he placed them under Samuel Champlain, who had previously visited those regions. 2. Give an 4. %The expedition sailed a in April, and in June ar- account of i m i -i i f -i the nved b at Tadoussac, a barren spot at the mouth of the champiain Saguenayf river, hitherto the chief seat of the traffic settlement in furs. Thence Champlain continued to ascend the f grins river until he had P assed the Isle of Orleans ?t when "b. June 3. h e selected a commodious place for a settlement, on c. July s. the site of the present city of duebec, d and near the a. Note p. 34. p} ace w here Cartier had passed the winter, and erected a fort, in 1541. From this time is dated the first per manent settlement of the French in New France or Canada. 1506. -^-1- NORTH AND SOUTH VIRGINIA. 1. 2 In 1606 2. what is James the 1st, of England, claiming all that portion xn?ivir- f North America which lies between the 34th and gin south d t ^ ie ^ tn degrees f north latitude, embracing the coun- Virginia? try from Cape Fear to Halifax, || divided this territory into two nearly equal districts 5 the one, called NORTH VIRGINIA, extending from the 41st to the 45th degree ; * Port Royal (now Annapolis), once the capital of French Acadia, is situated on the east bank of the river and bay of Annapolis, in the western part of Nova Scotia, a short distance from the Bay of Fiindy. It has an excellent harbor, in which a thousand ves sels might anchor in security. t The Saguenay river empties into the St. Lawrence from the north, 130 miles N.E. from Quebec. i The Isle of Orleans is a fertile island in the St. Lawrence, five miles below Que bec. It is about 25 miles long and 5 broad. (See Map, p. 189.) Cape Fear is the southern point of Smith s island, at the mouth of Cape Fear river, on the coast of N. Carolina, 150 miles N.E. from Charleston. (See Map, p. 155.) || Halifax, the capital of Nova Scotia, is situated on the S.W. side of the Bay of Chebucto, which is on the S.E. coast of Nova Scotia. The town is 10 miles from the sea, and has an excellent harbor of 10 square miles. It is about 450 miles N.E. from Boston. CHAP. H.] NORTH AND SOUTH VIRGINIA. 43 a. April 20 1. To what companies were these districts granted? 2. How were the govern ments of and the other, called SOUTH VIRGINIA, from the 34th to the 38th. 2. l The former he granted 8 - to a company of " knights, gentlemen, and merchants," of the west of England, called the Plymouth Conipany ; and the latter to a company of " noblemen, gentlemen, and mer chants," mostly resident in London, and called the London Company. The intermediate district, from the 38th to the 41st degree, was open to both compa nies ; but neither was to form a settlement within one hundred miles of the other. 3. 2 The supreme government of each district was to be vested in a council residing in England, the members of which were to be appointed by the king, and to be removed at his pleasure. The local admin istration of the affairs of each colony was to be com mitted to a council residing within its limits, likewise to be appointed by the king, and to act conformably to his instructions. 3 The effects of these regulations were, that all executive and legislative powers were placed wholly in the hands of the king, that the colo nists were deprived of the rights of self-government, and the companies received nothing but a simple char ter of incorporation for commercial purposes. _ 4. 4 Soon after the grant, the Plymouth Company dispatched b a vessel to examine the country ; but before the voyage was completed she was captured 6 by the Spaniards. Another vessel was soon after sent out for the same purpose, which returned with so favorable an account of the country, that, in the following year, the company sent out a colony of a hundred planters under the command of George Popham. 5. 5 They landed d at the mouth of the Kennebec,* where they erected a few rude cabins, a store-house, and some slight fortifications ; after which, the vessels sailed 6 for England, leaving forty-five emigrants in the plantation, which was named St. George. The winter was intensely cold, and the sufferings of the colony, * The Kennebec, a river of Maine, west of the Penobscot, falls into the ocean 120 miles N.E. from Boston. The place where the Sagadahoc colony (as it is usually called) passed the winter, is in the present town of Phippsburg, which is composed of a long narrow peninsula at the mouth of the Kennebec river, having the river on the east. Hills Point, a mile above the S.E. corner of the peninsula, was the site of the colon* tricts established? 3. What were the effects of these regu lations 2 b. Aug. 22. c. Nov. 22. 4. Give an account of the attempts of the Plymouth Company to examine, ths country. 1607. d. Aug. 21. 5. Of theat tempted set tlement at Kennebec. e. Dec. 15. 44 VOYAGES AND DISCOVERIES. [PART L 1606. I. Of the ex pedition sent out by the, London Company. a. Dec. 30. b. Note p. 38. c. Note p. 22. d. Note p. 14. e. May 6. 2. Give an account of the settle ment of Jamestown. f. May 23. g. See p. 36. from famine and hardships, were extremely severe. They lost their store-house by fire, and their president by death ; and, in the following year, abandoned the settlement and returned to England. 6. 1 Under the charter of the London Company, which alone succeeded, three small vessels, under the com mand of Captain Christopher Newport, sailed a for the American coast in December, 1606, designing to land and form a settlement at Roanoke. b Pursuing the old route by the Canaries and the West Indies,* 1 New port did not arrive until April ; when a storm fortu nately carried" him north of Roanoke into Chesapeake Bay.* 7. 2 Sailing along the southern shore, he soon entered a noble river which he named James River,f and, after passing about fifty miles above the mouth of the. stream, through a delightful country, selected f a place for a settlement, which was named Jamcstown.\ Here was formed the first permanent settlement of the Eng lish in the New World, one hundred and ten years after the discovery of the continent by Cabot, and forty- one years from the settlements of St. Augustine in Florida. * The Chesapeake Bay, partly in Virginia, and partly in Maryland, is from 7 to 20 miles in width, 180 miles in length from N. to S., and 12 miles wide at its entrance, between Cape Charles on the N. and Cape Henry on the S. t The James River rises in the Alle- ghany Mountains, passes through the Blue Ridge, and falls into the southern part of Chesn peake Bay. Its entrance into the bay is called Hampton Roads, having Point Comfort on the north, and Willoughby Point on the south. J Jamestown is on the north side of James river, 30 miles from its mouth, and 8 miles S.S.W. from Williamsburg. The village is entirely deserted, with the excep tion of one or two old buildings, and is not found on modern maps. JOHN SMITH. 45 NOTES ON THE INDIAN TRIBES. (SEE MAP, NEXT PAGE.) ALTHOUGH there is much connected with the history, customs, religion, traditions, &c., of the Indians of North America, that is highly interesting, yet in this place we can do little more than give the names, and point out the localities of the principal tribes east of the Mississippi, as they were first known to Europeans. The discovery of a similarity in the primitive words of different Indian languages, is the principle that has governed the division of the different tribes into families or na tions. The principal divisions within the limits of the present United States, east of the Mississippi, were the Algonquin, the Iroquois, the Cherokee, and the Mobil ian Tribes. Of the ALGONQUIN TRIBES, the Etchemins and the Abenakes occupied most of the K resent State of Maine. They were firmly attached to the French during the early istory of the country, and were almost constantly in a state of hostilities with the Brit ish colonies. The principal tribes of the Abenakeswere the Penobscots, the Norridge- wocks, and the Androscoggins. Next south of the Abenakes were the New England Indians, extending from Maine to the eastern boundary of Connecticut. Their princi pal tribes were the Massachusetts, Pawtuckets, Nipmucks, Pokanokets, and Narragan- setts. After the termination of King Philip s war, in 1675, most of these tribes joineri the eastern Indians, or sought refuge in Canada, whence they continued to harass the frontiers of New England, until the final overthrow of the French, in 1760. The Mo- hegans embraced the Pequods, Manhattans, Wabingas, and other tribes, extending from Rhode Island to New Jersey. Next south and west of the Mohegans were the Lenni-Lennapes, consisting of two divisions, the Minsi and the Delawares, although both tribes are best known in history as the Delawares. They gradually removed west of the Alleghanies ; they joined the French against the English during the French and Indian war ; most of them took part with the British during the war of the Rev olution, and they were at the head of the western confederacy of Indians which was dissolved by the victory of General Wayne in 1794. Only a few hundred of this once powerful tribe now remains, some in Canada, the rest west of the Mississippi. On the eastern shore of Maryland were the Nanticokes, who removed west of the Alleghanies, and joined the British during the Revolution. The Susquehannocks, Mannahoacks, and Monacans, were tribes farther inland, on the head waters of the streams that enter Chesapeake Bay. Of their history little is known, and there are no remnants of their languages remaining. The Powhatan nation embraced a confederacy of more than twenty tribes, bordering on the southern shores of the Chesapeake. It is believed that not a single individual who speaks the Powhatan language now remains. The S/iata- nces were a roving tribe, first found between the Ohio and Cumberland Rivers, whence they were driven by the Cherokees. They were among the most active allies of the French during the French and Indian war; they joined the British during the war of the Revolution ; and part of the tribe, under Tecumseh, during the late war. They have since removed west of the Mississippi. The principal of the other western tribes belonging to the Algonquin family, were the Miamis, Illinois, Kickapoos, Sacs and Foxes, Menomonies, and Potowatomies, whose history is interesting, principally, as con nected with the early settlements of the French in the western country. The IROQUOIS TRIBES embraced the Hurons, north of Lakes Erie and Ontario ; the Five Nations, in New York, and the Tuscaroras, of Carolina. The Hurons or Wyan- dots, when first known, were engaged in a deadly war with their kindred, the Five Nations, by whom they were finally driven from their couniry. Remnants of this tribe are now found in Canada, and west of the Mississippi. The Five Nations, found on the southern shore of Lake Ontario, embraced the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Senecas, and Cayugas. They were the most powerful of all the tribes east of the Mis sissippi, and were farther advanced in the few arts of Indian life than their Algonquin neighbors. They uniformly adhered to the British interests. In 1714 they were joined by the Tuscaroras, since which time the confederacy has been called the Sir. Nations. The CHEROKEE NATION occupied the eastern and southern portions of Tennessee, and the highlands of Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama. They fought against the Eng lish during most of the French and Indian war, a,nd joined the British during the Rev olution; but, during the late war, assisted the Americans against the Creeks. In 1838, they removed west of the Mississippi. They are now the most civilized of all the In dian tribes, and their population has increased during the last fifty years. The MOBILIAN TRIBES embraced the Creeks, Choctas, Chickasas, and the Seminoler The latter once belonged to the Creek tribe. The Creeks and ihe Chickasas adhered to the British during the Revolution. The C/ioctas have ever b;en a peaceable people, and although they have had successively, for neighbors, the french, the Spanish, and the English, they have never been at war with any of them. Of the Country MISSISSIPPI, For the Year 1650 ; Forty-seven years after tlic Settlement of Jamestown; |8w\ showing the Localities of tho XNV \ INDIAN TRIBES, \\ and the commencement of pS\ European Settlements. from .L.Hfl .fA inyto POCAHONTAS SAVING THE LIFE OF CAPTAIN SMITH (See p. 50 PART II. EARLY SETTLEMENTS AND COLONIAL HISTORY; 1607 TO 17T5. CHAPTER I. HISTORY OF VIRGINIA.* DIVISIONS. Virginia under the first charter. II. Virginia under the second charter. III. Virginia under the third charter. IV. Virginia from the dissolution of the Lon don Company to the commencement of the French and Indian War. POCAIIONTAS. 16OO. had the gov- \. VIRGINIA UNDER THE FIRST CHARTER. 1. 4 The administration of the government of the Virginia col- * VIRGINIA, the most northern of the Southern States, and until 1845 the largest in tlio Union, often called the Ancient Dominion., from its early settlement, contains an ami of nearly 70,000 square miles. The state lias a great variety of surface and soil. From the eoast to the head of tide water on the rivers, including a tract of generally more than 100 miles in width, the country is low, sandy, covered with pitch pine, and is unhealthy from August to October. Between the head of tide water and the- 48 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. I6O7. i. whanoa? th he eariS imprisoned-} 1607. 2. what is ony had been entrusted to a council of seven persons, whom the superior council in England had been per mitted to name, with a president to be elected by the council from their number. J But the names and in- structions of the council having been placed, by the folly of the king, in a sealed box, with directions that it should not be opened until the emigrants had arrived j n America, dissensions arose during the voyage ; and John Smith, their best and ablest man, was put in con finement, upon the absurd accusation of an intention to murder the council, usurp the government, and make himself king of Virginia. 2. 2 Soon after their arrival, the council chose Ed- ward Wingfield president, an ambitious and unprin- cipled man, and finding that Smith had been ap- pointed one of their number, they excluded him from their body, as ? D y their instructions, they had power to do, but released him from confinement. As Smith de manded a trial upon the charges brought against him, which were known to be absurdly false, his accusers thought best, after a partial hearing of the case, to withdraw the accusation ; and he was soon restored to his station as a member of the council. 3. 3 Of the one hundred and five persons on the list ^ em ig rants j destined to remain, there were no men with families, there were but twelve laborers, and very few mechanics. The rest were composed of gen tlemen of fortune, and of persons of no occupation, mostly of idle and dissolute habits who had been tempted to join the expedition through curiosity or the hope of gain ; a company but poorly calculated to plant an agricultural state in a wilderness. 4 The \^ , . , i 1 1 - i i i i English were kindly received by the natives in me immediate vicinity of Jamestown, who, when informed of the wish of the strangers to settle in the country, ff ere( l them as much land as they wanted. 4. 5 Soon after their arrival, Newport, and Smith, an d twenty others, ascended the James a river, and Blue Ridge, the soil is better, and the surface of the country becomes uneven and hilly. Tin; interior of the State, traversed by successive ridges of the Alleghany, running N.E. and S.W. is a healthy region, and "in the valleys are some of the best and most ]>!< is uit lands in the State. The country west of the mountains, towards the Ohio, is rough and wild, with occasional fertile tracts, but rich as a mineral region. grants? 4. Their re- cept/on Inj the natives? a Note p 44 5. of POM- CHAP. I.] VIRGINIA. 49 i. whatoc- c the depart* 3. in what visited the native chieftain, or king-, Powhatan, at his 16OT. principal residence near the present site of Richmond.* His subjects murmured at the intrusion of the stran gers into the country ; hut Powhatan, disguising his jealousy and his fear, manifested a friendly disposition. 5. About the middle of June Newport sailed for England ; and the colonists, whose hopes had been highly excited by the beauty and fertility of the coun- try, beginning to feel the want of suitable provisions, and being now left to their own resources, soon awoke to the reality of their situation. 2 They were few in number, and without habits of industry ,; the Indians began to manifest hostile intentions, and before au- tumn, the diseases of a damp and sultry climate had swept away fifty of their number, and among them, Bartholomew Gosnold, the projector of the settlement, and one of the ablest men in the council. 6. 3 To increase their misery, their avaricious pr^si- dent, Wingfield, was detected in a conspiracy to seize the public stores, abandon the colony, and escape in the company s bark to the West Indies. 4 He was therefore deposed, and was succeeded by Ratcliffe ; but the latter possessing little capacity for g-overnment, and -. r , , -i " i being subsequently detected in an attempt to abandon the colony, the management of affairs, by common consent, fell into the hands of Smith, who alone seemed capable of diffusing light amidst trie-general gloom. 7. 5 Under the management of Smith, the condition of the colony rapidly improved. He quelled the spirit of anarchy and rebellion, restored order, inspired the natives with awe, and collected supplies of provisions, by expeditions into the interior. As autumn approach ed, wild fowl and game became abundant ; the Indi- ans, more friendly, from their abundant harvests made voluntary offerings ; and peace and plenty again re vived the drooping spirits of the colony. 8. The active spirit of Smith next prompted him to explore the surrounding country. After ascending the Chickahorninyf as far as he could advance in boats, g * Richmond, the capital of Virginia, is on the north side of James river, 75 inil;-s from its mouth. Immediately above the river are the falls, and directly opposite is th : villai^e of Manchester. 1 The Chicknhominy river rises northwest from Richmond, and, during most of jts 3 4 . Whatis into whose hands did the govern- 5. what it n**ge- m smith t e. under 50 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 16O7. with two Englishmen and two Indian guides he stiuck ~~ into the interior. The remainder of the party, dis obeying his instructions, and wandering from the boat, were surprised by the Indians and put to death. Smith was pursued, the two Englishmen were killed, and he himself, after dispatching with his musket several of the most forward of his assailants, unfortunately sink ing in a miry place, was forced to surrender. 9. ^is calmness and self-possession here saved his life. Showing a pocket compass, he explained its won- derful properties, and, as he himself relates, "by the globe-like figure of that jewel he instructed them con cerning the roundness of the earth, and how the sun did chase the night round about the earth continually." In admiration of his superior genius the Indians re tained him as their prisoner. 2. HOW did 10. 2 Regarding him as a being of superior order regarfhim but uncertain whether he should be cherished as a dufthey a L friend, or dreaded as an enemy, they observed towards torn htm? h^ t ne utmost respect as they conducted him in tri umph from one village to another, and, at length, brought him to the residence of Opechancanough, where, for the space of three days, their priests or sor cerers practiced incantations and ceremonies, in order to learn from the invisible world the character and de signs of their prisoner. 3. what is 11. 3 The decision of his fate was referred to Pow- S tecis/on h of hatan and his council, and to the village of that chief- hisfate i j a j n Smith was conducted, where he was received with great pomp and ceremony. Here it was decided that r, ; he should die. 4 He was led forth to execution, and 4. Under 1-1 p > what or- his head was laid upon a stone to receive the fatal cumstances , , , * was his life blow, when Pocahontas, the young and favorite daughter of the king, rushed in between the victim and the uplifted arm of the executioner, and with tears and entreaties besought her father to save his life. 5 ^ ne savage chieftain relented ; Smith was set at lib- do with ertv; and, soon after, with a guard of twelve men, hitnf J _ _ ,, . . was conducted in saiety to Jamestown, alter a captivity of seven weeks. iourse, runs nearly parallel with James rive*, which it enters five or six inUea a^ve Jamestown. (See Map p. 44.) :-HAP. I.j VIRGINIA. 51 12. z The captivity of Smith was, on the whole, 16O8. beneficial to the colony ; for he thereby learned much L What of the Indians, their character, customs, and Ian- w ^^f ved gfuao-e ; and was enabled to establish a peaceful inter- from MS \ i -n T i i T> i -i captivity? course between the English and the Powhatan tribes. 2 But on his return to Jamestown he found disorder and 2. what wa misrule again prevailing ; the number of the English H^Sfl^e was reduced to forty men ; and most of these, anxious ^return? to leave a country where they had suffered so much, had determined to abandon the colony and escape with the pinnace. This was the third attempt at desertion. By persuasion and threats a majority were induced to relinquish the design ; but the remainder, more reso lute, embarked in spite of the threats of Smith, who instantly directed the guns of the fort upon them and compelled them to return. 1 3. 3 Soon after, Newport arrived from England with 3 . \vh at & supplies, and one hundred and twenty emigrants. The hopes of the colonists revived; but as the new emi- grants were composed of gentlemen, refiners of gold, goldsmiths, jewellers, &c.. and but few laborers, a wrong direction was given to the industry of the colo ny. 4 Believing that they had discovered grains of 4. of the gold in a stream of water near Jamestown, the entire industry of the colony was directed to digging, wash ing, refining, and lo ading gold ; and notwithstanding the remonstrances of Smith, a ship was actually freight ed with the glittering earth and sent to England. 14. 5 During the prevalence of this passion for gold, Smith, finding that he could not be useful in James- exploration town, employed himself in exploring the Chesapeake cmSf-y Bay a and its tributary rivers. In two voyages, occu- bu Smitfl ? pying about three months of the summer, with a few ** companions, in an open boat, he performed a naviga tion of nearly three thousand miles, passing far up the Susquehanna* and the Potomac ;f nor did he * The Susquehanna is one of the largest rivers east of the Alleghanies. Its eastern branch rises in Otscgo Lake, New York, and running S.W. receives the Tioga near the Pennsylvania boundary. It passes through Pennsylvania, receiving the West Branch in the interior of the State, and enters the head of Chesapeake Bay, near the N.E. cor ner of Maryland. The navigation of the last 50 miles of its course is obstructed by numerous fapids. t The Potomac river rises in the Alleghany Mountains, makes a grand and magnifi cent passage through the Blue Ridge, at Harper s Ferry, and throughout its whole 52 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 16O. 2. What is said of his administra tion of the government the colony jstenceSf ? merely explore the numerous rivers and inlets, but penetrated the territories, and established friendly re lations with the Indian tribes. The map which he prepared and sent to England is still extant, and de lineates, with much accuracy, the general outlines of the country which he explored. 15. ^oon after his return from this expedition, Smith was f rma lly ma de president* of the council. 2 By his energetic administration order and industry again prevailed, and Jamestown assumed the appearance of a thriving* village. Yet at the expiration of two years fr m *ke t * me ^ ^ e ^ rst sett l ement j not more than forty acres of land had been cultivated ; and the colo- nists, to prevent themselves from starving, were still obliged to obtain most of their food from the indolent Indians. Although about seventy new emigrants ar rived, yet they were not suitable to the wants of the colony, and Smith was obliged to write earnestly to the council in England, that they should send more laborers, that the search for gold should be abandoned, and that " nothing should be expected except by labor." II. VIRGINIA UNDER THE SECOND CHARTER. 1. 3 In 1609, a new charter was given b to the London Com- pany, by which the limits of the colony were enlarged, an( j ^ cons titution of Virginia radically changed. The territory of the colony was now extended by a grant of all the lands along the seacoast, within the limits of two hundred miles north, and two hundred south of Old Point Comfort ;* that is, from the northern boundary of Maryland, to the southern limits of North Carolina, and extending westward from sea to sea. 2. 4 The council in England, formerly appointed by . . . . J XX -. , , J the king, was now to have its vacancies filled by the votes of a majority of the corporation. This council was authorized to appoint a governor, who was to re side in Virginia, and whose powers enabled him to rule the colonists with almost despotic sway. The course is the boundary line between Virginia and Maryland. At its entrance into Chesapeake Bay it is seven and a half miles wide. It is navigable for the largest vessels to Washington City, 110 miles by the river 70 in a dined line. Above Wash ington the navigation is obstructed by numerous falls. * Point Comfort is the northern point of the entrance of James river into Chesapeake Bay. (See James River, Note, p. 44.) 1609. b. June 2. 4. what chanzes were made government CHAP. I. VIRGINIA. 53 council in England, it is true, could make laws for the 16O9. colony, and give instructions to the governor ; but the ~ discretionary powers conferred upon the latter were so extensive, that the lives, liberty, and property of the colonists, were placed almost at his arbitrary disposal. 3. l Under the new charter, the excellent Lord Del- i. what new aware was appointed governor for life. Nine ships, menf^wert under the command of Newport, were soon dispatched* ade? si TT * * i i v* i ii for Virginia, with more than five hundred emigrants. Sir Thomas Gates, the deputy of the governor, assisted by Newport and Sir George Somers, was appointed to administer the government until the arrival of Lord Delaware. 2 When the fleet had arrived near the c West Indies, a terrible storm b dispersed it, and the T jietonit8 vessel in which were Newport, Gates, and Somers, was stranded on the rocks of the Bermudas.* A small ketch perished, and only seven vessels arrived 6 in Virginia. 4. 3 0n the arrival of the new emigrants, most of 3. \m>atioa whom were profligate and disorderly persons, who had been sent off to escape a worse destiny at home, Smith found himself placed in an embarrassing situation. As the first charter had been abrogated, many thought the original form of government was abolished 5 and, as no legal authority existed for establishing any other, every thing tended to the wildest anarchy. 5. 4 In this confusion, Smith soon determined what 4 - H dj & T-V i i he manage t course to pursue. Declaring that his powers as presi dent were not suspended until the arrival of the per sons appointed to supersede him, he resumed the reins of government, and resolutely maintained his authority. 6 At length, being disabled by an accidental explosion 5. what is c j & j . . J i j i i i said of his ol gunpowder, and requiring surgical aid which the return to new settlement could not afford, he delegated his au- England? thority to George Percy, brother of the Earl of North umberland, and embarked for England. * The Bermudas are a group of about 400 small islands, nearly all but five mere rrx.ks, containing a surface of about JO square miles, and situated in the Atlantic Ocean, 58D miles E. from Cape Hatteras, which is the nearest land to them. They were dis covered in 1515, by a Spanish vessel commanded by Juan Bennudex, fro.n whom they have derived their name. Soon after the shipwreck abrve mentioned, Somers formed a settlement there, and from him they were long known as the " Summer Islands," but the original name, Bermudas, has since prevailed. They are well fortified, belong to the English, and are valuable, principally, as a naval station. 54 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1610. 2. What had become of Sir Thomas Gates and his compan ions? a. May 20. >. June 2. 3. Under lohat cir cumstances was the set tlement abandoned, and what return of the colony 1 c. June 17. d. June 18. 4. Give an account of Lord Dela ware. 1611. 5. Of Sir Thomas Dale. e. May 20. 6. ! On the departure of Smith, subordination arid industry ceased ; the provisions of the colony were soon consumed ; the Indians became hostile, and with held their customary supplies ; the horrors of famine ensued; and, in six months, anarchy and vice had reduced the number of the colony from four hundred and ninety to sixty ; and these were so feeble and de jected, that if relief had been delayed a few days longer, all must have perished. This period of suffer ing- and gloom was long remembered with horror, and was distinguished by the name of the starving time. 7. 2 In the mean time Sir Thomas Gates and his companions, who had been wrecked on the Bermudas, had reached the shore without loss of life, had re mained nine months on an uninhabited but fertile island, and had found means to construct two vessels, in which they embarked* for Virginia, where they an ticipated a happy welcome, and expected to find a prosperous colony. 8. 3 On their arrival 5 at Jamestown, a far different scene presented itself ; and the gloom was increased by the prospect of continued scarcity. Death by famine awaited them if they remained where they were ; and, as the only means of safety, Gates resolved to sail for Newfoundland, and dispense the company among the ships of English fishermen. With this intention they embarked, but just as they drew near the mouth of the river, Lord Delaware fortunately appeared with emigrants and supplies, and they were persuaded to re turn. d 9. 4 The return of the colony was celebrated by re ligious exercises, immediately after which the commis sion of Lord Delaware was read, and the government organized. Under the wise administration of this able and virtuous man, order and contentment were again restored ; but the health of the governor soon failing, he was obliged to return to England, having previ ously appointed Percy to administer the governmen until a successor should arrive. 5 Before the return of Lord Delaware was known, the company had dis patched Sir Thomas Dale with supplies. Arriving 6 in May, he assumed the government of the colony. CHAP. I.J VIRGINIA. 55 i. of the Gates. ad P tedJ 1612. which he administered with moderation, although 1011. upon the basis of martial law. 10. In May, Dale had written to the company, stating the small number and weakness of the colo- nists, and requesting new recruits ; and early in Sep tember Sir Thomas Gates arrived with six ships and three hundred emigrants, and assumed the government of the colony, which then numbered seven hundred men. 2 New settlements were now formed, and several wise regulations adopted ; among which was that of assigning to each man a few acres of ground for his orchard and garden. 1 1. Hitherto all the land had been worked in com mon, and the produce deposited in the public stores. The good effects of the new regulation were apparent in the increased industry of the colonists, and soon after, during the administration of Sir Thomas Dale, larger assignments of land were made, and finally, the plan of working in a common field, to fill the public stores, was entirely abandoned. III. VIRGINIA UNDER THE THIRD CHARTER. 1. 4 In 1612, the London Company obtained* from the kiner , , . r . J , 3 a new charter, making important changes in the powers of the corporation, but not essentially affecting the political rights of the colonists themselves. 2. 6 Hitherto the principal powers possessed by the , T -, r I i J -i company had been vested in the superior council, which, under the first charter, was appointed by the king; and although, under the second, it had its va- cancies filled by the majority of the corporation, yet the corporation itself could act only through this me dium. The superior council was now abolished, and its powers were transferred to the whole company, which, meeting as a democratic assembly, had the sole power of electing the officers and establishing the laws of the colony. 3. In 1613 occurred the marriage of John Rolfe, a vounsr Englishman, with Pocahontas, the dauohter of T > , . & 1/owhatan ; an event which exerted a happy in flu- ence upon the relations of the colonists and Indians. The marriage received the approval of the father and friends of the maiden, and was hailed with great joy said of the third char- 5 - w >t changesin 1613. - oivenn account of 56 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL a. In 1613. 1. Of Ar- gall s expe ditions. 1613. by the English. In 1616, the Indian wife accompanied ~~ her husband to England, and was received with much kindness and attention by the king and queen ; but as she was preparing to return, at the age of twenty-two she fell a victim to the English climate. She left one son, from whom are descended some of the most re spectable families in Virginia. 4. Curing the same year* Samuel Argall, a sea captain, sailing from Virginia in an armed vessel for the purpose of protecting the English fishermen off the coast of Maine, discovered that the French had just planted a colony near the Penobscot,* on Mount Desert Isle.f Considering this an encroachment upon the limits of North Virginia, he broke up the settle ment, sending some of the colonists to France, and transporting, others to Virginia. 5. Sailing again soon after, he easily reduced the t>. Note P. 42. feeble settlement of Port Royal, b and thus completed the conquest of Acadia. On his return to Virginia he entered the harbor of New York, 6 and compelled the Dutch trading establishment, lately planted there, to acknowledge the sovereignty of England. 1614. 6. 2 Early in 1614, Sir Thomas Gates embarked for England, leaving the administration of the govern ment in the hands of Sir Thomas Dale, who ruled with vigor and wisdom, and made several valuable changes in the land laws of the colony. After having remained five years in the country, he appointed 1616. George Yeardley deputy -governor, and returned to England. 3 During the administration of Yeardley the culture of tobacco, a native plant of the country, was introduced, which soon became, not only the prin cipal export, but even the currency of the colony. 1617. 7. 4 In 1617, the office of deputy-governor was in trusted to Argall, who ruled with such tyranny as to excite universal discontent. He not only oppressed the colonists, but defrauded the company. After nu merous complaints, and a strenuous contest among rival factions in the company, for the control of the * The Penobscot is a rirer of Maine, which falls into Penobscot Bay, about 50 miles N.E. from the mouth of the Kennebec. t Mount Desert Island is about 20 miles S.E. from the mouth of the Penobscot, a peninsula intervening. It is 15 miles long, and 10 or 12 broad. c. Note and Map, p. 117. 2. Of Sir Thomas Dale s ad ministra tion. 3. What is said of the culture of tobacco f 4. Give an account of ArgalVs administra tion. CRAP. L] VIRGINIA. 57 colony, Argall was displaced, and Yeardley appointed 1619. governor. l Under the administration of Yeardley the planters were fully released from farther service to the colony, martial law was abolished, and the first colo- nial assembly ever held in Virginia was convened 8 at Jamestown. 8. 2 The colony was divided into eleven boroughs ; 2. of the and two representatives, called burgesses, were chosen from each. These, constituting the house of burgesses, debated all matters which were thought expedient for the good of the colony ; but their enactments, although sanctioned by the governor and council, were of no force until they were ratified by the company in Eng land. 3 In the month of August, 1620, a Dutch man- 1620. of-war entered James river, and landed twenty ne- I oScfr- groes for sale. This was the commencement of negro wd^Jiav slavery in the English colonies. introduced 9. 4 It was now twelve years since the settlement of Jamestown, and after an expenditure of nearly four hundred thousand dollars by the company, there were in the colony only six hundred persons ; yet, during the year 1620, through the influence of Sir Edwyn Sandys, the treasurer of the company, twelve hundred Wl and sixty-one additional settlers were induced to emi grate. But as yet there were few women in the colony, and most of the planters had hitherto cherished the design of ultimately returning to England. 10. 6 In order to attach them still more to the coun- 5 - -. 111 measures try, and to render the colony more permanent, ninety young women, of reputable character, were first sent over, and, in the following year, sixty more, to become wives to the planters. The expense of their transporta tion, and even more, was paid by the planters ; the price of a wife rising from one hundred and twenty, to one hundred and fifty pounds of tobacco. 1 1 . 6 In August, 1 62 1 , the London Company granted 6 J ^ j to their colony a written constitution, ratifying, in the 6 . otve an main, the form of government established by Yeardley. It decreed that a governor and council should be ap- pointed by the company, and that a general assembly, the . . J ,. -i j i. i & i compa, consisting of the council, and two burgesses chosen by Assembly, con Sutcd. 3* the people from each plantation, or borough, should 58 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL J621. be convened yearly. The governor had a negative ~~ voice upon the proceedings of the assembly, but no Powers of l aw was valid unless ratified bv the company in governor. . J i j England. 12. With singular liberality it was further ordained ^^ no orc j ers o f tne company in England should bind the colony until ratified by the assembly. The trial T jwry? v by jury was established, and courts of justice were re- constitu- quired to conform to the English laws. This.consti- *tfwlu* tut i n 5 granting privileges which were ever after claimed as rights, was the basis of civil freedom in Virginia. a Oct. 13. x The new constitution was brought 3 - over by a<5% Sir Francis Wyatt, who had been appointed to succeed arrival of Governor Yeardley. He found the numbers of the Sir Fra-ncts . T . J , . , . , , Wyatt, and colony greatly increased, their settlements widely ex- conduionof tended, and every thing in the full tide of prosperity. tony? g ut ^-g pi easant p ros pect was doomed soon to experi ence a terrible reverse. ^ 8 * nce me Damage f Pocahontas, Powhatan had remained the firm friend of the English. But he ^^^ now jg^ anc [ fa s successor viewing with jeal ousy and alarm the rapidly increasing settlements of 1622. the English, the Indians concerted a plan of surprising and destroying the whole colony. Still preserving the language of friendship, they visited the settlements, bought the arms, and borrowed the boats of the Eng lish, and, even on the morning of the fatal day, came among them as freely as usual. 15> 3 n the first of A P ril > 1622 ? at mid-day, the attack commenced; and so sudden and unexpected was the onset, that, in one hour, three hundred and forty-seven men, women, and children, fell victims to savage treachery and cruelty. The massacre would have been far more extensive had not a friendly In dian, on the previous evening, revealed the plot to an Englishman whom he wished to save ; by which means Jamestown and a few of the neighboring set tlements were well prepared against the attack. . what is 16. 4 Although the larger part of the colony was distress of saved, yet great distress followed ; the more distant the colony? se ^] emenls were abandoned ; and the number of the CHAP. I.] VIRGINIA. 59 plantations was reduced from eighty to eight. /But 1623. the English soon aroused to vengeance. An extermi- t what was nating war against the Indians followed ; many of * result ? them were destroyed ; and the remainder were obliged to retire far into the wilderness. 17. 2 The settlement of Virginia by the London JiSS/qf Company had been an unprofitable enterprise, and as the causes . $ j m * i PTI which led to the shares in the unproductive stock were now of little value, and the holders very numerous, the meetings of the company, in England, became the scenes of politi cal debate, in which the advocates of liberty were ar rayed against the upholders of royal prerogative. 3 The king disliked the freedom of debate here exhibit- 3 - ed, and, jealous of the prevalence of liberal sentiments, at first sought to control the elections of officers, by overawing the assemblies. 18. 4 Failing in this, he determined to recover, by a dissolution of the company, the influence of which he had deprived himself by a charter of his own conces sion. Commissioners in the interest of the king were f^/^J* therefore appointed to examine the concerns of the a jg% f corporation. As was expected, they reported in favor of a change ; the judicial decision was soon after given; the London Company was dissolved ; the king took 1624. into his own hands the government of the colony ; and Virginia thus became a royal government. 19. 6 During the existence of the London Company, e. wiuu the government of Virginia had gradually changed c^ngaha from a royal government, under the first charter, in which the king had all power, to a proprietary govern ment under the second and third charters, in which all executive and legislative powers were in the hands of the company. 20. Although these changes had been made with out consulting the wishes of the colonists, and not- &*& . , . . & , ,, , -, ges, loth on withstanding the powers of the company were exceed- Virginia. , i v v r v x- and on the mgly arbitrary, yet as the majority of its active mem- other coio- bers belonged to the patriot party in England, so they n acted as the successful friends of liberty in America. They had conceded the right of trial by jury, and had given to Virginia a representative government. These privileges, thus early conceded, could never be wrested 60 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART* H. 1. What teas the, nature of tfie new govern ment? 1625. a. April 6. 2. What was the policy of Charles I. towards Vir ginia? 1628. 3. WfMtis said of Harvey ? 1629. 4. His ad ministra tion? 1635. 1636. b. Jan. from the Virginians, and they exerted an influence, favorable to liberty,. throughout all the colonies sub sequently planted. All claimed as extensive privi leges as had been conceded to their elder sister colony, and future proprietaries could hope to win emigrants, only by bestowing franchises as large as those enjoyed by Virginia. IV. VIRGINIA FK OM THE DISSOLUTION OF THE LON DON COMPANY IN 1 624. TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR IN 1754. 1. *The dissolu tion of the London Company produced no immediate change in the domestic government and franchises of the colony. A governor and twelve counsellors, to be guided by the instructions of the king, were appointed to administer the government ; but no attempts were made to suppress the colonial assemblies. 2 On the death* of James the First, in 1625, his son, Charles the First, succeeded him. The latter paid very little attention to the political condition of Virginia, but aimed to promote the prosperity of the colonists, only with the selfish view of deriving profit from their in dustry. He imposed some restrictions on the com merce of the colony, but vainly endeavored to obtain for himself the monopoly of the trade in tobacco. 2. 3 In 1628, John Harvey, who had for several years been a member of the council, and was exceed ingly unpopular, was appointed governor ; but he did not arrive in the colony until late in the following year. He has been charged, by most of the old histo rians, with arbitrary and tyrannical conduct ; but al though he favored the court party, it does not appear that he deprived the colonists of any of their civil rights. 3. 4 His administration, however, was disturbed by disputes about land titles under the royal grants ; and the colonists, being indignant that he should betray their interests by opposing their claims, deprived him of the government, and summoned an assembly to re ceive complaints against him. Harvey, in the mean time, had consented to go to England with commis sioners appointed to manage his impeachment ; but the king would not even admit his accusers to a hearing, and Harvey immediately returned 11 to occupy his for mer station. CHAP. I.] VIRGINIA. 61 4. Curing the first administration of Sir William 1642. Berkeley, from 1642 to 52, the civil condition of the ~ Virginians was much improved ; the laws and cus toms of England were still farther introduced ; cruel punishments were abolished; old controversies were adjusted ; a more equitable system of taxation was i troduced ; the rights of property and the freedom of istra ^ on - industry were secured ; and Virginia enjoyed nearly all the civil liberties which the most free system of government could have conferred. 5. 2 A spirit of intolerance, however, in religious 2- what m- j vi ^1 . * A. stance, of matters, in accordance with the spirit 01 the age, was manifested by the legislative assembly ; which ordered 11 that no minister should preach or teach except in con- twned? formity to the Church of England. 3 While puritan- ism and republicanism were prevailing in England, ^g^arcon? leading the way to the downfall of monarchy, the ^Sfe* Virginians showed the strongest attachment to the f^^j Episcopal Church and the cause of royalty. 6. 4 In 1644 occurred another Indian massacre, fol- 1644. lowed by a border warfare until October, 1646. when 4. Give an J . * i * i VL { account of peace was again established. During several years the second the Powhatan tribes had shown evidences of hostility ; but, in 1644, hearing of the dissensions in England, and thinking the opportunity favorable to their designs, they resolved on a general massacre, hoping to be able eventually to exterminate the colony. 7. On the 28th of April, the attack was commenced on the frontier settlements, and about three hundred persons were killed before the Indians were repulsed. 8 A vigorous war against the savages was immediately 5 . what was the result commenced, and their king, the aged Opechancanough, O f the war7 the successor of Powhatan, was easily made prisoner, and died in captivity. Submission to the English, and a cession of lands, were the terms on which peace 1646. was purchased by the original possessors of the soil. 6 . what wot 8. 6 During the civil war* between Charles the First and his Parliament, the Virginians continued faithful to the royal cause, and even after the execution a of the England? king, his son, Charles the Second, although a fugitive a- Feb - 9- * NOTE. The tyrannical disposition, and arbitrary measures of Charles the First, of England, opposed, as they were, to the increasing spirit of liberty among the people. 62 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1652. from England, was still recognized as the sovereign "~ of Virginia. l The parliament, irritated by this con- l Virginia* c ^ uct j m 1652 sent a naval force to reduce the Virgin- ians to submission. Previous to this (in 1650) foreign ships had been forbidden to trade with the rebellious colony, and in 1651 the celebrated navigation act, securing to English ships the entire carrying trade with England, and seriously abridging the freedom of colonial commerce, was passed. 1652. 9. 2 On the arrival* of the naval force of parliament a. March, in 1652, all thoughts of resistance were laid aside, and fnoRfMrttai although the Virginians refused to surrender to force, her simf~ y et tne y voluntarily entered into a compact b with their ^fflctedf 1 mva( lers, by which they acknowledged the supremacy b. March 22. of parliament. 3 By this compact, which was faithfully &. what was observed till the restoration of monarchy, the liberties thena .ure r . . . . J . ir of the own- oi V irg ima were preserved, the navigation act itsell pact, and r I-T-IIIJ L j how was not enforced within- her borders, and, regulated ? by her own laws, Virginia enjoyed freedom of com merce with all the world. 4. what was 10- 4 During the existence of the Commonwealth t} vii-gini / Virginia enjoyed liberties as extensive as those of any ft English colony, and from 1652 till 1660, she was le almost entirely to her own independent government. Cromwell never made any appointments for Virginia ; Di?g", n anii but ner governors, during the Commonwealth, were MatthewH. cnosen ^y t ne burgesses, who were the representatives 1658. of the people. * When the news of the death d of d. sept. is. Cromwell arrived, the assembly reasserted their right 5 - curred ^ e ^ ectm g tne officers of government, and required the whenneios governor, Matthews, to confirm it; in order, as they oj tne death i ,, , , -> \ -11 of cromweit said, " that what was their privilege then, mig ht be the arrived? . ., r . . ,f privilege of their posterity." involved that kingdom in a civil war; arraying, on the one side, Parliament and the Republicans ; and, on the other, the Royalists and the King. Between 1642 and 1649, several important battles were fought, when the king was finally taken prisoner, tried, condemned, and executed, Jan. 30, (Old Style) 1649. The Parliament then ruled ; but Oliver Cromwell, who had been the principal general of the Republicans, finally dis solved it by force, (April, 1653,) and took into his own hands the reins of government, with the title of " Protector of the Commonwealth." He administered the government with energy and ability until his death, in 1658. Richard Cromwell succeeded his father, as Protector, but, after two years, he abdicated the government, and quietly re tired to private life. Charles the Second, a highly accomplished prince, but arbitrary, base, and unprincipled, was then restored (in ]660) to the throne of his ancestors, by the general wish of the people. CHAP. L] VIRGINIA. 63 11. On the death of governor Matthews, which 166O. happened just at the time of the resignation of Richard, ~~ the successor of Cromwell, the house of burgesses, after enacting that " the government of the country should be resident in the assembly until there should arrive * An f ne h from England a commission which the assembly itself should adjudge to be lawful," elected Sir William Berkeley governor, who, by accepting the office, ac knowledged the authority to which he owed his ele vation. 2 The Virginians hoped for the restoration of 2. what monarchy in England, but they did not immediately proclaim Charles the Second king, although the state- ment of their hasty return to royal allegiance has been often made. 12. 3 When the news of the restoration of Charles 3 WhM . the Second reached Virginia, Berkeley, who was then happened at i i i , i j i tfie time of acting as governor ejected by the people, immediately disclaimed the popular sovereignty, and issued writs for an assembly in the name of the king. The friends of royalty now came into power, and high hopes of royal favor were entertained. 13. 4 But prospects soon darkened. The commer- cial policy of the Commonwealth was adopted, and restrictions upon colonial commerce were greatly mul- tiplied. The new provisions of the navigation act the colonies? enjoined that no commodities should be imported to any British settlements, nor exported from them, ex : cept in English vessels, and that the principal prod ucts of the colonies should be shipped to no country except England. The trade between the colonies was likewise taxed for the benefit of England, and the en tire aim of the colonial system was to make the colo nies dependent upon the mother country. 14. Remonstrances against this oppression were of 5 O f (fie no avail, and the provisions of the navigation act were discontents c -i mi i f i i of the peo- rigorously enforced. The discontents of the people pie, and of were further increased by royal grants of large tracts cuip&pper of land which belonged to the colony, and which in- Arlington^ eluded plantations that had long been cultivated ; and, in 1673, the lavish sovereign of England, with his 1673. usual profligacy, gave away to Lord Culpepper and the Earl of Arlington, two royal favorites, " all the 64 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1673. dominion of land and water called Virginia," for the i. m wim s P ace of thirty-one years. m(vm time, under the influence of the - ernes qfthe royalist and the aristocratic party in Virginia, the abridged? legislature had seriously abridged the liberties of the in matters people. The Episcopal Church had become the reli- of religion. ^ Qu Q f ^ e state, heavy fines were imposed upon Q,ua- BI/ fines. j, erg an( j J3 a p t ] sts ^ t h e r0 y a } officers, obtaining their sa ] ar j es by a permanent duty on exported tobacco, were removed from all dependence upon the people, the taxes were unequal and oppressive, and the mem- ^ ers ^ ^ e assem ly, who had been chosen for a term of only two years, had assumed to themselves an in definite continuance of power, so that, in reality, the representative system was abolished. 2. mat was 16. 2 The pressure of increasing grievances at length the fS f P r duced open discontent; and the common people, grievances? highly exasperated against the aristocratic and royal 3. wiiatia P art y, began to manifest a mutinous disposition. E An inMnn war excuse for appearing in arms was presented in the su dden outbreak of Indian hostilities. The Susque- hanna Indians, driven from their hunting grounds at the head of the Chesapeake, by the hostile Senecas, had come down upon the Potomac, and, with their confederates, were then engaged in a war with Mary- 1675 an - Murders had been committed on the soil of Vir ginia, and when six of the hostile chieftains presented themselves to treat for peace, they were cruelly put to death. The Indians aroused to vengeance, and a desolating warfare ravaged the frontier settlements. 17. 4 Dissatisfied with the measures of defence which dcmundslf Berkeley had adopted, the people, with Nathaniel the, people! g acon f or t h e ir leader, demanded of the governor per- 1676. m ission to rise and protect themselves. 6 Berkeley, Berkley? jealous of the increasing popularity of Bacon, refused e. And of permission. e At length, the Indian aggressions in- ihe com- creasing, and a party of Bacon s own men having- been mencement . . * i S ^ am on nis plantation, he yielded to the common voice, placed himself at the head of five hundred men, and commenced his inarch against the Indians. He was a. May. immediately proclaimed* traitor by Berkeley, and troops were levied to pursue him. Bacon continued CHAP. I.] VIRGINIA. 65 i. whan* said of the success of the po )iilai cause? his expedition, which was successful, while Berkeley 1676 was obliged to recall his troops, to suppress an insur- ~~ rection in the lower counties. 18. The great mass of the people having- arisen, nil n j ij i 11 Berkeley was compelled to yield ; the odious assembly, r i Till ri oi long" duration, was dissolved ; and an assembly, corn- posed mostly of the popular party, was elected in their places. Numerous abuses were now corrected, and Bacon was appointed commander-in-chief. 2 Berkeley, 2 . of the however, at first refused to sign his commission, but conSo Bacon having made his appearance in Jamestown, at Berkete y? the head of several hundred armed men, the commis sion was issued, and the governor united with the assembly in commending to the king the zeal, loyalty, and patriotism of the popular leader. But as the army was preparing to march against the enemy, Berkeley suddenly withdrew across the York* river to Glou cester,! summoned a convention of loyalists, and, even against their advice, once more proclaimed Bacon a traitor. 19. 3 Bacon, however, proceeded against the Indians, and Berkeley having crossed the Chesapeake to Acco- i 111 !! mac| county, his retreat was declared an abdication, Berkeley, in the mean time, with a few adherents, and the crews of some English ships, had returned to Jamestown, but, on the approach of Bacon and his forces, after some slight resistance the royalists were obliged to retreat, and Bacon took possession of the capital of Virginia. 20. The rumor prevailing that a party of royalists was approaching, Jamestown was burned, and some of the patriots fired their own houses, lest they might afford shelter to the enemy. Several troops of the royalists soon after joined the insurgents, but, in the midst of his successes, Bacon suddenly died. a His party, now left without a leader, after a few petty in- 3 T|77 ^ were the events oj tfi6 Oct. 11. * York river enters the Chesapeake about 18 miles N. from James River. It is nav igable for the largest vessels, 25 miles. It is formed of the Mnttnpony and the Panmn- ky The former, which is on the north, is formed of the Mat, Ta. Po, and JV*t/ rivers, f Gloucester county is on the N.E. side of York River, and borders on the Chesa peake. The town is on a branch or bay of the Chesapeake. \ rfccoinac county is on the eastern shore of Chesapeake Bay. This county and Northampton Co. on the south, constitute what is called the Eastern Shore of Virginia. 66 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1676. surrecfions dispersed, and the authority of the governor was restored. i. what is 21. l The vengeful passions of Berkeley, however, said of the n i i i i <? i cruelty of were not allayed by the submission 01 nis enemies. Fines and confiscations gratified his avarice, and exe- cutions were continued till twenty-two had been hanged, when the assembly interfered, and prayed him to stop the work of death. The conduct of Berkeley was severely censured in England, and publicly by the king himself, who declared, " The old fool has taken away more lives in that country than I for the murder of my father." 2. of the 22. 2 Historians have not done justice to the princi- e Bacm e arld P^ es an( ^ character of Bacon. He has been styled a the tyranny rc b e l ; and has been described as ambitious and re- ernment? vengeful; but if his principles are to be gathered from the acts of the assembly of which he was the head, they were those of justice, freedom, and humanity. At the time of the rebellion, " no printing press was al lowed in Virginia; to speak ill of Berkeley or his friends was punished by fine or whipping ; to speak, or write, or publish any thing in favor of the rebels, or the rebellion, was made a high misdemeanor, and, if thrice repeated, was evidence of treason. It is not strange then that posterity was for more than a hun dred years defrauded of the truth." 3. when 23. 3 The grant of Virginia to Arlington and Cul- an manner at pepper has already been mentioned. In 1677 the lat- Wl fi.etari ter ODtame d the appointment of governor for life, and government thus Virginia became a proprietary government, with established ? . , P . . i r i T the administration vested in one 01 the proprietors. In 1680. 1680 Culpepper arrived in the province, and assumed the duties of his office. 4 The avaricious proprietor was more careful of his own interests than of those of tne colony, and under his administration Virginia was 5. when impoverished. 6 In 1684, the grant was recalled, mannerwas Culpepper was deprived of his office, although he had govlrSnt been appointed for life, and Virginia again became a roy- restored? a | p rov i nce . Arlington had previously surrendered his laidofthl r ig" nt s to Culpepper. The remaining portion of the his- T h n n oJ tor y f Virginia? down to the period of the French and Virginia? Indian war, is marked with few incidents of importance. CHAP. II.] CHAPTER II. MASSACHUSETTS.* SECT. L DIVISIONS. /. Early History. II. Plymouth Cotony. IH. Massachusetts Bay Colony. IV. Union of the New England Colonies. V. Early Laws and Customs. 1. EARLY HISTORY. 1. An ac count of the first attempt of the Plymouth Company to form a settlement in North 1607. Virginia has already been given. a Although vessels a j s ^2 v annually visited the coast for the purpose of trade wgy with the Indians, yet little was known of the interior ****** until 1614, when Captain John Smith, who had al- North nr- ready obtained distinction in Virginia, sailed with two Kto/the vessels to the territories of the Plymouth Company, ^SSffg for the purpose of trade and discovery. 1614. 2. 2 The expedition was a private adventure of Smith and four merchants of London, and was highly sue- cessful. After Smith had concluded his traffic with the natives, he travelled into the interior of the country, accompanied by only eight men, and, with great care, explored the coast from the Penobscot b to Cape Cod. . 3 He prepared a map of the coast, and called the coun- 3. of the - r ._ - map which -. .,_, i i T /-^i i try INEW JiiNGLAND, a name which Jrnnce Charles confirmed, and which has ever since been retained. 3. 4 After Smith s departure, Thomas Hunt, the master of the second ship, enticed a number of natives on board his vessel and carried them to Spain, where 5. of they were sold into slavery. 8 In the following* 1 year, Smith, in the employ of some members of the Ply- * MASSACHUSETTS, one of the New England States, is about 120 miles long from east to west, 90 miles broad in the eastern part, and 50 in the western, and contains an area of about 7,500 square miles. Several ranges of mountains, extending from Ver mont and New Hampshire, pass through the western part of this state into Connec ticut. East of these mountains the country is hilly, except in the southern and south eastern portions, where it is low, and generally sandy. The northern and western por tions of ttie state have generally a strong soil, well adapted to grazing. The valleys of the Connecticut and Housatonic are highly fertile. The marble quarries of West Stockbrittge, in the western part of the state, and the granite quarries of Q,uincv nine uiiles S.E. from Boston, are celebrated t)8 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1615. mouth Company, sailed with the design of establishing ~~ a colony in New England. In his first effort a violent a. July 4. tempest forced him to return. Again renewing 1 the voStdS- enterprise, his crew became mutinous, and he was at tempt? i ast intercepted by French pirates, who seized his ship and conveyed him to France. He afterwards escaped alone, in an open boat, from the harbor of Rochelle,* and returned to England. 4. 2 By the representations of Smith, the attention of the Plymouth Company was again excited ; they began to form vast plans of colonization, appointed Smith ad- 1620. rniral of the country for life, a/fa", at length, after sev eral years of entreaty, obtaiiied b a new charter foi VortJto settlm g tne country. /3 The |briginal Plymouth Com- council of panv was superseded bv the Council of Plymouth, to Ph/muutfi J , * r 1 j i i ^ ii ^u and their which was conveyed, in absolute property, all the ter- c sSapB r i torv tying" between the 40th and 48th degrees of north latitude, extending from the Atlantic to the Paci fic, and comprising more than a million of square miles. 4. of what 5. 4 This charter was the basis of all the grants that charterfhe were subsequently made of the country of New Eng- s^whatta l an d- The exclusive privileges granted by it occa- aaidiifita sioned disputes arnon"" the proprietors, and prevented exclusive . . r , . ? r . 1 i i i privileges? emigration under th "ir auspices, while, m the mean time, a permanent cciony was established without the aid or knowledge of the company or the king. e what is H PLYMOUTH COLONY. 1. A band of Puritans, said of the dissenters from the established Church of England, Puritans? > r , ,.. .. j ,9. 7 persecuted for their religious opinions, and seeking m a foreign land that liberty of conscience which their own country denied them, became the first colonists or their ^ New England. 7 As early as 1608 they emigrated re*iJenct at to Holland, and settled, first, at Amsterdam,! and after- n wards at Leyden,J where, during eleven years, they continued to live in great harmony, under jhe charge of their excellent pastor, John Robinson. * Rochelle is a strongly fortified town at the bottom of a small gulf on the coast of the Atlantic (or Bay of Biscay) in the west of France. t Amsterdam is on a branch of the Zuyder Zee, a gulf or bay in the west of Holland In the 17th century it was one of the first commercial cities of Europe. The soil be ing marshy, the city is built mostly on oaken piles driven into the ground. Numerous canals run through the city in every direction. t Leydcn, long famous for its University, is on one of the branches or mouths of the Rhine, 7 miles from the sea, and 25 miles S.VV. from Amsterdam. CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. 69 2. l At the end of that period, the same religious 162O^ zeal that had made them exiles, combined with the L of the desire of improving their temporal welfare, induced w f^ e f n . them to undertake a more distant migration. 2 But, ducedjhcm notwithstanding they had been driven from their early from Hoi- homes by the rod of persecution, they loved England 2 But what still, and desired to retain their mother tongue, and to live under the government of their native land. 3. 3 These, with other reasons, induced them to seek an asylum in the wilds of America. They obtained a grant of land from the London or Virginia Company, Jgf ff but, in vain, sought the favor of the king. Destitute did they ob- of sufficient capital, they succeeded in forming a part- 4 What nership with some men of business in London, and, although the terms were exceedingly severe to the poor emigrants, yet, as they did not interfere with civil or religious rights, the Pilgrims were contented. Two vessels having been obtained, the Mayflower 5 . WhfU p^. and the Speedwell, the one hired, the other purchased, as many as could be accommodated prepared to take their final departure. Mr. Robinson and the main body were to remain at Leyden until a settlement should be formed. 4. Assembled* at Delft Haven,* and kneeling in a. Aug. i. prayer on the seashore, their pious pastor commended aJfSSSt them to the protection of Heaven, and gave them his De & t en IIa ~ parting blessing. 7 A prosperous wind soon bore the 7 . \vnat Speedwell to Southampton,! where it was joined by SSSj&t the Mayflower, with the rest of the company from **J5J London. After several delays, and finally being *ffi%* obliged to abandon the Speedwell as unseaworthy, ^fgj. part of the emigrants were dismissed, and the remain- land? 3 der were taken on board the Mayflower, which, with one hundred and one passengers, sailed from Plymouth! s. what ts , , ., , c J said of their on the Ibth 01 September. voyage and 5. 8 After a long and dangerous voyage, on the 19th their desti nation / * Delft Haven the port or haven of Delf*, is on the north side of the river Maese, in Holland, 18 mile 1 * south from Leyden, and about fifteen miles from the sea. T Sauthampton, a town of England, is situated on an arm of the sea, or of the English Channel. It is 75 miles S.W. from London. I Plymouth, a l:ir-:e town of Devonshire, in England, about 200 miles S.W. froin Lon don, and 130 from Southampton, stands between the rivers PI ym and Tamar, rear their entrance into the English Channel. Plymouth is an important naval station and has one of the best harbors in England 70 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1. Where did they first an chor, and what were their first proceed ings ? 2. Their leading 1 men t 3. What par ties were sent on shore, and why I 4. What hardships ivere en dured? 5. What dis coveries were made ? 6. What is said of the landing of the Pil grims at Plymouth ? 7. Of the anniversary of this event? of November they descried the bleak and dreary shores of Cape Cod, still far from the Hudson,* which they had selected as the place of their habitation. But the wintry storms had already commenced, and the dan gers of navigation on an unknown coast, at that in clement season, induced them to seek a nearer restino-- i puce. 6. ! On the 21st they anchored in Cape Cod harbor, but, before landing, they formed themselves into a body politic, by a solemn contract, and chose John Carver their governor for the first year. 2 Their other leading men, distinguished in the subsequent history of the colony, were Bradford, Brewster, Standish, and Winslow. 3 Exploring parties were sent on shore to make discoveries, and select a place for a settlement. ^Great hardships were endured from the cold and storm, and from wandering through the deep snow which covered the country. 7. *A few Indians were seen, who fled upon the discharge of the muskets of the English ; a few graves were discovered, and, from heaps of sand, a number of baskets of corn were obtained, which furnished seed for a future harvest, and probably saved the infant colony from famine. 8 On the 21st of December the harbor of Plymouth! was sounded, and being found fit for shipping, a party landed, examined the soil, and finding good water, selected this as the place for a settlement. 7 The 21st of December, corresponding with the 1 1th of December, Old Style, is the day which should be celebrated in commemoration of this im portant event, as the anniversary of the landing of the Pilgrim Fathers. PLYMOUTH AND VIC. * The Hudson River, in New York, one of the best for nav igation in America, rises in the mountainous regions west of Lake Champlain, and after an irregular course to Sandy Hill its direction is nearly south, 200 miles by tb.o river, to New York Bay, which lies between Long Island and New Jersey. The tide flows to Troy, 151 miles (by the river) from New York. t Plymouth, thus named from Plymouth in England, is now a village of about 5000 inhabitants. It is pleasantly situated on Plymouth harbor, 38 miles S.E. from Boston. The harbor is large, but shallow, and is formed by a sand beach extending three miles N.VV. from the mouth of Eel River. In 1774 a pMrt of the rock on which the Pilgrims landed was conveyed from the shore to a square in the centre wf the village. CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. 71 8. ! In a few days the Mayflower was safely moored 162O. in the harbor. The buildings of the settlers progressed ~7~^T^7" slowly, through many difficulties and discouragements, commence for many of the men were sick with colds and con- settlement, sumptions, and want and exposure rapidly reduced the a fef/n% S du- numbers of the colony. The governor lost a son the first landing ; early in the spring his own health sunk under a sudden attack, and his wife soon followed him in death. The sick were often destitute of proper care and attention ; the living were scarcely able to bury the dead ; and, at one time, there were only seven men capable of rendering any assistance. Before April forty-six had died. 2 Yet, with the scanty rem- 2 . u nant, hope and virtue survived ; they repined not in all their sufferings, and their cheerful confidence in the mercies of Providence remained unshaken. 9. 3 Although a few Indians had been seen at a dis- 3 Give an tance hovering around the settlement, vet during- seve- account of i b - S the rst the first i i T /r> -i i i i e ral months none aroached sufficientl near to hold Indian visit any intercourse with the English. At length the lat ter were surprised by the appearance, among them, of an Indian named Samoset. who boldly entered 3 their a . March 2*. settlement, exclaiming in broken English, Welcome Englishmen ! Welcome Englishmen ! He had learned a little English among the fishermen who had visited the coast of Maine, and gave the colony much useful information. 10. 4 He cordially bade the strangers welcome to the *. f wiuair> soil, which, he informed them, had a few years before been deprived of its occupants by a dreadful pestilence ffive? that had desolated the whole eastern seaboard of New England. 6 Samoset soon after visited the colony, ac companied by Squanto, a native who had been carried away by Hunt, in 1614, and sold into slavery, but who had subsequently been liberated and restored to his Vi8it? COUntry. , t. What In 11. By the influence of these friendly Indians, Mas- was next in* sasoit, the great Sachem of the Wampanoags, the prin- visit the cipal of the neighboring tribes, was induced to visit j^JJSi the colony, where he was received 6 with much for- 7. <,-, mality and parade. 7 A treaty of friendship was soon concluded, 1 * the parties promising to deliver up offend- 72 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. ers, and to abstain from mutual injuries ; the colony to receive assistance if attacked, and Massasoit, if at tacked unjustly. This treaty was kept inviolate during a period of fifty years, until the breaking out of King Philip s War. i.whatta 12. ^ther treaties, of a similar character, soon after ta treatS er followed. A powerful chieftain within the dominions of Massasoit, who at first regarded the English as in truders, and threatened them with hostilities, was finally 1622. compelled to sue for peace. 2 Canonicus, the chief of 2. of the Narragan setts, sent to Plymouth a bundle of ar rows wrapped in a rattlesnake s skin, as a token of his hostility. The governor, Bradford, filled the skin with powder and shot and returned it ; but the chieftain s courage failed at the sight of this unequivocal symbol, which was rejected by every community to which it was carried, until at last it was returned to Plymouth, with all its contents. The Narragansetts were awed into submission. 3 . of 13. 3 In 1622, Thomas Weston, a merchant of Lon- ES? don, sent out a c l n y f sixty adventurers, who spent most of the summer at Plymouth, enjoying the hospi tality of the inhabitants, but afterwards removed to 4. character Weymouth,* where they began a plantation. <Being and ofme ict soon re duced to necessity by indolence and disorder, settlers? an d having provoked the Indians to hostilities by their - injustice, the latter formed a plan for the destruction of the settlement. 1623. 14. 5 But the grateful Massasoit having revealed the B. HOW were design to the Plymouth colony, the governor sent Cap- /mT J tain Standish with eight men to aid the inhabitants of structton? Weymouth. With his small party Standish intercept ed and killed the hostile chief, and several of his men, e. what was and the conspiracy was defeated. The Weymouth tKptow- Plantation was soon after nearly deserted, most of the aon? settlers returning to England. 7. w)Mtwa* l5 - 7 The London adventurers, who had furnished ^fthfS tne Plymouth settlers with capital, soon becoming dis- doncuivRn- couraged by the small returns from their investments, not only deserted the interests of the colony, but did * Weymouth, callerl by the Indian? Wessagussett, is a small village between two branches of the outer h-irbor of Boston, 12 miles S.E. from the city. (See Map, p. 744 CHAP. II.l MASSACHUSETTS. 73 much to injure its prosperity. They refused tc furnish 1624. Robinson and his friends a passage to America, at- ~ tempted to enforce on the colonists a clergyman more friendly to the established church, and even dispatched a ship to injure their commerce by rivalry. l At last, 1626. the emigrants succeeded in purchasing"- the rights of a . Nov . the London merchants; they made an equitable divi- i what. did f. . i i i r tfle emi ~ sion or their property, which was before in common gram* do, stock ; and although the progress of population was ???*? slow, yet, after the first winter, no fears were enter- per of a t Te nce tained of the permanence of the colony. colony? III. MASSACHUSETTS BAY COLONY. 1 2 In 1624, 2. owe an Mr. White, a Puritan minister of Dorchester,* in Eng- t hf attempt- land, having induced a number of persons to unite ^/^J- with him in the design of planting another colony in Ca P e Anr *- New England, a small company was sent over, who began a settlement at Cape Ann.f This settlement, however, was abandoned after an existence of less than two years. 2. 3 In 1628, a patent was obtained b from the coun cil of Plymouth, and a second company was sent over, under the charge of John Endicott, which settled at Salem,;): to which place a few of the settlers of Cape c . Se pt. Ann had previously removed. 4 In the following year 1629. the proprietors received d a charter from the king, and d- March H were incorporated by the name of the " Governor and e t e ^f a oc- Company of the Massachusetts Bay in New England." f,, M /},". About 200 additional settlers came* over, a part of in $ v ear? whom removed to and founded Charlestown.^ 3. *During the year 1630, the Massachusetts Bay 5 colony received a large accession to its numbers, by , the arrival f of about three hundred families, mostly r pious and intelligent Puritans, under the charge of the *"J j^uiy. * Dorchester, in England, is situated on the small river Froom, 20 miles from its en- trince into the English Channel, six miles N. from Weyinouth, and 120 S.W. from London. t Cape Ann, the northern cape of Massachusetts Bay, is 30 miles N.E. from, Ro.storv The cape and peninsula are now included in the town of Gloucester. Gloucester,, tne principal village, called also the Harbor, is finely located on the south side of the pe- tiimmla. t Salem, called by the Indians Na-um-keag; is 14 miles N.E. from Boston. It is built on a sandy peninsula, fonnerl by two inlets of the sea, called North and South Rivers. The harbor, which is in South River, is good for vessels draw ng not more than 12 or 14 feet of water. (Sec Map, p. 74.) $ Pee Note on oare 78. Map, p. 74, and also on p. 21Q. 4 74 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1680. What other events time?t 2. \Vheredid the new em igrants set- tie? 3. What Is said of the first settle ment of Boston 1 4. Of the 5 what is excellent John Winthrop. ! At the same time the whole government of the colony was removed to New England, and Winthrop was chosen governor. 4. 2 The new emigrants located themselves beyond the limits of Salem, and settled at Dorchester,* Rox- bury,| Cambridge, J and Waterfown.^ 3 The acci dental advantage of a spring of good water induced a few families, and with them the governor, to settle on the peninsula of S/iawmut ; and Boston |j thenceforth became the metropolis of New England. 5. 4 Many of the settlers were from illustrious and families, and having been accustomed to a life of ease and enjoyment, their sufferings from exposure and the failure of provisions were great, and, before December, two hundred had died. A few only, dis heartened by the scenes of woe, returned to England. 6 Those who remained were sustained in their afflic tions by religious faith and Christian fortitude ; not a trace of repining appears in their records, and sickness never prevented their assembling at stated times for religious worship. * That part of Dorchester which was first settled, is Dorchester Neck, about four miles S.E. from Boston. (See Map, p. 210.) t Roxbury village is two miles south from Boston. Its principal street may be con sidered as the continuation of Washington Street, Boston, extending over Boston Neck. A great part of the town is rocky land : hence the name, Rock s-b wry. (Map.) | Cambridge, formerly called Newtown, is situated on the north side of Charles River, three miles N.W. from Boston. The courthouse and jail are at East Cambridge, formerly called J.echmcre s Point, within a mile of Boston, and connected with it and Charles town by bridges. Harvard Col lege, the first established in the United States, is at Cambridge. (Map.) (See also Map, p. 210.) Watertown village is on the north side of Charles River, west of Cambridge, and seven miles from Boston. (Map.) || Boston, the largest town in New Eng land, and the capital of Massachusetts, is situated on a peninsula of an uneven sur face, two miles long and about one mile wide, connected with the mainland, on the south, by a narrow neck about forty rods across. Several bridges also now connect it with the mainland on the north, west, and south. The harbor, on the east of the city, is very extensive, and is one of the best in the United States. South. Boston, formerly a part of Dorchester, and East Boston, formerly Noddles Island, are now included within the limits of the city. (Also see Map on p. 210.) CHAP H. MASSACHUSETTS. 75 1634. made in 1634? b. May. 6. *In 1631 the general court, or council of the peo- 1631. pie, ordained* that the governor, deputy-governor, and t What r ~ assistants, should be chosen by th& freemen alone ; but ^"^/ 1 at the same time it was declared th\t those only should at in 1531? be admitted to the full rights of citizenship, who were a - May 28 members of some church within the limits of the colony.* 2 Thislawhas been severely censured for its 2 Howhay intolerance, by those who have lived in more enlight ened times, but it was in strict accordance with the policy and the spirit of the age, and with the profes sions of the Puritans themselves, and originated in the purest motives. 7. 3 In 1634 the pure democratic form of government, which had hitherto prevailed, was changed 5 to a repre sentative democracy, by which the powers of legisla tion were entrusted to deputies chosen by the people. 4 In the same year the peculiar tenets of Roger Wil liams, minister of Salem, began to occasion much ex citement in the colony. A Puritan, and a fugitive from English persecution, Roger Williams had sought, in New England, an asylum among those of his own creed ; but finding there, in matters of religion, the same kind of intolerance that prevailed in England, he earnestly raised his voice against it. 8. 5 He maintained that it is the duty of the civil magistrate to give equal protection to all religious sects, and that he has no right to restrain or direct the consciences of men, or, in any way, interfere with their modes of worship, or the principles of their re ligious faith. But with these doctrines of religious tolerance he united others that were deemed subver sive of good government, and opposed to the funda mental principles of civil society. Such were those which declared it wrong to enforce an oath of alle giance to the sovereign, or of obedience to the magis trate, and which asserted that the king had no right to usurp the power of disposing of the territory of the Indians, and hence that the colonial charter itself was invalid. 5. o/ vance? * NOTE. But when New Hampshire united with Massachusetts in 1641, not as a province, but on equal terms, neither the freemen nor the deputies of New Hampshire were required to be church members. 76 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1635. 9. ^uch doctrines, and particularly those which T~Hmowen re l ate( l to religious toleration, were received with the doctrines alarm, and Roger Williams, after having been in vain of Williams T i i i i- T i i i ^ received, remonstrated with by the ruling elders of the churches, a sa>d W of a fiis S was summoned before the general court, and, finally, b mTnt? banished 1 from the colony. He soon after became a of l i63T n tne founder of Rhode Island. b b. see P. in. 10. 2 During the same year, 1635, three thousand new settlers came over, among whom were Hugh 2. what ad- Peters and Sir Henry Vane, two individuals who mafonat set- J . . tiers came afterwards acted conspicuous parts in the history 01 and loheato England. Sir Henry Vane, then at the age of tvventy- pww? five, gained the affections of the people by his integ- and vane? ^^ num ility, and zeal in religion ; and, in the fol lowing year, was chosen governor. 3. Give an H- 3 Already the increasing numbers of the colo- n i sts began to suggest the formation of new settle- ments $^ farther westward. The clustering villages cut? around the Bay of Massachusetts had become too numerous and too populous for men who had few at tachments to place, and who could choose their abodes from the vast world of wilderness that lay unoccupied before them ; and, only seven years from the planting c. Oct. 25. of Salem, we find a little colony branching off from ice p. io4. ^ p aren t stock, and wending its way through the forests, nearly a hundred miles, to the banks of the Connecticut.* 1636. 12. 4 Severe were the sufferings of the emigrants the during the first winter. Some of them returned, "mi f tnroil gh tn e snow, in a famishing state ; and those who eranfiJ remained subsisted on acorns, malt, and grains ; but, during the summer following, new emigrants came in larger companies, and several settlements were firmly 5 what i established. 5 The display of Puritan fortitude, enter- r 1h-Tcnter f P r i se ? an( ^ resolution, exhibited in the planting of the write? Connecticut colony, are distinguishing traits of New England character. From that day to the present the * Connecticut River, the larjrest river in New England, has its source in tho high lands on the northern border of New Hampshire. Its jreneral course is S. by W., and after forming the boundary between Vermont and New Hampshire, and passing through Massachusetts and Connecticut, it enters Long Island Sound, 100 miles N.E. from New Y-.rk. It is not navigable for the largest vessels. Hartford, fifty miles from its mouth, Is at the head of sl/*op navigation. CHAP. H.] MASSACHUSETTS. 77 hardy sons of New England have been foremost among 1636. the bold pioneers of western emigration. 13. Soon after the banishment of Roger Williams, l w hatwas other religious dissensions arose, which again dis- JBrrSZf turbed the quiet of the colony. It was customary for gtovsdi* , 1*1 IT- senaiona the members of each congregation to assemble in wMcti aros* weekly meetings, and there debate the doctrines they had heard the previous Sunday, for the purpose of ex tending their sacred influence through the week. As women were debarred the privilege of taking part in these debates, a Mrs. Hutchinson, a woman of elo quence and ability, established meetings for those of her own sex, in which her zeal and talent soon pro cured her a numerous and admiring audience. 14. 2 This woman, from being an expounder of the *. what doctrines of others, soon began to teach new ones ; she M^ILX- assumed the right of deciding upon the religious faith in80ntajc6 * of the clergy and the people, and, finally, of censuring and condemning those who rejected, or professed them selves unable to understand her peculiar tenets. 3 She 3 . &j whom was supported by Sir Henry Vane, the governor, by **%$$? several of the magistrates, and men of learning, and by a majority of the people of Boston. 4 She was op- 1637. posed by most of the clergy, and by the sedate and ^cJpawdT 1 more judicious men of the colony. *At length, in a _ i r i i J . . 5. What ts general synod of the churches, the new opinions were said of her , J -. -111 i lan/sh- conclemned as erroneous and heretical, and the general menti court soon after issued a decree of banishment against a - Aug - Mrs. Hutchinson and several of her followers. 15. 6 During the same year occurred an Indian war b e. of the. in Connecticut, with the Pequods, the most warlike of P warf the New England tribes. 7 The Narragansetts of b 7 se j p ^ Rhode Island, hereditary enemies of the Pequods, Nam**n- were invited to unite with them in exterminating the invaders of their country; but, through the influence of Roger Williams, they rejected the proposals, and, lured by the hope of gratifying their revenge for for mer injuries, they determined to assist the English in the prosecution of the war. 8 The result of the 8 . what was brief contest was the total destruction of the Pequod jj *%{}$ nation. The impression made upon the other tribes c.seep,io. secured a long tranquillity to the English settlements. 78 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1637 16. ! The persecutions which the Puritans in Eng- "\TwhMit k in d suffered, during this period, induced large num- Sucmputo ^ ers f t1iern to remove to New England. But the England to jealousy of the English monarch, and of the English prevent emi- . . J . *, i t i i c gratiani bishops, was at length aroused by the rapid growth of a Puritan colony, in which sentiments adverse to the claims of the established church and the prerogatives of royalty were ardently cherished ; and repeated at tempts were made to put a stop to farther emigration. As early as 1633, a proclamation to that effect was issued, but the vacillating policy of the king neglected to enforce it. 1638. 17. 2 In 1638 a fleet of eight ships, on board of which were s Qrne of the most eminent Puritan leaders and patriots, was forbidden to sail, by order of the king s _ __ council; but the restraint was finally removed, and 3. what has the ships proceeded on their intended voyage. 3 It has l eTwtthre,- been asserted, and generally believed, that the dis- tinguished patriots John Hampden and Oliver Crorn- we " were on board of this fleet, but were detained by 4. what is special order of the king. 4 If the assertion be correct, tn i assumption of arbitrary power by the king was a fatal error ; for the exertions of Hampden and Crom well, in opposing the encroachments of kingly au thority, afterwards contributed greatly to the further ance of those measures which deprived Charles I. of his crown, and finally brought him to the scaffold. 5. what ia 18. 5 The settlers of Massachusetts had early turned their attention to the subject of education, wisely judg- tnat learning and religion would be the best safe- g uar ds of the commonwealth. In 1636 the general court appropriated about a thousand dollars for the purpose of founding a public school or college, and, in the following year, directed that it should be established at Newtown. In 1638, John Harvard, a worthy min ister, dying at Charlestown,* left to the institution up wards of three thousand dollars. In honor of this * Charlestown is situated on a peninsula, north of and about half as large as that of Boston, formed by Mystic River on the N., and an inlet from Charles River on the 3. The channel between Charlestown and Boston is less than half a mile across, over which bridges have been thrown. The United States Navy Yard, located at Charles- town, covers about 60 acres of land. It is one of the best naval depots in the Union. (See Map, p. 74, and also Map, p. 210.) CHAP. H.J MASSACHUSETTS. 79 pious benefactor the general court gave to the school 1638. the name of Harvard College ; and, in memory of the place where many of the settlers of New England had received their education, that part of Newtown in which the college was located, received the name of Cam- Ivrirl n-o a a. Note and bridge.* Mapi p . 74 . IV. UNION OF THE NEW ENGLAND COLONIES. 1. In 1643. 1643 the colonies of Massachusetts, Connecticut, Plym- outh, and New Haven, formed b themselves into one confederacy, by the name of THE UNITED COLONIES OF NEW ENGLAND. 2 The reasons assigned for this union were, the dispersed state of the colonies ; the dangers apprehended from the Dutch, the French, and the Indians ; the commencement of civil contests in the parent country ; and the difficulty of obtaining aid from that quarter, in any emergency. 3 A few years 3. wh later Rhode Island petitioned to be admitted into the JJrJ confederacy, but was refused, because she was un- willing to consent to what was required of her, an incorporation with the Plymouth colony. 2. *By the terms of the confederacy, which existed more than forty years, each colony was to retain its separate existence, but was to contribute its proportion of men and money for the common defence ; which, with all matters relating to the common interest, was to be decided in an annual assembly composed of two commissioners from each colony. "This transaction 5. what ?* of the colonies was an assumption of the powers of sovereignty, and doubtless contributed to the formation of that public sentiment which prepared the way for American Independence. V. EARLY LAWS AND CUSTOMS. 1. 6 As the laws e. of early and customs of a people denote the prevailing senti- ments and opinions, the peculiarities of early New England legislation should not be wholly overlooked. 7 By a fundamental law of Massachusetts it was enacted ?. what that all strangers professing the Christian religion, and fleeing to the country, from the tyranny of their per- secutors, should be supported at the public charge till rniaffdw * NOTE. The Plymouth commissioners, for want of authority from their general court, did not sign the articles until Sept. 17th. 80 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1643. i. But iww limited? loaned 3. what ^her served? 4. what did che hmo? and 5. what ye- cnliarities hence arose? . what is "JSw^j e/ children ? other provision could be made for them. ! Yet this toleration did not extend to Jesuits and popish priests, w ^ were subjected to banishment ; and, in case of their return, to death. 2. 2 Defensive war only was considered justifiable ; blasphemy, idolatry, and witchcraft, were punishable w ith death; all gaming was prohibited; intemper- ance j an d a ^ immoralities, were severely punished ; persons were forbidden to receive interest for money I en ^ an( i t wear expensive apparel unsuitable to their estates : parents were commanded to instruct and cat- echise their children and servants; and, in all cases * n wn i cn the taws were found defective, the Bible was made the ultimate tribunal of appeal. 3. 3 Like the tribes of Israel, the colonists of New England had forsaken their native land after a long an( ^ gevere bondage, and journeyed into the wilderness for the sake of religion. 4 They endeavored to cherish a resemblance of condition so honorable, and so fraught with incitements to piety, by cultivating a conformity between their laws and customs, and those which had aistinfifuished the people of God. 8 Hence arose some r < T--I-II i -i -i- i of the peculiarities which have been observed in their legislative code ; and hence arose also the practice of commencing their sabbatical observances on Saturday evening, and of accounting every evening the com mencement of the ensuing day. 9. " The same predilection for Jewish customs be- g at j or at least promoted, among them, the habit ol bestowing significant names on children ; of whom, the first three that were baptized in Boston church, received the names of Joy, Recompense, and Pity. This custom prevailed to ad great extent, and such names as Faith, Hope, Charity, Patience, &c., and others of a similar character, were long prevalent throughout New England. CHAP. II.] SECTION II. DIVISIONS. r. Events from the " Union " to King Philip s War. II. King Philip s War. III. Controversies and Royal Tyranny. IV. Massachusetts during King William s War. KING PHILIP. 1. EVENTS FROM THE " UNION" TO KING PHILIP s WAR. 1. *In 1644 an important change took place in the government of Massachusetts. When repre sentatives were first chosen, they sat and voted in the same room with the governor s council ; but it was now ordained that the governor and his council should sit apart ; and thence commenced the separate existence of the democratic branch of the legislature, or house of representatives. 2 During the same year the disputes which had long existed between the in habitants of New England and the French settlers in Acadia were adjusted by treaty. 1 2. 3 During the civil war b which occurred in Eng land, the New England colonies were ardently at tached to the cause of the Parliament, but yet they had so far forgotten their own wrongs, as sincerely to la ment the tragical fate of the king. 4 After the aboli tion of royalty, a requisition was made upon Massa chusetts for the return of her charter, that a new one might be taken out under the authorities which then held the reins of government. Probably through the influence of Cromwell the .Requisition was not enforced. *When the supreme authority devolved upon Crom well, as Protector of the Commonwealth of England, the New England colonies found in him an ardent friend, and a protector of their liberties. 3. In 1652 the province of Maine* was taken 1644 2. What dis putes were adjusted 1 a. Oct. 18. b. Note p. 6. 3. What la said of Mas sachusetts during the civil war in England? c. 1651. 4. After the abolition of royalty ? 5. During the Common wealth ? 1652. 6. Give an account of the early history of Maine. * MAINE, the northeastern of the United States, is supposed to contain an area of nearly 35,000 square miles. In the north and northwest the country is mountainous, and has a poor soil. Throughout the interior it is generally hilly, and the land rises so npidly from the seacoast, that the tide in the numerous rivers flows hut a short distance ini iiid. The best land in the state is between the Penobscot and Kennebec rivers, where it is excellent. The coast is lined with islands, and indented with numerous 82 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART fl. a. April 13. iaidof a oor- S men?i b. less, 1652. under the jurisdiction of Massachusetts. As early as ~ 1626 a few feeble settlements were commenced along the coast of Maine, but hardly had they gained a per- minent existence, before the whole territory, from the Piscataqua* to the Penobscot, was granted away by the Plymouth Company, by a succession of conflicting patents, which were afterwards the occasion of long- continued and bitter controversies. 4. iJn 1639 Ferdinand Gorges, a member of the Plymouth Company, obtained 11 a royal charter, con- stituting him Lord Proprietor of the country. The stately scheme of government which he attempted to establish was poorly suited to the circumstances of the people ; and they finally sought a refuge from anarchy, and the contentions of opposing claimants to their ter ritory, by taking into their own hands the powers of government, and placing 15 themselves under the pro- - tection of a sister colony. 1656. 5. 2j n 1656 occurred the first arrival of Quakers in Massachusetts, a sect which had recently arisen in England. The report of their peculiar sentiments and actions had preceded them, and they were sent back by the vessels in which they came. 3 The four united colonies then concurred in a law prohibiting the in- troduction of Quakers, but still they continued to arrive in increasing numbers, although the rigor of the law 1658. was increased against them. At length, in 1658, by the advice of the commissioners of the four colonies, the legislature of Massachusetts, after a long discus sion, and by a -majority of a single vote, Denounced the punishment of death upon all Quakers returning from banishment. 4. what was 6. 4 The avowed object of the law was not to perse- cute the Quakers, but to exclude them; and it was thought that its severity would be effectual. But the its effect? fear of death had no influence over men who believed they were divinely commissioned to proclaim the sin- bays and inlets, which furnish more good harbors than are found in any other state in the Union. * The Piscataqua rises between Maine and New Hampshire, and throujrhout its whole course, of forty miles, constitutes the boundary between the two states. That part of the stream above Berwick Fall?, is called Sa man Falls river. Great Bay, with its trib utaries, Lamprey, Exeter, Oyster River, and other streams, unites with it on the south, five miles above Portsmouth. (See Map, p. li 1 ) setts? CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. fulness of a dying people ; and four of those who had 1659. been banished, were executed according to the law, "" rejoicing in their death, and refusing to accept a par don, which was vainly urged upon them, on condition of their abandoning the colony for ever. 7. l During the trial of the last who suffered, another, 1660. who had been banished, entered the court, and re proached the magistrates for shedding innocent blood. 2 The prisons were soon filled with new victims, who eagerly crowded forward to the ranks of martyrdom ; but, as a natural result of the severity of the law, pub lic sympathy was turned in favor of the accused, and the law was repealed.* The other laws were relaxed, as the Quakers gradually became less ardent in the promulgation of their sentiments, and more moderate in their opposition to the usages of the people. 8. 3 Tidings of the restoration of monarchy in Eng land were brought by the arrival, 11 at Boston, of two of the judges who had condemned Charles I. to death, and who now fled from the vengeance of his son. These judges, whose names were Edward Whalley and William Goffe, were kindly received by the peo ple ; and when orders were sent, and messengers ar rived for their arrest, they were concealed from the officers of the law, and were enabled to end their days in New England. 9. 4 The commercial restrictions from which the New England colonies were exempt during the time of the Commonwealth, were reneAved after the restora tion. The harbors of the colonies were closed against all but English vessels; such articles of American produce as were in demand in England were forbid den to be shipped to foreign markets ; even the liberty of free trade among the colonies themselves was taken away, and they were finally forbidden to man ufacture, for their own use, or for foreign markets, those articles which would come in competition with English manufactures. a These restrictions were the subject of frequent complaints, and could seldom be strictly enforced : but England would never repeal them, and they became a prominent link in the chain of causes which led to the revolution. 1. What oc curred at the trial of the last who suf fered, 2. What was the final re sult qf these proceed ings? 1661. 3. What is said of the judges of Charles 1. ? b. Aug. 6, 1660. 1661. 4. Give an account of the, restric tions upon Neio Eng land com merce. 5. Were thest restrictions enforced ? 84 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1664. 10. l ln 1664 a royal fleet, destined for the reduction 7~U of the Dutch colonies on the Hudson, arrived* at Bos- AU 2 ton, bringing commissioners who were instructed to i.wjmtis hear and determine all complaints that might exist in z o? New England, and take such measures as they might deem expedient for settling the peace and security of t ^ ie countr y on a solid foundation. 2 Most of the New 2. HOIOWOS England colonies, ever jealous of their liberties, viewed ei?w this measure with alarm, and considered it a violation ed? of their charters. . in Maine \ 1- 3 I" Maine and New Hampshire the commis- sioners occasioned much disturbance; in Connecticut tne 7 were received with coldness ; in Plymouth with secret opposition ; but, in Rhode Island, with every . what was mark of deference and attention. 4 Massachusetts ^ofMaSa^ alone, although professing the most sincere loyalty to c/iusetts? tne king, asserted with boldness her chartered rights, and declining to acknowledge the authority of the commissioners, protested against its exercise within her limits. 5 In general, but little attention was paid to the 6. What was _ , . , r , . the result? acts of the commissioners, and they were at length re called. After their departure, New England enjoyed a season of prosperity and tranquillity, until the break ing out of King Philip s war, in 1675. e. what is II. KING PHILIP S WAR. 1. 6 The treaty of friend- lfh ship which the Plymouth colony made b with Massa- 7i ? . S01t 5 tne great sachem of the Wampanoags, was kept unbroken during his lifetime. 7 After his death, his two S0ns 5 Alexander and Philip, were regarded with much jealousy by the English, and were suspected of plotting against them. The elder brother, Alexander, d. 1662. soon dy m o> d Philip succeeded him. s what ha* 2. 8 It is said by the early New England historians, ^phmV ^ at ^ S chief, jealous of the growing power of the the early N. whites, and perceiving", in it, the eventual destruction England f , . j i i historians? of his own race, during several years secretly carried on his designs of uniting all the neighboring tribes in 9 BI later a war lik<3 confederacy against the English. 9 By later, writers? and more impartial writers, it is asserted that Philip received the news of the death of the first Englishmen who were killed, with so much sorrow as to cause him to weep ; and that he was forced into the war by the CHAP. II.J MASSACHUSETTS. 85 ardor of his young men, against his own judgment, and that of his chief counsellors. 3. 1 A friendly Indian missionary, who had detected the supposed plot, and revealed it to the Plymouth people, was, soon after, found murdered. a Three In dians were arrested, tried, and convicted of the murder, one of whom, at the execution, confessed they had been instigated by Philip to commit the deed. Philip, now encouraged by the general voice of his tribe, and seeing no possibility of avoiding the war, sent his wo men and children to the Narragansetts for protection, and, early in July, 1675, made an attack b upon Swan- zey,* and killed several people. 4. 2 The country was immediately alarmed, and the troops of Plymouth, with several companies from Bos ton, marched in pursuit of the enemy. A few Indians were killed, the troops penetrated to Mount Hope,f the residence of Philip, but he and his warriors fled at their approach. 3 It being known that the Narragan setts favored the cause of Philip, and it being feared that they would join him in the war, the forces pro ceeded into the Narragansett country, where they concluded a treaty of peace with that tribe. 5. 4 During the same month the forces of Philip were attacked d in a swamp at Pocasset, now Tiverton,J but the whites, after losing sixteen of their number, were obliged to withdraw. They then attempted to guard the avenues leading from the swamp, in the hope of reducing the Indians by starvation ; but, after a siege of thirteen days, the enemy contrived to escape in the night across an arm of the bay, and most of them, with Philip, fled westward to the Connecticut River, where they had previously induced the Nipmucks, a tribe in the interior of Massachusetts, to join them. 1U74. a. 1674. 1. Give an 1675. * b. July 4. 2 . of the July. 3. \vhatis ^arm^m- 8ett8? c . July 25. d . Ju ] y 33. 4 - owe an account of the events at * Swanzcy is a small village of Massachusetts, on a northern branch of Mount Hope Bay, (part of Narragansett Bay,) and is twelve miles S.E. from Providence, and about thirty-five S.W. from Plymouth. (See Map p. 112,) t Mount Hope, or Pokanokct, is a hill of a conical form, nearly 300 feet high, in t le present town of Bristol, Rhode Island, and on the west shore of Mount Hope Bay. The hill is two miles N.E. from Bristol Courthouse. The view from its summit is highly beautiful. (See Map, p. 112.) % Tiverton is in the State of Rhode Island, south from Mount Hope Bay, and having on the west the East Passage of Narragansett Bay. A stone bridge 1000 feet long con nects the village, on the south, with the island of Rhode Island. The village is thir teen miles N.E. from Newport, and sixteen in a direct line S.E. from Providence. The Swamp on Poctisstt, Neck is seven miles long. ,See Map, p. 112.) The Nipmucks occupied the country in the central and southern parts of Worces ter county- 86 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1075. events tM,t happened at a. Aug. 12. or the nege at tiva. b. sept. 5. 4 At Had- 5. see p. sa. 5. At Bloody Brook? 6. J The English, in the hope of reclaiming; the Nip- mucks, had sent Captains Wheeler and Hutchinson, with a party of twenty men, into their country, to treat , * J rrn -r T 11 with them. 1 he Indians had agreed to meet them near Brookfield ;* but, lurking in ambush, they fell upon them as they approached, and killed most of the party. a ^ 2 Th e remainder fled to Brookfield, and alarmed the inhabitants, who hastily fortified a house for their protection. Here they were besieged during two days, and every expedient which savage ingenuity could devise was adopted for their destruction. At one time the savages had succeeded in setting the building on fire, when the rain suddenly descended and extin guished the kindling flames. On the arrival of a party to the relief of the garrison the Indians aban doned the place. g. 3 A few days later, 180 men attacked b the Indians in the southern part of the town of Deerfield,f killing twenty-six of the enemy, and losing ten of their own number. On the eleventh of September Deerfield was burned, by the Indians. *On the same day HadleyJ was alarmed in time of public worship, and the people thrown into the utmost confusion. Suddenly there appeared a man of venerable aspect in the midst of the affrighted inhabitants, who put himself at their head, led them to the onset, and, after the dispersion of the enemy, instantly disappeared. The deliverer of Hadley, then imagined to be an angel, was General Goffe, c one of the judges of Charles 1, who was at that time concealed in the town. - 9. *On the 28th of the same month, as Captain La- i i i i throp and eighty young men, with several teams, were * Brookfield is in Worcester county, Massachusetts, sixty miles W. from Boston, and twenty-five E. from Connecticut River. This town was long a solitary settlement, be ing about half way between the old towns on Connecticut River, and those on the east towards the Atlantic coast. The place of ambuscade was two or three miles west from ihe village, at a narrow passage between a steep hill and a thick swamp, at the head of Wickaboag Pond. t The town of Deerfield is in Franklin county, Massachusetts, on the west bank of Connecticut River. Deerfield River runs through the town, and at its N.E. extremity enters the Connecticut. The village is pleasantly situated on a plain, bordering on Docrfield River, separated from the Connecticut by a range of hills. (See Map, p. 87.) i Hadley is on the east side of Connecticut River, three miles N.E. liom Northamp- to.i, with which it is connected by a bridge 1080 feet long. (See Map, p. 87.) CHAP. H.J MASSACHUSETTS. 87 transporting a quantity of grain from Deerfield to Hadley. nearly a thousand Indians suddenly surround ed them at a place since called Bloody Brook,* and killed nearly their whole number. The noise of the firing being heard at Deerfield, Captain Mosely, with seventy men, hastened to the scene of action. After a contest of several hours he found himself obliged to retreat, when a reenforcement of one hundred English and sixty friendly Mohegan Indians, came to his as sistance, and the enemy were at length repulsed with a heavy loss. 10. l The Springfieldf Indians, who had, until this period, remained friendly, now united with the enemy, with whom they formed a plot for the destruction of the town. The people, however, escaped to their garrisons, although nearly all their dwellings were burned.* 2 With seven or eight hundred of his men, Philip next made an attack b upon Hatfield,J the head-quarters of the whites, in that region, but he met with a brave resistance and was compel led to retreat. 11. 3 Having accomplished all that could be done on the western frontier of Massachusetts, Philip returned to the Narragansetts, most of whom he indu ced to unite with him, in violation of their recent treaty with the English. 4 An army of 1500 men from Massachusetts, Ply mouth, and Connecticut, with a number of friendly Indians, was therefore sent into the Narragansett country, to crush the power of Philip in that quarter. 1675. 1. At Springjieldt a. Oct. 15. 2. At Hat- Jieldl b. Oct. 29. 3. What roas the next movement of Philip? 4. What wan done by the English 1 JMfrtdatt", * Bloody Brook is a small stream in the southern part of the town of Deerfield. The place where Lathrop was surprised is now the <m-\\\ village of Muddy Brook, four or five miles from the village of Deerfield. (See Map.) t Spring-field is in the southern part of Massachusetts, on the east side of the Connecticut River, twenty-four miles N. from Hartford, and ninety S.W. from Boston. The main street extends along the river two miles. Here is the most extensive public armory in the U. States. The Chickapee River, passing through the town, enters tho Connecticut at Cahotsville, four miles north from Springfield. (See Map.) t Hatfield is on the west side of the Connecticut, four or five miles N. from Northampton. (See Map.) 88 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 16T5. 1. Give an account of the Narra- pansett for tress. a. Dec. 29. 2. Of the attack by the 3. And the destruction oj theNar- ragametts. 12. ! In the centre of an immense swamp,* in the southern part of Rhode Island, Philip had strongly fortified himself, by encompassing an island of several acres with high palisades, and a hedge of fallen trees ; and here 3000 Indians, well supplied with provisions, had collected, with the intention of passing the winter. 2 Before this fortress the New England forces arrived on a cold stormy day in the month of December. Be tween the fort and the mainland was a body of water, over which a tree had been felled, and upon this, as many of the English as could pass rushed with ardor 5 but they were quickly swept off by the fire of Philip s men. Others supplied the places of the slain, but again they were swept from the fatal avenue, and a partial, but momentary recoil took place. 13. 3 Mean while a part of the army, wading through the swamp, found a place destitute of palisades, and although many were killed at the entrance, the rest forced their way through, and, after a desperate con flict, achieved a complete victory. Five hundred wig wams were now set on fire, although contrary to the advice of the officers ; and hundreds of women and children, the aged, the wounded, and the infirm, perished in the conflagration. A thousand Indian warriors were killed, or mortally wounded ; and sev- NARRAGANSETT FORT AND SWAMP. * EXPLANATION OF THE MAP. The Swamp, mentioned above, is a short distance S.W. from the village of Kingston, in the town of South Kingston, Washington county, Rhode Island. The Fort was on an island containing four or five acres, in thr N.W. part of the swamp. a. The place where the English formed, whence they inarched upon the fort. b. A place at which resided an English family, of the nnme of Babcock, at the time of the fight. Descendants of that fam ily have resided on or near the spot ever since. c. The present residence (1845) of J. G. Clarke, Esq.,whose father purchased the island on which the fort stood, in the year 1775, one hundred years after the battle. On ploughing the land soon after ; besides bullets, bones, and va rious Indian utensils, several bushels of burnt corn were found, the reliques of the conflagration. It is said the In dians had 500 bushels of corn in the stack. d. A piece of upland of about 200 acres. e. The dep6t of the Stonington and Providence Rail Road. The Rail Road crosses the swamp in a, S.W. direction. CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. 89 eral hundred were taken prisoners. x Of the English, eighty were killed in the fight, and one hundred and fifty were wounded. 2 The power of the Narragan- setts was broken, but the remnant of the nation re paired, with Philip, to the country of the Nipmucks, and still continued the war. 14. 3 It is said that Philip soon after repaired to the country of the Mohawks, whom he solicited to aid him against the English, but without success. 4 His in fluence was felt, however, among the tribes of Maine and New Hampshire, and a general Indian war opened upon all the New England settlements. 8 The unequal contest continued, with the ordinary details of savage warfare, and with increasing losses to the Indians, until August of the following year, when the finishing stroke was given to it in the United Colonies by the death of Philip. 15. 6 After the absence of a year from the home of his tribe, during which time nearly all his warriors had fallen, and his wife and only son had been taken prisoners, the heart-broken chief, with a few followers, returned to Pokanoket. Tidings of his arrival were brought to Captain Church, who, with a small party, surrounded the place where Philip was concealed. The savage warrior attempted to escape, but was shot* by a faithless Indian, an ally of the English, one of his own tribe, whom he had previously offended. The southern and western Indians now came in and sued for peace, but the tribes in Maine and New Hampshire continued hostile until 1678, when a treaty was con cluded b with them. III. CONTROVERSIES, AND ROYAL TYRANNY. 1. 7 In 1677, a controversy which had long subsisted between Massachusetts and the heirs of Gorges, relative to the province of Maine, was decided in England, in favor of the former ; and Massachusetts then purchased the claims of the heirs, both as to soil and jurisdiction. 8 In 1680, the claims of Massachusetts to New Hamp shire were decided against the former, and the two provinces were separated, much against the wishes of the people of both. New Hampshire then became a 1675. 1. What is said of the English loss? 2. Of the. remnant of the Narra- gansetts I 1676. 3, Whither did Philip next repair ? 4. What is said of the extent of his influ ence, I 5. How long did the con test con tinue I 6. Give an account of Philips death, and the close of the war. a. Aug. 22. b. April 22, 1678. 1677. 7. What is said of the clnhns of Massachu setts to Maine? c. May 16. 1680. 8. To New llampshirel 90 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II, 1080. royai province, over which was established the first ~~ royal government in New England. L ?{on pp o si ^" Massachusetts had ever resisted, as unjust and commercial illegal, the commercial restrictions which had been restrictions? . . , . , , . imposed upon the colonies ; and when a custom-house a. Randolph; officer was sent" over for the collection of duties, he b" 1682 was Defeated in his attempts, and finally returned 6 to 2. of a fa- England without accomplishing his object. 2 The king Ject lt of p t/ie seized the occasion for carrying out a project which he king? j^j Jong entertained, that of taking into his own hands the governments of all the New England colonies. *hlobfectac- 3 Massachusetts was accused of disobedience to the laws f El gland and English judges, who held their offices c. June 28, f ? i i i 1684. at the pleasure of the crown, declared that she had d - feb g .ae, forfeited her charter. <The king died d before he had i. Did the completed his scheme of subverting the charter govern- *p2etowT ments of the colonies, but his plans were prosecuted scheme? w [\]i ar dor by his brother and successor, James II. 1686. 3. 5 In 1686 the charter government of Massachu- setts was ta ken away, and a President, 6 appointed by the king, was placed over the country from Narragan- sett to Nova Scotia. 6 In December of the same year occurred in ^ T Edmund Andros arrived f at Boston, with a com- I aSnfo m ^ ssion as ro y a ^ governor of all New England. arrival of Plymouth, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and f. Dec3o. Rhode Island, immediately submitted ; and, in a few 7. ms juris- months, Connecticut was added to his jurisdiction. 4. 8 The hatred of the people was violently excited a g amst Andros, who, on account of his arbitrary pro- ceedings, was styled the tyrant of New England ; and B.April 14. when, early in 1689, tidings reached 8 Boston that the tyranny of Jarnes II. had caused a revolution in Eng land, and that the king had been driven from his throne, and succeeded by William of Orange, the peo- Aprj.ss. pie arose in arms, seized h and imprisoned Andros and his officers and sent them to England, and established their former mode of government. IV. MASSACHUSETTS DURING KING WILLIAM S WAR. 9Wnen James II. fled from England he re- - paired to France, where his cause was espoused bv the ? T-I i i mi i i i 1 rench monarch. 1 his occasioned a war between France and England, which extended to their colonial wu lianas war CHAP. II. J MASSACHUSETTS. 91 possessions in America, and continued from 1689 to the peace of Ryswick* in 1697. 2. The opening of this war was signalized by sev eral successful expeditions of the French and Indians against the northern colonies. In July, a 1689, a party of Indians surprised and killed Major Waldron and twenty of the garrison at Dover,f and carried twenty- nine of the inhabitants captives to Canada. In the following month an Indian war party, starting from the French settlement on the Penobscot, fell upon the English fort at Pemaquid,J which they compelled to surrender. 11 3. Early in the follo\ying year, 1690, Schenectady^ was burned ; c the settlement at Salmon Falls,|| on the Piscataqua, was destroyed ; d and a successful attack was made 6 on the fort and settlement at Casco Bay.*lf 2 In anticipation of the inroads of the French, Massa chusetts had hastily fitted out an expedition, under Sir William Phipps, against Nova Scotia, which resulted in the easy conquest f of Port Royal. 1689. I. What in- roads of ttie French and Indians opened the war? a. July 7. b. Aug. 12. 1690. c. Feb. 18, see p. 129. d. March 28. e. May 27. 2. What suc cessful expe dition was sent against the French? f. May. * Ryswick is a small town in the west of Holland, two miles S.E. from Hague, and thirty-five S.W. from Amsterdam. t (See pages 100 and 101. t The fort a t Pemaquid, the most noted place in the early vie. OF PEMAQUID FORT. history of Maine, was in the present town of Bremen, on - the east side of, and near the mouth of Pemaquid River, !, which separates the towns of Bremen and Bristol. It is about eighteen miles N.E. from the mouth of Kennebec River, and forty N.E. from Portland. The fort was at first called Fort George. In 1692 it was rebuilt of stone, by Sir William Phipps, and named Fort William Henry. In 1730 it was repaired, and called Fort Frederic. Three miles and a qunrter south from the old fort is Pemaquid Point. (See Map,) Schencctady, an early Dutch settlement, is on the S. bank of Mohawk River, sixteen miles N.W. from Albany. The buildings of Union College are pleasantly situated on an eminence half a mile east from the city. (See Map, p. 118.) || The settlement formerly called Salmon Falls, is in the town of South Berwick Maine, on the east side of the Piscataqua or Salmon Falls River, seventeen miles N.W. from Portsmouth. The Indian name by which it is often mentioned in history, is Ne- wichawannoc. (See Map, p. 101.) VTPTNTTV nir Pnn-rr ivn IT Casco Bay is on the coast of Maine, S.W. from the mouth of the Kennebec River. It sets up between Cape Elizabeth on the S.W. and Cape Small Point on the N.E., twenty miles apart, and contains 300 islands, mostly small, but generally very pro ductive. In 1690 the settlements extended around the western shore of the bay, and were embraced in what was then called the town of Falmouth. The fort and settlement mentioned above, were on a peninsula called Casco Neck, the site of the present city of Portland. The fort, called Fort Loyal, was on the southwesterly shore of the peninsula, at the end of the King Street. (See Map,) 92 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 169O. 4. Late in the same year a more important enter- P 1 * 86 , the conquest of Canada, was undertaken by the P e pl e f New England and New York acting in tu/fi agarmt concert. An armament, designed for the reduction of Quebec, was equipped by Massachusetts, and the command of it given to Sir William Phipps; while a land expedition was to proceed from New York against Montreal. The fleet proceeded up the St. Lawrence, and appeared before Quebec about the middle of Oc tober ; but the land troops of New York having re- a. oeep.iao. turned,* Quebec had been strengthened by all the French forces, and now bade defiance to the fleet, 2 What is WR i cn soon returned to Boston. 2 This expedition im- f aid of the posed a heavy debt upon Massachusetts, and, for the debts incur- * > . \ . . rediy this payment oi troops, bills ol credit were issued; the first emission of the kind in the American colonies. 3. ivhy was 5. 3 Soon after the return of Sir William Phipps toSian& fr m tn i s expedition, he was sent to England to re- 1691. quest assistance in the further prosecution of the war, and likewise to aid other deputies of Massachusetts in applying for the restoration of the colonial charter. 4 was he ut * n ne i tner f these objects was he successful. tuccasfui? England was too much engaged at home to expend ? nol ly her treasures in the defence of her colonies; and the king and his counsellors were secretly averse to the liberality of the former charter. 1692. 6. 6 Early in 1692 Sir William Phipps returned b b. May 24. with a new charter, which vested the appointment of governor in the king, and united Plymouth, Massa- chusetts, Maine, and Nova Scotia, in one royal gov- ernment. Plymouth lost her separate government contrary to her wishes ; while New Hampshire, which land had recently placed herself under the protection of c. see P. 102. ]Vi assac h llse tt S5 W as now forcibly severed from her. e. what is ?. 6 While Massachusetts was called to mourn the eenemi to- desolation of her frontiers by savage warfare, and to u & in f * grieve the abridgment of her charter privileges, a new witchcraft? & , M1 & . , , , , f ,f \ and still more iormidable calamity fell upon her. 1 he belief in witchcraft was then almost universal in Chris tian countries, nor did the Puritans of New England escape the delusion. The laws of England, which admitted the existence of witchcraft, and punished it CHAP. H.] MASSACHUSETTS. 93 with death, had been adopted in Massachusetts, and in 1692. less than twenty years from the founding of the colony, ~~ one individual was tried and executed* for the supposed crime. 8. *In 1692 the delusion broke out b with new vio- Gan lence and frenzy in Danvers,* then a part of Salem, account of The daughter and niece of the minister, Mr. Parris, were at first moved by strange caprices, and their sin- gular conduct was readily ascribed to the influence of witchcraft. The ministers of the neighborhood held a day of fasting and prayer, and the notoriety which the March, children soon acquired, with perhaps their own belief in some mysterious influence, led them to accuse in dividuals as the authors of their sufferings. An old Indian servant in the family was whipped until she confessed herself a witch ; and the truth of the confes sion, although obtained in such a manner, was not doubted. 9. 2 Alarm and terror spread rapidly ; evil spirits 2. what is i r , , J , J , said of the were thought to overshadow the land ; and every case spread of the of nervous derangement, aggravated by fear; and anaufna- every unusual symptom of disease, was ascribed to the turet influence of wicked demons, who were supposed to have entered the bodies of those who had sold them selves into the power of Satan. 10. 3 Those supposed to be bewitched were mostly 3 . who were children, and persons in the lowest ranks of life ; and the accused were at first old women, whose ill-favored */ looks seemed to mark them the fit instruments of un- the accused? earthly wickedness. 4 But, finally, neither age, nor sex, nor station, afforded any safeguard against a charge of witchcraft. Magistrates were condemned, and a clergyman of the highest respectability was c .Burrou g h8. executed. d d. Aug. 29. 11. 5 The alarming extent of the delusion at length 5 What & opened the eves of the people. Already twenty per- said of trie ii rr- i i ^ rr n 111 i extent of the sons had sun* red death; nity-nve had been tortured or delusion? terrified into confessions of witchcraft ; a hundred and fifty were in prison ; and two hundred more had been accused. 6 When the legislature assembled, in Octo- * Danvers is two miles I\ T .W. from Salem. The principal village is a continuation of the streets of Salem, of which it is, virtually, a suburb 94 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1692. 1693. 1694. a. July as. events a oc- French th and Indians? 1696. 1697. <i. March 25. account of Mrs. Duston. 4 when was the war f. see p. 91. ber, remonstrances were urged against the recent pro- ceedings 5 the spell which had pervaded the land was suddenly dissolved ; and although many were subse quently tried, and a few convicted, yet no more were executed. The prominent actors in the late tragedy lamented and condemned the delusion to which they had yielded, and one of the judges, who had presided at the trials, made a frank and full confession of his error. 12. l The war with the French and Indians still continued. In 1694, Oyster River,* in New Hamp- shire, was attacked,* and ninety-four persons were killed, or carried away captive. Two years later, the English fort at Pemaquid b was surrendered to a large force of French and Indians commanded by the Baron Castine, but the garrison were sent to Boston, where t ^ ie y were exchanged for prisoners in the hands of the English. 13. 2 ln March, 1697, Haverhill,f in Massachusetts, W as attacked/ 1 and forty persons were killed, or carried awuy captive. 3 Among the captives were Mrs. Duston and her nurse, who, with a boy previously taken, fell to the lot of an Indian family, twelve in number. The . _r j three prisoners planned an escape irom captivity, and, * n one n ^ nt Billed ten of the twelve Indians, while they were asleep, and returned in safety to their friends filling the land with wonder at their success- ful daring. "During the same year King William s war was terminated by the treaty 6 of Byswick/ * Oyster River is a small stream, of only twelve or fifteen miles in length, which flows from the west into Great Bay, a southern arm, or branch, of the Piscataqua. The settlement mentioned in history as Oyster Kiver, was in the present town of Durham, ten miles N.W. from Portsmouth. (See Map, p. 101.) t Haverhill, in Massachusetts, is on the N. side of the Merrimac, at the head of navigation, thirty miles north from Boston. The village of Bradford is on the < ppositt side of the river. CAPTAIN OIIUBCH. CHAP. II."] SECTION III. DIVISIONS. I. Massachusetts during Queen Anne s War. //. King George s War. 1. MASSACHUSETTS DURING QUEEN ANNE S WAR. 1. l After the death of James II., who died a in France QTTEEN ANNE. in 1701, the French government acknowledged his 1697. son, then an exile, as king of England; which was J^Q j deemed an unpardonable insult to the latter kingdom, a . sept. which had settled the crown on Anne, the second daughter of James. In addition to this, the French u^ . , . , . 7 j , , which Jed to monarch was charged with attempting to destroy the proper balance of power in Europe, by placing his grandson, Philip of Anjou,* on the throne of Spain. These causes led to a war between England, on the one side, and France and Spain on the other, which is commonly known in America as " Q,ueen Anne s War," but, in Europe, as the " War of the Spanish Succession." 2. 2 The Five Nations had recently concluded a b. Aug. *, treaty b of neutrality with the French of Canada, by 2 . Where did which New York was screened from danger ; so that o/^Sr the whole weight of Queen Anne s war, in the north, fan, and fell upon the New England colonies. 3 The tribes 3. what is from the Merrimacf to the Penobscot had assented to *jpfcn* a treaty of peace with New England ; but, through gilST the influence of the French, seven weeks after, it was pScof/ treacherously broken ; d and, on one and the same day, c July i, the whole frontier, from Casco;}; to Wells,^ was devoted , 703 to the tomahawk and the scalping-knife. * Jlnjou was an ancient province in the west of France, on the river Loire. t The Merrimac River, in New Hampshire, is formed by the union of the Pemige wasset and the Winnipiseogee. The former rises near the Notch, in the White Moun tains, and at Sanbornton, seventy miles below its source, receives the Winnipiseogee from Winnipiseogee Lake. The course of the Merrimac is then S.E. to the vicinity of Lowell, Massachusetts, when, turning to the N.E., after a winding course of fifty miles, it falls into the Atlantic, at Newburyport. % Casco. See Casco Bay, p. 91. $ Wells is a town in Maino, thirty miles S.W. from Portland, and twenty N.E. from Portsmouth 96 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n. 1TO4. 3. l ln the following year, 1704, four hundred and ~~~ fifty French and Indians attacked Deerfield, burned* i. Give an the village, killed more than forty of the inhabitants, thfaSkL and took one hundred and twelve captives, among Deerjieid. wnorn was t ne minister, Mr. Williams, and his wife ; all of whom were immediately ordered to prepare fora \vhatbe- ^ on S marc ^ through the snow to Canada. 2 Those came of tut w ho were unable to keep up with the party were slain prisoners! . , , , c by the wayside, but most of the survivors were after wards redeemed, and allowed to return to their homes. A little girl, a daughter of the minister, after a long residence with the Indians, became attached to them, adopted their dress and customs, and afterwards mar ried a Mohawk chief. 3. what was 4. 3 During the remainder of the war, similar scenes chaSr a of were enacted throughout Maine and New Hampshire, *ttotnat! i an d prowling bands of savages penetrated even to the tura? interior settlements of Massachusetts. The frontier settlers abandoned the cultivation of their fields, and collected in buildings which they fortified 5 and if a garrison, or a family, ceased its vigilance, it was ever liable to be cut off by an enemy who disappeared the moment a blow was struck. The French often accom panied the savages in their expeditions, and made no effort to restrain their cruelties. 1707. 5. <In 1707 Massachusetts attempted the reduction June. p t Royal ; and a fleet conveying one thousand 4. Give an J . i i i M account of soldiers was sent against the place ; but the assailants ttie expedi- . , , . , . , r . . . . , , , tion against were twice obliged to raise the siege with considerable aSthefm^i loss. Not disheartened by the repulse, Massachusetts con lc&dia^ spent two years more in preparation, and aided by a 1710. fleet from England, in 1710 again demanded 13 the sur- b. Oct. 12. render of Port Royal. The garrison, weak and dis- e . Oct. is. pirited, capitulated after a brief resistance ; the name of the place was changed to Annapolis, in honor of Q,ueen Anne ; and Acadia, or Nova Scotia, was per manently annexed to the British crown. 6. 5 In July of the next year, a large armament under e. Au*.ia Sir Hovenden Walker arrived* 1 at Boston, and taking s. of the at- in additional forces, sailed, 6 near the middle of August, for the conquest of Canada. The fleet reached* 1 the mouth of the St. Lawrence in safety, but here the ob- CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. 97 stinacy of Walker, who disregarded the advice of his 1711. pilots, caused the loss of eight of his ships, and nearly ~ nine hundred men. In the night a the ships were a . sept. 2, 3 driven upon the rocks on the northern shore and dashed to pieces. Weakened by this disaster, the fleet returned to England, and the New England troops to 7. 1 A land expedition, 15 under General Nicholson, ^ what is which had marched against Montreal, returned after f^dun learning the failure of the fleet. 2 T wo years later the ^J^ ? treaty of Utrecht* terminated the war between France c . APHI 11, and England ; and, soon after, peace was concluded d 2 l Qf the between the northern colonies and the Indians. cl03 wa?r? hB 8. 3 During the next thirty years after the close of d. At Ports- dueen Anne s war, but few events of general interest m 24 Ut m J 3 Uly occurred in Massachusetts. Throughout most of this ^ HTW** ar . T . i -11 the only period a violent controversy was carried on between events of m- the representatives of the people and three successive royal governors, 6 the latter insisting upon receiving a permanent salary, and the former refusing to comply with the demand ; preferring to graduate the salary of e. shute, 1 *j. . . & . c , . J . Burnett, and the governor according to their views or the justice Belcher. and utility of his administration. 4 A compromise was at length effected, and, instead of a permanent salary, a particular sum was annually voted. tled? II. KING GEORGE S WAR. 1. In 1744, during the 1744. reigfn of Georgfe II., war ao-ain broke out f between 5 -.F^i! : * n i -n 11 T-I T saici * tfie France and England, originating in European dis- *%&? putes, relating principally to the kingdom of Austria, George s and again involving the French and English pos- f ^de- sessions in America. This war is generally known elawdby A i! -FT- /-N -ITT ill T* France 15th in America as " King Ueorge s W ar, but, in Europe, March, b y as the : War of the Austrian Succession." ApS S 2. The most important event of the war in Ameri- 6 . what if ca, was the siege and capture of Louisburg.f This sa ^ r gT * Utrecht is a rich and handsome city of Holland, situated on one of the mouths of the Rhine, twenty miles S.E. from Amsterdam. From the top of its lofty cathedral, 380 feet high, fifteen or sixteen cities may be seen in a clear day. The place is cele brated for the "Union of Utrecht," formed there in 1579. by which the United Provin ces declared their independence of Spain ; and likewise for the treaty of 1713. t Louisbnrg is on the S.E. side of the island of Cape Breton. It has an excellent harbor, of very deep water, nearly six miles in length, but frozen during the winter. After the capture of Lotiisburg in 1758 (see p.lSfi), its walls wore demolished, and the materials of its buildings wore carried away for the construction of H ilifax, and other owns on the coast. Only a few fishermen s huts are now found within the environs 98 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1744. 1. Of the proposal to capture it? 1745. 2. What were, the prepara tions for the expedition? 4. Of (he sailing of the fleet? b. April 4. 5. What oc curred at c Pronounc ed Can-so, place, situated on the island of Cape Breton,* had been fortified by France at great expense, and was regarded by her as the key to her American possessions. Wil liam Shirley, the governor of Massachusetts, perceiving the importance of the place, and the danger to which its possession by the French subjected the British province of Nova Scotia, laid a before the legislature of the colony a plan for its capture. 3. 2 Although strong objections were urged, the gov ernor s proposals were assented to ; Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New Hampshire, furnished their quotas of men ; New York sent a supply of artillery, and Penn sylvania of provisions. 3 Commodore Warren, then in the West Indies with an English fleet, was invited to co-operate in the enterprise, but he declined doing so without orders from England. 4 This unexpected in telligence was kept a secret, and in April, 1745, the New England forces alone, under William Pepperell, commander-in-chief, and Roger Wolcott, second in command, sailed 11 for Louisburg. 4. 5 At Canseauf c they were unexpectedly met by the fleet of Commodore W^arren, who had recently received orders to repair to Boston and concert mea sures with Governor Shirley for his majesty s service of the city, and so complete is the ruin, that it is with difficulty that the outlines of the fortifications, and of the principal buildings, can be traced. (See Map.) * Cape Breton, called by the French Isle Royale, is a very irregularly shaped island, on the S.E. border of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and separated from Nova Scotia by the narrow channel of Canseau. It is settled mostly by Scotch Highlanders, together with a few of the ancient French Acadians. (See Map.) I.OT7ISTJI7JIG t Ca.nseau is a small island and cape, on which is a small village, at the eastern ex tremity of Nova Scotia, seventy-five miles S.W. from Louisburg. (See Map "> CHAP. II.] MASSACHUSETTS. 99 in North America, ^n the llth of May the com- 1745. bined forces, numbering more than 4000 land troops, ~~wi~ t ~~ came in siffht of Louisbursf, and effected a landing- at said of the r^ i -R -it i i i r i landing of (j-abarus Bay, which was the nrst intimation the the troops? French had of their danger. 5. 2 On the day after the landing a detachment of four hundred men marched by the city and approached the royal battery,* setting fire to the houses and stores a . See Map< on the way. The French, imagining that the whole army was coming upon them, spiked the guns and abandoned the battery, which was immediately seized by the New England troops. Its guns were then turned upon the town, and against the island battery 2. Give an at the entrance of the harbor. 6. As it was necessary to transport the guns over a morass, where oxen and horses could not be used, they were placed on sledges constructed for the purpose, and the men with ropes, sinking to their knees in the mud, drew them safely over. Trenches were then thrown up within two hundred yards of the city, a battery was erected on the opposite side of the harbor, at the Light House Point, and the fleet of Warren captured b a French 74 gun-ship, with five hundred b. May 29. and sixty men, and a great quantity of military stores designed for the supply of the garrison. 7. A combined attack by sea and land was planned for the 29th of June, but, on the day previous, the city, fort, and batteries, and the whole island, were surren- dered. 3 This was the most important acquisition attempts of which England made during the war, and, for its re- jDreomw co very, and the desolation of the English colonies, a the ptace? powerful naval armament under the Duke d Anville was sent out by France in the following year. But 1746. storms, shipwrecks, and disease, dispersed and enfee- j^J?^ bled the fleet, and blasted the hopes of the enemy. close O f^ a , 7 . *, -. ^var,andthe 8. 4 ln 1748 the war was terminated by the treaty terms tf the of Aix la Chapelle.f The result proved that neither JoSs. * Gabarus Bay is a deep bay on the eastern coast of Cape Breton, a short distance S.W. from Lrmisbirg. (See M&p.) t rfix la Ckapellc, (pronounced A lahsha-pell,) is in the western part of Germany, near the line of Beljjium, in the province of the Rhine, which belongs to Prussia. It is u very ancient city, and was long in possession of the Ronvins, who called it Aqiuegranii. Its present name was given it by the French, on account of a chapel built there by Char lemagne, who for some time made it the capital of his empire. It is celebrated for it 100 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II 1748. party had gained any thing by the contest ; for all ac- ~~ quisitions made by either were mutually restored. i. of the l ^ ut the causes of a future and more important war f}uf?i?{ st iU remained in the disputes about boundaries, which war i wer e left unsettled ; and the " FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR" soon followed,* which was the last struggle of the French ,ee p, 173. ^ dominion in America. CHAPTER III. III. of I art NEW HAMPSHIRE.* *.withwjiat 1- 2 During the greater portion of its colonial exist- ence j New Hampshire was united with Massachusetts, and its history is therefore necessarily blended with 3. Why is it tnat f tne parent of the New England colonies. 3 But i/cre treated m order to preserve the subject entire, a brief sketch of its separate history will here be given. 1622. 2. 4 Two of the most active members of the council ^ sS} f Plymouth were Sir Ferdinand Gorges and Captain Gorges and j onn Mason. In 1622 they obtained of their associates Mason / . i m 1 \ b. Aug. 20. a grant b of land lying partly m Maine and partly in New Hampshire, which they called Laconia. 5 In the spring of the following year they sent over two small parties of emigrants, one of which landed at the mouth ^ tne Piscalaqua, and settled at Little Harbor, f a short distance below Portsmouth ; J the other, proceeding far ther up, formed a settlement at Dover.^ hot springs, its baths, and for several important treaties concluded there. It is seventy- five miles E. from Brussels, and 125 S.E. from Amsterdam. * NEW HAMPSHIRE, one of the Eastern or New England States, lying north of Massachusetts, and west of Maine, is 180 miles long from north to south, and ninety broad in the southern part, and contains an area of about 9500 square miles. It has only eighteen miles of seacoast, and Portsmouth is its only harbor. The country twenty or thirty miles from the sea becomes uneven and hilly, and, toward the northern part, is mountainous. Mount Washington, a peak of the White Mountains, and, next to Black Mountain in N. Carolina, the highest point east of the Rocky Mountains, is fi42^ feet above the level of the sea. The elevated parts of the state are a fine grazing coun try, and the valleys on the margins of the rivers are highly productive. t Little Harbor, the place first settled, is at the souttjern entrance to the harbor of Portsmouth, two miles below the city, and opposite the town and island of Newcastle. (See L. H. in Map, opposite page.) % Portsmouth, in New Hampshire, is situated on a peninsula, on the south side of the Piscataqua, three miles from the ocean. It has an excellent harbor, which, owing to the rapidity of the current, is never frozen. It is fifty-four miles N. from Boston, and the same distance S.W. from Portland. (See Map, opposite page.) $ Dover village, in N. H. formerly called Cochcco, is situated on Cocheco River, four CHAP. m.j NEW HAMPSHIRE. 101 3. >In 1629 the Rev. John Wheelright and others purchased* of the Indians all the country between the Merrimac and the Piscataqua. 2 A few months later, this tract of country, which was a part of the grant to Gorges and Mason, was given b to Mason alone, and it then first received the name of New Hampshire. 3 The country was divided among numerous proprietors, and the various settlements, during several years, were governed separately, by agents of the different pro prietors, or by magistrates elected by the people. 4. 4 ln 1641 the people of New Hampshire placed themselves under the protection of Massachusetts, in which situation they remained until 1680, when, after a long controversy with the heirs of Mason, relative to the ownership of the soil, New Hampshire was sep arated 6 from Massachusetts by a royal commission, and made a royal province. 6 The new government was to consist of a president and council, to be appointed by the king, and a house of representatives to be chosen by the people. 6 No dissatisfaction with the govern ment of Massachusetts had been expressed, and the change to a separate province was received with re- uctance by all. 5. The first legislature, which assembled d at Ports mouth in 1680, adopted a code of laws, the first of which declared " That no act, imposition, law, or or dinance, should be made, or imposed upon them, but such as should be made by the assembly and approved by the president and council." This declaration, so worthy of freemen, was received with marked dis pleasure by the king ; but New Hampshire, ever after, was as forward as any of her sister colonies in resisting every encroachment upon her just rights. 6. Early in the following year Robert Mason arrived, as serted his right to the province, on the ground of the early grants VICINITY OF PORTSMOUTH. 1639. a. May. 1. WlMt pur* ciitue was made by Mr. Wheelright? b. Nov. 17. 2. What sep arate grant loas made to Mason 1 3. How was the country governed I 1641. 4. What is said of the union with Massachu setts? Of the separation I 1680. c. Royal commission, Sept. 28, 1679. Actual separation Jan. 1680. 5. Wliat was the nature of the new me nti 6. What is remarked cf the chan--j - / d. March 26. 7. When did thejirst Le gislature as semble, and what were its proceed ings? 8. What is said of fh king s dis pleasure, and the spirit of the people t 1681. 9. Give an account of the contro versy with the propri etor, about lands. miles above its junction with the Piscataqua, and twelve N.W. from Portsmouth. The first settlement in the town was on a beautiful peninsula between Black and Pin cataqua Rivers. (See Map 9* 102 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 161. made to his ancestor, and assumed the title of lord proprietor. But his claims to the soil, and his demands for rent, were resisted by the people. A long contro versy ensued; lawsuits were numerous; and judg ments for rent were obtained against many of the lead ing men in the province ; but, so general was the hos tility to the proprietor, that he could not enforce them. 1686. 7. In 1686 the government of Dudley, and aftor- said^fDwi- wards that of Andros, was extended over New Hamu- lei/andAn- shire. When the latter was seized* and imprisoned, drew, and of . 1 . Mioffioith on arrival of the news of the revolution in Jiing- U Mwsachu- land, the people of New Hampshire took the govern- a. seep. 90. ment mto their own hands, and, in 1690, placed 5 them- 1690. selves under the protection of Massachusetts. 2 Two b. March, years later, they were separated from Massachusetts, United afti contrary to their wishes, and a separate royal govern- wh unit a elf n ment was established over them ; but in 1699 the two c. Aug. 1692. provinces were again united, and the Earl of Bella- mont was appointed governor over both. 3. Give an 8. 3 Tn 1691 the heirs of Mason sold their title to the lands in New Hampshire to Samuel Allen, between whom and the people, contentions and lawsuits con tinued until 1715, when the heirs of Allen relinquished n troversy~ d 16 "" claims in despair. A descendant of Mason, how ever, subsequently renewed the original claim, on the ground of a defect in the conveyance to Allen. The Masonian controversy was finally terminated by a re- linquishment, on the part of the claimants, of all ex cept the unoccupied portions of the territory., 9. 4 In 1741, on the removal of Governor Belcher, the provinces of Massachusetts and New Hampshire were separated, never to be united again, and a sep- setlsr arate governor was appointed over each. 5 During the mid of the forty-two years previous to the separation, New Hamp- s hi re had a separate legislative assembly, and the two provinces were, in reality, distinct, with the exception of their being under the administration of the sanis royal governor. t. what t 10. 6 New Hampshire suffered greatly, and perhaps pJlnZlf more than any other New England colony, by the ndurtntf several French and Indian wars, whose general his- the jafsf n tor y has been already given. A particular recital of CHAP. IV.] CONNECTICUT. 103 the plundering and burning of her towns, of her fion- 163O. tiers laid waste, and her children inhumanly mur dered, or led into a wretched cap tivity, would only exhibit scenes similar to those which have been already described, and we willingly pass by this portion of her local his tory. WINTHEOP THE YOTTNGEB. 1630. 1. Give an account, of t/ie early CHAPTER VI. CONNECTICUT.* DIVISIONS. L Early Settlements. II. Pequod War. III. New Haven Colony. IV. Connecticut under her oivn Constitution. F. Connecticut under the Royal Charier. 1. EARLY SETTLEMENTS. 1. l ln 1630 the soil of Connecticut was granted by the council of Plymouth to the Earl of Warwick ; and, in the following year, the Earl of Warwick transferred* the same to Lord Say-and-Seal, Lord Brooke and others. Like all the early colonial grants, that of Connecticut was to extend westward from the Atlantic Ocean to the South Sea, or the Pacific. 2 During the same year some of the peo ple of Plymouth, with their governor, Mr. Winslow, visited the valley of the Connecticut, by invitation of an Indian chief, who wished the English to make a settlement in that quarter. 2. 3 The Dutch at New York, apprized of the object of the Plymouth people, determined to anticipate them, and, early in 1633, dispatched a party who erected a fort at Hartford, f 4 In October of the same year, a company from Plymouth sailed up the Connecticut ^/ ^ * CONNECTICUT, the southernmost of the New England States, is from ninety to 100 miles long from E. to W., and from fifty to seventy broad, and contains an area of about 4,700 square miles. The country is, generally, uneven and hilly, and somewhat mountainous in the northwest. The valley of the Connecticut is very fertile, but in most parts of the state the soil is better adapted to grazing than to tillage. An excel lent freestone, much used in building, is found in Chatham and Haddam; iron ore of a superior quality in Salisbury and Kent; and fine marble in Milford. f Hartford, one of the capitals of Connecticut, is on the W. side of the Connecticut River, fifty miles from its mouth, by the river s course. Mill, or Little River, passes through the southern part of the city. The old Dutch fort was on the S. side of Mill River, at its entrance into the Connecticut. The Dutch ma ntainod their positii m uiitii W>4. (See Map, next page.) a. March 2J. 2. Of the vixit to ttte country by th& Plym uth pet-pie 3. Oft/ic 104 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1633. River, and passing the Dutch fort, erected a trading- house at Windsor.* The Dutch ordered Captain Holmes, the commander of the Plymouth sloop, to strike his colors, and, in case of refusal, threatened to fire upon him ; but he declared that he would execute the orders of the governor of Plymouth, and, in spite of their threats, proceeded resolutely onward. J In the 1634. following year the Dutch sent a company to expel the "cutS tn English from the country, but finding them well for- in/yeari tm ^dj tne Y came to a P ar l e y? an d finally returned in peace. 1635. 3. 2 In the summer of 1635, exploring parties from %ecaunt a qf Massachusetts Bay colony visited the valley of the the emigra- Connecticut, and, in the autumn of the same year, a tionjrmn > . 11-11 Massachu- company of about sixty men, women, and children, a. see p* 76. made a toilsome journey through the wilderness, and t&Snt sett ^ e< ^ a at Windsor, Hartford, and Wethersfield.f 3 In tfsayifouk. October, the younger Winthrop, son of the governor of Massachusetts, arrived at Boston, with a commission from the proprietors of Connecticut, authorizing him to erect a fort at the mouth of the river of that name, and make the requisite preparations for planting a colony. Scarcely was the fort erected when a Dutch vessel appeared at the mouth of the river, but was not permitted to enter. In honor of Lord Say-and-Seal, and Lord Brooke, the new settlement was named Say- 1636. brook,J which continued a separate colony until 1644. *. what is II. PEOUOD WAR. 1. During the year 1636 the said of the, _ ., , ., f T & * A i Pequods, a powerful tribe ol Indians residing mostly within the limits of Connecticut, began to annoy the infant colony. 5 In July, the Indians of Block Island,^ Windsor is on the W. side of the Connecticut, seven miles N. from Hartford. The village is on the N. side of Fannington River. The trading-house erected by the Plymouth people, was below the mouth of Farming- ~ l ton River. The meadow in the vicinity is still called Plymouth Meadow. (See Map.) t Wctliersjield is on the W. side of the Connecticut, four miles S from Hartford. The river here is continually changing its course, by the wearing away of the land on one side, and its gradual de posit on the other. (See Map.) $ Saybrook is on the west side of Connecticut River, at its en trance into Long Island Sound. $ Block Island, discovered in 1614 by Adrian Blok, a Dutch cap tain, is twenty-four miles S.W. from Newport. It is attached to Newport Co., R. I., and constitutes the township of Newshoreham. It has no harbor. It is eight miles long from N. to S., and from two to four broad. CHAP. IV., CONNECTICUT. 105 who were supposed to be in alliance with the Peqtiods, 1636. surprised and plundered a trading vessel and killed the ~~ captain. An expedition from Massachusetts was sent against them, which invaded the territory of the Pe quods, but as nothing important was accomplished, it served only to excite the Indians to greater outrages. During the winter, a number of whites were killed in the - icinity of Saybrook fort. In April following, nine persons were killed at Wethersfield, and the alarm became general throughout the plantations on the Connecticut. 2. ir fhe Pequods, who had long been at enmity with the Narragansetts, now sought their alliance in a general war upon the English ; but the exertions b of Roger Williams not only defeated their designs, but induced the Narragansetts again to renew the war against their ancient enemy. 2 Early in May, the ma gistrates of the three infant towns of Connecticut for mally declared war against the Pequod nation, and, in ten days, a little army of eighty English, and seventy friendly Mohegan Indians, was on its way against the enemy, whose warriors were said to number more than two thousand men. 3. 3 The principal seat of the Pequods was near the mouth of Pequod River, now called the Thames,* in the eastern part of Connecticut. 4 Captain Mason sailed down the Connecticut with his forces, whence he pro ceeded to Narragansett Bay, c where several hundred of the Narragansetts joined him. He then commenced his march across the country, towards the principal Pequod fort, which stood on an eminence on the west side of Mysticf River, in the present town of Groton.J The Pequods were ignorant of his approach, for they had seen the boats of the English pass the mouth of their river a few days before, and they believed that their enemies had fled through fear. * The Pequod, or Thames River, rises in Massachusetts, and, passing south through the eastern part of Connecticut, enters Long Island Sound, below New London. It is generally called Quinebaug from its source to Norwich. On the west it receives She- t ticket, Yantic, and other small streams. It is navigable fourteen miles, to Norwich. t Mystic River is a small river which enters L. I. Sound, six miles E. from the Thames. t The town of Groton lies between the Thames and the Mystic, bordering on the Sound. The Pequod fort, above mentioned, was on Pequod Hill, in the N.E. part of the town, about half a mile west from Mystic River, and eight miles N.E. from New London. A oublic road now crosses the hill, and a dwelling house occupies its summit. a. Sept. and Oct. 1637. 1. Of their attempted alliance with the Narragan setts? b. See p. 77. 2. Of the expedition against them 1 3. Where ivas the principal seat of the, Pequods ? 4. Describe the route, <Jc. , of Ma son. c. Note p, 112 5. What did the Pequods think of the English? 106 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1637. 4. J Early in the morning of the 5th of June, the i. Give an s Wiers of Connecticut advanced against the fort, while I n( li an allies stood aloof, astonished at the bold- on the pe- ness of the enterprise. The barking of a dog betrayed their approach, and an Indian, rushing into the fort, gave the alarm ; but scarcely were the enemy aroused from their slumbers, when Mason and his little band having forced an entrance, commenced the work of destruction. The Indians fought bravely, but bows and arrows availed little against weapons of steel. Ye* the vast superiority of numbers on the side of the enemy, for a time rendered the victory doubtful. " We must burn them !" shouted Mason, and applying a firebrand, the frail Indian cabins were soon enveloped in flame. 2. of the 5. 2The English now hastily withdrew and sur- destruction 111 i i M i i r i of the rounded the place, while the savages, driven from their enclosure, became, by the light of the burning pile, a sure prey to the English muskets ; or, if they attempted a sally, they were cut down by the broadsword, or they fell under the weapons of the Narragansetts, who now rushed forward to the slaughter As the sun rose upon the scene of destruction it showed that the vic tory was complete. About six hundred Indians,- men, women, and children, had perished ; most of them in the hideous conflagration. Of the whole number within the fort, only seven escaped, and seven were made prisoners. 3 Two of the whites were killed, and near |y twenty were wounded. 4. What was 6. 4 The loss of their principal fort, and the destruc- tion of the main body of their warriors, so disheartened t he p e q UOC i Sj that they no longer made a stand against the English. They scattered in every direction ; strag gling parties were hunted aad shot down like deer in the woods ; their Sachem, Sassacus, was murdered by the Mohawks, to whom he fled for protection ; their territory was laid waste ; their settlements were burned, and about two hundred survivors, the sole remnant of the Pequod nation, surrendering in despair^ were en- slaved by the English, or incorporated among their fftiiv>ar Indian allies. 5 The vigor with which the war had tt$es? been prosecuted struck terror into the other tribes of th h>ry h of CHAP. IV.J CONNECTICUT. 107 New England, and secured to the settlements a suc cession of many years of peace. III. NEW HAVEN COLONY. 1. l The pursuit of the Pequods westward of the Connecticut, made the Eng lish acquainted with the coast from Saybrook a to Fair- field :* and late in the year, a few men from Boston explored the country, and, erecting a hut at New Ha ven,! there passed the winter. 2. In the spring of the following year a Puritan colony, under the guidance of Theophilus Eaton, and the Rev. John Davenport, who had recently arrived from Europe, left b Boston for the new settlement at New Haven. 2 They passed their first Sabbath c under a spreading oak,J and Mr. Davenport explained to the people with much counsel, adapted to their situation, how the Son of Man was led into the wilderness to be tempted. 3. 3 The settlers of New Haven established a gov ernment upon strictly religious principles, making the Bible their law book, and church members the only freemen. Mr. Eaton, who was a merchant of great wealth, and who had been deputy -governor of the Brit ish East India Company, was annually chosen gov ernor of New Haven colony during twenty years, until his death. 4 The colony quickly assumed a flourishing condition. The settlements extended rapidly along the Sound, and, in all cases, the lands were honorably purchased of the natives. IV. CONNECTICUT UNDER HER OWN CONSTITUTION. 1 . 5 In 1 639 the inhabitants of the three towns on the Connecticut, who had hitherto acknowledged the au thority of Massachusetts, assembled* at Hartford,, and 1637. 1. Give an account qf the discov ery and set tlement of New Haven. &. Note page 104. 1638. b. April 9. c. April 28. 2. What is said of the first Sabbath at New Haven 1 3. Give an account of the govern ment of the colony. 4. What it said of its prosperity t 1639. 5. What im portant events oc curred in 1639? d. Jan. 24. * Fairjield borders on the Sound, fifty miles S.W. from the mouth of the Connecticut. Some of the Pequods were pursued to a great swamp in this town. Some were slain, and about 200 surrendered. The town was first settled by a Mr. Lucllow and others in ]f>39. t New Haven, now one of the capitals of Connecticut, called by the Indians Quinipiac, lies at the head of a harbor which sets up four miles from Long Island Sound. It is about seventy-five miles N.E. from New York, and thirty-four S.W. from Hartford. The city is on a beautiful plain, bounded on the west by West River, and on the east by Wallingford, or Quinipiac River. Yale College is located at New Haven. (See Map.) t This tree stood near the corner of George and College streets. NEW HAVEN. 108 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1639. formed a separate government for themselves. The i. Describe constitution was one of unexampled liberality, guard- m o w * tn J ea lous care against every encroachment on the rights of the people. The governor and legisla ture were to be chosen annually by the freemen, who were required to take an oath of allegiance to the commonwealth, instead of the English monarch ; and * n ^} e general court alone was vested the power of ^d ma ^ m & an d repealing laws. 2 At this time three sep- in con nec- arate colonies existed within the limits of the present were, they? state of Connecticut. Connecticut colonies were earl involved dispute* in disputes with the Dutch of New Netherlands, who * claimed the soil as far eastward as the Connecticut River. The fear of an attack from that quarter, was one of the causes which, in 1643, led to the confedera- tion of the New England colonies for mutual defence. 4 of tie 4 ^ n 1^44 Saybrook was purchased of George Fen wick, purchase of one of the proprietors, and permanently annexed to the Connecticut colony. 5 In 1650 Governor Stuyvesant v isi te( i Hartford, where a treaty was concluded, deter mining the line of parti tion between New Netherlands and Connecticut. 1651. 3. 6 In 1651 war broke out between England and 5a%2 Holland, and although their colonies in America had war be- agreed to remain at peace, the cfovernor of New Neth- tween Eng- a i , i / e i i T -, land and erlands was accused of uniting with the Indians, in ? plotting the destruction of the English. 7 The com- a 1653. missioners of the United Colonies decided* in favor of comme ncing hostilities against the Dutch and Indians, ut ^ assac ^ usetts refused to furnish her quota of men, B. whatcoio- an d tnus prevented the war. 8 Connecticut and New ni wc?om ed Haven then applied to Cromwell for assistance, who whai?% P rom P% dispatched 15 a fleet for the reduction of New the result? Netherlands; but while the colonies were making b 1654. preparations to co-operate with the naval force, the news of peace in Europe arrested the expedition. 1660. V. CONNECTICUT UNDER THE ROYAL CHARTER. SwMtis 1- 9 Wn en Charles II. was restored to the throne of said of tM his ancestors, Connecticut declared her loyalty, and Snectf submission to the king, and applied for a royal charter. cut? ,o Th( , aged Lord Say-and-Seal, the early friend of the CHAP. IV.] CONNECTICUT. 109 emigrants, now exerted his influence in their favor ; while the younger Winthrop, then governor of the colony, went to England as its agent. When he ap peared before the king with his petition, he presented him a favorite ring which Charles I. had given to Winthrop s grandfather. This trifling token, recalling to the king the memory of his own unfortunate father, readily won his favor, and Connecticut thereby ob tained a charter,* the most liberal that had yet been granted, and confirming, in every particular, the con stitution which the people themselves had adopted. 2. ! The royal charter, embracing the territory from the Narragansett Bay and river westward to the Pacific Ocean, included, within its limits, the New Haven col ony, and most of the present state of Rhode Island. 2 New Haven reluctantly united with Connecticut in 1665. 3 The year after the grant of the Connecticut charter, Rhode Island received 1 " one which extended her western limits to the Pawcatuck* River, thus in cluding a portion of the territory granted to Connecti cut, and causing a controversy between the two col onies, which continued more than sixty years. 3. 4 During King Philip s war, which began in 1675, Connecticut suffered less, in her own territory, than any of her sister colonies, but she furnished her pro portion of troops for the common defence. 5 At the same time, however, she was threatened with a greater calamity, in the loss of her liberties, by the usurpations of Andros, then governor of New York, who attempted to extend his arbitrary authority over the country as far east as the Connecticut River. 4. 6 In July, Andros, with a small naval force, pro ceeded to the mouth of the Connecticut, and hoisting the king s flag, demanded the surrender of the fort ; but Captain Bull, the commander, likewise showing his majesty s colors, expressed his determination to de fend it. Being permitted to land, Andros attempted to read his commission to the people, but, in the king s name, he was sternly commanded to desist. He finally 166O. charter ob- tamed, and a . May so. 1. What territory was embra ced by the charter I Ha " en? b j u j ^ lees. lan f e $ ar 1675. e. of his c. July 21. * The Pawcatuck, formed by the junction of Wood and Charles Rivers in Washington County, Rhode Island, is still, in the lower part of its course, the dividing line between Connecticut and Rhode Island. lO I 10 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n, 1675. returned to New York without accomplishing his ~~ object. 1687. 5. l T\velve years later, Andros again appeared in i. GWC an Connecticut, with a commission from King- James, an- account of , . , . 1 , / n TVT -r* i i the second pointing him royal governor of all New England. SrS/o cSn- Proceeding to Hartford, he found the assembly in necticut sess i on anc i demanded* the surrender of the charter. &. INOV. 1U. A j 1 1 1 1 *1 A discussion arose, which was prolonged until evening. The charter was then brought in and laid on the table. While the discussion was proceeding, and the house was thronged with citizens, suddenly the lights were extinguished. The utmost decorum prevailed, but when the candles were re-lighted, the charter was missing, and could no where be found. *itecharfer ^ Captain Wadsworth had secreted it in a hollow preserved? tree, blown down last year and which retains the ven- z.whatthen erated name of the Charter Oak. 3 Andros, however, was done by . . - ,.".,. Andros? assumed the government, which was administered m 1689. his name until the re volution b in England deprived b. see p. 90. j ames O f hf s throne, and restored the liberties of the people. c. 1689-1697. 7. During King William s war, which imme- diately followed the English revolution, the people of Connecticut were again called to resist an encroach- icar? ment on their rights. 5 Colonel Fletcher, governor of timid y New York, had received a commission vesting in him umnSssiori? tne command of the militia of Connecticut. This was e. what a power which the charter of Connecticut had reserved course was r , , , _ 111-1 r taken by rue to the colony itself, and the legislature refused to com- lefislature, i , , J . . . -ni i i i and what iy ply with the requisition, r letcher then repaired to Fletcher-} fj art f on j ? an( j orc [ered the militia under arms. Nov6. 8. 7 The Hartford companies, under Captain Wads- 7. Give an worth, appeared, and Fletcher ordered his commission a JMcteri and instructions to be read to them. Upon this, Cap- ta in Wadsworth commanded the drums to be beaten. Colonel Fletcher commanded silence, but no sooner was the reading commenced a second time, than the drums, at the command of Wadsworth, were again beaten with more spirit than ever. But silence was again commanded, when Wadsworth, with great earn estness, ordered the drums to be beaten, and turning to Fletcher, said, with spirit and meaning in his looks. CHAP. V.] RHODE ISLAND. Ill " If I am interrupted again I will make the sun shine through you in a moment." Governor Fletcher made no farther attempts to read his commission, and soon judged it expedient to return to New York. 9. x ln the year 1700, several clergymen assembled at Branford,* and each, producing a few books, laid them on the table, with these words : " I give these books for the founding of a college in this colony." Such was the beginning of Yale College, now one of the most honored institutions of learning in the land. It was first established* 1 at Saybrook, and was after wards removed b to New Haven. It derived its name from Elihu Yale, one of its most liberal patrons. 10. 2 The remaining portion of the colonial history of Connecticut is not marked by events of sufficient interest to require any farther notice than they may gain in the more general history of the colonies. 1693. 1700 1. Give an account of the estab lishment of Yale College. a. 1702. b. 1717. CHAPTER V. RHODE ISLAND. f BOGEK WILLIAMS. c. Jan. 1636. cfiuse(ts 1. 4 After Roger Williams had been banished from Massachusetts, he repaired to the country of the Nar- ragansetts, who inhabited nearly all the territory which now forms the state of Rhode Island". 5 By the sachems of that tribe he was kindly received, and during four- teen weeks, he found a shelter in their wigwams, from the severity of winter. 6 On the opening 1 of spring" he 6 - what did i i n i i j. I / TVT lie do in the proceeded to Seekonk,| on the north of Narragansett spring f * Branford is a town in Connecticut, bordering on the Sound, seven miles E. from New Haven. t RHODE ISLAND, the smallest state in the Union, contains an area, separate from the waters of Narragansett Bay, of about 1,225 square miles. In the northwestern part of the state the surface of the country is hilly, and the soil poor. In the south and west the country is generally level, and in the vicinity of Narragansett Bay, and on the islands which it contains, the soil is very fertile. $ The town of Seekonk, the western part of the early Rehoboth, lies east of, and ad joining the northern part of Narragansett Bay. Tho village is on Ten Mile River, three or four miles east from Providence. (See Map next luige.) 112 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1636. 1. Whither was he ad vised to re move, and why! a. June. 2. Give an account of the set tlement of Providence. 3. What was the settle ment called? 4. Whatef- f ect had reli gious tolera tion I 5. What novel exper iment was beheld? 6. Give an account of the govern ment of the colony. Bay,* and having been joined by a few faithful friends from Massachusetts, he obtained a grant of land from an Indian chief, and made preparations for a settlement. 2. ^oon after, finding that he was within the limits of the Plymouth colony, and being advised by Mr. Winslow, the governor, to remove to the other side of the water, where he might live unmolested, he resolved to comply with the friendly advice. 2 Embarking a with five companions in a frail Indian canoe, he passed down the Narragansett Riverf to Moshassuck, which he selected as the place of settlement, purchased the land of the chiefs of the Narragansetts, and, with un shaken confidence in the mercies of Heaven, named the place Providence.^ 3 The settlement was called Providence Plantation. 3. 4 As Roger Williams brought with him the same principles of religious toleration, for avowing and main taining which he had suffered banishment, Providence became the asylum for the persecuted of the neighbor ing colonies ; but the peace of the settlement was never seriously disturbed by the various and discordant opin ions which gained admission. s lt was found that the numerous and conflicting sects of the day could dwell together in harmony, and the world beheld, with sur prise, the novel experiment of a government in which the magistrates were allowed to rule " only in civil matters," and in which " God alone was respected as the ruler of conscience." 4. The political principles of Roger Williams were as liberal as his religious opinions. For the purpose * JVarragansctt Bay is in the eastern part of the state of Rhode Island, and is twenty-eight miles long from N. toS., and from eight to twelve broad. The N.E. arm of the bay is called Mount Hope Bay ; the northern, Providence Bay ; and the N. Western, Greenwich Bay. It contains a num ber of beautiful and fertile islands, the principal of which are Rhode Island, Conanictit, and Prudence. (See Map.) t The northern part of Narragansett Bay was often called Narr a g-aii sett River. J Providence, one of the capitals of Rhode Island, is in the northern part of the state, at the head of Narragansett Bay, and on both sides of Providence River, which is, prop erly, a small bay, setting up N.W. from the Narragansett. The Pawtucket or Blackstone River falls into the head of Narragansett Bay, from the N.E., a little below Providence. Brown University is located at Providence, on the east side of the river. (See Map.) Mr. - liains ? did he, in form the CHAP. V.] RHODE ISLAND. 113 of preserving peace, all the settlers were required to 1636. subscribe to an agreement that they would submit to such rules, " not affecting the conscience," as should be made for the public good, by a majority of the inhab itants; and under this simple form of pure democracy, with all the powers of government in the hands of the people, the free institutions of Rhode Island had their origin. l The modest and liberal founder of the state i. wimti* reserved no political power to himself, and the territory which he had purchased of the natives he freely grant ed to all the inhabitants in common, reserving to him self only two small fields, which, on his first arrival, he had planted with his own hands. 5. 2 Soon after the removal of Mr. Williams to Prov- 2. ofn-hat idence, he gave to the people of Massachusetts, who had recently expelled him from their colony, the first intimation of the plot which the Pequods were forming setts? - for their destruction. 3 When the Pequods attempted 3. mat did to form an alliance with the Narragansetts, the magis- Sits solicit trates of Massachusetts solicited the mediation of Mr. f flim/ Williams, whose influence was great with the chiefs of the latter tribe. 4 Forgetting the injuries which he 4 . what did had received from those who now needed his favor, on a stormy day, alone, and in a poor canoe, he set out upon the Narragansett, and through many dangers repaired to the cabin of Canonicus. 6. 5 There the Pequod ambassadors and Narragan- 5. Give an sett chiefs had already assembled in council, and three "M^WU- days and nights Roger Williams remained with them, Sy*o1t/*8 in constant danger from the Pequods, whose hands, he A " fl f[ an ~ says, seemed to be still reeking with the blood of his countrymen, and whose knives he expected nightly at his throat. But, as Mr. Williams himself writes, " God wonderfully preserved him, and helped him to break in pieces the negotiation and designs of the enemy, and to finish, by many travels and charges, the English g WhatWM league with the Narragansetts and Mohegans against the Peuods." denredu- 7, 6 The settlers at Providence remained unmolested during the Pequod war, as the powerful tribe of the Narragansetts completely sheltered them from the William? * , . , * , . i i i IT -ti -i tiid in this enemy. 7 Such, however, was the aid which Mr. V\ il- war) 10* 114 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1637. Hams afforded, in bringing that war to a favorable ~ termination, that some of the leading men in Massa chusetts felt that he deserved to be honored with some 1. whyioas mark of favor for his services. l The subject of recall- hc not re- . \ c 1-1 11 11 called from mg him Irom banishment was debated, but his pnn- Mfftr? ciples were still viewed with distrust, and the fear of their influence overcame the sentiment of gratitude. 1638. 8. 2 In 1638 a settlement was made a at Portsmouth,* a. April. - n t h e northern part of the Island of Aquetneck, or 2. Give an -, , T , , , , r _.,,. ^ , ,. i i Knode Islandj by William Ooddmgton and eighteen others, who had been driven from Massachusetts by persecution for their religious opinions. 3 In imitation formofgov- of the form of government which once prevailed among; eminent. 1T -n/r^ii- -\ i b. NOV. the Jews, Mr. Coddmgton was chosen b judge, arid three elders were elected to assist him, but in the following 1639. year the chief magistrate received the title of governor. i. f Of the f set f - 4 Portsmouth received considerable accessions during the first year, and in the spring of 1639, a number of the inhabitants removed to the southwestern part of the island, where they laid the foundation of Newport. J 5. what 6 The settlements on the island rapidly extended, and given to the the whole received the name of the Rhode Island ne mentsl e Plantation. 1643. 9. Under the pretence that the Providence and e. why were Rhode Island Plantations had no charter, and that the Plan/a- , . , . , .. _., , -. ,r .exclu- their territory was claimed by Plymouth and Massa- * chusetts, they were excluded from the confederacy which was formed between the other New England colonies in 1643. 7 Roger Williams therefore pro- 1644. ceeded to England, and, in the following year, ob- c. March 24. tained from parliament, which was then waging a I Jdofthl civil war with the king, a free charter of incorporation, Cha p ari{a 0m by which the two plantations were united under the ment? sa me government. * The town of Portsmouth is in the northern part of the island of Rhode Island, and embraces about half of the island. The island of Prudence, on the west, is attached to this town. (See Map, p. 112.) t Rhode Island, so called from a fancied resemblance of the island of Rhodes In the Mediterranean, is in the southeastern part of Narragansett Bay. It is fifteen miles long, and has an average width of two and a half miles. The town of Portsmouth oc cupies the northern part of the island, Middletown the central portion, and Newport tho southern. (See Map, p. 112.) t Newport is on the S.W. side of Rhode Island, five miles from the sea, and twenty- five miles 3. from Providence. The town is on a beautiful declivity, and has an ex cellent harbor. (See Map, p. 112.) CHAP. V.] RHODE ISLAND. 115 1. Of the organiza tion of the government and of the earl i/ laws of Rhode Island I b. 1660. 2. Of the. charter from the s, 3. What is remarked qf Catholics 10. In 1647 the General Assembly of the several 1647 towns met a at Portsmouth, and organized the govern ment, by the choice of a president and other officers. A code of laws was also adopted, which declared the government to be a democracy, and which closed with the declaration, that " all men might walk as their consciences persuaded them, without molestation, every one in the name of his God." 1 1 2 After the restoration b of monarchy, and the ac cession of Charles II. to the throne of England, Rhode island applied for and obtained a charter from the king, in which the principles of the former parliament ary charter, and those on which the colony was found ed, were embodied. The greatest toleration in matters of religion was enjoined by the charter, and the legis lature again reasserted the principle. 3 It has been said that Roman Catholics were excluded from the right of voting, but no such regulation has ever been found in the laws of the colony ; and the assertion that Quakers were persecuted and outlawed, is wholly erroneous. 12. 4 When Andros assumed the government of the New England colonies, Rhode Island quietly submit- Rhode ia- ted d to his authority ; but when he was imprisoned 6 la a ~ndaft er? at Boston, and sent to England, the people assembled the wu - r at Newport, and, resuming their former charter privileges, re-elected the officers whom Andros had dis placed. Once more the free gov ernment of the colony was organ ized, and its seal was restored, with its symbol an anchor, and its motto Hope, fit emblems of the steadfast zeal with which Rhode Island has ever cherished all her early religious freedom, and her civil rights. 4. what 8KAI . OP EHODE ISLAND. d. Jan. 168T. e. See p. 90. f. May 11, 1689. [PART n. CHAPTER VI. NEW YORK.* SBC. I. NEW NETrtEITLANllS, PREVIOUS TO ITS CONQUEST BY THE ENGL18I* IN 1604. 1. During the years 1607 and 1608, Henry Hudson, an English HEWET HTTDSON. mariner of some celebrity, and then 1. First two in the employ of a company of London merchants, made Hmry^nu^- two voyages to the northern coasts of America, with son? the hope of finding a passage, through those icy seas, 2. wtua did to the genial climes of Southern Asia. 2 His employers nexfdo 1 ? being disheartened by his failure, he next entered the a. April H. service of the Dutch East India Company, and in April, 1609. 1609, sailed* on his third voyage. acmunt a of % 3 Failing to discover a northern passage to India, the voyage, he turned to the south, and explored the eastern coast, in - the hope of finding an opening to. the Pacific, through the continent. After proceeding south as far as the capesf of Virginia, he again turned north, ex amined the waters of Delaware Bay,J and. following b ;^JJ*^f the eastern coast of New Jersey, on the 13th of Sep- 4. Uj the J J. . r dis iiudson f tem b e r ne anchored his vessel within Sandy Hook. River. 3. * After a week s delay, Hudson passed b through * NEW YORK, the most northern of the Middle States, and now the most populous in the Union, has an area of nearly 47,000 square miles. This state has a great variety of surface. Two chains of the Alleghanies pass through the eastern part of the state. The Highlands, coining from New Jersey, cross the Hudson near West Point, and soon after pass into Connecticut. The Catskill mountains, farther west, and more irregular in their outlines, cross the Mohawk, and continue under different names, along the western border of Lake Champlain. The western part of the state has generally a level surface, except in the southern tier of counties, where the western ranges of the Al leghanies terminate. The soil throughout the state is, generally, good ; and along the valley of the Mohawk, and in the western part of the state, it is highly fertile. t Capes Charles and Henry, at the entrance of Chesapeake Bay. j Delaware Day is a large arm of the sea, setting up into the land between Nw Jer sey and Delaware ; and having, at its entrance, Cape May on the north, and Caoe Hen lopen on the south, eighteen miles apart. Some distance within the capes the bay is thirty miles across. This bay has no safe natural harbor, but a good artificial harbor has been constructed by the general government within Cape Henlopen. It is formed by two massive stone piers, called the Delaware Breakwater. Sandy Hook is a low sandy island, on the eastern coast of New Jersey, extending north from the N. Eastern extremity of Monmouth County, and separated from it by Shrewsbury Inlet. It is five miles in length, and seventeen miles S. from New York. At tbe northern extremity of the island is a light-house, but the accumulating sand is gradually extending the point farther north. Sandy Hook was a peninsula until 1778, when the waters of the ocean forced a passage, and cut it off from the mainland. In 1800 the inlet was closed, but it was opened again in 1830, and now admits vessels through its channel. CHAP. VI. j NEW YORK. 117 the Narrows,* and, during ten days, continued to as cend the noble river which bears his name ; nor was it until his vessel had passed beyond the city of Hud son,! and a boat had advanced probably beyond Al bany, that he appears to have relinquished all hopes of being able to reach the Pacific by this inland pas sage. x Having completed his discovery, he slowly descended the stream, and sailing* for Europe, reached England in the November b following. The king, James the First, jealous of the advantages which the Dutch might seek to derive from the discovery, forbade his return to Holland. 4. 2 In the following year, 1610, the Dutch East India Company fitted out a ship with merchandise, to traffic with the natives of the country which Hudson had explored. 3 The voyage being prosperous, the traffic was continued; and when Argall, in 1613, was returning from his excursion against the French set tlement of Port Royal, he found on the island of Man hattan^: a few rude hovels, which the Dutch had erected there as a summer station for those engaged in the trade with the natives. 5. 4 The Dutch, unable to make any resistance against the force of Argall, quietly submitted to the English claim of sovereignty over the country ; but, 1609. a. Oct. 14. 1. Whatis said of Hudson s re- turn, and his treat ment by the king? b. Nov. 17. 1610. 2. What was done by the, D -.itch East India Com pany? c. See p. 56. 3. Whatwcw the condi tion of the Dutch settle ment at the time of Ar- galVs visit ? 4. What IPOS the result oj ArgalVs visit? NEW YORK AND VICINITY. * The entrance to New York harbor, between Long Island on the east and Staten Island on the west, is called the Narrows. It is about one mile wide, and is nine miles below the city. (See Map.) t The city af Hudson is on the east side of Hudson River, 116 miles N. from New York, and twenty-nine miles S. from Al bany. % Manhattan, or New York island, lies on the east side of Hudson River, at the head of New York harbor. It is about fourteen miles in length, and has an av erage width of one mile and three fifths. It is separated from Long Island on the east, by a strait called the East River, which connects the harbor and Long Is land Sound ; and from the mainland on the east by Il ierlem River, a strut which connects the East River and the Hudson. The Dutch settlement on the southern pirt of the island, was called New Am sterdam. Here now stands the city of JVY M; York, the largest in America, and second only to London in the amount of its commerce. The city is rapidly increas ing in size, although its compact p-irts al ready have a circumference of about nine miles. (See Map.) 118 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL i what new , and what was the country called? governed, when actu- any coioni- 1613. on his departure, they continued their tramc, passed tne winter there, and, in the following- year, erected a ru( ^ e ^ ort on tno sou them part of the island. l ln 1615 tne y b e g" an a settlement at Albany,* which had been previously visited. and erected a fort which was called t-, ,-. J fJ.. , Fort Orange. The country in their possession was n j TVT T\T j. called JNEW .[NETHERLANDS.! 6. 2 During several years, Directors, sent out by the East India Company, exercised authority over the little , * / 1 J settlement 01 JNew Amsterdam on the island 01 IVLan- hattan, but it was not until 1623 that the actual colo- nizing of the country took place, nor until 1625 that an actua l g vernor was formally appointed. 3 In 1621 t ^ ie Dutch West India Company was formed, and, in the same year, the States-General of Holland granted to it the exclusive privilege to traffic and plant colonies on the American coast, from the Straits of Magellan to the remotest north. 7. ^In 1623 a number of settlers, duly provided with the means of subsistence, trade, and defence, were sent out under the command of Cornelius Mey, who not on ty v^^d Manhattan, but, entering Delaware Bay, an( ^ ascen( li n g tne i iver,J took possession of the coun try, and, a few miles below Camden, in the present New Jersey, built Fort Nassau. || The fort, however, was soon after abandoned, and the worthy Captain Mey carried away with him the affectionate regrets of J . \ t I lii- TIT the natives, who long cherished his memory. 5 1 rob- ably a few years before this, the Dutch settled at 3 what it said of the indht com- fany 1623. acc(!unt a of o. Of settle- men ts in the New Jersey, ALBANY AND VICINITY. * Albany, now the capital of the state of New York, is situated on the west bank of the Hudson River, 145 miles N. from New York by the river s course. It was first called by the Dutch Beaverwyck, and afterwards Wil- liamstadt. (See Map.) t The country from Cape Cod to the banks of the Dela ware was claimed by the Dutch. t The Delaware River rises in the S. Eastern part of the state of New York, west of the Catskill mountains. It forms sixty miles of the boundary line between New York and Pennsylvania, and during the remainder of its course is the boundary between New Jersey, on the one side, and Pennsylvania and Delaware on the other. It is navigable for vessels of th largest class to Philadelphia. $ Camden, now a city, is situated on the east side of Delaware River, opposite to Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 152.) || Tiiis fort was on Big Timber Creek, in the present Gloucester County, about five miles S. from Camden. CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. 1 19 1625. - what *** *y a. Oct. what ?> Bergen,* and other places west of the Hudson, in New Jersey. 8. *In 1625 Peter Minuits arrived at Manhattan, as governor of New Netherlands, and in the same year the settlement of Brooklyn,! n Long Island,;); was commenced. 2 The Dutch colony at this time showed a disposition to cultivate friendly relations with the English settlements in New England, and mutual courtesies were exchanged, the Dutch cordially in- viting 8 - the Plymouth settlers to remove to the more fertile soil of the Connecticut, and the English ad- vising the Dutch to secure their claim to the banks of the Hudson by a treaty with England. 9. 3 Although Holland claimed the country, on the ground of its discovery by Hudson, yet it was likewise claimed by England, on the ground of the first dis- co very of the continent by Cabot. *The pilgrims ex- pressed the kindest wishes for the prosperity of the Dutch, but, at the same time, requested them not to send their skiffs into Narragansett Bay for beaver skins. *The Dutch al Manhattan were at that time 5 . what wot little more than a company of hunters and traders, em- ployed in the traffic of the furs of the otter and the beaver. 10. 6 In 1629 the West India Company, in the hope of exciting- individual enterprise to colonize the coun- try, promised, by " a charter of liberties," the grant of an extensive tract of land to each individual who should, within four years, form a settlement of fifty persons Those who should plant colonies were to purchase the land of the Indians, and it was likewise enjoined upon them that they should, at an early period, provide for the support of a minister and a schoolmaster, that the service of God, and zeal for religion, might not be neglected. 1629. * The village of Berg-en is on the summit of Bergen Ridge, three miles W. from Jersey City, and four from New York. (See Map, p. 117.) t Brooklyn, now a city, is situated on elevated land at the west end of Long Island, opposite the lower part of the city of New York, from which it is separated by East River, three fourths of a mile wide. (See Map, p. 117.) t Long Island, forming a part of the state of New York, lies south of Connecticut, from which it is separated by Long Island Sound. It is 120 miles in length, and has an average width of about twelve miles. It contains an area of about 1,450 square miles, and is, therefore, larger than the entire .state of Rhode Island. The north side of the island is rough and hilly, the south low and sandy. (See Map, p. 117.) settlement 120 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART U. 1629. 11. l Under this charter, four directors of the coin- T~whMwa P an y? distinguished by the title of patrons or patroons, doneby appropriated to themselves some of the most valuable some- of the * * . * . ,, . directors of portions ol the territory. 2 Une a ol the patroons having the IV. India " -,. r > J Al r iirr^i company? purchased 13 from the natives the southern hall ol the a b j ^ e n present state of Delaware, a colony under De Vriez 2. Give an was sent out, and early in 1631 a small settlement was formed near the present Lewistown.* 8 The Dutch now occupied Delaware, and the claims of New Neth erlands extended over the whole country from Cape s.N^tep.40. Henlopenf to Cape Cod. c 1632. 12. 4 After more than a year s residence in America, 3. what w^ De Vriez returned to Holland, leaving- his infant col- nototheex- _., 5 11 r i tent of the ony to the care of one Osset. Ihe lolly ol the new claims? commandant, in his treatment of the natives, soon pro- a. Dec. voked their jealousy, and on the return d of De Vriez, 4 thcftetSP at th e en( i f die year, he found the fort deserted. In- tJarecX- ^^ an vengeance had prepared an ambush, and every ony ? white man had been murdered. 5 De Vriez himself mSffithe narrowly escaped the perfidy of the natives, being saved by the kind interposition of an Indian woman, who warned him of the designs of her countrymen. 1633. * After proceeding to Virginia for the purpose of ob- 6- what^ taining provisions, De Vriez sailed to New Amsterdam, P S visit/ where he found 6 Wouter Van Twiller, the second e . April. g 0vernor} wno had just been sent out to supersede the discontented Minuits. 7. Give an \% 7^ f ew months before the arrival of Van Twil- account of , f , the first set- ler as governor, the Dutch had purchased ol me na tives the soil around Hartford/ and had erected 8 and fortified a tradinsr-house on land within the limits of the present city. The English, however, claimed the r N. p. 103. country ; and, in the same year, a number of the S J an g ee Plymouth colonists proceeded up the river, and, in de- h p aje io3. ee fiance of the threats of the Dutch, commenced 11 a set- s. what be- tlement at Windsor. 8 Although for many years the C DMtj h a e - Dutch West India Company retained possession of **ttonfT their feeble trading station, yet it was finally over whelmed by the numerous settlements of the more en- * Lewistown is on Lewis Creek, in Sussex County, Delaware, live or six miles from Cape Uenlopen. In front of the village h the Delaware Breakwater, t Cape Heriltrpen is the southern cape of the entrance into Delaware Bay. CHAP. VI.J NEW YORK. 121 terprising New Englanders. ! The English likewise formed settlements on the eastern end of Long Island although they were for a season resisted by the Dutch, who claimed the whole island, as a part of New Neth erlands. 14. 2 While the English were thus encroaching upon the Dutch on the east, the southern portion of the territory claimed by the latter was seized by a new competitor. Gustavus Adolphus, king of Sweden, the hero of his age, and the renowned champion of the Protestant religion in Europe, had early conceived the design of planting colonies in America. Under the auspices of the Swedish monarch a commercial com pany was formed for this purpose as early as 1626, but the German war, in which Gustavus was soon after engaged, delayed for a time the execution of the project. 3 After the death 1 of Gustavus, which hap pened at the battle of Lutzen,* in 1633, his worthy minister renewed the plan of an American settlement, the execution of which he entrusted to Peter Minuits, the first governor of New Netherlands. 15. 4 Early in the year 1638, about the same time that Sir William Kieft succeeded Van Twiller in the government of New Netherlands, the Swedish colony under Minuits arrived, erected a fort, and formed a set tlement on Christiana Creek, f near Wilmington.^ with in the present state of Delaware. *Kieft, considering this an intrusion upon his territories, sent b an unavailing remonstrance to the Swedes, and, as a check to their aggressions, rebuilt Fort Nassau on the eastern bank of the Delaware. The Swedes gradually extended their settlements, and, to preserve their ascendency over the 1633. 5 1. What is 2. What is sakl of Crustavus Adolplius, and what delayed the execution of his project t a. Nov. 26, 1633. 3. What w.af done, by th& minister of Gustavus ? 1638. 4. Give an account of the. settle ment of Del aware. 5 W Mt ^ jj^gfj Dutch/ b May " NORTHER* P.HT OK DEL ,WAP.K. his residence and built c 1643. * Lutzen is a town in Prussian Saxony, on one of the branches of the Elbe. Here the French, under Bonaparte, defeated the combined forces of Prussia and Russia in 1813. t Christiana Creek is in the northern pnrt of the state of Delaware, and has its head branches in Penn sylvania and Maryland. It enters the Brandywine River at Wilmington. (See Map.) $ Wilmington, in the northern part of the state of Delaware, is situated between Brandywine and Chri*- ti-ma Creeks, one mile above their junction, and tWQ miles west from Delaware River. (See Map.} 6 122 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n. 1643. a fort on the island of Tinicum,* a few miles below h Extent Philadelphia. J The territory occupied by the Swedes, and name .of extending from Cape Henlopen to the falls in the Del- tne hiveaisn m n i -XT territo)-!/? aware, opposite Trenton,! was called NEW SWEDEN. 2. Give an 16. 2 In 1640 the Long Island and New Jersey In- dians began to show symptoms of hostility towards the Dutch. Provoked by dishonest traders, and maddened by rum, they attacked the settlements on Staten Island, J and threatened New Amsterdam. A fruitless expedi- a. 1641- tion a against the Delawares of New Jersey was the consequence. 3 The war continued, with various suc- 1643. cess, until 1643, when the Dutch solicited peace ; and *a%rueeot? ^Y tne me diation of the wise and good Roger Wil- tained,but liams, a brief truce was obtained. 13 But confidence after follow- could not easily be restored^ for revenge still rankled b, e Aprii. in the hearts of the Indians, and in a few months they c. sept, again began the work of blood and desolation. 4. Gwe an 17. 4 The Dutch now engaged in their service Cap- tain John Underbill, an Englishman who had settled on Long Island, and who had previously distinguished himself in the Indian wars of New England. Having raised a considerable number of men under Kieft s au- a. Probably thority, he defeated d the Indians pn Long Island, and also at Strickland s Plain,$ or Horseneck, on the main land. 5. iimoicas is. eThe war was finally terminated bv the medi ae war ter- . J . J . minuted? ation of the Iroquois, who, claiming a sovereignty over the Algonquin tribes around Manhattan, proposed e. 1645. terms of peace, whichwere gladly accepted* by both par- e. what is ties. 6 The fame of Kieft is tarnished by the exceeding enteity l and cruelty which he practiced towards the Indians. The the Kief!? f colonists requesting his recall, and the West India Com pany disclaiming his barbarous policy, in 1647 he em- 1^47, barked for Europe in a richly laden vessel, but the ship * Tinicum is a long narrow island in Delaware River, belonging to Pennsylvania twelve miles, by the river s course, S.W. from Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 152.) t Trenton, now the capital of New Jersey, is situated on the E. side of Delaware River, thirty miles N.E. from Philadelphia, and fifty-five S.W. from New York. (See Map, p. 226, and also p. 228.) J Statan Island, belonging to the state of New York, is lour and a half miles S.E. from New York city. It is about thirty-five miles in circumference. It has Newark Bay on the north, Raritan Bay on the south, and a narrow channel, called Staten Island Sound, on the west. (See Map, p. 117, and p. 226.) $ Strickland s Plain is at the western extremity of the state of Connecticut, in the present town of Greenwich. The peninsula on which the plain is situated was called Horseneck, because it was early used as a pasture for horses. CHAP. VI. J NEW YORK. 123 was wrecked on the coast of Wales, and the unhappy 1G4T. governor perished. 19. l William Kieft was succeeded* by Peter Stuy- a. June, vesant, the most noted of the governors of New Neth- erlands. By his judicious treatment of the Indians he conciliated their favor, and such a change did he pro- , .,.,,,. -i-^ i T i r nians duce in their ieelings towards the Dutch, that he was accused of endeavoring to enlist them in a general war against the English. 20. 8 After long continued boundary disputes with 2 . of MM the colonies of New England, Stuyvesant relinquished SeEn^i& a portion of his claims, and concluded a provisional 1650. treaty, 11 which allowed New Netherlands to extend on b. sept Long Island as far as Oyster Bay,* and on the main land as far as Greenwich,! near the present boundary between New York and Connecticut. 3 For the pur- s. of the pose of placing a barrier to the encroachments of the loss of Fort Swedes on the south, in 1651 Stuyvesant built Fort c? Casimir on the site of the present town of Newcastle,! within five miles of the Swedish fort at Christiana. The Swedes, however, soon after obtained possession c 1654 of the fort by stratagem, and overpowered the garrison. 21. 4 The home government, indignant at the out- 4. Give rage of the Swedes, ordered Stuyvesant to reduce them to submission. With six hundred men the governor sailed for this purpose in 1655, and soon compelled the surrender d of all the Swedish fortresses. Honorable d. sept, and terms were granted to the inhabitants. Those who Oct quietly submitted to the authority of the Dutch retained the possession of their estates; the governor, Rising, was conveyed to Europe ; a few of the colonists re moved to Maryland and Virginia, and the country was placed under the government of deputies of New Neth erlands. 22. 5 Such was the end of the little Protestant colony s. WHM} f TVT CM -\ T ! i ii- said of the or New Sweden. It was a religious and intelligent character of . i i the Swedish community, preserving peace with the natives, ever colony? * Oyster Bay is on the north side of Lcng Island, at the N.E. extremity of Queens County, thirty miles X.E. from New York city. t Greenwich is the S. Western town of Connecticut. Byram River enters the Sound on the boundary between Connecticut and New York. i Newcastle is on the west side of Delaware River, in the state of Delaware, thirty-two miles S.W. from Philadelphia. The northern boundary of the state is part of the cir cumference of a circle drawn twelve miles distant from Newcastle. (.See Map, p. 121.) 124 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II 1655. 1. What In dian hostil ities occur red at this time? a. June. 2. What other ag gressions folloioed, and what was the re sult of the, icarl b. 16G4. 3. What is said of the boundaries of New Netherlands ~-and of the op-position to the Dutch claims I 4. What dis contents m one among the Dutch! 5. How were th -ir de- tnandtt met 1 cherishing a fond attachment to the mother country and loyalty towards its sovereign ; and long after theii conquest by the Dutch, and the subsequent transfer to England, the Swedes of the Delaware remained the objects of generous and disinterested regard at the court of Stockholm. 23. l While the forces of the Dutch were withdrawn from New Amsterdam, in the expedition against the Swedes, the neighboring Indians appeared in force before the city, and ravaged the surrounding country. The return of the expedition restored confidence ; peace was concluded, and the captives were ransomed. 24. 2 In 1663 the village of Esopus, now Kingston,* was suddenly attacked* by the Indians, and sixty-five of the inhabitants were either killed or carried away captive. A force from New Amsterdam being sent to their assistance, the Indians were pursued to their vil lages; their fields were laid waste; many of their warriors were killed, and a number of the captives were released. These vigorous measures were followed by a truce in December, and a treaty of peace in the May following. 15 25. 3 Although the Dutch retained possession of the country as far south as Cape Henlopen, yet their claims were resisted, both by Lord Baltimore, the proprietor of Maryland, and by the governor of Virginia. The southern boundary of New Netherlands was never definitely settled. At the north, the subject of bounda ries was still more troublesome ; Massachusetts claimed an indefinite extent of territory westward, Connecticut had increased her pretensions on Long Island, and her settlements were steadily advancing towards the Hudson. 26. 4 Added to these difficulties from without, dis contents had arisen among the Dutch themselves. The New England notions of popular rights began to prevail ; the people, hitherto accustomed to implicit deference to the will of their rulers, began to demand greater privileges as citizens, and a share in the gov ernment. 5 Stuyvesant resisted the demands of the * Kingston, formerly called Esopus, is on the W. side of Hudson River, in Ulstei County, about ninety wiles N. from New York city. CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. 125 people, and was sustained by the home government. ! The prevalence of liberal principles, and the unjust exactions of an arbitrary government, had alienated the affections of the people, and when rumors of an English invasion reached them, they were already pre pared to submit to English authority, in the hope of obtaining English rights. 27. 2 Early in 1664, during a period of peace be tween England and Holland, the king of England, indifferent to the claims of the Dutch, granted* to his brother James, the Duke of York, the whole territory from the Connecticut River to the shores of the Del aware. 3 The duke soon fitted out a squadron under Colonel Nichols, with orders to take possession of the Dutch province. The arrival of the fleet found New Amsterdam in a defenceless state. The governor, Stuyvesant, faithful to his employers, assembled his council and proposed a defence of the place ; but it was in vain that he endeavored to infuse his own spirit into his people, and it was not until after the capitu lation had been. agreed b to by the magistrates, that he reluctantly signed it. 28. 4 The fall of the capital, which now received the name of New York, was followed by the surrender* 1 of the settlement at Fort Orange, which received the name of Albany, and by the general submission of the province, with its subordinate settlements on the Del aware. 6 The government of England was acknowl edged over the whole early in October, 1664. 29. 6 Thus, while England and Holland were at peace, by an act of the most flagrant injustice, the Dutch dominion in America was overthrown after an existence of little more than half a century. Previous to the surrender, the Duke of York had conveyed f to Lord Berkeley and Sir George Carteret all that por tion of New Netherlands which now forms the state of New Jersey, over which a separate government was established under its proprietors. 8 The settlements on the Delaware, subsequently called " The Territories," were connected with the province ojf New York until their purchase 5 by William Penn in 1682, when they were joined to the government of Pennsylvania. 1664. l Towf/at extent had ated? 2 Vhat ** of a . March 22. b. Sept. 6. c. Sept. 8. 4. What included in d. Oct. 4. e. Oct. n. the govern- mem of whoie? quest? grant wot made to BTUTVESAOT. 1664. a. 1623. 2. Give an 1667. 1670. 3. of the admmistra- [PART n. SECTION II. NEW YORK TO 1754. (DELAWARE* INCLUDED UNTIL 1682.) 1. On the surrender of New Netherlands, the new name of its capital was extended to the whole territory embraced under the gov- ernment of the Duke of York. Long Island, which had been previously granted 8 - to the Earl of Sterling, was now, in total disregard of the claims of Connec- ticut, purchased by the duke, and has since remained a part of New York. " The Territories," comprising the present Delaware, remained under the jurisdiction Q f ]\j ew York, and were ruled by deputies appointed by the governors of the latter. 2. 2 Colonel Nichols, the first English governor of the province, exercised both executive and legislative powers, but no rights of representation were conceded to tne people. The Dutch titles to land were held to be invalid, and the fees exacted for their renewal were a source of much profit to the new governor. The people were disappointed in not obtaining a represent ative government, yet it must be admitted that the governor, considering his arbitrary powers, ruled with much moderation. 3. 3 Under Lovelace, the successor of Nichols, the arbitrary system of the new government was more fully developed. The people protested against being taxed for the support of a government in which they . . * f . j had no voice, and when their proceedings were trans mitted to the governor, they were declared " scanda lous, illegal, and seditious," and were ordered to be burned by the common hangman. * DELAWARE, one of the Middle States, and, next to Rhode Island, the smallest In the Union, contains an area of but little more than 2,000 square miles. The southern part of the state is level and sandy; the northern moderately hilly and rough ; \vhile ftie western border contains an elevated table land, dividing the waters which fall into Hie Chesapeake from those which flow into Delaware Bay. CHAP. VI. 1 NEW YORK. 127 4. 1 A war having broken out between England and 1672. Holland in 1672, in the following year the latter dis- ~~7^7o patched a small squadron to destroy the commerce of a Au<r 9 the English colonies. Arriving at New York during t . Give an the absence of the governor, the city was surrendered 1 by the traitorous and cowardly Manning, without any attempt at defence. New Jersey made no resistance, and the settlements on the Delaware followed the ex- taratton to ample. The name New Netherlands was again re- *2 sla ~ vived, but it was of short continuance. In February \^^ of the following year peace was concluded 1 * between b Feb 19 the contending powers, and early in November New Netherlands was again surrendered to the English. 5. 2 Doubts having been raised as to the validity of 2. why did the Duke of York s title, because it had been granted yZrkobfmn while the Dutch were in full and peaceful possession *TtothR of the country, and because the country had since been reconquered by them, the duke thought it prudent to obtain from his brother, the king, a new patent, c . July 9. confirming the former grant. 3 The office of gov- 3 .ivhowat ernor was conferred d on Edmund Andros, who af- J^nS? terwards became distinguished as the tyrant of New d. July n. England. 6. 4 His government was arbitrary ; no representa- tion was allowed the people, and taxes were levied without their consent. *As the Duke of York claimed of A the country as far east as the Connecticut River, in the 1675. following summer Andros proceeded to Saybrook, and attempted* to enforce the claim ; but the spirited re- sistance of the people compelled him to return without <** i i , i to Connec- accomplLshing his object. tteut? 7. 6 Andros likewise attempted*" to extend his juris- e - J p l5 [- 09 See diction over New Jersey, claiming it as a dependency s. TO New of New York, although it had previously been re- f w$-\lw. granted^ by the duke to Berkeley and Carteret. 7 In g. seep. 125 1682 the " Territories," now forming the state of Del- "Jgg^* aware, were granted 11 by the Duke of York to Wil- 7 Whar fj ir liain Penn. from which time until the Revolution they f o/r;2%? were united with Pennsylvania, or remained under wrytfiw- ,,..,.. r , J aware ? the jurisdiction ol her governors. h. see p. 150 8. 8 Andros having returned to England, Colonel z.whnwa* Thomas Dongan, a Catholic, was appointed governor, 128 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1(583. and arrived in the province in 1683. Through the , Under advice of William Penn the duke had instructed Don- what ar- rr an to call an assembly of representatives. The as- cuinstances o -11 * i x t 11-11 was the semblv, with the approval of the "-overnor, established* Charter of ,, <-* -r n i i 11 i Liberties" a CHARTER OF LIBERTIES, Wilich Conceded to the ^"NOT*?/ P e pl e many important rights which they had not pre viously enjoyed. 2. what 9- 2 The charter declared that " supreme legislative ftraefefciu power should for ever reside in the governor, council, Charter? anc ^ P e P^ e j met * n general assembly ; that every free holder and freeman might vote for representatives with out restraint, that no freeman should suffer, but by judgment of his peers, and that all trials should be by a jury of twelve men, that no tax should be assessed, OH any pretence whatever, but by the consent of the assembly, that no seaman or soldier should be quar tered on the inhabitants against their will, that no martial law should exist, and that no person profess ing faith in God, by Jesus Christ, should at any time, be in any way disquieted or questioned for any differ- treaty was ence f P m i n i n matters of religion." 3 In 1684 the "uutefc* governors of New York and Virginia met the deputies b. Aug. 12. of the Five Nations at Albany, and renewed b with them a treaty of peace. 1685. 10. 4 On the accession of the Duke of York to the c. Feb. throne of England, with the title of James II., the hopes which the people entertained, of a permanent representative government, were, in a measure, de- feated. A direct tax was decreed, printing presses, the dread of tyrants, were forbidden in the province ; and many arbitrary exactions were, imposed on the people. ^ *^ was t ^ le ev ident intention of the king to in- troduce the Catholic religion into the province, and most of the officers appointed by him were of that faith. whv.n- 6 Among other modes of introducing popery, James in- *tructton structed Governor Donsfan to favoi the introduction of aid Dongan ..-. . i i IT receive, and Catholic priests, by the French, among the Iroquois ; but Dongan, although a Catholic, clearly seeing the ambitious designs of the French for extending their said of the influence over the Indian tribes, resisted the measure. Iroquow and , . , 7 , , TITI i the French? ?The Iroquois remained attached to the English, and OF TH CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. \\ 129 \^4 / yS long carried on a violent warfare against the- French. 1687. During- the administration of Dongan the French made two invasions* of the territory of the Iroquois, neither ^J^ 684 of which was successful. 12. J Dongan was succeeded by Francis Nicholson, 1688. the lieutenant-general of Andros. Andros had been yirSaS previously 1 " appointed governor of New England, and ^ % Jj? his authority was now extended over the province of Andros in __ , J ,, .. r . fill New Yorkf New York. 2 The discontents of the people had been b . Se e P .9o.; gradually increasing since the conquest from the Dutch, 2.^0/0 d/a and when, in 1689, news arrived of the accession of receive me William and Mary to the throne of England, the peo- pie joyfully received the intelligence, and rose in open rebellion to the existing government. 1689. 13. 3 One Jacob Leisler, a captain of the militia, aided by several hundred men in arms, with the gen- eral approbation of the citizens took possession of the erand fort at New York, in the name of William and Mary; while Nicholson, after having vainly endeavored to counteract the movements of the people, secretly went on board a ship and sailed for England. 4 The ma- gistrates of the city, however, being opposed to the as- sumption of Leisler, repaired to Albany, where the authority of Leisler was denied, although, in both places, the government was administered in the name of William and Mary. 14. 5 Milborne, the son-in-law of Leisler, was sent to s. what is Albany to demand the surrender of the fort; but, meet- tamcra** ing with opposition, he returned without accomplishing I *B5/** his object. 6 In December, letters arrived from the king, 6 VVhat in . empowering Nicholson, or whoever administered the j*er" SceTz?- government in his absence, to take the chief command g^flgfy of the province. Leisler regarded the letter as ad- a ^ d ^^ d dressed to himself, and assumed the title and authority gard them? of lieutenant-governor. 1690. 15. 7 Kin2- William s war having- at this period bro- ? Give an i i. -ci I. A i rr\r\ f i. i account of ken out, in .bebruary, d 1690, a party ot about three tMd&itrw*- hundred French and Indians fell upon Schenectady, a ^neftSy 6 village on the Mohawk, killed sixty persons, took thirty d - Feb - 18- .& JL" ,, . . J 8. Wliatoc- pnsoners, and burned the place. "Soon alter this event, cm-red soon the northern portion of the province, terrified by the 6* 13U COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1690. recent calamity, and troubled by domestic factions, ~ yielde d to the authority of Leisler. .v.. ir fhe northern colonies, roused by the atrocities said of the _ , , , . , northern of the French and their savage allies at the cornmence- andof^he ment of King William s war, resolved to attack the enemy in turn. After the successful expedition 3 of Sir William Phipps against Port Royal, New York, Mas- sachusetts, and Connecticut, united for the reduction of Montreal and Quebec. The naval armament sent b. see P. 92. against Quebec was wholly unsuccessful. b The land expedition, planned by Leisler, and placed under the command of General Winthrop of Connecticut, pro ceeded as far as Wood Creek,* near the head of Lake Champlain,f when sickness, the want of provisions, and dissensions among the officers, compelled a return. 1691. 17. 2 Early in 1691 Richard Ingoldsby arrived at p^Sfl New York, and announced the appointment of Colonel tween Lets- Slougfhter, as governor of the province. He bore a ler and In- . . . i i i eoidsbyi commission as captain, and without producing any order from the king, or from Sloughter, haughtily de- c. Feb. 9. manded of Leisler the surrender of the fort. With this demand Leisler refused to comply. He protested against the lawless proceedings of Ingoldsby, but de clared his readiness to yield the government to Slough ter on his arrival. d. March 29. 1 8. 3 At length, in March, Sloughter himself arrived," 1 Z stwfghfer an( ^ Leisler immediately sent messengers to receive his arrive,and orders. The messengers were detained, and Inafoldsbv whatfol- . i r- J lowed? was twice sent to the tort with a verbal commission to demand its surrender. 4 Leisler at first hesitated to 4. Why did .,,... P , , . at yield to his inveterate enemy, preferring to deliver the &rt into the hands of Sloughter himself; but, as his messengers and his letters to Sloughter were unheeded, the next day he personally surrendered the fort, and, * Wood Creek, in Washington County, New York, flows north, and falls into the south end of Lake Champlain, at the village of Whitehall. The narrow body of water, however, between Whitehall and Ticonderoga, is often called South River. Through a considerable portion of its course Wood Creek is now used as a part of the Cham- plain Canal. There is another Wood Creek in Oneida County, New York. (See p. 181.) t Lake Champlain lies between the states of New York and Vermont, and extends foui or five miles into Canada. It is about 120 miles in length, and varies from half a milfe to fifteen miles in width, its southern portion being the narrowest. Its outlet is the Sorel or Richelieu, through which H discharges its waters into the St. Lawrence. This lake was discovered in 1601) by Samuel Champlain, the founder of Quebec. CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. 131 with Milbome and others, was immediately thrown 1691. into prison. 19. l Leisler and Milborne were soon after tried on *** the charge of being rebels and traitors, and were con- demned to death, but Sloughter hesitated to put the sentence in execution. At length the enemies of the miborn *- condemned, when no other measures could prevail with the governor, invited him to a feast, and, when his reason was drowned in wine, persuaded him to a - May as. sign the death warrant. Before he recovered from his intoxication the prisoners were executed. 4 2 Their estates were confiscated, but were afterwards, on ap- 3 Whjat plication to the king, restored to their heirs. ot irlme C n- t8 20. 3 In June, Sloughter met a council of the Iro- quois, or Five Nations, at Albany, and renewed the treaties which had formerly been in force. Soon after, b having returned to New York, he ended, by a sudden 4 . death, fc a short, weak, and turbulent administration. w 4 In the mean time the English, with their Indian allies, ntea ? i T i and the Iroquois, carried on the war against the French, what and, under Major Schuyler, made a successful attack 1592 on the French settlements beyond Lake Champlain. 5. what to 21. ^Benjamin Fletcher, the next governor of the ^rtf. province, was a man of strong passions, and of mod- Fletchert erate abilities ; but he had the prudence to follow the counsels of Schuyler, in his intercourse with the In- diaris. 6 The Iroquois remained the active allies of the tacks of ti>& T-< i i T , . ^ . - French ? English, and their situation in a great measure screened j ggg the province of New York from the attacks of the 7 . what is FVprr*h said of cn - Fletcher s what re- 22. 7 Fletcher having been authorized by the crown to take the command of the militia of Connecticut, he cut? proceeded to Hartford to execute his commission ; but see p. iw. the people resisted, and he was forced to return with- UJJJJJ out accomplishing his object. 8 He labored with great ta $*h } tto zeal, in endeavoring to establish the English church ; church? but the people demanded toleration, and the assembly 1696. resolutely opposed the pretensions of the governor. 9 C wSin 9 In 1696 the French, under Frontenac, with a larg-e , I696? r , ,, , . . V , . & d July Aug. torce, made an unsuccessful mvasion d of the territory , . when of the Iroquois. 10 In the following year King William s w "^ ar war was terminated by the peace of Ryswick. 6 e. sept. 20. 132 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n. 1698. 23. In 1698, the Earl of Bellamont, an Irish peer, a ^ prill2 a man of energy and integrity, succeeded* Fletcher in t. what is the administration of the government of New York, BMamLt, and, in the following year. New Hampshire and Mas- t^tentof his sachusetts were added to his jurisdiction. 2 Piracy had ju lS~ at tn ^ s ^ me i ncre ased to an alarming extent, infesting z.of piracy? every sea from America to China ; and Bellamont had been particularly instructed to put an end to this evil on the American coast. 24> 3 ^ or *^ s P ur P se ? before his departure for America, in connexion with several persons of dis- tmct i on ne nac [ equipped a vessel, the command of 4 what t which was given to William Kidd. 4 Kidd, himself, Te KiM f however, soon after turned pirate, and became the ter ror of the seas ; but, at length, appearing publicly at b. July, 1699. Boston, he was arrested, 15 and sent to England, where c. May 23, he was tried and executed. 6 Bellamont and his part- s. l what ners were charged with abetting Kidd in his piracies, Cha made 0ca an ^ sharing the plunder, but after an examination in affat-nst Bei- the House of Commons, nothing- could be found to crim- laiiutnt / mate them. 1701. 25. 6 On the death 1 of Bellamont, the vicious, haugh- d - Ma** J 6 - ty, and intolerant Lord Cornbury was appointed gov- 6. What is J " .-. ITVTT c said of the ernor of New iork, and New Jersey was soon alter- no^JnTthe wards added to his jurisdiction, the proprietors of the es ju?Ld{ c his latter province having surrendered their rights to the tton? cr o W n in 1702. e 7 On the arrival of Cornbury, the 1702. p rov j nce was divided between two violent factions, the e. See p. 140, {,., ,, . /-IT c r i f. May. friends and the enemies of the late unfortunate Leisler; r what was and the new governor, by espousing the cause of the fhepnvince latter, and by persecuting with unrelenting hate all on val*an r d~ denominations except that of the Church of England, deSt r Mm soon rendered himself odious to the great mass of the odiou s to the n p n nl p peopte? people. s.whatm- 26. 8 He likewise embezzled the public money, people to re- contracted debts which he was unable to pay, re- ques C au? re peatedly dissolved the assembly for opposition to his wishes, and, by his petty tyranny, and dissolute hab its, soon weakened his influence with all parties, who 9 wharfoi re P eatec ^y requested his recall. 9 Being deprived 5 of towedhtt ro- his office, his creditors threw him into the same prison 1 where he had unjustly confined many worthier men, CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. 133 and where he remained a prisoner, for debt, until the 1TO8. death of his father, by elevating him to the peerage, ~~ entitled him to his liberation, 27. *As the history of the successive administrations i. of the governors of New York, from this period until thefoiiow- the time of the French and Indian war, would possess IKSwT little interest for the general reader, a few of the more important events only will be mentioned. 28. 2 Q,ueen Anne s war having broken out in 1702, 1709. the northern colonies, in 1 709, made extensive prepara- ^Jl^f^ tions for an attack on Canada. While the New Eng- prepara- 111. i v lions JOT t7i land colonies were preparing a naval armament to co- voting operate with one expected from England, New York and New Jersey raised a force of eighteen hundred men to march against Montreal by way of Lake Cham- ai>andoned ^ plain. This force proceeded as far as Wood Creek, a a. N. p. 130. when, learning that the armament promised from Eng- A and had been sent to Portugal, the expedition was abandoned. 29. 3 Soon after, the project was renewed, and a large 1711. fleet under the command of Sir Hovenden Walker J^^!i being sent from England to co-operate with the colonial tteMeood forces, an expedition of four thousand men from New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut, commenced its march towards Canada. The fleet being shattered 13 by b. sept. 2, 3. a storm, and returning to England, the land expedition, after proceeding as far as Lake George,* was likewise compelled to return. 30. <The debt incurred by New York, in these ex- peditions, remained a heavy burden upon her resources for many years. 6 In 1 7 1 3 the Tuscaroras, having been 1713 defeated in a war with the Carolinians, migrated to the s. of the north, and joined the confederacy of the Five Nations. ^fflrSJ. afterwards known as the " Six Nations." ^jJSTii 31. 6 The treaty of Utrecht in 1713 C put an end to C 6 . of the Queen Anne s war, and, if we except the brief interval * Lake George, called by the French Lac Sacrament, on account of the purity of its waters, and now frequently called the Horicon, lies mostly between Washington and Warren Counties, near the southern extremity of Lake Champlain, with which its out let communicates. It is a beautiful sheet of water, 230 feet above the Hudson, and surrounded by high hills ; it is thirty-three miles in length, and from two to three in width, and is interspersed with numerous islands. Lake George was long conspicuous in the early wars of the country, and several memorable battles were fought on its bor ders. (See Map, p. 181.) 134 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II 1713. 1722. i. what ^1722? m 2 what es- y. For what object? 4. what , The e F?e formed? 5. what 1731. e. what is possession* an efa M this time ? 7. What was the, condi tion of the province under Gov. of King George s war, a relieved the English colonies, during a period of forty years, from the depredations of the French and their Indian allies. l ln 1722 the governors of New York, Virginia, and Pennsylvania, met the deputies of the Iroquois at Albany, for the pur pose of confirming treaties, and transacting other busi ness. 2 During the same year Governor Burnett estab lished a trading-house at Oswego,* on the southeastern shore of Lake Ontario; and in 1727 a fort was com pleted at the same place. 3 The primary object of this frontier establishment was to secure the favor of the Indians, by a direct trade with them, which had before been engrossed by the French. 32. 4 The French, at this time, had evidently formed the scheme of confining the English to the territory east of the Alleghanies, by erecting a line of forts and trading-houses on the western waters, and by securing the influence of the western tribes. 5 With this view, in 1726 they renewed the fortress at Niagara,! which gave them control over the commerce of the remote interior. Five years later they established a garrison on the eastern shore of Lake Champlain, but soon after removed it to Crown Point,J on the western shore. The latter defended the usual route to Canada, and gave security to Montreal. 6 With the exception of the English fortress at Oswego, the French had pos session of the entire country watered by the St. Law rence and its tributaries, while their claims to Louisi ana, on the west, embraced the whole valley of the Mississippi. 33. 7 During the. administration of Governor Cosby, who came out in 1732, the province was divided be tween two violent parties, the liberal or democratic, and the aristocratic party. 8 A journal of the popular * (See page 183. t This place was in the state of New York, on a point of land at the mouth of Niag ara River. As early as lf>79 a French officer, M. de Salle, enclosed a small spot here with palisades. The fortifications once enclosed a space of eight acres, and it was long the greatest place south of Montreal and west of Albany. The American fort Ni agara now occupies the site of the old French fort. (See Map, p. 306.) t Grown Point is a town in Essex County, New York, on the western shore of Lake Champlain. The fort, called by the French Fort Frederic, and afterwards repaired and called Crown Point, was situated on a point of land projecting into the lake at the N.E. extremity of the town, ninety-five miles, in a direct line, N.E. from Albany. Its site is now marked by a heap of ruins. CHAP. VI.] NEW YORK. 135 party having attacked the measures of the governor and council with some virulence, the editor 1 was thrown ~Y~p~z^C into prison, 5 and prosecuted for a libel against the gov- ger. eminent. Great excitement prevailed ; the editor was b Nov- 1734 zealously defended by able counsel ; and an independ- 1735. ent jury gave a verdict of acquittal. 6 c. July. 34. J The people applauded their conduct, and, to i.Howdid Andrew Hamilton of Philadelphia, one of the defend- ers of the accused, the magistrates of the city of New York presented an elegant gold box, for his learned and c ^ l ^y generous defence of the rights of mankind and the liberty of the press. 2 This important trial shows the prevail- 2. what did i-i r i . , , T - r j , this trial ing liberal sentiments of the people at that period, and show, and may be regarded as one of the early germs of American iSKSfn? freedom. SM * 35. 3 In 1741 a supposed negro plot occasioned great 1741. excitement in the city of New York. There were then 3 - w^ * , . , J . . related of the many slaves in the province, against whom suspicion nezropiot was first directed by the robbery of a dwelling house, and by the frequent occurrence of fires evidently caused by design. The magistrates of the city having offered rewards, pardon, and freedom, to any slave that would testify against incendiaries and conspirators, some aban doned females were induced to declare that the negroes had combined to burn the city and make one of their number governor. 36. 4 There was soon no want of witnesses ; the number of the accused increased rapidly ; and even white men were designated as concerned in the plot. ntent) Before the excitement was over more than thirty per sons were executed ; several of these were burned at the stake ; and many were transported to foreign parts. 37. "When all apprehensions of danger had sub- 5. HOW was sided, and men began to reflect upon the madness of the project itself, and the base character of most of the witnesses, the reality of the plot began to be doubted ; and the people looked back with horror upon the nu- dedt merous and cruel punishments that had been inflicted. 38. 6 Boston and Salem have had their delusions of G. wtuu witchcraft, and New York its Negro Plot, in each of which many innocent persons suffered death. These mournful results show the necessity of exceeding cau- 136 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1711. 1745. 1. What is related of the subse quent his tory of Neic York? a. Nov. 1748. b. Oct. 18. c. Seep, 173, tion and calm investigation in times of great public excitement, lest terror or deluded enthusiasm get the predominance of reason, and "make madmen of us all." 39. l The subsequent history of New York, previous to the commencement of the French and Indian war } contains few events of importance. In 1745, during King George s war, the savages in alliance with France made some incursions into the territory north of Albany, and a few villages were deserted a on their approach. The province made some preparations to join the eastern colonies in an expedition against Can ada, but in 1748 a treaty of peace was concluded 15 be tween the contending powers, and New York again enjoyed a short interval of repose, soon to be disturbed by a conflict more sanguinary than any which had preceded. A connected history of that contest, in which all the colonies acted in concert, is given in the " French and Indian War." c Of what does Chapter VII. treat? 2. In what was New Jersey at first inclu ded? 3. Give an account of the early settlements. 1664. CHAPTER VII. N E W J ERSE Y.* 1. 2 The territory embraced in the present state of New Jersey was included in the Dutch province of New Netherlands ; and the few events connected with its history, previous to the conquest by the English in 1664, belong to that province. 3 In 1623 Fort Nassau was built on the eastern bank of the Delaware, but was soon after deserted. Probably a few years before this the Dutch began to form settlements at Bergen, and other places west of the Hudson, in the vicinity of New York ; but the first colonizing of the province dates, more properly, from the settlement of Elizabeth- town f in 1664. * NEW JERSEY, one of the Middle States, bordering on the Atlantic, and lying south of New York, and east of Pennsylvania and Delaware, contains an area of aboat 3,000 square miles. The northern part of the state is mountainous, the middle is diver sified by hills and valleys, and is well adapted to grazing and to most kinds of grain, while the southern part is level and sandy, and, to a great extent, barren; the natural growth of the soil being chiefly shrub oaks and yellow pines. t Elizabethtown is situated on Elizabethtown Creek, two and a half miles from its Feb. CHAP. VII. J NEW JERSEY. 137 2. Soon after the grant of New Netherlands to the 1664. Duke of York, and previous to the surrender, the duke ""7" convey ed a that portion of the territory which is bounded ou the east, south, and west, respectively, by the Hud- son, the sea, and the Delaware, and north by the 41st degree and 40th minute of latitude, to Lord" Berkeley aw md t and Sir George Carteret, who were already proprietors wtu > m? of Carolina. 2 This tract was called New Jersey, in 2 What compliment to Carteret, who had been governor of the name u a * I-I/.T ... -ii-iirt-i-i.n i i . given to th slanci or Jersey,* and had defended it for the king tract, and during the civil war. b b.Nouf P ? . 6 3. 3 To invite settlers to the country, the proprietors 1665. soon published a liberal constitution for the colony, promising freedom from taxation, except by the act of the colonial assembly, and securing equal privileges, and liberty of conscience to all. 4 In 1665 Philip Car- teret, the first governor, arrived, d and established him- d. Aug. self at Elizabethtown, recently settled by emigrants f^fstg^- from Long- Island, and which became the first capital rnor,and * . . f i What was oi the infant colony. the capital 4. 5 New York and New England furnished most i?fce? v of the early settlers, who were attracted by the salu- I aSft)^, brity of the climate, and the liberal institutions which ea ^ s s i et the inhabitants were to enioy. Fearing little from i i T T T i 6. Of the the neighboring Indians, whose strength had been **"**&*** broken by long hostilities with the Dutch, and guarded toMchthey by the Five Nations and New York against the ap- enjoyed proaches of the French and their savage allies, the colonists of New Jersey, enjoying a happy security, escaped the dangers and privations which had afflicted the inhabitants of most of the other provinces. 5. 7 After a few years of quiet, domestic disputes began to disturb the repose of the colony. The pro- prietors, by their constitution, had required the pay- > ment, after 1670. of a penny or halfpenny an acre for after a few i f i -I-, r -i ^ i > * <* J years, dis- tne use of land; but \vhen the day of payment ar- tuu>edth rived, the demand of the tribute met with general op- "coSny? entrance into Staten Island Sound, and twelve miles S.W. from New York city. It was nnmed from Lady Elizabeth Carteret, wife of Sir George Carteret. (See Map, p. 117, and p. 226.) * The island of Jersey is a strongly fortified island in the English Channel, seventeen miles from the French coast. It is twelve miles long, and has an average width of about five miles. 138 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1670. 1. What troubles fol lowed ? a. 1670. b. 1672. 1673. 2. What oc curred in the follow ing year I c. See p. 127. 1674. d. Julys. 3. Relate the further pro ceedings of the Duke of York. e. July ll. f. Oct. 1674. 4. How did Berkeley dispose of his terri tory 1 f. March 28. 1675. 5. Give an account of the difficul ties between Carteret *nd Andros. 6. What dis posal did Ryllinge make of hit share, and what wai done by the assignees! position. Those who had purchased land of the In dians refused to acknowledge the claims of the pro prietors, asserting that a deed from the former was paramount to any other title. 1 A weak and dissolute son of Sir George Carteret was induced to assume* the government, and after two years of disputes and confusion, the established authority was set at defiance by open insurrection, and the governor was compelled to return 1 to England. 6. 2 In the following year, during a war with Hol land, the Dutch regained all their former possessions, including New Jeisey, but restored them to the Eng lish in 1674. 3 After this event, the Duke of York obtained 11 a second charter, confirming the former grant ; and, in disregard of the rights of Berkeley and Carteret, appointed 6 Andros governor over the whole re-united province. On the application of Carteret, however, the duke consented to restore New Jersey ; but he afterwards endeavored f to avoid the full per formance of his engagement, by pretending that he had reserved certain rights of sovereignty over the country, which Andros seized every opportunity of asserting. 7. 4 In 1 674 Lord Berkeley sold s his share of New Jersey to John Fenwick, in trus-t for Edward Byllinge and his assignees. 5 In the following year Philip Car teret returned to New Jersey, and resumed the gov ernment ; but the arbitrary proceedings of Andros long continued to disquiet the colony. Carteret, attempting to establish a direct trade between England and New Jersey, was warmly opposed by Andros, who claimed, for the duke his master, the right of rendering New Jersey tributary to New York, and even went so far as to arrest Governor Carteret and convey him prisoner to New York. 8. 6 Byllinge, having become embarrassed in his fortunes, made an assignment of his share in the prov ince to William Penn and two others, all Quakers, whose first care was to effect a division of the territory between themselves and Sir George Ca,rteret, that they might establish a separate government in accordance CHAP. VII.] NEW JERSEY. 139 with their peculiar religious principles. l The division* 1676. was accomplished 11 without difficulty ; Carteret receiv- ~ Ju]v n ~~ ing the eastern portion of the province, which was i. ivhatdi- called EAST JERSEY; and the assignees of Byllinge thtv*w&* the western portion, which they named WEST JERSEY. u 2 The western proprietors then gave b the settlers a free 1677. constitution, under the title of " Concessions," similar b- March is. to that given by Berkeley and Carteret, granting all ^SSSti the important privileges of civil and religious liberty. {J^K"? V). 3 Tlie authors of the "Constitution" accompanied 3. HOW were its publication with a special recommendation of the StJdtofoe province to the members of their own religious fra- c iuhwhat ternity, and in 1677 upwards of four hundred Quakers result ? came over and settled in West New Jersey. 4 The 4 . whatsub- settlers being unexpectedly called upon by Andros to ffirelTo sir acknowledge the sovereignty of the Duke of York, jjljrd+ and submit to taxation, they remonstrated earnestly ct*ton? with the duke, and the question was finally referred to the eminent jurist, Sir William Jones, for his decision. 10. s The result was a decision against the* preten- 1680. sions of the duke, who immediately relinquished all aJrSStu^- claims to the territory and the government. Soon after, ,*<& he made a similar release in favor of the representatives f the duke? of Carteret, in East Jersey, and the whole province thus 1681. became independent of foreign jurisdiction. \aenSe 11. 6 In 1681 the governor of West Jersey convoked pr f C tSr g st 6 - ^ the first representative assembly, which enacted 6 sev- eral important laws for protecting property, punishing crimes, establishing the rights of the people, and de- ^ fining the powers of rulers. T The most remarkable feature in the new laws was a provision, that, in all criminal cases except treason, murder, and theft, the d. Dec. urn person aggrieved should have power to pardon the * wf offender. P made of 12. 6 After the death" of Sir George Carteret, the trustees of his estates offered his portion of the province for sale ; and in 1682 William Penn and eleven others, * According to the terms of the deed, the dividing line was to run from the mos* southerly point of the east side of Little Egg Harbor, to the N. Western extremity of New Jersey: which was declared to be a point on the Delaware River in latitude 41 40 , which is 18- 23" farther north than the present N. Western extremity of the state. Several partial attempts were made, at different times, to run the line, and much controversy arose from the disputes which these attempts occasioned. 140 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1682. members of the society of Friends, purchased* East a. Feb. ii, il J erse 7j ver which Robert Barclay, a Scotch gentle man, the author of the " Apology for Quakers," was b. July 27, appointed 15 governor for life. During his brief ad- c Hedtedin mm istration c the colony received a large accession of 1690. emigrants, chiefly from Barclay s native county of Aberdeen, in Scotland. 1685. 13. On the accession of the Duke of York to the a ccoufiftf throne, with the title of James II., disregarding his ri^mccLsures p rey i us engagements, and having formed the design of the. Duke of annulling- all the charters of the American colonies, of York, & . . i i i T when he be- he caused writs to be issued against both the Jerseys, and in 1688 the whole province was placed under the 3.^139, jurisdiction of Andros, who had already d become the and p. 90. king s governor of New York and New England. 1688-9. 14. 2 The revolution in England terminated the ^ lowS & authority of Andros, and from June, 1689, to August, r fn rn^ 1692, no regular government existed in New Jersey, uSf and during the following ten years the whole province 3. what remained in an unsettled condition. 3 For a time New 4Sthldfs- York attempted to exert her authority over New Jersey, proprietofsi an( ^ at length the disagreements between the various proprietors and their respective adherents occasioned so much confusion, that the people found it difficult to ascertain in whom the government was legally vested. 4. \vhat dis- <At length the proprietors, finding that their conflicting ^oprietcn claims tended only to disturb the peace of their terri- m fhei f tories, and lessen their profits as owners of the soil, claims? ma( j e a surrender* of their powers of government to e A>rii as t ^ 16 crown 5 anc ^ ^ n 1702 New Jersey became a royal f^ee p 1 . 132. province, and was united f to New York, under the s.jimvwas government of Lord Cornbury. 0ten#M? 15. From this period until 1738 the province re- ^1702-1708, mained under the governors of New York, but with seep. 132. a distinct legislative assembly. 6 The administration* * $3dtf of Lord Cornbury, consisting of little more than a his- L buifsad- tory of his contentions with the assemblies of the prov ince, fully developed the partiality, frauds, and tyranny of the governor, and served to awaken in the people a vigorous and vigilant spirit of liberty. 7 The commis sion and instructions of Cornbury formed the consti tution of New Jersey until the Revolution. CHAP. VIII.] MARYLAND. 141 16. In 1728 the assembly petitioned the king to separate the province from New York ; but the peti- i. separation tion was disregarded until 1738, when, through the influence of Lewis Morris, the application was granted, and Mr. Morris himself received the first commission as royal gov ernor over the separate province of New Jersey. New York. 1738. CHAPTER VIII. MARYLAND.* LOBD BA1/TIMOBB. 1. 8 The second charter given* to the London Com pany, embraced, within the limits of Virginia, all the territory which now forms the state of Maryland. 4 The country near the head of the Chesapeake was early explored 1 * by the Virginians, and a profitable trade in furs was established with the Indians. *In 1631 Wil liam Clayborne, a man of resolute and enterprising spirit, who had first been sent out as a surveyor, by the London Company, and who subsequently was appoint ed a member of the council, and secretary of the col ony, obtained a royal license to traffic with the Indians. 2. Under this license, which was confirmed d by a commission from the governor of Virginia, Clayborne perfected several trading establishments which he had previously formed ; one on the island of Kent.f nearly 1609. a. Juno 2. See p. 52. 3. In what was Mary land einbra- ced? b. 1627, 8, 9. 4. By whom was the country ex plored ? 5. What is said of the license to Clayborne? c. May 26. 1632. d. March 13. 6. What set tlements did Clayborne, form 1 * MARYLAND, the most southern of the Middle States, is very irregular in its out line, and contains an area of about 11,000 square miles. The Chesapeake Bay runs nearly through the state from N. to S., dividing it into two parts, called the Eastern Shore and the Western Shore. The land on the eastern shore is generally level and low, and, in many places, is covered with stagnant waters ; yet the soil possesses con siderable fertility. The country on the western shore, below the falls of the rivers, is similar to that on the eastern, but above the falls the country becomes gradually un even and hilly, and in the western part of the state is mountainous. Iron ore is found in various p:]rts of the state, and extensive bods of coal between the mountains in the western part. t Kent, the largest island in Chesapeake Bay, lies opposite Annapolis, near tho east ern shore, and belongs to Queen Anne s County. It is nearly in the form of a triangle, and contains an area of about forty-five square miles (See Map, next page.) 142 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART 1632. opposite Annapolis,* in the very heart of Maryland ; !Tivna7is~ an d ne near the mouth of the Susquehanna. Clay- c?a1Zso/ e borne had obtained a monopoly of the fur trade, and Virginia? Virginia aimed at extending her jurisdiction over the large tract of unoccupied territory lying between her borders and those of the Dutch in New Netherlands. 2. Hmowere 2 But before the settlements of Clayborne could be com- h defea ( ted 1 ? pleted, and the claim of Virginia confirmed, a new province was formed within her limits, and a govern ment established on a plan as extraordinary as its re sults were benevolent. 3. what it 3. 3 As early as 1621, Sir George Calvert, whose title was Lord Baltimore, a Roman Catholic nobleman, influenced by a desire of opening in America a refuge for Catholics, who were then persecuted in England, had established a Catholic colony in Newfoundland, and had freely expended his estate in advancing its interests. 4 But the rugged soil, the unfavorable cli mate, and the frequent annoyances from the hostile French, soon destroyed all hopes of a flourishing col ony. 5 He next visited a Virginia, in whose mild and fertile regions he hoped to find for his followers a peaceful and quiet asylum. The Virginians, however, received him with marked intolerance, and he soon found that, even here, he could not enjoy his religious opinions in peace. 4. 6 He next turned his attention to the unoccupied country beyond the Potomac ; and as the dissolution of the London Company had restored to the monarch his prerogative over the soil, Calvert, a favorite with the 7 u%.thi m rova l family, found no difficulty in obtaining a charter drawn? ^ or d mams m tnat na PPy clime. 7 The charter was b. April 25. probably drawn by the hand of Lord Baltimore him- s. what was snlf. but as he died b before it receiv- mar6 1 4. What de stroyed his hopes of a colony in Newfound- land? 5. What place did he next visit, and how was he re ceived? he next turn his atten tion, and what was the result? 1632. and the t VICINITY OF ANNAPOLIS. * Jlnnapolis, (formerly called Providence,) now the capital of Maryland, is situated on the S.W. side of the River Severn, two miles from its entrance into Chesapeake Bay. It is twenty-five miles S. from Baltimore, and thirty-three N.E. from Washington. The original plan of the city was de signed in the form of a circle, with the State-house on an eminence in the centre, and the streets, like radii, diverging from it. (See Map.) name of ed the royal seal, the same was made f, y & *M \vW^k \~ ^Sr out to his son Cecil. The terri- CHAP. VIII J MARYLAND. 143 tory thus granted, extending north to the 40th degree, 1632. the latitude of Philadelphia, was now erected into a a June3t separate province, and, in honor of Henrietta Maria, daughter of Henry IV. king of France, and wife of the English monarch, was named MARYLAND. 5. The charter granted to Lord Baltimore, unlike * Wh y u i i_ j i i 11 i i i were the any which had hitherto passed the royal seal, secured -pro-visions to the emigrants equality in religious rights and civil charter? freedom, and an independent share in the legislation of the province. 2 The laws of the colony were to be a . HOW wen established with the advice and approbation of a ma- th b e e l ab- jority of the freemen, or their deputies ; and although lished:t Christianity was made the law of the land, yet no preferences were given to any sect or party. 6. ^Maryland was also most carefully removed from s. what fur- all dependence upon the crown ; the proprietor was S^grSli- left free and uncontrolled in his appointments to office; P eope l and and it was farther expressly stipulated, that no tax the J r r ( ? ri ~ whatsoever should ever be imposed by the crown upon the inhabitants of the province. 7. 4 Under this liberal charter, Cecil Calvert, the son, 4. an who had succeeded to the honors and fortunes of his SS&Xr- father, found no difficulty in enlisting a sufficient Sg b of~e number of emigrants to form a respectable colony ; enter v rls& - nor was it long before gentlemen of birth and fortune were found ready to join in the enterprise. *Lord Baltimore himself, having abandoned his original 1633. purpose of conducting the emigrants in person, ap- pointed his brother, Leonard Calvert, to act as his lieu- tenant. 8. 6 In December, 1633, the latter, with about two hundred emigrants, mostly Roman Catholics, sailed b b. Dec. 2. for the Potomac, where they arrived 6 in March of the 1634. following year. In obedience to the express command of the king, the emigrants were welcomed with cour- tesy by Harvey, the governor of Virginia, although Virginia had remonstrated against the grant to Lord Baltimore, as an invasion of her rights of trade with the Indians, and an encroachment on her territorial c - March 6 - limits. T.Wbat^is 9. 7 Calvert, having proceeded about one hundred vtret&atr and fifty miles up the Potomac, found on its eastern 144 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1634. bank the Indian village of Piscataway,* the chieftain ~~TwherT f wn i cn would not bid him either go or stay, but told "tettiwifnt 1 kim " He might use his own discretion." Deeming made? it unsafe, however, to settle so high up the river, he descended the stream, entered the river now called St. Mary s,! a nd, about ten miles from its junction with the Potomac, purchased of the Indians a village, where a. April 6. he commenced a a settlement, to which was given the name St. Mary s. i HOW was 10. 2 The wise policy of Gal vert, in paying the Tn- t ?hipof t the dians for their lands, and in treating them with lib- cuSai* erality and kindness, secured their confidence and 3 Describe friendship. 3 The English obtained from the forests the nappy abundance of game, and as they had come into pos- situalion of . ., , , & , , . / , , . , _ r the colony, session of lands already cultivated, they looked forward with confidence to abundant harvests. No sufferings were endured, no fears of want were excited, and under the fostering care of its liberal proprietor the colony rapidly advanced in wealth and population. 1635. 11. 4 Early in 1635 the first legislative assembly of laidofthl ^ P roy i n ce was convened 15 at St. Mary s, but as the first lexis- records have been lost, little is known of its proceed- iiy! ings. Notwithstanding the pleasant auspices under b. March s. which the colony commenced, it did not long remain c be n iHonof~ wholly exempt from intestine troubles. Clayborne had, next pl|l from the first, refused to submit to the authority of Lord IrouS Baltimore, and, acquiring confidence in his increasing were caused strength, he resolved to maintain his possessions by by Clay- r c * i i i i i i, > borne? lorce or arms. A bloody skirmish, occurred 1 on one 01 d. May. the riversj of Maryland, and several lives were lost, wefefhe ^ ut ClayboriiP. s men were defeated and taken prisoners. proceeding.? 12. 6 Clayborne himself had previously fled to Vir- and verdict -, J , -, . i -i n/r i j i in relation gmia, and, when reclaimed by Maryland, he was sent to him? i tlle o. overnor O f Virginia to England for trial. The e. March, n v 1, ,, 1 , 11- -i r Maryland assembly declared 6 him guilty 01 treason, 1633. * This Indian village was fifteen miles S. from Washington, on the east side of the Potomac, at the mouth of Piscataway Creek, opposite Mount Vernon, and near the site of the present Fort Washington. t The St. Jlf ary s River, called by Oalvcrt St. George s River, enters the Potomac from the north, about fifteen miles from the entrance of the latter into the Chesapeake. It is properly a small arm or estuary of the Chesapeake. j NOTE. This skirmish occurred either on the River (Vicomico. or the Pocomoke, on the eastern shore of Maryland ; the former fifty-five miles, and the latter eighty miles S.E. from the Isle of Kent. CHAP VIII.] MARYLAND. 145 seized his estates, and declared them forfeited. In 163. .England, Clayborne applied to the king to gain redress ~ for his alleged wrongs ; but after a full hearing it was decided that the charter of Lord Baltimore was valid against the earlier license of Clayborne, and thus the claims of the proprietor were fully confirmed. 13. *At first the people of Maryland convened in 1639. general assembly for passing laws, each freeman \awaTfIst being entitled to a vote ; but in 1639 the more con- venient form of a representative government was estab- hshed, the people being allowed to send as many del- egates to the general assembly as they should think proper. 2 At the same time a declaration of rights was adopted 5 the powers of the proprietor were. defined; and all the liberties enjoyed by English subjects at home, were confirmed to the people of Maryland. 1 4. 3 About the same time some petty hostilities were 3. ^vhat & j i T T i i i /. i ^ -i i * a ^ f V ie carried on against the Indians, which, m 1642, broke Indian war out into a general Indian war, that was not terminated jSSed?* until 1644. 1644. 15. 4 Early in 1645 Clayborne returned to Maryland, 1645. and, having succeeded in creating a rebellion, com- 4. pelled the governor to withdraw into Virginia for pro- w tection. The vacant government was immediately seized by the insurgents, who distinguished the period 5. what was of their dominion by disorder and misrule ; and not- th< i l anT withstanding the most vigorous exertions of the gov- tkegavern- ernor, the revolt was not suppressed until August of SrjiS? the following year. 1646 16. Although religious toleration had been declared, 6 . what wot by the proprietor, one of the fundamental principles of f^ ; the social union over which he presided, vet the assem- tisrunutoi- ii-i i \ * / i erationf bly, in order to give the principle the sanction of their authority, proceeded to incorporate it in the laws of the 1649. province. It was enacted 4 that no person, professing a . May i. to believe in Jesus Christ, should be molested in respect of his religion, or the free exercise thereof; and that any one, who should reproach his neighbor with op probrious names of religious distinction, should pay a fine to the person insulted. 17. Thus Maryland quickly followed Rhode Island in establishing religious toleration by law. While 7 146 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H 1649. at this very period the Puritans were persecuting their L What Protestant brethren in Massachusetts, and the EpiscO - P a li ans were retorting the same severity on the Puri- ry- tans in Virginia, there was forming, in Maryland, a land and n i i j J i other coio- sanctuary where all might worship, and none might oppress; and where even Protestants sought refuge from Protestant intolerance.* 1650. 18. 2 In 1650 an important law was passed, 1 con- a. April is. firming the division of the legislative body into two branches, an upper and a lower house ; the former consisting of the governor and council, appointed by the proprietor, and the latter of the burgesses or repre- 3. what is sentatives, chosen by the people. 3 At the same session s ffgh{ s l of the rights of Lord Baltimore, as proprietor, were ad- me,- a and mitted, but all taxes were prohibited unless they were oftaxationi l ev i e d w ith the consent of the freemen. 1651. 19. 4 In the mean time the parliament had established mannerS ^ ts supremacy in England, and had appointed 1 " certain Pariiatnent commissioners, of whom Clayborne was one, to reduce interfere -. i i i 11 r with the and govern the colonies bordering on the bay of the govern- ^,, i Brni T\T went? Chesapeake. 5 1 he commissioners appearing in Mary- b. Oct. 6. land, Stone, the lieutenant of Lord Baltimore, was at d. Jui" 8. first removed 6 from his office, but was soon after re- 1654. stored. d In 1654, upon the dissolution of the Long 5. what Parliament, from which the commissioners had re- currcdbe- ceived their authority, Stone restored the full powers time e and l the of the proprietor ; but the commissioners, then in Vir- remwMof ginia, again entered the province, and compelled Stone GOV. stone? to surren d er his commission and the government into e. Aug. i. their hands. 8 9. what use 20. Parties had now become identified with reli- dl ?w?aMs gious sects. The Protestants, who had now the power their k asc{n- * n ^ e ^ T own hands, acknowledging the authority of otncyi Cromwell, were hostile to monarchy and to an hered itary proprietor ; and while they contended earnestly for every civil liberty, they proceeded to disfranchise those who differed from them in matters of religion. Oct. -NOV. Catholics were excluded from the assembly which was then called ; and an act of the assembly declared that * Ni-TK. Bvzman, in his History of Maryland, ii. 350356, dwells at considerable Jpngth upon these laws ; hut he maintains that a majority of the members of the as sembly of 1649 were Protestants. CHAP. Vni.J MARYLAND. 147 Catholics were not entitled to the protection of the 1654. laws of Maryland. 21. In January of the following year, Stone, the 1655. lieutenant of Lord Baltimore, reassumed his office of l - What measures governor, organized an armed force. and seized the were taken i i /"*! f T\ 1 r-t ii- "V we lieu- provmcial records. 2 Civil war followed. Several skir- tenant of rnishes occurred between the contending- parties, and monJ *" at length a decisive battle* was fought, a which resulted in the defeat of the Catholics, with the loss of about fifty men in killed and wounded. Stone himself was a- Apnl 4 " taken prisoner, and four of the principal men of the province were executed. 22. 3 In 1656 Josiah Fendall was commissioned" governor by the proprietor, but he was soon after ar- rested 6 by the Protestant party- After a divided rule place, and c i -i i T hoio were ol nearly two years, between the contending parties, theycampo Fendall was at length acknowledged 11 governor, and c se j^ g the proprietor was restored to the full enjoyment of his 1658 rights. 4 Soon after the death* of Cromwell, the Pro- d. Aprils, tector of England, the Assembly of Maryland, fearing e.sopt. ws a renewal of the dissensions which had long distracted * the province, and seeing no security but in asserting lutionofthe upper house? the power of the people, dissolved the upper house, f. March 24. consisting of the governor and his council, and assumed to itself the whole legislative power of the state. 5 What 23. 5 Fendall, having surrendered the trust which Lord Baltimore had confided to him, accepted from the Fendc > assembly a new commission as governor. 6 But on the g 6. What ac tion of mon archy ? How were litical of- then restoration^ of monarchy in England, the proprietor was * trred t on 11-1 i i T-ki ! / M i the restora- re-established, in his rights, Philip Calvert was ap- pointed governor, and the ancient order of things 7 was restored. Tendall was tried for treason and found foiiticc i -i , . . , i . , . fenders mo, t guilty; but the proprietor wisely proclaimed a general treated, and I T i tr j 1^1 11 what ivas pardon to political offenders, and Maryland once more the effect experienced the blessings of a mild government, and 1 675. internal tranquillity. 8 h wto*L 24. 8 On the death h of Lord Baltimore, in 1675, his son Charles, who inherited his father s reputation for virtue and ability, succeeded him as proprietor. He ana what * NOTE. The place where this battle was fought was on the south side of the small creek which forms the southern boundary of the peninsul? on which Annapolis, the capital of Maryland now stands. (See Map, p. 142.) 148 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1675. confirmed the taw which established an absolute po- ~ litical equality among all denominations of Christians, caused a diligent revision of the laws of the province to be made, and, in general, administered the govern ment with great satisfaction to the people. 1689. 25. l A.t the time of the revolution in England, the cvents^n re P ose of Maryland was again disturbed. The depu- ^ es f ^e P ro P r ietor having hesitated to proclaim the new sovere fe ns j an( l a rumor having gained preva- lence that the magistrates and the Catholics had formed a league with the Indians for the massacre of all the Protestants in the province, an armed association was formed for asserting the right of King William, and sept. for the defence of the Protestant faith. * thcn a do~n? 26 2Tiie Catholics at first endeavored to oppose, by by i licf?" 1 f rce ^ e designs of the association ; but they at length 3. HOW WM surrendered the powers of government by capitulation. th f g enTad- 3 A convention of the associates then assumed the gov- S"/M69i? ernment ? which they administered until 1691, when ctongetten t le king, ^J an arbitrary enactment, 11 deprived Lord toon place ! Baltimore of his political rights as proprietor, and con- a. June a. gtituted Maryland a royal government. 27. 4 In the following year Sir Lionel Copley ar- acan2/Sf rived as royal governor, the principles of the pro- Istrationof prietary administration were subverted, religious tol- Si cop!ey el eration was abolished, and the Church of England was established as the religion of the state, and was supported by taxation. 5. what i* 28. 6 After an interval of more than twenty years, said of the , , , . , ,, . . ,, \ J . regaining the lesfal proprietor, in the person or the infant heir of history o/ T iT-,i- i- I--T -\-\ir Maryland, Lord Baltimore, was restored b to his rights, and Mary- ^hTrcvoiu- land again became a proprietary government, under b ms-is wn ^ cn ^ remained until the Revolution. Few events of interest mark its subsequent history, until, as an in dependent state, it adopted a constitution, when the claims of the proprietor were finally rejected. * PENNSYLVANIA contains an area of about 46,000 square miles. The central part of the state is covered by the numerous rklfres of the Alleghanies, running N.K. and S.W., but on both side.-, of the mountains the country is either level or moderately hilly, and the soil is generally excellent. Iron ore is widely disseminated in Pennsyl vania, nnd the coal regions are very extensive. The bituminous, or soft coal, is found in inexhaustible quantities west of the Alleghanies, and anthracite or hard coal on the east, particularly between the Blue Ridge and the N. branch of the Busquehanna. The principal coal-field is ixty-five miles in length, with an average breadth of about five; miles CHAP. IX.] 149 WILLIAM PENN. CHAPTER IX. PENNSYLVANIA.* 1. As early as 1643 the Swedes, who had previously settled a near Wilmington, in Delaware, erected a fort on the island of Tinicum, a few miles below Philadelphia; and here the Swedish governor, 1643. John Printz, established his residence. Settlements ~i. oiw~em clustered along the western bank of the Delaware, and Pennsylvania was thus colonized by Swedes, nearly forty years before the grant of the territory to William Penn. a. see P. 121. 2. 2 In 1681, William Penn, son of Admiral Penn, a 1681. member of the society of Friends, obtained b of Charles * r ^ait II. a grant of all the lands embraced in the present wuaam c T> i ami Pennob- state of Pennsylvania. 3 lhis grant was given, as ex- ram? pressed in the charter, in consideration of the desire of J jJ^jJ^J ipnat trff-9 this grant givan? however, did the view* of Penn em- , , , , . - , T-. . . , Penn to enlarge the boundaries of the British empire, and reduce the natives, by just and gentle treatment, to the love of civil society and the Christian religion ; and, in addition, as a recompense for unrequited services rendered by his father to the British nation. 3. 4 The enlarged and liberal views of Penn, how- 4 ever, embraced objects of even more extended be nevolence than those expressed in the royal char ter. His noble aim was to open, in the New World, brace, an<i an asylum where civil and religious liberty should JMMM be enjoyed ; and where, under the benign influ ence of the principles of PEACE, those of every sect, color, and clime, might dwell together in unity and love. 5 As Pennsylvania included the principal c - A ^ n1 settlements of the Swedes, Penn issued a procla- pJ-Jlfma mation to the inhabitants, in which he assured them I ^ieby of his ardent desire for their welfare, and prom- r 150 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 161. \.iiowwera senicrsinvl- tea, and what is said of the first ham? b. Oct. ss. 1682. Penn pub- lish m the following d.. si. 5 iea!e a ana gram did le talnf e. sept. 3. 6 he visit America? eSr?X- after his t Nov. 7. already been es withlhe account of his meeting the Indians at Kensing ton. ised that they should live a free people, and be gov erned by laws of their own making. 4. l Penn now published a flattering account of the province, and an invitation to purchasers, and during the same year three ships, with emigrants, mostly Quakers, sailed* for Pennsylvania. 2 In the first came William Markham, agent of the proprietor, and deputy- governor, who was instructed to govern in harmony with law, to confer with the Indians respecting their lands, and to conclude with them a league of peace. 3 In the same year Penn addressed 13 a letter to the na tives, declaring himself and them responsible to the same God, who had written his law in the hearts of all, and assuring them of his " great love and regard for them," and his " resolution to live justly, peaceably, and friendly" with them. 5. 4 Early in the following year Penn published 6 a " frame of government," and a code of laws, which were to be submitted to the people of his province for their approval. 5 He soon after obtained 41 from the Duke of York a release of all his claims to the terri tory of Pennsylvania, and likewise a grant 6 of the present state of Delaware, then called THE TERRI TORIES, or, " The Three Lower Counties on the Dela ware." 6 In .September Penn himself, with a large number of emigrants of his own religious persuasion, sailed for America, and on the sixth of November fol lowing landed at Newcastle. 6. 7 On the day after his arrival he received in pub lic, from the agent of the Duke of York, a surrender f of " The Territories :" made a kind address to the people, and renewed the commissions of the former magistrates. 8 In accordance with his directions a friendly correspondence had been opened with the neighboring tribes of Indians, by the deputy-governor Markham; they had assented to the form of a treaty and they were now invited to a conference for the pur pose of giving it their ratification. 9 At a spot which is now the site of Kensington,* one of the suburbs of * Kensington constitutes a suburb of Philadelphia, in the N.E. part of the city 3 bor dering ou the Delaware ; and, though it has a separate government of its own, it should bo legarded as a part of the city. (See Map, p. 152.) CHAP. IX.] PENNSYLVANIA. 151 Philadelphia, the Indian chiefs assembled at the head 1682. of their armed warriors 5 and here they were met by ~~ William Penn, at the head of an unarmed train of his religious associates, all clad in the simple Quaker garb, which the Indians long after venerated as the habiliments of peace. 7. l Taking his station beneath a spreading elm, i. wha.twa Penn addressed the Indians through the medium of an P *%*to interpreter. He told them that the Great Spirit knew with what sincerity he and his people desired to live in friendship with them. " We meet," such were his words, " on the broad pathway of good faith and good will ; no advantage shall be taken on either side ; dis putes shall be settled by arbitrators mutually chosen ; and all shall be openness and love." 2 Having paid a. wnatt* the chiefs the stipulated price for their lands, he de- ncorftfa* livered to them a parchment record of the treaty, ****** which he desired that they would carefully preserve, for the information of their posterity, for three genera tions. 8. 3 The children of the forest cordially acceded to 3 What did the terms of friendship offered them, and pledged them- selves to live in love with William Penn and his chil dren, as long as the sun and moon should endure. 4 The friendship thus created between the province and the Indians continued more than seventy years, and was never interrupted while the Quakers retained the control of the government. Of all the American col onies, the early history of Pennsylvania alone is wholly exempt from scenes of savage warfare. The Quakers came without arms, and with no message but peace, and not a drop of their blood was ever shed by an Indian. 9. 5 A few months after Penn s arrival, he selected 1683. a place between the rivers Schuylkill* and Delaware, J^JJ^J} for the capital of his province, purchased the land of tffcj&wi* the Swedes, who had already erected a church there, ind having regulated the model of the future city by a * The Schuylkill River, in the eastern part of Pennsylvania, rises by three principal branches in Schuylkill County, and pursuing a S.E. course, enters Delaware River five miles below Philadelphia. Vessels of from 300 to 400 tons ascend it to the western \s harves of Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 152.) 152 COLONIAL HISTORY. fPART 1L 2. Of the growth of the city? I . When and where teas the second assembly held, and how were the laws amended ? a. April 12. 4. What If said of Penn s lib erality to the people ? 1684. 6. limn was the govern ment ad ministered after Penn s return to England? 1691. 6. What is said of the withdrawal qfDelaioare from the Union? b. April 11. map, named it Philadelphia,* or the city of " Brotherly Love." ir fhe groves of chestnut, walnut, and pine, which marked the site, were commemorated by the names given to the principal streets. 2 At the end of a year the city numbered eighty dwellings, and at the end of two years it contained a population of two thou sand five hundred inhabitants. 10. 3 The second assembly of the province was held in the infant city in March, 1683. The "frame of government," and the laws previously agreed upon, were amended at the suggestion of Penn ; and, in their place, a charter of liberties, signed by him, was adopted,* which rendered Pennsylvania, nearly all but in name, a representative democracy. * While in the other colonies the proprietors reserved to themselves the appointment of the judicial and executive officers, William Penn freely surrendered these powers to the people. His highest ambition, so different from that of the founders of most colonies, was to do good to the people of his care ; and to his dying day he declared that if they needed anything more to make them hap pier, he would readily grant it. 11. 6 In August, 1684, Penn sailed for England, having first appointed five commissioners of the pro vincial council, with Thomas Lloyd as president, to administer the government during his absence. Little occurred to disturb the quiet of the province until 1691, when the " three lower counties on the Delaware," dissatisfied with some pro ceedings of a majority of the council, withdrew 5 from the Union, and, with the reluctant con sent of the proprietor, PHILADELPHIA AND VICINITY. * Philadelphia City, now the second in size and population in the United States, is situa ted between the Delaware and the Schuylkill Rivers, five miles above their junction, and 120 miles, by the Delaware River, from th ocean. It is about eighty miles, in a direct line, S.W. from New York, and 125 N.E. from Washington. The compact part of the city is now more than eight miles in circumference. See Map.) <;HAP. ix.] PENNSYLVANIA. 153 a separate deputy governor was then appointed over 1691. them. 12. J In the mean time James II. had been driven l - 8 $lffi* from his throne, and William Penn was several times Pom s im- , . T-. i 1 c i prisoninent imprisoned in England, in consequence ot his sup- m England? posed adherence to the cause of the fallen monarch. 2 In 1692 Penn s provincial government was taken from him, by a royal commission 1 to Governor Fletcher, %.when was of New York ; who, the following year, reunitecl b Del- aware to Pennsylvania, and extended the royal author- ity over both. Soon after, the suspicions against Penn were removed, and in August, 1694, he was restored followed? to his proprietary rights. ** * 13. 3 In the latter part of the year 1699 Penn again 1599. visited d his colony, but instead of the quiet and repose d. Dec. 10. which he expected, he found the people dissatisfied, 3 p l e nn e revifu and demanding still further concessions and privileges. $ c / r j 4 He therefore presented* them another charter, or frame what was tt c vi i L i r i condition f ol government, more liberal than the former, and con- e Nov 7) ferring greater powers on the people ; but all his efforts 170L could not remove the objections of the delegates of the he labor to lower counties, who had already withdrawn f from the pfopiland assembly, and who now refused to receive the charter w 3 uccS? continuing their union with Pennsylvania. 5 In the f- Oct. 20. following year the legislature of Pennsylvania was 1702. convened apart, and in 1703 the two colonies agreed * } Vhat , -mi i final separ- to me separation. 1 hey were never again united in atwn occur- l 1 jj 11 11 ^-11 x- j red z 1703 J legislation, although the same governor still continued to preside over both. 14. 6 Immediately after the grant of the last charter, 6 . what re- Penn returned" to England, where his presence was p^s^res- necessary to resist a project which the English min- ^landi isters had formed, of abolishing all the proprietary gov- g . Dec. 1701. ernments in America. 7 He died in England in 1718, 1718. leaving his interest in Pennsylvania and Delaware to 7. when did his sons John, Thomas, and Richard Penn, who con- tinued to administer the government, most of the time by deputies, until the American revolution, when the commonwealth purchased all their claims in the prov- vania ince for about 580,000 dollars. 154 [PART n. 1630. a see 8 p. 38. 7 i. what is "early $? tettie p xonh 2. of the grt Roberf ir w, 3. Why ae- dared void? pl seffieT? d c. The par- known. d. April 3. 1665. e. July 10. *ienSonwtu 7. what nghts and powers were CHAPTER X. NORTH CAROLINA.* 1. l The early attempts* of the English, under Sir Walter Raleigh, to form a settlement on the coast of North Carolina, have already been mentioned. a 2 Abou forty years later, the king of England granted b to Sir Robert Heath a large tract of country lying betweer the 30th and 36th degrees of north latitude, which was erected into a province by the name of Carolina. 3 No settlements, however, were made under the grant, which, on that account, was afterwards declared void. 2. 4 Between 1640 and 1650 exploring parties from Virginia penetrated into Carolina, and from the same source came the first emigrants, who soon after settled 15 near the mouth of the Chowan,f on the northern shore of Albemarle Sound. 5 In 1663 the province of Car olina was granted 1 to Lord Clarendon and seven others, and in the same year a government under Wil liam Drummond was established over the little settle ment on the Chowan, which, in honor of the Duke of Albemarle, one of the proprietors, was called the Al bemarle Covmy Colony. 3. 6 Two years later, the proprietors having learned that the settlement was not within the limits of their charter, the grant was extended,* so as to embrace the half of Florida on the south, and, on the north, all within the present limits of North Carolina, and west ward to the Pacific Ocean. The charter secured re ligious freedom to the people, and a voice in the legis- * NORTH CAROLINA, one of the Southern States, lying next south of Virginia, contains an area of nearly 50.000 square miles. Along the whole coast is a narrow rid^e of sand, separated from the mainland in some places by narrow, and in other places by broad sound* and bays. The country for more than sixty miles from the coast is a low sandy plain, with many swamps and marshes and inlets from the sea. The natural growth of this region is almost universally pitch pine. Above the falls of the rivers the country becomes uneven, and the soil more fertile. In the western part of tlie state is an elevated table land, and some high ranges of the Alleghanies. Black Mountain, the highest point in the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, is 6,476 feet high. The gold region of North Carolina lies on both sides of the Blue Ridge, in the S. Western part of the state. t The Chowan River, formed by the union of Nottoway, Moherrin, and Blackvvatcr Rivers, which rise and run chiefly in Virginia, flows into Albemnrle Sound, a little north of the mouth of the Roanoke. The first settlements were on the N.E. side of the Chowan, near the present village of Edcnton. CHAP. X.] NORTH CAROLINA. 155 lation of the colony ; but granted to the corporation of eight, an extent of powers and privileges, that made it evident that the formation of an empire was contem plated. 4. Curing the same year that the grant to Claren- j > i r i & ~ i t don was extended, another colony was firmly estab- lished within the present limits of North Carolina, In 1660 or 1661, a band of adventurers from New England entered Cape Fear River,* purchased a tract of land from the Indians, and, a few miles below Wil mington,! on Old Town Creek,! formed a settlement. The colony did not prosper. The Indians became hostile, and before the autumn of 1663, the settlement was abandoned. Two years later a number of plant ers from Barbadoes formed a permanent settlement near the neglected site of the New England colony, and -a county named Clarendon was established, with the same constitution and powers that had been granted to Albemarle. 2 Sir John Yeamans, the choice of the people, ruled the colony with prudence and affection. 5. 3 As the proprietors of Carolina anticipated the rapid growth of a great and powerful people within i_ i r i i * -i the limits of their extensive and fertile territory, they thought proper to establish a permanent form of gov- eminent, commensurate, in dignity, with the vastness of their expectations. *The task of framing the con- stitution was assigned to the Earl of Shaftesbury, one of the number, who chose the celebrated philosopher, John Locke, as his friend and adviser in the work of legislation. 1665. Give an account qf "clarendon s. \vha be ^mofT 3 What they ^ proper * Cape Fear River, in North Carolina, is formed by the vie. OF WILMINGTON, N. c union of Haw and Deep Rivers, about 125 miles N.W. from Wilmington. It enters the Atlantic by two channels, one on each side of Smith s Island, twenty and twenty-five miles below Wilmington. (See the Map.) t Wilmington, the principal seaport in North Carolina, is situated on the east side of Cape Fear River, twenty-five miles from the ocean, by way of Cape Fear, and 150 miles N.E. from Charleston. (.See Map.) \ Old Town Creek is a small stream that enters Cape Fear River from the VV. eight miles below Wilmington. (Map. 1 ) Barbadoes is one of the Caribbee or Windward Islands, and the most eastern of the West Indies. It is twenty miles long, and contains an area of about 150 square miles. The island was granted Ity James I. to the Earl of Murlburough in Hi24. 156 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1600. 6. I The object of the proprietors, as expressed* by titiT themselves, was " to make the government of Carolina a o ree ) a 8 nearly as possible, to the monarchy of which it was a part ; and to avoid erecting a numerous ttepwri* democracy." 2 A constitution of one hundred and twenty i"/ articles, called the " Fundamental Constitutions," was 2. H hat tras , , , . , . i i thf. nature adopted, establishing a government to be administered qfthecon- i i , i- i sutution by lords and noblemen ; connecting political power adopted? - nerec |jtary wealth; and placing nearly every of fice in the government beyond the reach of the people. 1670. 7. 3 The attempt to establish the new form of gov- . wfuit is eminent proved ineffectual. The former plain and simple laws were suited to the circumstances of the people, and the magnificent model of government, with * ts appendages of royalty, contrasted too ludicrously iuu? \v\tti the sparse population and rude cabins of Carolina. After a contest of little more than twenty years, the constitution, which was never in effectual operation, and which had proved to be a source of perpetual dis- b. 1693. CQI&, was abrogated 6 by the proprietors themselves. 1671. / 8. 4 The Clarendon county colony had never been c. Aug. very numerous, and the barrenness of the soil in its 4 cu!aMA vicinity, offered little promise of reward to new adven- andjinaliy turers - ^ n 1671 Sir John Yeamans, the governor, defeated the was transferred 6 from the colony to the charge of an- settlement , 1-111 11 i i i j ^ tfciarcn- other which had recently been establishcd d in feouth d BM9.M*, Carolina. Numerous removals to the southward greatly reduced the numbers of the inhabitants, and nearly the whole country embraced within the limits of the Clar endon colony was a second time surrendered to the aborigines before the year 1690. 9. 8 Domestic dissensions long retarded the prosperity of the Albemarle or northern colony. Disorder arose riwi- fr m tne attempts of the governors to administer the onyf government according to the constitution of the pro prietors ; excessive taxation, and restrictions upon the lo/o. commerce of the colony, occasioned much discontent; while numerous refugees from Virginia, the actors in Bacon s rebellion, friends of popular liberty, being kindly sheltered in Carolina, gave encouragement to 1677. the people to resist oppression. Dec. 10. The very year after the suppression of Bacon s CHAP. X.] NORTH CAROLINA. 157 rebellion in Virginia, a revolt occurred in Carolina, 1077. occasioned by an attempt to enforce the revenue laws 6 OJ - t ~ against a vessel from New England. The people took ///,/J arms in support of a smuggler, arid imprisoned the and of it* president of the colony and six members of his council. John Culpepper, who had recently fled from South Carolina, was the leader in the insurrection. During i. now WM several years, officers chosen by the people admin is- r"S S& tered the government, and tranquillity was for a time P reserved? restored. The inhabitants were restless and turbulent under a government imposed on them from abroad, f)ut firm and tranquil when left to take care of them selves. 11. 2 In 1683 Seth Sothel, one of the proprietors, 1683. arrived as governor of the province. Being exceed- 2 ; s .JJ^f $}* v nirly avaricious, he not only plundered the colonists, eomtgooer- fo J , 11- J y TT i i nfjr,and but cheated his proprietary associates. He valued his wtMwa* office only as the means of gaining wealth, and in the tcr" pursuit of his favorite object, whether as judge or ex ecutive, he was ever open to bribery and corruption. 3 A historian of North Carolina remarks, that "the dark 3. what i* shades of his character were not relieved by a single Tem himf ray of virtue." 4 The patience of the inhabitants being 4 Wfua1f exhausted after nearly six years of oppression, they inMtfht* !,. -ill- * i i arrest, and seized their governor with the design or sending him trial? to England ; but, at his own request, he was tried by 1 688. the assembly, which banished him from the colony. 1689. 12. Ludwcll, the next governor, redressed the frauds, I ^fihe public and private, which Sothel had committed, and %$*$%&. restored order to the colony. G lri 1695 Sir John Arch- *8> dale, another of the proprietors, a man of much saga- *"*; 1 * j . 1 ** * vt* t l& city and exemplary conduct, arrived as governor of nrr// nd both the Carolinas. 7 In 1698 the first settlements ^SSSeJ were made on Pamlico or Tar* River. The Pam- jj,J*J.{{j. lico Indians in that vicinity had been nearly destroyed, mentn. , , J ., * r i-i Pamlico two years previously, by a pestilential fever ; while River, and another numerous tribe had been greatly reduced by the arms of a more powerful nation. * Tar River, in tho eastern part of North Carolina, flows S.E., and enters Parnlico ^wintl. It is the principal river next south of the Roanoke. It expands into a wide estuary a short distance below the village of Wash mjrton, from which place to Pamlico Wound, a distance of forty miles, it i:s called I amUco River. 158 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART L 17O7. 13. -The want of harmony, which generally pre- i. what is vailed between the proprietors and the people, did not SreLe h of cn eck the increase of population. 2 In 1707 a company population? of French Protestants, who had previously settled in arfivtKr Virginia, removed to Carolina. Two years later, they enisrants? were followed by a hundred German families from the 1/09. Rhine;* who had been driven in poverty, from their homes, by the devastations of war, and religious per- 3. ivTiat pro- secution. 3 The proprietors assigned to each family madeforme two hundred and fifty acres of land ; and generous emigrants? contributions in England furnished them with pro visions and implements of husbandry, sufficient for their immediate wants. 4. what 14. 4 A great change had fallen upon the numerous fafien upon Indian tribes on the seacoast, since the lime of Sir ifiSSncf. Walter Raleigh s attempted settlements. One tribe, the time of which could then bring- three thousand bowmen into Sir Walter . , , . _ - Raleigh? the field, was now reduced to fifteen men ; another had entirely disappeared ; and, of the whole, but a remnant remained. After having sold most of their lands, their reservations had been encroached upon ; strong drink had degraded the Indians, and crafty traders had im poverished them ; and they had passed away before the march of civilization, like snow beneath a vertical sun. 6. what is 15. 5 The Tuscaroras and the Corees, being farther rror!u inland, had held little intercourse with the whites ; but c2?c2? tn ey had observed, with jealousy and fear, their grow ing power, and the rapid advance of their settlements, 1711. an d with Indian secrecy they now plotted the exter- 6. Give an mination of the strangers. A surveyor, who was a ih U wm f found upon their lands with his chain and compass, was the first victim. 1 Leaving their fire-arms, to avoid sus pi c in, in small parties, acting in concert, they ap- preached the scattered settlements along Roanokef Ri yer an( l Pamlico Sound ; and in one night, b one hundred and thirty persons fell by the hatchet. he indi. 16. 7 Colonel Barn well, with a considerable body of * The Rhine, one of the most important rivers in Europe, rises in Switzerland, passes through Lake Constance, and after flowing N. and N.W. through Germany, it turns to the west, and, through several channels, enters the North Sea or German Ocean, be tween Holland and Belgium, t Roanoke River, formed by the junction of Staunton and Dan Rivers, near the south boundary of Virginia, flows S.E. through the northeastern part of North Carolina, and enters the head of Albemarle Sound. CHAP. X.J NORTH CAROLINA. 159 friendly Cherokees, Creeks, and Catawbas, was sent 1712. from South Carolina to the relief of the settlers, and ~ having defeated the enemy in different actions, he pur sued them to their fortified town,* which capitulated, and the Indians were allowed to escape. But in a i. of the few days the treaty was broken on both sides, and the g^,and Indians renewed hostilities. At length Colonel Moore, ^efoa^ of South Carolina, arrived, 1 with forty white men and a Dec eight hundred friendly Indians: and in 1713 the Tus- 1713. caroras were besieged in their fort,f and eight hun dred taken prisoners. b At last the hostile part of the b. April s tribe migrated north, and, joining their kindred in New York, became the sixth nation of the Iroquois confederacy. In 1715 peace was concluded with the 1715. Corees. c - Feb - 17. 2 In 1729, the two Carolinas, which had hitherto 1729. been under the superintendence of the same board of 2 - whatoe- -, , i j i i curred in proprietors, were finally separated ; d and royal govern- 1729? ments, entirely unconnected, were established* over d - July - them. 3 From this time, until the period immediately preceding the Revolution, few events occurred to dis- turb the peace and increasing prosperity of North Car- pn. olina. In 1744 public attention was turned to the de- North car- c f , . i* i ohnafrwn fence of the seacoast, on account of the commencement this time mi of hostilities between England and Spain. About the tlier tfm lu ~ time of the commencement of the French and Indian war, the colony received large accessions to its num- 1754. bers, by emigrants from Ireland and Scotland, and thus the settlements were extended into the interior, where the soil was far more fertile than the lands pre viously occupied. * This place was near the River Neuse, a short distance above Edenton, In Craven County. f This place was in Greene County, on Cotentnea (or Cotechney) Creek, a short dis tance above its entrance into the River Neuse. IbO [PART n. 1670. CHAPTER XI. SOUTH CAROLINA* 1. l The charter granted to Lord Clarendon and others, in 1663, embraced, as has been stated,* a large extent of territory, reaching from. Virginia to Florida. 2 After the establishment of a colony in the northern part z* Give an of their province, the proprietors, early in 1670, fitted tShmnng out several ships, with emigrants, for planting a south- {oionyln ern colony? under the direction of William Sayle, who Sout iina aro ~ k a d P rev io u sly explored the coast. The ships which bore the emigrants entered the harbor of Port Royal, near Beaufort, f whence, after a short delay, they sailed into Ashley! River, on the south side of which the settlement of Old Charleston was commenced. The colony, in honor of Sir George Carteret, one of the proprietors, was called the CARTERET COUNTY- COLONY. 1671. 2. 3 Eaiiy in 1671 Governor Sayle sunk under the 3. whatoc- diseases of a sickly climate, and the council appointed i67i ? Joseph West to succeed him, until they should learn the will of the proprietors. In a few months, Sir John b. Dec. Yeamans, then governor of Clarendon, was appointed 5 4 HOW IPOS governor of the southern colony. 4 Frorn Barbadoes Supplied brought a number of African slaves, and South wittiutior- Carolina was, from the first, essentially, a planting 5. what is state, with slave labor. Representative government government was ear ly established by the people, but the attempt of om C ? l ~ to carr y out me pl an of government formed by the pro- c. i67i-2. prietors proved ineffectual. * SOUTH CAROLINA, one of the Southern States, contains an area of nearly 3:?,000 square miles. The seacoast is bordered with a chain of fertile islands. The. Low Coun try, extending from eighty to 100 miles from the coast, is covered with forests of pitch pine, called pine barrens, interspersed with marshes and swamps, which tbrm excellent rice plantations. Beyond this, extending fifty or sixty miles in width, is the Middts Country, composed of numerous ridges of sand hills, presenting an appearance which has been compared to the waves of the sea suddenly arrested in their course. Beyond these sand hills commences the Upper Country, which is a beautiful and healthy, and generally fertile region, about 800 feet above the level of the sea. The Blue Ridge, a branch of the Alleghanies, passes along the N. Western boundary of the state. t Beaufort, in South Carolina, is situated on Port Royal Island, on the W. bank of Port Royal River, a narrow branch of the ocean. It is sixteen miles from the sea, and about thirty-six miles, in a direct line, N.E. from Savannah. (See Map, p. 35.) Ashley River rises about thirty miles N.W. from Charleston, and, passing along the west side of the city, enters Charleston Harbor seven miles from the ocean. (See Map, next page.) CHAP. XI. J SOUTH CAROLINA. 161 3. Several circumstances contributed to promote the early settlement of South Carolina. A long and bloody war between two neighboring Indian tribes, and a fatal epidemic which had recently prevailed, had opened the way for the more peaceful occupation of the country by the English. The recent conquest of New Nether lands induced many of the Dutch to emigrate, and several ship loads of them were conveyed* to Carolina, by the proprietors, free of expense. Lands were as signed them west of the Ashley River, where they formed a settlement, which was called Jamestown. The inhabitants soon spread themselves through the country, and in process of time the town was deserted. Their prosperity induced many of their countrymen from Holland to follow them. A few years later a company of French Protestants, refugees from their own country, were sent b over by the king of England. 4. 2 The pleasant location of " Oyster Point," between the rivers Ashley and Cooper,* had early attracted the attention of the settlers, and had gained a few inhab itants; and in 1680 the foundation of a new town was laid there, which was called Charleston.! It was im mediately declared the capital of the province, and during the first year thirty dwellings were erected. 3 In the same year the colony was involved in difficul ties with the Indians. Straggling parties of the Wes- toes began to plunder the plantations, and several Indians were shot by the planters. War immediately broke out ; a price was fixed on Indian prisoners ; and 1671. 1. What, cir- cumstances favored the settlement and growth of South Carolina! 1671. b. 1679. 2. Give an account of the settle ment and progress of Charleston. 1680. 3. Of the first war with the In dians, and its termina tion. * Cooper River rises about thirty-five miles N.E. from Charleston, and passing along the East side of the city, unites with Ashley River, to form Charleston Harbor. Wando River, a short but broad stream, enters the Cooper from the east, four miles above the city. (See Map.; t Charleston, a city and seaport of S. Carolina, is situated on a peninsula formed by the union of Ashley and Cooper Rivers, seven miles from the ocean. It is Only about seven feet above high tide ; and parts of the city have been over flowed when the wind and tide have combined to raise the waters. The harbor, below the city, is about two miles in width, and seven in length, across the mouth of which is a sand bar, having four passages, the deepest of which, near Sulli van s Island, has seventeen feet of water, ;it high tide. During the summer months the city is more healthy than the surrounding country. VICINITY OF CHARLESTON. 162 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART 1684. 1. What oc curred at Port Roy all 1686. b. 1685. 2. What in duced the Huguenots to remove to America! 3. Where did they settle I 4. How were they affirm regarded, and how treated by the Eng lish I 0. 1686-90. 6. What events oc curred du ring Gov. Coll.etoti s adminis tration I 1690. 6. Give an account of Sothel s ad ministra tion. d. See p. 157. many of ihem were sent to the West Indies, and sold for slaves. The following year 3 - peace was concluded, and commissioners were appointed to decide all com plaints between the contending- parties. 5. *In 1684 a few families of Scotch emigrants settled at Port Royal ] but two years later, the Spaniards of St. Augustine, claiming the territory, invaded the set tlement, and laid it waste. 2 About this time the revo cation 1 of the edict of Nantes,* induced a large num ber of French Protestants, generally called Huguenots, to leave their country, and seek an asylum in America. 3 A few settled in New England ; others in New York; but South Carolina became their chief resort. * Al though they had been induced, by the proprietors, to believe that the full rights of citizenship would be ex tended to them here, yet they were long viewed with jealousy and distrust by the English settlers, who were desirous of driving them from the countiy, by enforcing against them the laws of England respecting aliens. 6. 6 The administration of Governor Colleton was signalized by a continued series of disputes with the people, who, like the settlers in North Carolina, re fused to submit to the form of government established by the proprietors. An attempt of the governor to col lect the rents claimed by the proprietors, finally drove the people to open rebellion. They forcibly took pos session of the public records, held assemblies in oppo sition to the governor and the authority of the pro prietors, and imprisoned the secretary of the province. At length Colleton, pretending danger from Indians or Spaniards, called out the militia, and proclaimed the province under martial law. This only exasperated the people the more, and Colleton was finally im peached by the assembly, and banished from the province. 7. During these commotions, Seth Sothel, who had previously been banished d from North Carolina, arrived in the province, and assumed the government, with * Nantes is a large commercial city in the west of France, on the N. side of the River Loire, thirty Iniles from its mouth. It was in this place that Henry IV. promulgated the famous edict in 1508, in favor of the Protestants, gruntini; them the free exercise of their religion, fn 1685 this edict was revoked by Louis XIV. ; a violent persecution of the Protastants followed, and thousands of them fled from the kingdom. of Lwt , administ tionJ CHAP. XL] SOUTH CAROLINA. 163 the consent of the people. But his avarice led him to 1$90. trample upon every restraint of justice and equity ; and after two years of tyranny and misrule, he likewise was deposed, and banished by the people. Philip Ludwell, for some time governor of North Carolina, was then sent to the southern province, to re-establish the authority of the proprietors. But the old disputes revived, and after a brief, but turbulent administration, he gladly withdrew into Virginia. 8. 2 In 1693, one cause of discontent with the people 1693. was removed by the proprietors ; who abolished the OC c M "^ " Fundamental Constitution," and returned to a more 1693 ? simple and more republican form of government. 3 But 3. contentions and disputes still continuing, John Arch- dale, who was a Quaker, and proprietor, came over in 1695 ; and by a wise and equitable administration, did much to allay private animosities, and remove the causes of civil discord. 4 Matters of general moment were settled to the satisfaction of all, excepting the French refugees ; and such was the antipathy of the English settlers against these peaceable, but unfortu nate people, that Governor Archdale found it necessary to exclude the latter from all concern in the legislature. 9. 6 Fortunately for the peace of the colony, soon 1696. after the return of Archdale, all difficulties with the J^JJ[ aj l Huguenots were amicably settled. Their quiet and " inoffensive behavior, and their zeal for the success of the colony, had gradually removed the national an tipathies ; and the general assembly at length admit- 1697. ted n them to all the rights of citizens and freemen. a March. The French and English Protestants of Carolina have ever since lived together in harmony and peace. In 1702. 1702, immediately after the declaration 5 of war, by England, against France and Spain, Governor Moore proposed to the assembly of Carolina an expedition swertwrm against the Spanish settlement of St. Augustine, in b. May. Florida. The more considerate opposed the project, 7 Wov)lcoa but a majority being in favor of it, a sum of about nine it received/ thousand dollars was voted for the war, and 1200 men 8 Givean were raised, of whom half were Indians. %?%!%,$. 10. 8 While Colonel Daniel marched against St. 4.ugustine by land, the governor proceeded with the 164 COLONIAL HISTORY, [PART IL 17O2. main body by sea, and blocked up the harbor. The ~ Spaniards, taking with them all their most valuable effects, and a large supply of provisions, retired to their castle. As nothing could be effected against it, for the want of heavy artillery, Daniel was despatched to Ja maica,* for cannon, mortars, &c. During his absence, two Spanish ships appeared off the harbor ; when Governor Moore, abandoning his ships, made a hasty retreat into Carolina. Colonel Daniel, on his return, standing in for the harbor, made a narrow escape from the enemy. i.what debt 1 1. l The hasty retreat of the governor was severely red^andhow censured by the people of Carolina. This enterprise defrayed* \ O ^ Q ^ fa G co l on y w i t h a debt of more than 26,000 dol lars, for the payment of which bills of credit were 1 703. issued ; the first paper money used in Carolina. 2 An t a $ l expedition which was soon after undertaken* against r A t ^ ie Apalachian Indians, who Avere in alliance with the aiachians. Spaniards, proved more successful. The Indian towns a. Dec. Between the rivers Altamahaf and Savannah J were laid in ashes ; several hundred Indians were taken 1704. prisoners; and the whole province of Apalachia was obliged to submit to the English government. 3 what had 12. 3The establishment of the Church of England, long been a . ~ , . ,11 i n i favorite ob- m Carolina, had long been a favorite object with sev- eral of the proprietors, and during the administration of Sir Nathaniel Johnson, who succeeded 1 * Governor IMITM Moore, their designs were fully carried out ; and not only was the Episcopal form of worship established, as the religion of the province, but all dissenters were excluded from the colonial legislature. 4 The dissent- ers ^ ien carr i e d their cause before the English par- 5. inat liament, which declared that the acts complained of awnmate? were repugnant to the laws of England, and contrary 1706. to the charter of the proprietors. 5 Soon after, the co- * Jamaica, one of the West India Islands, is 100 miles S. from Cuba, and 800 S.E. from St. Augustine. It is of an oval form, and is about 150 miles long. t The Mtamaha, a large and navigable river of Georgia, is formed by the union of tho Oconee and the Ocnrilgee, after which it flows S.E., upwards of 100 miles, and enters the Atlantic by several outlets, sixty miles S.W. from Savannah. Milledgeville, the capital of the state, is on the Oconee, the northern branch. (See Map, p. 168.) J The SavtinnaJt River has its head branches in N. Carolina, and, running a S. East ern course, forms the boundary between S. Carolina and Georgia. The largest vessels pass up the river fourteen miles, and steamboats to Augusta, 120 miles, in a direct line, from the mouth of the river, and more than 300 by the river s course CHAP. XI.] SOUTH CAROLINA. 165 Jonial assembly of Carolina repealed* the laws which disfranchised a portion of the people ; but the Church of England remained the established religion of the province until the Revolution. 13. From these domestic troubles, a threatened in vasion of the province turned the attention of the peo ple towards their common defence against foreign enemies. 2 Q,ueen Anne s war still continued; and Spain, considering Carolina as a part of Florida, deter mined to assert her right by force of arms. 3 In 1706, a French and Spanish squadron from Havanna appeared before Charleston ; but the inhabitants, headed by the governor and Colonel Rhett, assembled in great num bers for the defence of the city. The enemy landed in several places, but were repulsed with loss. One of the French ships was taken, and the invasion, at first so alarming, was repelled with little loss, and little expense to the colony. 14. 4 In 1715 a general Indian war broke out, headed by the Yamassees, and involving all the Indian tribes from Cape Fear River to the Alabama. The Ya massees had previously shown great friendship to the English ; and the war commenced 11 before the latter were aware of their danger. The frontier settlements were desolated ; Port Royal was abandoned ; Charles ton itself was in danger ; and the colony seemed near its ruin. 5 But Governor Craven, with nearly the en tire force of the colony, advanced against the enemy, drove their straggling parties before him, and on the banks of the Salkehatchie,* encountered their main body in camp, and, after a bloody battle, gained a complete victory. At length the Yamassees, being driven from their territory, retired to Florida, where they were kindly received by the Spaniards. 15. 6 The war with the Yamassees was followed, in 1719, by a domestic revolution in Carolina. 7 As the proprietors refused to pay any portion of the debt in curred by the war r and likewise enforced their land claims with severity, the colonists began to look to- 1. What next enga ged the, at tention of the people ? 2. Why were the Span iards hos tile? 3. What events oc curred in 1706? 1715. 4. Give an account of the Indian war of 1715. b. April 28. 5. Of the services of Gov. Cra ven, and th close of the loar. c. May. 6. By what was this war followed I 1. What were the causes of discontent ? * Salkehatchie is the name given to the upper portion of the Cambnhce River, (which see, Map, p. 35). Its course is S.E., and it is from twenty to thirty miles E. from the Savannah River. 166 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PAR1 H. IT 19. wards the crown for assistance and protection. l After "i"wh~at~u>as muc h controversy and difficulty with the proprietors, lled tne assem bly and the people openly rebelled against their authority, and proclaimed* James Moore governor a. Dec. O f tne province, i n the name of the king. The agent 1720. of Carolina obtained, in England, a hearing from the lords of the regency, who decided that the proprietors had forfeited their charter. 16. 2 While measures were taken for its abrogation, Francis Nicholson, who had previously exercised the office of governor in New York, in Maryland, b. sept. j n Virginia, and in Nova Scotia, now received 1 * c. 1721. a rO y a i commission as governor of Carolina ; and, 3. when was early in the following year, c arrived in the province. the contro- qrrn .? * i . -,-, versa ad- J lhe controversy with the proprietors was finally ad- justed in 1729. 4 Both Carolinas then became royal governments, under which they remained until the Revolution. CHAPTER XII. GEORGIA.* 1. 6 At the time of the surren- der d of the Carolina charter to the crown, the country southwest of the Savannah was a wilderness, JAMES OGLETHOEPE. occupied by savage tribes, and cla5me( i by Spain as a part of Florida, and by England as a part of Carolina. 8 Happily for the claims of the latter, and the security of Carolina, in nw 1732 a number of persons in England, influenced by * GEORGIA, one of the Southern States, contains an area of about G0,000 square miles. The entire coast, to the distance of seven or eight miles, is intersected by nu merous inlets, communicating with each other, and navigable for small vessels. The islands thus formed consist mostly of salt marshes, which pi-oduce sea island cotton of a superior quality. The coast on the mainland, to the distance of several miles, is mostly a salt marsh ; beyond which are the pine barrens, and the ridges of sand hills similar to those of South Carolina. The Upper Country is an extensive table land, with a black and fertile soil. Near the boundary of Tennessee and Carolina, on t* north, the country becomes mountainous. CHAP. Xll.J GEORGIA. 167 1. What is nf flip said of Ogle- 8 thorpeand his benevo lent de signs I motives of patriotism and humanity, formed the project 1732. of planting a colony in the disputed territory. 2. James Oglethorpe, a member of the British par liament ; a soldier and a loyalist, but a friend unfortunate ; first conceived the idea of opening, for tiie poor of his own country, and for persecuted Prot estants of all nations, an asylum in America, where former poverty would be no reproach, and where all might worship without fear of persecution. 2 The be nevolent enterprise met with favor from the king, who granted, 1 for twenty-one years, to a corporation, " in trust for the poor," the country between the Savannah a Juua 20 and the Altamaha, and westward to the Pacific Ocean. The new province was named Georgia. 3. 3 In November of the same year, Oglethorpe, with b. NOV. 23. nearly one hundred and twenty emigrants, ernbarked b for America; and after touching at Charleston and Port Royal, on the twelfth of February landed at Sa vannah.* On Yamacraw bluff, a settlement was im mediately commenced, and the town, after the Spanish name of the river, was called Savannah. 4 After com pleting a slight fortification for the defence of the set tlers, Oglethorpe invited the neighboring Indian chiefs to meet him at Savannah, in order to treat with them for their lands, and establish relations of friendship. 4. 5 In June the chiefs of the Creek nation assem bled ; kind feelings prevailed ; and the English were cordially welcomed to the country. An aged warrior presented several bundles of skins, saying that, although the Indians were poor, they gave, with a good heart, such things as they possessed. Another chief pre sented the skin of a buffalo, painted, on the inside, with the head and feathers of an eagle. He said the English were as swift as the eagle, ;md as strong as the buffalo ; for * Savannah, now the largest city, and the principal seaport of Georgia, is situated on the R VV. bunk of the Savannah River, on a sandy plain forty feet above the level of the tide, and seventeen miles from the sea. The city i.s reg ularly laid out in the form of a parallelogram, with streets crossing each other at right angles. Vessels requiring fourteen feet of water come up to the wharves of the city, and larger ves sels to Fine Fathom Hole, three miles below the city. See Map.) 3. Give an account of the settle ment of Sa vannah. 1733. c. Jan. 24. 4. Hotv did Oglethorpe begin his in tercourse witli the In dians? 5. Give an account of this first meeting with the Indians. VICINITY OF SAVANNAH. O.vs 168 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n. 1733. they flew over vast seas ; and were so powerful, that ~~ nothing could withstand them. He reminded them that the feathers of the eagle were soft, and signified love ; that the skin of the buffalo was warm, and sig nified protection ; and therefore he hoped that the Eng lish would love and protect the little families of the Indians. 5. ir The settlers rapidly increased in numbers, but as most of those who first came over, were not only poor, but unaccustomed to habits of industry, they were poorly qualified to encounter the toil and hard ships to which their situation exposed them. 2 The liberality of the trustees then invited emigrants of more enterprising habits ; and large numbers of Swiss, Germans, and Scotch, accepted their proposals. 3 The regulations of the trustees at first forbade the use of negroes, prohibited the importation of rum, and in terdicted all trade with the Indians, without a special license. Slavery was declared to be not only immoral, but contrary to the laws of England. 6. 4 Early in 1736, Oglethorpe, who had previously visited England, returned 1 to Georgia, with a new company of three hundred emigrants. 5 In anticipation of war between England and Spain, he fortified his colony, by erecting forts at Augusta,* Darien,f Fred- erica,! on Cumberland Island^ near the mouth of the St. Mary s, || and even as far as the St. John s, claiming for the English all the territory north of that river. 6 But the Spanish authorities of St. Augustine com- * Augusta City is situated on the S.W. side of the Savannah River, 120 miles N.VV. from Savannah City. It is at the head of steamboat navigation on the Savannah, is surrounded by a rich country, and has an active trade. t Darien is situated on a high sandy bluff on the north and principal channel of the Altamaha, twelve miles from the bar near its mouth. (See Map.) % Frcderica is sitiwte-d on the west side of St. Simon s Island, below the principal mouth of the Altamaha, and on one of its navigable channels. The fort, mentioned above, was constructed of tabby, a mixture of water and lime, with shells or gravel, forming a hard rocky mas when dry. The ruins of the fort may still be seen. $ Cumberland Island lies opposite the coast, at the southeastern extremity of Georgia. It is fifteen miles in length, and from one to four in width. The fort was on the southern point, and commanded the entrance to St. Mary s River. || St. Mary s River, forming part of the boundary be tween Georgia and Florida, enters the Atlantic, botwcen Cumberland Island on the north, and Amelia Island on the south. 1. What a said of the character of the early tettlers? 2. WJutt other emi grants arri ved I i. What rep utations of the trustees are men tioned} 1736. a. Feb. 16. 4. What ad dition was /nade to the colimy in 1736? 5. Whatioas done in an ticipation, of tvarberween England and Spain 1 VICINITY OF KREPERICA. CHAP. XII.] GEORGIA. 169 plained of the near approach of the English; and their 1736. commissioners, sent to confer with Oglethorpe, de- ~"~ manded the evacuation of the country, as far north as St. Helena Sound ;* and, in case of refusal, threatened hostilities. l The fortress at the mouth of the St. John s was abandoned; but that near the mouth of the St. Mary s was retained ; and this river afterwards became the southern boundary of Georgia. 7. 2 The celebrated John Wesley, founder of the Methodist church, had returned with Oglethorpe, with the charitable design of rendering Georgia a religious colony, and of converting the Indians. 3 Having be- 3 What ren . come unpopular by his zeal and imprudence, he was *%*,!$* indicted for exercising unwarranted ecclesiastical au- and caused , -t r -i r i fits return t thonty ; arid, after a residence 01 two years in the col ony, he returned to England, where he was long dis tinguished for his piety and usefulness. 4 Soon after his return the Rev. George Whitefield, another and more distinguished Methodist, visited* Georgia, with the design of establishing an orphan asylum on lands a - Ma y- 1738 - obtained from the trustees for that purpose. The plan but partially succeeded during his lifetime, and was abandoned after his death. b 8. 5 To hasten the preparations for the impending contest with Spain, Oglethorpe again visited England; where he received d a commission as brigadier-general ; with a command extending over South Carolina ; and. after an absence of more than a year and a half, re- 1737. turned 6 to Georgia, bringing with him a regiment of d. sept. 7. 600 men, for the defence of the southern frontiers. 6 In the latter part of 1739, England declared war against Spain; and Oglethorpe immediately planned an ex- pedition against St. Augustine. In May of the follow- ing year, g he entered Florida with a select force of four hundred men from his regiment, some Carolina troops, and a large body of friendly Indians. 9. 7 A Spanish fort, twenty-five miles from St. Au- gustine, surrendered after a short resistance ; another, within two miles, was abandoned ; but a summons for the surrender of the town was answered by a bold de- b. in mo 5. whatpre- e - ct - * St.. Helena Sound is the entrance to the Cainbahee River. It is north of St. Helena gland, and about iit ty miles N.E. trorn Savannah. (See Map, p. 35.) 8 170 COLONIAL HISTORY [PART II. 174O. fiance. For a time the Spaniards were cut off from all ~~ supplies, by ships stationed at the entrance of the har bor ; but at length several Spanish galleys eluded the vigilance of the blockading squadron, and brought a reinforcement and supplies to the garrison. All hopes of speedily reducing the place were now lost; sick ness began to prevail among the troops; and Ogle- a. July, thorpe, with sorrow and regret, returned* to Georgia. 1742. 10- Two years later, the Spaniards, in return, made }untnf m f P re P arat i ns f r an invasion of Georgia. In July, a ttespanish fleet of thirty-six sail from Havanna and St. Augustine, lH Sgia f bearing more than three thousand troops, entered the b. July is. harbor of St. Simon s ;* landed b on the west side of the island, a little above the town of the same name ; and 2. of the erected a battery of twenty guns. 2 General Ogle- ovmuna thorpe, who was then on the island with a force of less than ei ^ ilt hundred men, exclusive of Indians, with- ^ rew to Frederica; anxiously awaiting an expected reinforcement from Carolina. A party of the enemy, having advanced within two miles of the town, was driven back with loss ; another party of three hundred, e. July 18. com ing to their assistance, was ambuscaded, 6 and two- thirds of the number were slain or taken prisoners. 3. whatpre- U- 3 Oglethorpe next resolved to attack, by night, one * t ^ le Spanish camps ; but a French soldier de- Serte ^5 anc ^ gave the alarm, and the design was de- 4 what was ^ eatec ^- 4 Apprehensive that the enemy would now dgiethorpe s discover his weakness, he devised an expedient for de- ^eivtngthi stroying the credit of any information that might be enemy? gi ven< j^e wrote a letter to the deserter, requesting that he would urge the Spaniards to an immediate attack, or, if he should not succeed in this, that he would induce them to remain on the island three days longer, for in that time several British ships, and a re inforcement, were expected from Carolina. He also dropped some hints of an expected attack on St. Au gustine by a British fleet. This letter he bribed a * St. Simon 1 a Island lies south of the principal channel of the Altamaha. It is twelve miles in length, and from two to five in width. The harbor of St. Simon s is at the southern point of the island, before the town of the same name, and eight miles below Frederica. At St. Simon s there was also a small fort. The northern part of the island is separated from the mainland by a small creek, and is called Little St. Simon s. (See Map, p. 168.) CHAP. XII.] GEORGIA. 171 Spanish prisoner to deliver to the deserter, but, as was 1742. expected, it was given to the Spanish commander. 12. ir The deserter was immediately arrested as a t Whatwas spy, but the letter sorely perplexed the Spanish officers, the result of 1 J f. , IT -, J v 11 this plan I some of whom believed it was intended as a deception, while others, regarding the circumstances mentioned in it as highly probable, and fearing for the safety of St. Augustine, advised an immediate return of the ex pedition. 2 Fortunately, while they were consulting, 2 . whatctr there appeared, at some distance on the coast, three imall vessels, which were regarded as a part of the British fleet mentioned in the letter. 3 It was now de- termined to attack Oglethorpe at Frederica, before the expected reinforcement should arrive. - upon? 13. *While advancing for this purpose, they fell \.vrhatww into an ambuscade,* at a place since called " Bloody Marsh," where they were so warmly received that they retreated with precipitation, abandoned their works, and hastily retired to their shipping ; leaving a quantity of guns and ammunition behind them. 6 On their way south they made an attack 15 on Fort Wil- liam,* but were repulsed; and two galleys were dis- abled and abandoned. 6 The Spaniards were deeply 6 How was mortified at the result of the expedition ; and the com- mander of the troops, on his re-turn to Havanna, was tried by a court-martial, and, in disgrace, dismissed from the service. 14. 7 Soon after these events, Oglethorpe returned to 1743. England, never to revisit the colony which, after ten i.what o . .. , .,. ,11 11,- 11 more is said years of disinterested toil, he had planted, defended, ofoyie- and now left in tranquillity. 8 Hitherto, the people 8 w iat had been under a kind of military rule ; but now a JJjSKiX civil government was established ; and committed to sovem- ii c -i i-ii mentJ the charge of a president and council, who were re quired to govern according to the instructions of the trustees. 15. 9 Yet the colony did not prosper, and most of the g.-ivnat wo* jscttlers still remained in poverty, with scarcely the Smef^e hope of better days. Under the restrictions of the trus- coton v ? * Fort William was the name of the fort at the southern extremity of Cumberland Island. There was also a fort, called Fort dndreu>, at the northern extremity of the island. 172 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1743. 1. Of what did the peo ple com plain i 2. ITow were the laws against sla very eva ded 1 1752. 3. When was the form of government changed, and why 1 a. July 1. b. Oct. l.W)w.t gave prosperity to the colony ? tees, agriculture had not flourished ; and commerce had scarcely been thought of. r The people com plained, that, as they were poor, the want of a free title to their lands almost wholly deprived them of credit ; they wished that the unjust rule of descent, which gave their property to the eldest son, to the exclusion of the younger children, should be changed for one more equitable j but, more than all, they complained that they were prohibited the use of slave labor, and requested that the same encouragements should be given to them as were given to their more fortunate neighbors in Carolina. 16. 2 The regulations of the trustees began to be evaded, and the laws against slavery were not rigidly enforced. At first, slaves from Carolina were hired for short periods ; then for a hundred years, or during life ; and a sum equal to the value of the negro paid in advance ; and, finally, slavers from Africa sailed directly to Savannah ; and Georgia, like Carolina, became a planting state, with slave labor. 17. 3 ln 1752, the trustees of Georgia, wearied with complaints against the system of government which they had established, and finding that the province languished under their care, resigned 1 their charter to the king ; and the province was formed b into a royal government. 4 The people were then favored with the same liberties and privileges that were enjoyed by the provinces of Carolina ; but it was not until the close of the French and Indian war, and the surrender of the Floridas to England, by which security was given to the frontiers, that the colony began to assume a flourishing condition. BEADDOCK. O.ENEBAL A15EEUEOSIBIE. GENEBAL WOLFE. CHAP. Xin.j THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 173 DEATH OF GENERAL WOLFE. (ScG page 192.) CHAPTER XIII. THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR, EXTENDING FROM 1754 TO THE PEACE OF 17G3. DIVISIONS. /. Causes of the War, and Everts of 1754. II. 1755: Expe ditious of MoncJcion,Bra SSbcJ[j Shirley, and Win slow. III. 1756: Delays; Loss of Oswego ; Indian Incursions. IV. 1757: Designs against Lonisburg, and Loss of Fort Wm. Henry. V. 1758: Reduction of Louisbvrg ; Abercrombie s Defeat ; The taking of Forts Frontenac and Du Quesne.r VI. 1759 to 1763: Ticonderoga and Crown Point Abandon ed ; Niagara Taken ; Conquest of Quebec, Of all Canada ; War with the Cherokecs.; Peace of 1763. I. CAUSES OF THE WAR, AND EVENTS OF 1754. Thus for, separate accounts of the early American colonies have been given, for the purpose of preserving thnt unity of narration which seemed best adapted to render prominent the distinctive features which marked the settlement and progress of each. 2 But as we have arrived at a period when the several colonies have be- 1753. Of what does Chapter XIII. treat } Whatare the Divi sions of the Chapter J Of what does the first Di vision treat? l. Why have separate ac counts of the colonies been thus far given? 2. What change it now made, andfor-what reason ? 174 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1753. come firm y established, and when their individual ~~ histories become less eventful, and less interesting, their general history will now be taken up, and continued in those more important events which subsequently 1. ByiPhat affected all the colonies. l This period is distinguished dis(m^uisfi- by the final struggle for dominion in America, between the rival powers of France and England. 2. what i 2. 2 Those previous wars between the two countries, pftnwtMT* which had so often embroiled their transatlantic c.ol- betioeen onies, had chiefly arisen from disputes of Europe. ui France and . . J . r . . v , England? origin ; and the events which occurred in America, were regarded as of secondary importance to those which, in a greater measure, affected the influence of 3. what led the rival powers in the affairs of Europe. 3 But the ^ndindfan growing importance of the American possessions of the war? two countries, occasioning disputes about territories ten fold more extensive than either possessed in Europe, at length became the sole cause of involving them in another contest, more important to America than any preceding one, and which is commonly known as the French and Indian War. 4. what was 3. *The English, by virtue of the early discovery by the Cabots, claimed the whole seacoast from New- nzfish foundland to Florida ; and by numerous grants of ter- ritory, before the French had established any settle ments in the Valley of the Mississippi, they had extended their claims westward to the Pacific Ocean. 5. upon 6 The French, on the contrary, founded their claims upon, the actual occupation and exploration of the country. Besides their settlements in New France, e. HOW far or Canada, and Acadia, they had long occupied De- umSsfx- troit,* had explored the Valley of the Mississippi, and tend? formed settlements at Kaskaskiaf and VincenneSjJ and along the northern border of the Gulf of Mexico. 7 what wot 4- 7 According to the French claims, their northern rench P ossess i ns f New France and Acadia embraced, within their southern limits, the half of New York, and the greater portion of New England ; while their * Detroit. (See Map. p, 304. t Kaskaskiti, in the southwestern part of the state of Illinois, is situated on the W. side of Kaskaskia River, seven miles above its junction with the Mississippi. t Vinccmies is in the southwestern part of Indiana, and is situated on the E. bank of the Wabash River, 100 miles, by the river s course, above its entrance into the Ohio. OHAP. Xm.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 175 western possessions, of Upper and Lower Louisiana, 1753. were held to embrace the entire valley of the Mississip- ~~ pi and its tributary streams. J For the purpose of vin- i. HOW were dicating their claims to these extensive territories, and confining the English to the country east of the Alle- ghanies, the French were busily engaged in erecting a chain of forts, by way of the Great Lakes and the Mississippi, from Nova Scotia to the Gulf of Mexico. 5. 2 A royal grant 1 of an extensive tract of land on the Ohio* River, to a company of merchants, called the Ohio Company, gave the French the first appre- hension that the English were designing to deprive them, of their western trade with the Indians, and cut off their communication between Canada and Louisi ana. 3 While the company were surveying these lands, 3. with the view of settlement, three British traders were l seized b by a party of French and Indians, and con- veyed to a French fort at Presque Isle.f The T wight- wees, a tribe of Indians friendly to the English, resent ing the violence done to their allies, seized several French traders, and sent them to Pennsylvania^ 6. 4 The French soon after began the erection of forts 4 . south of Lake Erie, which called forth serious com- plaints from the Ohio Company. As the territory in dispute was within the original charter limits of Vir ginia, Robert Dinwiddie, lieutenant-governor of the colony, deemed it his duty to remonstrate with the French commandant of the western posts, against his proceedings, and demand a withdrawal of his troops. The person employed to convey a letter to the French commandant was George Washington, an enterprising and public-spirited young- man, then in his twenty- French, and " , A , J , j , what is said second year, who thus early engaged in the public ofhimi * The Ohio River is formed by the confluence of the Alleghany from the N., and the Monongnhefa from the S., at Pittsburg, in the western part of Pennsylvania. From Pittsburg the general course of the river is S.W. to the Mississippi, a distance of 950 miles by the river, but only about 520 in a direct line. It separates the states of Vir ginia and Kentucky on the S., from Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois on the N., and drains a valley containing more than 200,000 square miles. The only considerable falls in the river are at Louisville, where the water descends twenty-two and a half feet in two miles, around which has been completed a canal that admits the passage of the largest steamboats. t Presque Isle (almost an island, as its name implies,) is a small peninsula on the southern shore of Lake Erie, at the northwestern extremity of Pennsylvania. The place referred to in history as Presque Isle is the present village of Erte, which is situ ated on the S.W. side of the bay formed between Presque Isle and the mainland. 176 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II 1753. i. what was wiled? 2. cave an a. Pro- " d b. Dec. is. gers did he meet during his return? 1754 c.jan. i6. *. what was the answer er? service, and who afterwards became illustrious in the annals of his country. 7. J The service to which Washington was thus ca lled, was both difficult and dangerous ; as half of his route j of f ur hundred miles, lay through a trackless wilderness, inhabited by Indian tribes, whose feelings were hostile to the English. 2 Departing, on the 31st f October, from Williarnsburg,* then the seat of gov ernment of the province, on the 4th of December he reached a French fort at the mouth of French Creek, t from which he was conducted to another fort higher up the stream, where he found the French command- ant, M. De St. Pierre, a who entertained him with great politeness, and gave him a written answer to Governor Dinwiddie s letter. 8. 3 Having secretly taken the dimensions of the fort, and made all possible observations, he set out b on . . r . -i n nis return. At one time he providentially escaped % jji ri-iri- t being murdered by a party of hostile Indians ; one of whom, at a short distance, fired upon him, but fortu nately missed him. At another time, while crossing a river on a raft, he was thrown from it by the floating ice ; and, after a narrow escape from drowning, he suf f ere d greatly from the intense severity of the cold 4 On his arrival 6 at Williarnsburg, the letter of S*. Pierre was found to contain a refusal to withdraw his -11 11 troops ; with the assurance that he was acting in o be dience to the commands of the governor-general of Canada, whose orders alone he should obey. 9. The hostile designs of the French being apparent f rom tne re pty of St. Pierre, the governor of Virginia made immediate preparations to resist their encroach ments. The Ohio Company sent out a party of thirty men to erect a fort at the confluence of the AlleghanyJ * Williamsburg is situated on elevated ground between James and York Rivers, a few miles N.E. from Jamestown. It is the seat of William and Marf College, founded in 1693. (See Map, p. 44.) t French Creek, called by the French J3ux Baufs, (O Buff;) enters Alleghany River from the west, in the present county of Venango, sixty-five miles N. from Pittsburg. The French fort, called Venango, was on the site of the present village of Franklin, the capital of Venarsgo County. I The Allegheny River rises in the northern part of Pennsylvania, and rjns, first N.W. into New York, and then, turning to the S.W., again enters Pennsylvania, and at Pittsburg unites with the Monongahela to form the Ohio CHAP. XIII.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 177 and Monongahela ;* and a body of provincial troops, 1754. placed under the command of Washington, marched ~~ into the disputed territory. The men sent out by the \.whathap- Ohio Company had scarcely commenced their fort, f ^Scomf when they were driven 11 from the ground by the pan^smen? French, who completed the work?, and named the a b. p r r - 18 place Fort du Q,uesne. b du-Sl 10. 2 An advance party under Jumonville, which 2 Wlmtwaa had been sent out to intercept the approach of Wash- &*&*& ington, was surprised in the night ; and all but one vine s par- were either killed or taken prisoners. 3 After erecting c . May w. a small fort, which he named Fort Necessity,! and s.w/tatwere being joined by some additional troops from New movements York and Carolina, Washington proceeded with four hundred men towards Fort du Gluesne, when, hearing of the advance of a large body of French and Indians, under the command of M. de Villiers, x he returned to xvn-ic-are. Fort Necessity, where he was soon after attacked 11 by a. July 3. nearly fifteen hundred of the enemy. After an obsti nate resistance of ten hours, Washington agreed to a capitulation, 6 which allowed him the honorable terms e. July 4. of retiring unmolested to Virginia. 11. 4 It having been seen by England, that war with France would be inevitable, the colonies had been advised to unite upon some plan of union for the gen- colonies? eral defence. 3 A convention had likewise been pro- 5. For what posed to be held at Albany, in June, for the purpose of conferring with the Six Nations, and securing their friendship. After a treaty had been made with the 6 WhatwM Indians, the convention took up the subject of the pro- ton* there* posed union ; and, on the fourth of July, the very day of the surrender of Fort Necessity, adopted a plan which had been drawn up by Dr. Franklin, a del egate from Pennsylvania. 12. 7 This plan proposed the establishment of a gen- 7 . Describe eral government in the colonies, to be administered by ^idn n ri a governor-general appointed by the crown, and a posed. council chosen by the several colonial legislatures; having the power to levy troops, declare war, raise * The Monongahela rises by numerous branches in the northwestern part of Virginia, and running north enters Pennsylvania, and unites vvitn the Alleghany at Pittsburg. t The remains of Fort Necessity are still to be seen near the national road from Cum berland to Wheeling, in the southeastern part of Fayette County, Pennsylvania. 178 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1754. money, make peace, regulate the Indian trade, and ~~ concert all other measures necessary for the general safety. The governor-general was to have a negative on the proceedings of the council, and all laws were to be submitted to the king for ratification. i.Whywas 13. x This plan, although approved by all the dele- !? gates present, except those from Connecticut, who ob jected to the negative voice of the governor-general, shared the singular fate of being rejected, both by the colonial assemblies, and by the British government: by the former, because it was supposed to give too much power to the representative of the king ; and by the latter, because it was supposed to give too much power 2. what was to tne representatives of the people. 2 As no plan of un i n could be devised, acceptable to both parties, it was determined to carry on the war with British troops, aided by such forces as the colonial assemblies might voluntarily furnish. 1755. II. 1755: EXPEDITIONS OF MONCKTON, BRADDOCK, SHIRLEY, AND SIR WILLIAM JOHNSON. 1. 3 Early in of thJcha n 1755 J General Braddock arrived 11 from Ireland, with ter treat? two regiments of British troops, and with the authority 3 & what is f comman der-in-chief of the British and colonial forces. said of 4 At a convention of the colonial g-overnors, assembled General , . . , T . . . 8 ,. . at his request in Virginia, three expeditions were re s l ve( l upon ; one against the French at Fort du Q,uesne, to be led bv General Braddock himself; a sec- resolvea . . . > . . upon? ond against JNiagara, and a third against Grown l j omt, a French post on the western shore of Lake Champlain. 6. what 2. * While preparations were making for these ex peditions, an enterprise, that had been previously de- termined upon, was prosecuted with success in another ken? quarter. About the last of May, Colonel Monckton sailed b from Boston, with three thousand troops, against the French settlements at the head of the Bay of Fun- dy, which were considered as encroachments upon the e. Give an English province of Nova Scotia. 6 Landingat Fort Lawrence,* on the eastern shore a niton ni f Chignecto, a branch of the Bay of Fundy, a French c. June 4. block-house was carried by assault, and Fort Beause- * For localities see Map, next page. t Vhignecto Bay is the northern, or northwestern, arm of the Bay of Fundy. CHAP, xm.j FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 179 jour a surrendered, 15 after an investment of four days. 1755. The name of the fort was then changed to Cumber- & Pro . land. Fort Gaspereau, on Bay Verte, d or Green p^JJ"z1f>r Bay,* was next taken; and the forts on the New kJunei? Brunswick coast were abandoned. In accordance with n u ^~ d the views of the governor of Nova Scotia, the planta- Gas-pe-ro! tions of the French settlers were laid waste ; and ^sev- n o U nd, eral thousands of the hapless fugitives, ardently at- Vairt - tached to their mother country, and refusing to take the oath of allegiance to Great Britain, were driven on board the British shipping, at the point of the bayonet, and dispersed, in poverty, through the English colonies. 4. l The expedition against the French on the Ohio, i. what de- was considerably delayed, by the difficulty of obtaining supplies of wagons and provisions ; but, on the tenth of June, General Braddock set out from Fort Cumber land,! with a force of little more than two thousand men, composed of British regulars and provincials. 2 Apprehending that Fort du Gluesne might be rein- 2. in wMt^ forced, he hastened his march with a select corps of 1200 men ; leaving Col. Dunbar to follow in the rear with the other troops and the heavy baggage. 5. 3 Neglecting the proper measures necessary for guarding against a surprise, and too confident in his own views to receive the advice of Washington, who 8ur P rtsed7 acted as his aid, and who requested to lead the pro vincials in advance ; Braddock continued to press for ward, heedless of danger, until he had arrived within nine or ten miles of Fort du Quesne. 4 While march- 4 cHvetr* ing in apparent security, his advanced guard of regu- y/Swr" lars, commanded by Lieutenant-colonel Gage, was fired P?*- upon 8 by an unseen enemy; and, unused to Indian e . Juiy. warfare, was thrown into disorder ; and falling back on the main body, a general confu sion ensued. * Bay Vertc, or Green Bay, is a western arm of Northumberland Strait; a strait which separates Prince Edward s Island from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. (See Map.) t Fort Cumberland was on the site of the pres ent village of Cumberland, which is situated on the N. side of the Potomac River, in Maryland, at the mouth of Will s Creek. The Cumberland, or National Road, which proceeds W. to Ohio, &c., commences hcra. what won 180 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1755. 6. General Braddock, vainly endeavoring to rally Tmieawas n s tro P s on tne s P ot wjiere they wero first attacked, a ^ er having had three horses killed under him, and ana the re- after seeing 1 every mounted officer fall, except Wash- sultof the i_- ir 11 i battle? mgton, was himself mortally wounded, when his troops fled in dismay and confusion. 2 The cool bravery 2. Whatsa- ., , r TT . . . J . . , ,, , , J ved the ar- of the Virginia provincials, who formed under the com- "totaSde? mand of Washington, covered the retreat of the regu j. j^ * lars, and saved the army from total destruction. 3 In m kmedar 6 t * 1 * s disastrous defeat more than two-thirds of all the wounded? officers, and nearly half the privates, were either killed or wounded. 4. Describe 7. 4 No pursuit was made by the enemy, to whom tne success was wholly unexpected ; yet so great was the panic communicated to Colonel Dunbar s troops, that they likewise fled with precipitation, and made no pause until they found themselves sheltered by the 5. what dts- walls of Fort Cumberland. 5 Soon after, Colonel Dun- madeofy/S bar, leaving at Cumberland a few provincial troops, aAu y? a k ut i nsu ffi c i ent to protect the frontiers, retired* with the rest of the army to Philadelphia. e. what is 8. The expedition against Niagara was entrusted to 8 efped{tim Governor Shirley of Massachusetts ; on whom the com- *S5ri?* mand in chief of the British forces had devolved, after the death of General Braddock. The forces designed b. N. p. isa. for this enterprise were to assemble at Oswego, b whence they were to proceed by water to the mouth of the Ni agara River.* The main body of the troops, however, did not arrive until the last of August ; and then a succession of western winds and rain, the prevalence of sickness in the camp, and the desertion of the In dian allies, rendered it unadvisable to proceed ; and c. Oct. 24. most of the forces were withdrawn. The erection of 7. Give the two new forts had been commenced on the east side f tne r i yer ; an( l suitable garrisons were left to defend tnem - Point vre- ^- 7 The expedition against Crown Point was en vious to^rhe trusted to General Johnson, afterwards Sir William Johnson. Johnson, a member of the council of New York. In * Niagara River is the channel which connects Lake Erie with Lake Ontario. It is about thirty-six miles long, and flows from S. to N. In this stream, twenty-two miles north from Lake Erie, are the celebrated Fallt of Niagara, the greatest natural curios ity in the world. (See Map, p. 306 and 319.) CHAP. Xlli.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 181 d. p ro - e - N - P- 13 - June and July, about 6000 troops, under General Ly- 1755. man, were assembled at the carrying place between ~~ Hudson River and Lake George ; a where they con- a N structed a fort which they named Fort Lyman, but which was afterwards called Fort Edward.* J In the i. When did latter part of August General Johnson arrived ; and, taking the command, moved forward with the main body of his forces to the head of Lake George ; where he learned, b by his scouts, that nearly two thousand b Sept 7 French and Indians were on their march from Crown Point, with the intention of attacking Fort Edward, c. N. p. 134. 10. 2 The enemy, under the command of the Baron Dieskau, d approaching by the way of Wood Creek,* had arrived within two miles of Fort Edward ; when the commander, at the request of his Indian allies, who stood in great dread of the English cannon, suddenly changed his route, with the design of attacking the camp of Johnson. 3 In the mean time, Johnson had 3 Wha(de . sent out a party of a thousand provincials under the tachment i r s~< *i i TTTMT i j j T was tient command of Colonel Williams ; and two hundred In- against dians under the command of Hendricks, a Mohawk * e why? n sachem ; for the purpose of intercepting the return of the enemy, whether they succeeded, or failed, in their designs against Fort Edward. 11. 4 Unfortunately, the English, being drawn into r. septa. an ambuscade/ were overpowered by superior num- bers, and driven back with a severe loss. Among the killed were Colonel Williams and the chieftain Hendricks. The loss of the enemy was also consid- erable ; and among the slain was St. Pierre, who commanded the Indians. 5 The firing being heard in the camp of Johnson, and its near approach convincing him of the repulse of Williams ; _ he rapidly constructed a breastwork of fallen trees, and mounted several cannon, which, I two days before, he had fortunately received li from Fort Edward. * for", Edward was on the site of the present village of Fort Edward, in Washington County, on the E. side of Hudson River, and about forty-five miles N. from Albany. This spot was also called the carrying- place; being the point where, in the expeditions against Canada, the troops, stores, &c., were landed, and thence carried to Wood Creek, a distance of twelve miles, where they were again embarked. (See Map.) VICINITY OF LAKE GEOROE. 182 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1T55. 12. x The fugitives had scarcely arrived at the camp, i. Descnte wnen the enemy appeared and commenced a spirited th hXnp n attac k j but the unexpected reception which the Eng lish cannon gave them, considerably cooled their ardor. The Canadian militia and the Indians soon fled ; and the French troops, after continuing the contest several 9. What was hours, retired in disorder. 2 Dieskau was found wound- Diakatfl ed an( l alone, leaning against the stump of a tree. While feeling for his watch, in order to surrender it, an English soldier, thinking he was searching for a pistol, fired upon him, and inflicted a wound which 9.whatcom- caused his- death. 3 After the repulse of the French, a *%?$* detachment from Fort Edward fell upon their rear, enemy i anc j completed their defeat. 4. what 13- 4 -^ or tne P ur P ose f securing the country from were the the incursions of the enemy, General Johnson erected further fro- c i i r 1-11 T cecdings of a tort at his place 01 encampment, which he named Fort William Henry.* Learning that the French were strengthening their works at Crown Point, and likewise that a large party had taken possession of, and were fortifying Ticonderoga ;f he deemed it ad visable to make no farther advance ; and, late in the season after leaving sufficient garrisons at Forts Wil- a . Dec . Ham Henry and Edward, he retired 1 to Albany, whence he dispersed the remainder of his army to their respective provinces. Of what does TTT -,, T-\ T /-\ r T the third di- 111. 1756: DELAYS J LOSS OP OsWEGO; INDIAN lN- vtoton treat? CTJRSIONS _ L The p i an for fa e campaign of 1756, 6. what was which had been agreed upon in a council of the colo- n ^ governors held at Albany, early in the season, was s i m ^ ar to tnat f tne preceding year ; having for its object the reduction of Crown Point, Niagara, and Fort du duesne. 6 Lord Loudon was appointed by were op- the king commander-in-chief of his forces in America, yomtcd? an( j a j go governor of Virginia ; but, being unable to depart immediately, General Abercrombie was ordered * Fort Wm. Henry was situated at the head of Lake George, a little E. from the vil lage of Caldwell, in Warren County. After the fort was levelled by Montcalm, in 1757, (see page 185,) Fort George was built as a substitute for it, on a more commanding site ; yot it was never the scene of any important battle. (Sec Map, previous page.) t Ticonderoffa is situated at the mouth of the outlet of Lake George, in Essex County, on the western shore of Lake Chainplaln, about eighty-five miles in a direct line N. from Albany. (See Map and Note, p. 240.) The village of Ticonderoga is two miles above the ruins of the fort. CHAP. XIII.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 183 to precede him, and take the command of the troops 1756. until his arrival. l Thus far, hostilities had been car ried on without any formal declaration of war ; but, in May of this year, war was declared 1 by Great Britain against France, and, soon after, b by the latter power against Great Britain. 2. 2 In June, General Abercrombie arrived, with several regiments, and proceeded to Albany, where the provincial troops were assembled ; but deeming the forces under his command inadequate to carry out the plan of the campaign, he thought it prudent to await the arrival of the Earl of Loudon. This occa sioned a delay until the latter part of July ; and even after the arrival of the earl, no measures of importance were taken. 3 The French, in the mean time, profiting by the delays of the English, seized the opportunity to make an attack upon Oswego.* 3. 4 Early in August, the Marquis Montcalm, who had succeeded the Baron Dieskau in the chief com mand of the French forces in Canada, crossed Lake Ontario with more than five thousand men, French, Canadians, and Indians ; and, with more than thirty pieces of cannon, commenced the siege of Fort On tario, on the east side of Oswego River, f After an obstinate, but short defence, this fort was abandoned, 41 the garrison safely retiring to the old fort on the west side of the river. 4. 6 On the fourteenth, the English, numbering only 1400 men, found themselves reduced to the necessity of a capitulation ; by which they surrendered them selves prisoners of war. Several vessels in the harbor, together with a large amount of military stores, con sisting of small arms, ammunition, provisions, and 134 pieces of cannon, fell into the hands of the enemy. Mont- i, after demolishing the forts, returned to Canada. 1. What is said of the declaration of war ? a. May 17. b. June 9. 2. What is said of the measures of Abcrcrombie and Lord Loudon ? 3. How did the French profit by these delays? 4. Give an account of Mnntcalin s expedition against Oswego. c. Aug. 11. d. Aug. IS. 5. What is said of the surrender of this place, and the loss suffered by t/ic English? * The village of Oswego, in Oswego County, is situa ted on both sides of Oswego River, at its entrance into Lake Ontario. Old Fort Oswego, built in 1727, was on the west side of the river. In 1735 Fort Ontario was built on an eminence on the E side of the river ; a short distance N. of which stands the present Fort Oswego. * Oswcffo River is formed by the junction of Seneca and Oueida Rivers. The former is the outlet of Canan- daigua, Crooked, Seneca, Cayuga, Owasco, and Skeneut- e>s Lakes ; and the latter of Oneida Lake. FORTS AT OSWEGO. 184 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II 1756. 5. After the defeat of Brad dock, the Indians on the i. what is western frontiers, incited by the French, renewed their dlandepri depredations, and killed, or carried into captivity, more datimwon than a thousand of the inhabitants. 2 In August of the western , . ~ , , . Jp frontiers? this year, Colonel Armstrong, with a party of nearly ount ^00 men, marched against Kittaning,* their principal n^stx- town j on tne Alleghany River. The Indians, although pedttion. surprised, a defended themselves with great bravery 5 a. sept. s. re f u sing quarter when it was offered them. Their principal chiefs were killed, their town was destroyed, and Eleven prisoners were recovered. The English suffered but little in this expedition. Among their wounded was Captain Mercer, afterwards distinguished 3. what is in the war of the revolution. 3 These were the prin- titqfattt cipal events of this year ; and not one of the important paig C n? n objects of the campaign was either accomplished or 1757 attempted. Of what docs ^ 1?57: DESIGNS AGAINST LoUISBURG, AND LOSS thefounhdb- OF FORT WILLIAM HENRY. 1. 4 The plan of the cam- vision treat f . r . i i i i !/ 4. what was P ai g n * l*7j was limited, by the commander-m-chief, a> fit?em? to an attempt upon the important fortress of Louisburg. p^snof s With the reduction of this post in view, Lord Loudon b. June 20. sailed b from New York, in June, with 6000 regular s- wtofPg troops ; and, on the thirtieth of the same month, arrived taerfrffuMfe? at Halifax; where he was reinforced by a powerful naval armament commanded by Admiral Holbourn ; 6 why w<u an( ^ a ^ anc ^ ^ orce ^ 5000 men from England. 6 Soon alandoS? a ^ er ? information was received, that a French fleet, c. Aug. *. larger than that of the English, had already arrived in the harbor of Louisburg, and that the city was gar risoned by more than 6000 men. The expedition was, therefore, necessarily abandoned. The admiral pro ceeded to cruise off Louisburg, and Lord Loudon re- d. Aug. si. turned d to New York. 7 what was 2. 7 While these events were transpiring, the French dof^ln/L comma nder, the Marquis Montcalm, having collected meantime? his forces at Ticonderoga, advanced with an army of e. AUK. s. 9000 men, 2000 of whom were savages, and laid siege" f. see Note, to Fort William Henry. f , 8 The garrison of the fort * Kittaning; the county scat of Armstrong County, Pennsylvania, is built on the site of the old Indian town. It is on the E. side of Alleghany River, about f&ty miles N E. from Pittsburg. CHAP. XIU.J THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 185 consisted of between two and three thousand men, commanded by Colonel Monro ; and, for the farther security of the place, Colonel Webb was stationed at j i / Fort Edward, only fifteen miles distant, with an army T ~y . . . J 01 4000 men. During six days, the garrison main- tained an obstinate defence ; anxiously awaiting a re- nforcement from Fort Edward ; until, receiving posi tive information that no relief would be attempted, and their ammunition beginning to fail them, they sur- endered a the place by capitulation. 3. l Honorable terms were granted the garrison " on account of their honorable defence," as the capitulation itself expressed ; and they were to march out with their arms, and retire in safety under an escort to Fort Ed ward. 2 The capitulation, however, was shamefully broken by the Indians attached to Montcalm s party ; who fell upon the English as they were leaving the fort ; plundered them of their baggage, and butchered many of them in cold blood. 3 The otherwise fair fame of Montcalm has been tarnished by this unfortu- nate affair ; but it is believed that he and his officers -. , . , r . , T used their utmost endeavors, except firing upon the In- dians, to stop the butchery. V. 1758: REDUCTION OF LOUISBURG; ABERCROM- BIE S DEFEAT; THE TAKING OF FORTS FRONTENAC AND Du GluESNE. 1. *The result of the two preceding cam- paigns was exceedingly humiliating to England, in view of the formidable preparations that had been made for carrying on the war ; and so strong was the feeling against the ministry and their measures, that a change was found necessary. 5 A new administration was formed, at the head of which was placed Mr. Pitt. afterwards Lord Chatham ; Lord Loudon was recalled ; additional forces were raised in America ; and a large naval armament, and twelve thousand additional troops, were promised from England. 6 Three ex- peditions were planned : one against Louisburg, an other against the French on Lake Champlain, and a third against Fort du Gluesne. 2. 7 Early in the season, Admiral Boscawen arrived at Halifax, whence he sailed, on the 28th of May, with a fleet of nearly forty armed vessels, together with 1757. account >s tJi& sicijc ana surrender of For I Wil- item Henry. a . Aug. 9. t What Z.HOIO t^m ken * on this occa- 1753. 5. what 6. What ex peditions were plan- 186 COLONIAL HISTORY. fpART II. 1758. tweive thousand men under the command of General a see NotT Amherst, for the reduction of Louisburg. a On the and map, second of June, the fleet anchored in Gabarus Bay ; and on the 8th the troops effected a landing, with little loss | when the French called in their outposts, and dismantled the royal battery. b June 12 3. ^oon after, General Wolfe, passing b around the i. of the Northeast Harbor, erected a battery at the North Cape, F thelfeg6, near the light-house, from which the island battery was silenced: 6 three French ships were burned 4 in the harbor ; and the fortifications of the town were greatly injured. At length, all the shipping being destroyed, and the batteries from the land side having made sev eral breaches in the walls, near the last of July, the e July 26 c *ty anc ^ island, together with St. John s,* were sur rendered 6 by capitulation. 2. During 4. 2 During these events, General Abercrombie, on these events W h m the command in chief had devolved on the re- whit was occurring call of Lord Loudon, was advancing against Ticon- elsewliercf , i < i i 111 TI f. see Note deroga. f 3 On the 5th of July, he embarked on Lake - a dMa P- George, with more than 15,000 men, and a formidable 3. Give an train of artillery. On the following morning, the tnc C pro3rss troops landed near the northern extremity of the lake, ditKn eX a p n<i a d commenced their march through a thick wood ^suuSe? towards the fort, then defended by about four thousand men under the command of the Marquis Montcalm. Ignorant of the nature of the ground, and without proper guides, the troops became bewildered ; and the centre column, commanded by Lord Howe, falling in with an advanced guard of the French, Lord Howe himself was killed ; but after a warm contest, the en- f Ju]y 6 emy were repulsed. & 4 what wo* ^ *^ QI tne death of Lord Howe, who was a high- ihe effect of ly valuable officer, and the soul of the expedition, the Lor deatTi e * ardor of the troops greatly abated; and disorder and s. Give the confusion prevailed. 5 Most of the army fell back to tne l an( ling-place, but, early on the morning of the 8th, again advanced in full force to attack the fort ; the general being assured, by his chief engineer, that * St. John s, or Prince Edward s Island, is an island of very irregular sh;\f>c, about 130 miles long;; lyinsj \v^st of Cape Breton, and north of Nova Scotia, from which it Ls separated by Northumberland Strait. The French called the island St. John ; but in 1799 the English changed its name to Prince Edward. CHAP. XIII.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 187 the entrenchments were unfinished, and might be at- 1758. tempted with good prospect of success. Unexpectedly, the breastwork was found to be of great strength, and covered with felled trees, with their branches pointing outwards ; and notwithstanding the intrepidity of the troops, after a contest of nearly four hours, they were repulsed* with great slaughter ; leaving nearly two a July g thousand of their number killed or wounded on the field of battle. 6. l After this repulse, the army retired to the head of Lake George, whence, at the solicitation of Colonel Bradstreet, an expedition of three thousand men, under the command of that officer, was sent against Fort Frontenac,* on the western shore of the outlet of Lake Ontario, a place which had long been the chief resort for the traders of the Indian nations who were in al liance with the French. Proceeding by the way of Oswego, Bradstreet crossed the lake, landed b within a b Aug mile of the fort without opposition, and, in two days, compelled that important fortress to surrender. The fort was destroyed, and nine armed vessels, sixty can non, and a large quantity of military stores and goods, designed for the Indian trade, fell into the hands of the English. 7. 2 The expedition against Fort du duesne was g. of the entrusted to General Forbes, who set out from Phil- a/atSf^r adelphia early in July, at the head of 9000 men. An du ^ ucsn6> advanced party under Major Grant was attacked near the fort, and defeated with the loss of three hundred men ; but, as the main body of the army advanced, the French, being deserted by their Indian allies, abandoned d the place, and escaped in boats down the d. NOV. 24. Ohio, duiet possession was then taken* of the fort, e. NOV. 25.: when it was repaired and garrisoned, and, in honor of treaty ua* Mr. Pitt, named Pittsburgh 3 The western Indians lhen e $ m soon after came in and concluded a treaty of neutrality * what is with the English. Notwithstanding the defeat of Abercrombie, the events of the year had weakened the C. Aug. 27. ult of the campaign 753? * The village of Kingston, in Canada, now occupies the site of Old Fort Frontenac. t Pittsburg, now a flourishing city, is situated on a beautiful plain, at the junction of the Atteghttny and the Monongahela, in the western part of Pennsylvania. There are several thriving villages in tie vicinity, which should be regarded as suburbs of Pittsburg, the principal of which s Mlcghany City, on the N.W. side of the Alleghany River. 188 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1759. French power in America ; and the campaign closed ~~ with honor to England and her colonies. 1759. VI. 1759 TO 1763 : TICONDEROGA AND CROWN POINT ( What are ABANDONED | NlAGARA TAKEN | CONQUEST OF Q.UEBEC, of the sixth - OF ALL CANADA ! WAR WITH THE ClIEROKEES ; PEACE division? iryr t i irnt i i i i r~\ i i what OF * 63. Tne high reputation which General bestmoed on were, Amherst had acquired in the siege of Louisburar, had d on . , . & . , . General gamed him a vote ot thanks from parliament, and had procured for him the appointment of commander-in- chief of the army in North America, with the respon sibility of carrying out the vast and daring project of Mr. Pitt, which was no less than the entire conquest of Canada in a single campaign. 2 whatwas ^" ^ OT tne P ur P ose f dividing and weakening the the plan of power of the French, General Wolfe, a young- officer the cam- r f , , , , . . . . J , , . ,,, paignqf ol uncommon merit, who had distinguished himself at the siege of Louisburg, was to ascend the St. Lawrence and lay siege to Quebec : General Amherst was to carry Ticonderoga and Crown Point ; and then, by way of Lake Champlain and the St. Lawrence, was to unite with the forces of General Wolfe ; while a third army, after the reduction of Niagara, was to proceed down the lake and river against Montreal. 3. whatioas 3. 3 In the prosecution of the enterprise which had tfG S en CC Am- ^ een entrusted to him, General Amherst arrived 1 be- coMero/a? ^ ore Ti c onderoga b in the latter part of July, with an a. July 22. army of little more than 11,000 men. While prepar- b kndM^p te ^ n ^ or a g" enera l attack, the French abandoned their p. 240. lines, and withdrew to the fort ; but, in a few days, d Ju iy 2 abandoned d this also, after having partially demolished e. N. p. is*, it, and retired to Crown Point* 4. Give an 4. Pursuing- his successes. General Amherst ad- accnunt of n & , . , , , . , the further vanced towards this latter post ; but, on his approach, theenemy, the garrison retired* 1 to the Isle of Aux Noix* in the river Sorel. g After having constructed several small f TuT i vesse H an( ^ acquired a naval superiority on the lake, g. N. p. i3o. the whole army embarked 11 in pursuit of the enemy ; h. Oct. 11. ] DUt a succession of storms, and the advanced season of i oct 2 tne Y ear > fi na lty compelled a return 1 to Crown Point, where the troops went into winter quarters. * dux Woix (O Noo-ah) is a small island in the River Sorel, or Richelieu, a short distance above the northern extremity of Lake Champlain. LIST/ THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. CHAP. XIII.] 5. General Prideaux, a to whom was given the command of the expedition against Niagara, proceeded by the way of Schenectady and Oswego ; and, on the sixth of July, landed near the fort without opposition. Soon after the commencement of the siege, the gen eral was killed through the carelessness of a gunner, by the bursting of a cohorn, when the command de volved on Sir William Johnson. As twelve hundred French and Indians, from the southern French forts, were advancing to the relief of the place, they were met, and routed b with great loss 5 when the garrison, despairing of assistance, submitted to terms of capit ulation. The surrender of this important post effectu ally cut off the communication between Canada and Louisiana. 6. 2 While these events were transpiring, General Wolfe was prosecuting the more important part of the campaign, the siege of Quebec.* Having embarked about 8000 men at Louisburg, under convoy of a fleet of 22 ships of the line, and an equal number of frigates and small armed vessels, commanded by Admirals Saunders and Holmes ; he safely landed d the army, near the end of June, on the Isle of Orleans, a few miles below Quebec. 3 The French forct>s, to the number of thirteen thousand men, occupied the city, 189 b. July 24. c. July 25. 2. What was Gen. Wolfe doing in th& mean time t d. June 27. 3. llow were the French forces dis posed? * Quebec, a strongly fortified city of Canada, is situated on the N.W. side of the River St. Lawrence, on a lofty prom ontory formed by that river and the St. Charles. The city consists of the Up per and the Lower Town ; the latter on a narrow strip of land, wholly the work of art, near the water s edge ; and the former on a plain, difficult of access, more than 200 feet higher. Cape Dia mond, the most elevated part of the Up per Town, on which stands the citadel, is 345 feet above the level of the river, and commands a grand view of an ex tensive tract of country. The fortifica tions of the Upper Town, extending nearly across the peninsula, enclose a circuit of about two miles and three- quarters. The Plains of Abraham, im mediately westward, and in front of the fortifications, rise to the height of more Than 300 feet, and are exceedingly diffi cult of access from the river. (Map.) 190 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1759. and a strong camp on the northern shore of the St ~ Lawrence, between the rivers St. Charles and Mont- morenci.* a. June so. 7. General Wolfe took possession* of Point Levi, b b - p 66 !" 13 where he erected batteries which destroyed the Lower 1. what were Town, but did little injury to the defences of the city. He soon after crossed the north channel of the St. Lawrence, and encamped his army near the enemy s left, the river Montmorenci lying between them. 2. on what 2 Convinced, however, of the impossibility of reducing danng the place unless he could erect batteries nearer the city measures . * __ . 1-1 ^ didhenext than Point Levi, he soon decided on more daring measures. He resolved to cross the St. Lawrence and the Montmorenci, with different divisions, at the same time, and storm the entrenchments of the French camp. 3 Describe 8l 3 ^ or tn * s P ur P ose > on tne last day of July, the the landing boats of the fleet, filled with grenadiers, and with qf Die. troops. , r . . & i r ^ troops from Point Levi, under the command of Gen eral Monckton, crossed the St. Lawrence, and, after considerable delay by grounding on a ledge of rocks, July 31. effected a landing a little above the Montmorenci; while Generals Townshend and Murray, fording that stream at low water, near its mouth, hastened to the 4 wtMt ass i stance f tne tr oops already landed. 4 But as the camcd the grenadiers rushed impetuously forward without waiting \ C he U gr e e.na- for the troops that were to support them, they were driven back with loss, and obliged to seek shelter be hind a redoubt .which the enemy had abandoned. s.wkatcom- 5 H ere they were detained a while by a thunder storm, v trS "nd St ^ ex P se d to a galling fire ; when night approach- tofuaims ing- and the tide setting in, a retreat was ordered. was sustain- mi / 11-11 ed? L his unfortunate attempt was attended with the loss of nearly 500 men. G. what is 9. fl The bodily fatigues which General Wolfe had llcknLs h qf endured, together with his recent disappointment, act- oen. woife? i n g upon a frame naturally delicate, threw him into a violent fever; and, for a time, rendered him incapable 7. mint plan of taking the field in person. 7 He therefore called a proposed i council of his officers, and, requesting their advice, * The Rivor Montmorenci enters the St. Lawrence from the N., about seven miles below Q,tiel>ec. The falls in this river, near its mouth, are justly celebrated for their beauty. The water descends 240 feet in one unbroken sheet of foam. (Map, p. 180.) CHAP. XHI.] THE FRENCH AND INDIAN WAR. 191 proposed a second attack on the French lines. They 1759. were of opinion, however, that this was inexpedient, ~~ bwt proposed that the army should attempt a point above Quebec, where they might gain the heights which overlooked the city. The plan being approved, preparations were immediately made to carry it into execution. 10. x The camp at Montmorenci being broken up, i. Give an the troops and artillery were conveyed to Point Levi ; SfSS and, soon after, to some distance above the city; while fian^fft- Montcalm s attention was still engaged with the ap- e(L parent design of a second attack upon his camp. All things being in readiness, during the night of the 12th of September, the troops in boats silently fell down the stream 5 and, landing within a mile and a half of the city, ascended the precipice, dispersed a few Ca nadians and Indians; and, when morning dawned, were drawn up in battle array on the plains of Abraham. 11. 2 Montcalm, surprised at this unexpected event, awhe[tdid and perceiving that, unless the English could be driven Montcaim r i f< t 1 J l tflen a * from their position, (oluebec was lost, immediately crossed the St. Charles with his whole army, and ad vanced to the attack. 3 About nine in the morning 3 . Ascribe fifteen hundred Indians and Canadians, advancing in the attack - front, and screened by surrounding thickets, began the battle ; a but the English reserved their fire for the main a Sept 13 body of the French, then rapidly advancing; and, when at the distance of forty yards, opened upon them with such effect as to compel them to recoil with con fusion. 12. 4 Early in the battle General Wolfe received two 4 . Re j atet hi wounds in quick succession, which he concealed, but, cir c while pressing forward at the head of his grenadiers, with fixed bayonets, a third ball pierced his breast, Colonel Monckton, the second officer in rank, was dangerously wounded by his side, when the command devolved on General Townshend. The French gen eral, Montcaim, likewise fell ; and his second in com mand was mortally wounded. General Wolfe died on the field of battle, but he lived long enough to be informed that he had gained the victory 192 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1759. 13. Conveyed to the rear and supported by a few at- \~conttnue ten( lants, while the agonies of death were upon him, he the relation, heard the distant cry, " They run, they run." Raising his drooping head, the dying hero anxiously asked, " Who run ?" Being informed that it was the French, "^Then," said he. " I die contented," and immediately expired. Montcalm lived to be carried into the city. When informed that his wound was mortal, " So much the better," he replied, " I shall not then live to witness the surrender of Quebec." a. sept. is. 14. 2 Five days after the battle the city surrendered, 8 cumfjiv e an d received an English garrison, thus leaving Mon- "dai/s ajflwr treal the only place of importance to the French, in 1760 Canada. 3 Yet in the following spring the French at- 3. Give an tempted the recovery of Gluebec ; and, after a bloody battle fought b three miles above the city, drove the English to their fortifications, from which they were b. ApriJ28. relieved only by the arrival of an English squadron c. May 16. w [fa reinforcements. 4. of the 15- 4 During the season, General Amherst, the com- C MoMreaf niander-in-chief, made extensive preparations for re- d.sept. e, 7. ducing Montreal. Three powerful armies assembled d there by different routes, early in September ; when the commander of the place, perceiving that resistance e. sept. s. would be ineffectual, surrendered, 6 not only Montreal, but all the other French posts in Canada, to his Bri tannic majesty. Reiate f the 16. *Early in the same year a war broke out with " the powerful nation of the Cherokees, who had but re cently, as allies of the French, concluded a peace with the English. General Amherst sent Colonel Mont- f S i759. 26< gomery against them, who, assisted by the Carolini- . May, Aug. ans, burned* many of their towns ; but the Cherokees, f Au- s * n turn ? besieged Fort London,* and having compelled the garison to capitulate, 11 afterwards fell upon them, 6. During and either killed, 1 or carried away prisoners, the whole th \ii\ ar party. 6 In the following year Colonel Grant marched j. June 10. into their country, overcame them in battle, 3 de- * Fort London was in the northeastern part of Tennessee, on the Watauga River, a stream which, rising in N. Cirolina, flows westward Into Tennessee, and iinilos with IJnl.ston River. Fort London was built in 1757, ;i;i(l was the first settlement in Tennes see, which was thoii included hi the territory claimed hv N. Carolina. CHAP. XIV.] CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 193 stroyed their villages, and drove the savages to the mountains ; when peace was concluded with them. 17. ^he war between France and England con tinued on the ocean, and among the islands of the West Indies, with almost uniform success to the Eng lish, until 1763 ; when, on the 10th of February of that year, a definitive treaty of peace was signed at Paris. 2 France thereby surrendered to Great Britain all her possessions in North America, eastward of the Mississippi River, from its source to the ri ver Iberville ;* and thence, through Lakes Maurepasf and Pontchar- train,J to the Gulf of Mexico. At the same time Spain, with whom England had been at war during the previous year, ceded to Great Britain her pos sessions of East and West Flor- ida. 1761. 1. Give an account of the further progress and end of the war between France and England. 1763. 2. What possessions were ceiled by France, and what by Spain f CHAPTER XIV. CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. 1. 3 By the treaty of Paris in 1763, England gained ^K^" a large addition to her American territory ; extending *$ it from the northeastern extremity of the continent to territory a/ the Gulf of Mexico ; and from the Mississippi to the ^tfftfSr Atlantic. 4 During a century and a half the rival *;Jf^^f powers of France and England had contended for su- " **""?* premacy in America ; involving, in the mean time, * Iberville, an outlet of the Mississippi, leaves that river fourteen miles below Baton Rouge, and flowing E. enters Amite lliver, which falls into Lake Maurepax. It now receives water from the Mississippi only at high flood. t Jfaitrcjjas is .1 lake about twenty miles in circumference, communicating with Lake Pcmtchartrain on the E. by an outlet seven miles long. J Pontchartrain is a lake more than a hundred miles in circumference, the southern shore of which is about five miles N. from New Orleans. That part of the country ceded by Spain was divided, by the English monarch, into the governments of East and West Florida. East Florida included all embraced in the present Florida, as far W. as the Apalachicola River. Those parts of the states of Alabama and Mississippi which extend from the 81st degree down to the Gulf of Mexico, were included in West Florida. 194 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 1763. the British American colonies in almost continued In- ^^ an warfare, at an enormous expense of blood and treasure. 2. x The subversion of the French power in Ameri- ca was looked to as the harbinger of long-continued P eace an d prosperity to the colonies ; but scarcely had the struggle ended, when a contest arose, between the .. oo t 1111 desire of power on the one hand, and the abhorrence of oppression on the other, which finally resulted in mafter? the dismemberment of the British empire. 2. what is 3. 2 Although the colonists had ever cherished feel- fSings^f i n g s f filial regard for the mother country ; and were coumift8 ly to- P rou d of their descent from one of the most powerful loardtEng- nations of Europe ; yet, even before any decided acts of oppression had driven them to resistance, other causes had strongly operated to prepare the way for American Independence. 3. By what 4. 3 Although the Americans were under different thfcotonia colonial governments ; yet they were socially united writSat as one P e pl e j by the identity of their language, laws, one people? and customs, and the ties of a common kindred ; and still more, by a common participation in the vicissi tudes of peril and suffering through which they had 4. what passed. 4 These and other causes, had closely united t& ct cauL them in one common interest ; and, in the ratio of tS&uiftt tne ^ r fr aterna l union as colonies, had weakened their England? attachment to the parent land. 5. 6 Before they leit England, they were allied in mid of the, principle and in feeling with the republican, or liberal r p?-SilS party ; which was ever seeking to abridge the pre- oft p~i & p f~ rogatives of the crown, and to enlarge the liberties of the people. They scoffed at the " divine right of kings," looked upon rulers as public servants bound to exercise their authority for the sole benefit of the gov erned ; and maintained that it is the inalienable right of the subject, freely to give his money to the crown, or to withhold it at his discretion. e. in view 6. 6 With such principles, it is not surprising that /iSwhal an Y attempt on the part of Great Britain to tax her are r%edo~ colonies, should be met with determined opposition ; j83 and we are surprised to find that severe restrictions upon American commerce, highly injurious to the col- CHAP. XIV.] CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. onies, but beneficial to England, had long been sub- mitted to without open resentment. 7. ^uch were the navigation acts, which, for the benefit of English shipping, declared 11 that no merchan- disc of the English plantations should be imported into England in any other than English vessels ; which for the benefit of English manufacturers, prohibited 13 the exportation from the colonies, and the introduction from one colony into another, of hats and woolens of domestic manufacture ; which forbade hatters to have, at one time, more than two apprentices ; which pro hibited the importation of sugar, rum, and molasses, without the payment of exorbitant duties ; which for bade 1 the erection of certain iron works, and the man ufacture of steel ; and which prohibited the felling of pitch and white-pine trees, not comprehended within enclosures. 8. 2 Although parliament, as early as 1733, had im- posed duties on sugar and molasses imported into the colonies ; yet the payment of them was for many years evaded, or openly violated, with but little- interference by the British authorities. 3 In 1761 an attempt was made to enforce the act, by the requisition, from the i . , ~ ,, . -% . L . . colonial courts, of " writs of assistance ;" which were general search-warrants, authorizing the king s officers to search for suspected articles which had been intro duced into the provinces without the payment of the required duties. 4 In Boston, violent excitements pre vailed | the applications for the writs were met by the spirited opposition of the people, and the bold denun ciations of Thatcher, Otis, and others. 5 In 1763, the admiralty undertook to enforce the strict letter of the laws ; vessels engaged in the contraband commerce were seized and confiscated ; and the colonial trade with the West Indies was nearly annihilated. 9. 8 In 1764, the sugar act was re-enacted; accom- panied by the first formal declaration, on the part of parliament, of the design of taxing the colonies. 5 At the same time, Mr. Grenville, the prime minister, in- troduced a resolution, " That it would be proper to charge certain stamp duties on the colonies." The i i -i i i T-I * ^ resolution was adopted 6 by the House of Commons, 195 1763. a First Nav l gJ? Ao f i firmed ana , 1 commerce. b - 1732 - x.whati* lassea ? 3 O f the writs tf tu- s-mtance? curred in 1763. 1764. taxing the colonies? o. March 10. 196 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART IL 1764. but the consideration of the proposed act was postponed ~" to the next session of parliament ; giving to the Amer icans, in the mean time, an opportunity of expressing their sentknents with regard to these novel measures of taxation. 10. l The colonies received the intelligence of these proceedings with a general feeling of indignation. ^ ne y considered them the commencement of a system of revenue, which, if unresisted, opened a prospect of and what . . ,, . in i did they do oppression, boundless in extent, and endless in duration. The proposed stamp-act was particularly obnoxious. Numerous political meetings were held ; remonstrances were addressed to the king, and the two houses of par liament ; and agents were sent to London, to exert all their influence in preventing, if possible, the intended act from becoming a law. iwhaxwere 1]L - 2 While England asserted her undoubted right nSntawyed to tax ner c lnies, tne latter strongly denied both the to favor of justice and the constitutionality of the claim. The taxing the J J . colonies? former maintained that the colonies were but a portion of the British empire ; that they had ever submitted, as in duty bound, to the jurisdiction of the mother coun try ; that the inhabitants of the colonies were as much represented in parliament as the great majority of the English nation ; that the taxes proposed were but a moderate interest for the immense sums which had al ready been bestowed in the defence of the colonies, and which would still be required, for their protection ; and that protection itself is the ground that gives the right of taxation. s.matieere 12. 3 On the other hand it was maintained, as a fun- menfTSo- damental principle, that taxation and representation are 8td t l i onT a ~ inseparable ; that the colonies were neither actually nor virtually represented in the British parliament; and that, if their property might be taken from them without their consent, there would be no limit to the oppression which might be exercised over them. They said they had hitherto supposed, that the assistance which Great Britain had given them, was offered from motives of humanity, and not as the price of their lib erty ; and if she now wished pay for it, she must make an allowance for the assistance she herself had received CHAP. XIV.J CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 197 from the colonies, and for the advantages she had gained by her oppressive restrictions on American commerce; and that, as for future protection, the colonies had full confidence in their ability to defend themselves against any foreign enemy. 1 3. Notwithstanding the murmurs which had arisen from every quarter, the British ministers were not to be diverted from their plan; and early in 1765, the stamp act passed" the House of Commons by a major ity of five to one, the House of Lords, 1 without any opposition, and soon after received the royal assent. This act ordained that instruments of writing, such as deeds, bonds, notes, and printed pamphlets, almanacs, newspapers, &c., should be executed on stamped paper; for which a duty should be paid to the crown. The act was to go into operation on the first day of Novem ber of the same year. 14. 2 When the news of the passage of this act reached America, a general indignation spread through the country ; breaking forth, in some places, in acts of out rage and violence ; and, in others, assuming the spirit of calm but determined resistance. 3 At Boston and Philadelphia, the bells were muffled and rung a fune ral peal ; at New York, the act was carried through the streets with a death s head affixed to it, and styled the " Folly of England and the ruin of America." 4 The stamps themselves, in many places, were seized and destroyed ; the houses of those who sided with the government were plundered ; the stamp officers were compelled to resign ; and the doctrine was openly avow ed, that England had no right to tax America. 15. 5 In the assembly of Virginia, Patrick Henry introduced d a series of seven resolutions ; the first four asserting the rights and privileges of the colonists ; the fifth declaring the exclusive right of that assembly to tax the inhabitants of that colony; and the other two asserting that the people were " not bound to yield obedience to any law or ordinance whatsoever, 7 de signed to impose taxation upon them, other than the laws and ordinances of the general assembly ; and that any person who, "by writing or speaking," should 1764. 17G5. 1. Give, an account -if the Stamp Act. a. Feb. 7. b. March 8. c. March 22 2. In what manner was Vie indigna tion of the colonies .manifested? 3. At Boston and Phila delphia I At New York? 4. What is said of the stamns, and the stamp officers, and what doc trine was openly avowed? cl. May, 1765. 5. Give an account of the Virginia Resolutions. 198 COLONIAL HISTORY, [PART II. 1765. maintain the contrary, should be deemed " an enemy" ~~ to the colonies. i what were ^ ^ n t ^ ie ^ eat ^ ^ discussion which followed, pwrfcfc Henry boldly denounced the policy of the British ofov- Hennj s re- J J j . j n .-, *? J f \ I u 1 marks? ernmeiit ; and, carried by the lervor oi his zeal beyond the bounds of prudence, he declared that the king had acted the part of a tyrant. Alluding to the fate of other tyrants, he exclaimed, " Ca3sar had his Brutus. Charles I. his Cromwell, and George the Third," here pausing a moment until the cry of " Treason, trea son," had ended, he added, " may profit by their ex ample. If this be treason, make the most of it." a May 29 ^- 2 After a violent debate, the first five resolutions 2. what was were carried* by the, bold eloquence of Henry, though ther&oiu- by a small majority. The other two were considered tions? toQ au( j ac j ous anc [ treasonable, to be admitted, even by the warmest friends of America. On the following day, in the absence of Henry, the fifth resolution was rescinded ; but the whole had already gone forth to the country, rousing the people to a more earnest assertion of their rights, and kindling a more lively enthusiasm in favor of liberty. s. what was 18. 3 The assembly of Massachusetts had been moved As"e e mbiy h of by a kindred spirit ; and before the news of the pro- M< 3?" ceedings in Virginia reached them, they had taken b b. Junes, the decisive step of calling a congress of deputies from the several colonies, to meet in the ensuing October, a few weeks before the day appointed for the stamp act to go into operation. 4 In the mean time the popular th popu!ar f feeling against the stamp act continued to increase ; fe oexS town and country meetings were held in every colony; ited? associations were formed ; inflammatory speeches were made | and angry resolutions were adopted ; and, in all directions, every measure was taken to keep up and aggravate the popular discontent. c. Oct. 7. 19. sin the midst of the excitement, which was stil ecSSmfS increasing in violence, the FIRST COLONIAL CONGRES "iZ^oftte metc at ^ ew York, on the first Tuesday in October. first coio- Nine colonies were represented, by twenty-eight dele- grem. gates. Timothy Ruggles, of Massachusetts, was cho- 19is sen president. After mature deliberation, the congress agreed on a DECLARATION OF RIGHTS and a statement CHAP. XIV.] CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 199 of grievances. They asserted, in strong- terms, the 1765. right of the colonies to be exempted from all taxes not ~~ imposed by their own representatives. They also con curred in a petition to the king, and prepared a me morial to each house of parliament. 20. l The proceedings were approved by all the members, except Mr. Ruggles of Massachusetts, and Mr. Ogden of New Jersey ; but the deputies of three of the colonies had not been authorized by their re- spective legislatures to apply to the king or parliament. The petition and memorials were, therefore, signed by the delegates of six colonies only ; but all the rest, whether represented or not, afterwards approved the measures adopted. 21. 2 On the arrival of the first of November, the *. what it day on which the stamp act was to go into operation, scarcely a sheet of the numerous bales of stamped paper which had been sent to America, was to be found in the colonies. Most of it had been destroyed, or re- shipped to England. 3 The first of November was kept as a day of mourning. Shops and stores were closed 5 the vessels displayed their flags at half. mast; bells were muffled and tolled as for a funeral ; effigies were hung and burned ; and every thing was done to manifest the determined opposition of the people to the act, its authors, and advocates. 22. 4 As, by the terms of the act, no legal business could be transacted without the use of stamped paper, business was, for a time, suspended. The courts were closed ; marriages ceased ; vessels were delayed in the tiom * harbors ; and all the social and mercantile affairs of a continent stagnated at once. By degrees, however, things resumed their usual course : law and business transactions were written on unstamped paper ; and the whole machinery of society went on as before, without regard to the act of parliament. 23. 5 About this time the associations of the " Sons of 5 G!vi , an Liberty" assumed an extent and importance which ex- /J""^- f erted great influence on subsequent events. These ttomtftt* societies, forming a powerful combination of the de- Liberty." fenders of liberty throughout all the colonies, denounced tfie stamp act as a flagrant outrage on the British con- 200 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART 1L 1765. i wtiatnon- were enter- lies? eedigs re- change a f 4 what new minis- 1766. &. Give n ings which attended the repeal of me March. marks t a. March is. 7. By what stitution. Their members resolved to defend the lib- erty of the press, at all hazards ; and pledged their lives and property for the defence of those who, in the ex ercise of their rights as freemen, should become the objects of British tyranny. ^4. ir rhe merchants of New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, and, subsequently, of many other places, entered into engagements with each other to import no more goods from Great Britain, until the stamp act should be repealed. Individuals and families denied themselves the use of all foreign luxuries ; articles of domestic manufacture came into general use ; and the trade with Great Britain was almost entirely suspended. 25 - 3 When the accounts of the proceedings in Amer- * ca were transmitted to England, they were received, by the government, with resentment and alarm. For- tunately, however, the former ministry had been dis- missed ; afcid, in the place of Lord Grenville, the Mar- <l u i s of Rockingham, a friend of America, had been appointed first lord of the treasury. 4 To the new min- * str y ]t was ODV i us that the odious stamp act must be repealed, or that the Americans must, by force of arms, be reduced to submission. The former being deemed the wiser course, a resolution to repeal was introduced into parliament. 26. 5 A long and angry debate followed. The reso- l ut i n was violently opposed by Lord Grenville and his adherents ; and as warmly advocated bv Mr. Pitt, , 1T _ />/- 11 T i X i in the House oi Commons, and by Lord Carnden m the House of Peers. Mr. Pitt boldly justified the col- onists in opposing the stamp act. 6 " You have no "ght," sa id ne > " to tax America. I rejoice that Amer- i ca nas resisted. Three millions of our fellow-subiects, , n so lost to every sense of virtue, as tamely to give up their liberties, would be fit instruments to make slaves of the rest." He concluded by expressing his delib erate judgment, that the stamp act "ought to be re pealed, absolutely, totally, and immediately." 27. The repeal was at length carried;" but it was accompanied by a declaratory act, designed as a kind of salvo to the national honor, affirming that parliament j^ p 0wer to ^[^ ^ Q colonies in all cases whatsoever. CHAP. XIV.] CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 201 ! The repeal was received with great joy, in London, 1766. by the manufacturers and the friends of America, iTnbtowa* The shipping in the river Thames displayed their colors, and houses were illuminated throughout the city. 2 The news was received in America with lively 2 . in expressions of joy and gratitude. Public thanksgivings icaf were held ; the importation of British goods was again encouraged ; and a general calm, without a parallel in history, immediately succeeded the storm which had raged with such Threatening violence. 28. 3 Other events, however, soon fanned the flame 3 - WHM ii c -i- i ri-ii /. i 11 remarked of ot discord anew. Ine passage of the declaratory act "other ti might have been a sufficient warning that the repeal amuttepm- of the stamp act was but a truce in the war against declaratory American rights. 4 The Rockingham ministry having a t? j- i i -L- r 11 Tt/r a. July, 1766. been dissolved, a new cabinet was formed 1 under Mr. 4 . what Pitt, who was created Earl of Chatham. 6 While Mr. SJKfftt Pitt was confined by sickness, in the country, Mr. the i" 1 - Townsend, chancellor of the exchequer, revived the 5. what new scheme of taxing America. By him a bill was intro- sc faxtn/ duced into parliament, imposing duties on glass, paper, ^SPSSm- painters colors, and tea. duced t 29. 6 In the absence of Mr. Pitt the bill passed with 1767. but little opposition, and was approved b by the king. 7 A bill was also passed establishing a board of trade ^ff^f in the colonies, independent of colonial legislation ; b. Juno 29. and another, suspending the legislative power of the 7 - What 11 c- -XT -\-r - -i i i i f other obnox- assernbly 01 New York, until it should furnish the iou*wis king s troops with certain supplies at the expense of wtr Sff" t the colony. 8 The excitement. produced in America, s. what i* by the passage of these bills, was scarcely less than that occasioned by the passage of the stamp act, two years before. 30. 9 The colonial assemblies promptly adopted spir ited resolutions against the odious enactments ; new associations, in support of domestic manufactures, and against the use and importation of British fabrics, were entered into ; the political writers of the day filled the columns of the public papers with earnest appeals to wnters? " the people ; and, already, the legislative authority of "Legislative parliament over the colonies, instead of being longer lErua the subject of doubt, began to be boldly denied. The ment?> 9* 202 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART n. 1768. assembly of Massachusetts sent a a circular to the other a Feb colonies, entreating their co-operation in obtaining a redress of grievances. sett i s a ffi u 31. ir This circular highly displeased the British min- i.whatthen istry, who instructed the governor of Massachusetts to thmin?s r try require the assembly, in his majesty s name, to " re- reqmr 5C ^" tne resolution adopting the circular ; and to ex press their " disapprobation of that rash and hasty pro- 2. what did ceeding." 2 The assembly, however, were not intim- tfl iiy s dof~ idated. They passed a nearly unanimous vote not to rescind ; and citing, as an additional cause of com plaint, this attempt to restrain their right of delibera tion, reaffirmed their opinions in still more energetic . The GOV- language. 3 Governor Bernard then dissolved the as- sembly, but not before they had prepared a list of ac cusations against him, and petitioned the king for his removal. 4. Give an 32. 4 These proceedings were soon after followed by a violent tumult in Boston. A sloop having been se i ze d b by tne custom-house officers for violating some of the new commercial regulations, the people assem bled in crowds, attacked the houses of the officers, as saulted their persons, and, finally, obliged them to take refuge in Castle William,* situated at the entrance of 5. what mil- the harbor. 5 At the request of the governor, who had complained of the refractory spirit of the Bostonians, General Gage, the commander-in-crfief of the British forces in America, was ordered to station a military force in Boston, to overawe the citizens, and protect the custom-house officers in the discharge of their duties. acSnt a of 33. 6 The troops, to the number of 700, arrived from indfaSng Halifax, late in September, and. on the first of Octo- o/ royai ^g^ under cover of the cannon of the ships, landed in the town, with muskets charged, bayonets fixed, and r HOW were a ^ ^ ie military parade usual on entering an enemy s ed y an e / e how countr y- 7 The selectmen of Boston having peremp- T fheiSabi tor ^y refused to provide quarters for the soldiers, the tanui l " governor ordered the state-house to be opened for their * Castle William was on Castle Island, nearly three miles S.E. from Boston. In 1798 Massachusetts ceded the fortress to the United States. On the 7th Dec., 1799, it was visited by President Adams, who named it Fort Independence. Half a mile north is Governor s Island, on which is Fort Warren. Between these two forts is the entrance to Boston Harbor. (See Map, p. 210.) CHAP. X1V.J CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 203 reception. The imposing display of military force 1768. served only to excite the indignation of the inhabi- tants ; the most irritating language passed between the soldiers and the citizens ; the former looking upon the latter as rebels, and the latter regarding the former as the instruments of a most odious tyranny. 34. l Early in the following year, both houses of 1759 parliament went a step beyond all that had preceded i. what censuring, in the strongest terms, the conduct of the people of Massachusetts, approving the employment of force against the rebellious, and praying the king to Feb. ma. direct the governor of Massachusetts to cause those guilty of treason to be arrested and sent to England for trial. 2 These proceedings of parliament called forth, from the colonial assemblies, still stronger reso- lutions, declaring the exclusive right of the people to coimna as- tax themselves, and denying the right of his majesty to remove an offender out of the country for trial. 35. 3 The refractory assemblies of Virginia and North 3 . what Carolina were soon after dissolved by their governors. The governor of Massachusetts having called upon the assembly of that province to provide funds for the pay- ment of the troops quartered among them, they re solved that they never would make such provision. The governor, therefore, prorogued the assembly, and, soon after being recalled, was succeeded 1 in office by a. Aug. Lieutenant-governor Hutchinson. 36. 4 In March of the following year, an event oc- 1770. curred in Boston, which produced a great sensation throughout America. An affray having taken place between some citizens and soldiers, the people became Maich 6 greatly exasperated ; and, on the evening of the 5th of March, a crowd surrounded, and insulted a portion of the city guard, under Captain Preston, and dared them to fire. The soldiers at length fired, and ihree of the populace were killed, and several badly wounded. 37. 6 The greatest commotion immediately prevailed. 5 . of the The bells were rung, and, in a short time, several thou- sands of the citizens had assembled under arms. With difficulty they were appeased by the governor, who promised that justice should be done them in the morn ing. Upon the demand of the inhabitants, the soldiers 204 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART II. 177O. were removed from the city. Captain Preston and his ~~ company were arrested and tried for murder. Two of the most eminent American patriots, John Adams and Josiah Quincy, volunteered in their defence. Two of the soldiers were convicted of manslaughter, the rest were acquitted. 38. ! On the very day of the Boston outrage, Lord North, who had been placed at the head of the ad- tiain-peai m i n i s tration, proposed to parliament the repeal of all duties imposed by the act of 1767, except that on tea. The bill passed, though with great opposition, a. Apri. is. and was approved* by the king ; but the Americans The effect? were not satisfied with this partial concession, and the non-importation agreements were still continued against the purchase and use of tea. 1772. 39. 2 In 1772, by a royal regulation, provision was made for the support of the governor and judges of Massachusetts, out of the revenues of the province, in dependent of any action of the colonial assemblies. 3 This measure the assembly declared to be an " In fraction of the rights of the inhabitants granted by the bl ^ royal charter." 1773. 40. In 1773, the British ministry attempted to effect, IKeST* by artful policy, what open measures, accompanied by neamresof coercion, had failed to accomplish. A bill passed par- the British -,. , , . T-> i TI T /-N ministry? liament, allowing the British Ji<ast India Company to export their tea to America, free from the duties which they had before paid in England; retaining those only which were to be paid in America. 5 lt was thought that the Americans would pay the small duty of three-pence per pound, as they would, even then, oouldpay , , . , i -n i i the duty? obtain tea cheaper in America than in England. e. why did 41. 8 In this, however, the parliament was mistaken, ^restenhe* Although no complaint of oppressive taxation could be project? ma( l e to the. measure, yet the whole principle against which the colonies had contended was involved in it ; and they determined, at all hazards, to defeat the proj- 7. what is- ect - 7 Vast quantities of tea were soon sent to Amer ica ; but the ships destined for New York and .Phil adelphia, finding the ports closed against them, were obliged to return to England, without effecting a landing. America would CHAP. XIV.] CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE REVOLUTION. 205 42. *In Charleston the tea was landed, but was not 1773. permitted to be offered for sale ; and, being stored in , What ^ damp cellars, it finally perished, 2 The tea designed said f t!ie f -X ill i r i tea sent to lor Boston had been consigned to the particular mends Charleston? of Governor Hutchinson, and permission to return it j^S/ o/ to Eng]and^vas"positively refused. But the people as J^^ ^" obstinately refused to allow it to be landed. In this Boston. position of the controversy, a party of men, disguised as Indians, boarded the ships ; and, in the presence of thou sands of spectators, broke open three hundred and forty- two chests of tea, and emptied* their contents into the a . Dec> , 6- harbor. 43. 3 In the spirit of revenge for these proceedings, 1774. parliament soon after passed b the Boston Port Bill; ^^J^ which forbade the landing and shipping of goods, wares, said efth and merchandise, at Boston, and removed the custom- BoS B?uT rt house, with its dependencies, to Salem. 4 The people c ci i i i c i i " 4 - Of the oi Salem, however, nobly refused to raise their own generosity fortunes on the ruins of* their suffering neighbors ; and Harbi+ and the inhabitants of Marblehead* generously offered hea> the merchants of Boston the use of their harbor, wharves, and warehouses, free of expense. 44. 5 Soon after, the . charter of Massachusetts was c. May 20. subverted ; c and the governor was authorized to send to another colony, or to England, for trial, any person indicted for murder, or any other capital offence, com- mitted in aiding the magistrates in the discharge of their duties. 6 The Boston Port Bill occasioned great 6 . Whatre?9 suffering in Boston. The assembly of the province J^ ^,,^ resolved that "The impolicy, injustice, inhumanity, adopt* and cruelty of the act, exceeded all their powers of ex pression." 7 The Virginia assembly appointed the 1st TWha( d ^ of June, the day on which the bill was to go into effect, J^eSJdS as a day of "fasting, humiliation, and prayer." 45. 8 In September, a second colonial congress, com- . -< c j - 1 r -. . . -r-ki -i S. What were posed ot deputies irom eleven colonies, met at Phil- ttupro&ed- adelphia. This body highly commended the course second c$o- of Massachusetts in her conflict with " wicked min- n frelsT isters ;" agreed upon a declaration of rights ; rec ommended the suspension of all commercial inter- * Marblchead, originally a part of Salom, is about fifteen miles N.E. from Boston, and is situated on a rocky peninsula, extending ihree or four miles into Massachusetts Bav 206 COLONIAL HISTORY. [PART H. 1774. course with Great Britain, so long as the grievances of the colonies were unredressed; voted an address to Oct. the king, and likewise one to the people of Great Brit ain, and another to the inhabitants of Canada, i. Their ef- 46. *The proceedings of the congress called forth irutth gov- stron g er measures, on the part of the British govern- emment? ment, for reducing the Americans to obedience. 2 Gen- eral Gage, who had recently been appointed governor of Massachusetts^ caused Boston neck to be fortified, and, seizing the ammunition and military stores in the sept. provincial arsenals at Cambridge and Charlestown, conveyed them to Boston. .what ioa 47. 3 On the other hand, the assembly of Massachu- *e e mbt th of setts h avm g Deen dissolved by the governor, the members Masmchu- again met, and resolved themselves into a provincial congress. They appointed committees of " safety" and " supplies ;" voted to equip twelve thousand men, and to enlist one-fourth of the militia as minute-men, who should be ready for action at a moment s warning. 4 in other 4 Siniilar preparations, but less in extent, were made colonies } i n other colonies. 1775. 43. 6 As the last measures of determined oppression, reb., March, a bxll was passed for restraining the commerce of the New England colonies ; which was afterwards ex tended to embrace all the provinces, except New York mined oy- s^m[ North Carolina. The inhabitants of Massachu- the panif setts were declared rebels; and several ships of the line, and ten thousand troops, were ordered to America, to aid in reducing the rebellious colonies to submission. i. Qftr* 49. 6 The Americans, on the other hand, having no longer any hope of reconciliation, and determined to resist oppression, anxiously waited for the fatal moment to arrive, when the signal of war should be given, Though few in numbers, and feeble in resources, when compared with the power which sought to crush them, they were confident of the justice of their cause, and the rectitude of their purposes ; and they resolved, if no other alternative were left them, to die freemen, rather than live slaves. BATTLE OF BtTNKEB S [OB BREED S] HILL. (See page 212.) PART III. AMERICAN REVOLUTION. GENEBAL WAEBEN. CHAPTER I. EVENTS OF 1775. 1. IN the beginning of April, the royal troops in Boston num bered nearly 3000 men. 2 With so large a force at his disposal, General Gage indulged the 1775. hope, either of awing the provincials into submission, or of being able to quell any sudden outbreak of re bellion. Deeming it important to get possession of Boston? the stores and ammunition which the people had col lected at various places, on the night of the 18th of April he secretly despatched a force of eight hundred men, to destroy the stores at Concord,* 16 miles from Boston. 1. What is said of the royal troops 2. Of the views of Gen. "<Gage f 3. What measure* were taJten by him f * Concord is in Middlesex county, sixteen miles N.W. from Boston. A marble mon ument, erected in 1836, marks the spot w^iere the first of the enemy fell in the war of the revolution. 208 THE REVOLUTION. [PART m. 1775. 2. Notwithstanding the great precautions which had been taken to prevent the intelligence of this ex pedition from reaching the country, it became known to some of the patriots in Boston, who dispatched con- v fidential messengers along the supposed route ; and early on the morning of the 19th, the firing of cannon, and the ringing of bells, gave the alarm that the royal troops were in motion. 2. what 3. 2 At Lexington* a number of the militia had as- C curredat sembled, as early as two o clock in the morning ; but Lexington? as the intelligence respecting the regulars was uncer tain, they were dismissed, with orders to appear again at beat of drum. At five o clock, they collected a sec ond time, to the number of seventy, under command of Captain Parker. The British, under Colonel Smith and Major Pitcairn, soon made their appearance. The latter officer rode up to the militia, and called out, " Disperse, you rebels, throw down your arms and dis perse ;" but not being obeyed, he discharged his pistol, and ordered his soldiers to fire. Several of the militia were killed, and the rest dispersed. 3. what at 4. 3 The detachment then proceeded to Concord, and concord? destroyed a part of the stores ; but the militia of the country having begun to assemble in numbers, a skir mish ensued, and several were killed on both sides 4. Give an 4 The British then commenced a hasty retreat, the ^jiereirelt Americans pursuing, and keeping up a continual fire f th ish! rit ~ upon them. Fortunately for trie British, they were met at Lexington by a reinforcement of nine hundred men with two field-pieces, under Lord Percy. The united forces then moved rapidly to Charlestown, and, 5 what loss ^ le following" day, crossed over to Boston. 5 During eswerems- this expedition, the British lost, in killed, wounded, and missing, about two hundred and eighty ; the pro vincials, about ninety. e. what con- &- Intelligence of these events spread rapidly through fofimoedvu Massachusetts and the adjoining provinces. The but- battifof tie of Lexington was the signal of war the militia of Lexington? , ^ -i i to i the country hastily took up arms and repaired to the * Lexington is ten miles N.W. from Boston, on the road to Concord. In 1799 a small monument, with an appropriate inscription, was erected four or five rods westward from the spot where the Americans were lired upon. (See Map, p. 74.) CHAP. I.J EVENTS OF 1775. 209 scene of action ; and, in a few days, a line of encamp ment was formed from Roxbury to the river Mystic,* and the British forces in Boston were environed by ari army of 2U,000 men. Ammunition, fortsj and fortifi cations, were secured for the use of the provincials ; and the most active measures were taken for the pub lic defence. 6. A number of volunteers from Connecticut and Vermont, under Colonel Ethan Allen and Benedict Arnold, formed and executed the plan of seizing the important fortresses of Ticonderoga and Crown Point, on the western shore of Lake Champlain, and com manding the entrance into Canada. The pass of Skeenesborough, now Whitehall,! was likewise se cured ; and by this fortunate expedition, more than one hundred pieces of cannon, and other munitions of war, fell into the hands of the provincials. 7. 2 These events were soon followed by others of still greater importance, in the vicinity of Boston. The British troops had received* reinforcements, under three distinguished generals, Howe, Clinton, and Bur- goyne ; which, with the garrison, formed a well-dis ciplined army, of from ten to twelve thousand men. 3 General Gage, being now prepared to act with more decision and vigor, issued b a proclamation, declaring those in arms rebels and traitors ; and offering pardon to such as would return to their allegiance, and re sume their peaceful occupations. From this indul gence, however, Samuel Adams and John Hancock, tw r o distinguished patriots, were excepted ; as their crimes were deemed too flagitious to admit of pardon. 8. 4 As the British were evidently prepared to pene trate into the country, the Americans first strengthened their intrenchments across Boston neck ; but after wards, learning that the views of the British had changed, and were then directed towards the penin sula of Charlestown, they resolved to defeat this new project of the enemy. 5 Orders were therefore given 1775. 1. What is said of the expedition of Allen and Arnold 1 May. 2. What events in Boston fol lowed 1 a. May 25. 3. What is said of Gen. Gage s proc lamation I b. June 12. 4. What has tile meas ures were adopted by the Amer icana ? 5. What or ders were givento Col. Fresco tt ? * Mystic, or Medforil River, flows into Boston Harbor, N.E. of Charlestown. (See Map, p. 74 ; and Map, p. 210.) t Whitehall is situated on both sides of Wood Creek, at its entrance into the south ern extremity of Lake Champlain. Being at the head of navigation, on the lake, and en the line of communication between New York and Canada, it was an important post. (See Map, p 181 ; and Note, p. 130.) 210 THE REVOLUTION. [PART in. to Colonel Prescott, on the evening of the 16th of "~ June, to tak ft . a detachment of one thousand Ameri cans, and fcTm an intrenchment on Bunker Hill ;* a high eminence which commanded the neck of the peninsula of Charlestown. i. what was 9. *By *X)me mistake, the detachment proceeded to d hlm i j Breed s jHWZ,t an eminence within cannon shot of Bos ton ; and, by the dawn of day, had erected a square redoubt, capable of sheltering them from the fire of the enemy. Nothing could exceed the astonishment of the BritirH, at beholding, on the following morning, this daring advance of the Americans. As the emi nence overlooked the city of Boston, it was immedi ately perceived that a powerful battery, planted there, would soon compel the British to evacuate the place. 3 A heavy fire was therefore commenced on the Ameri cans, from vessels in the harbor, and from a fortification on Copp s Hill, in Boston ; but with little effect ; and about noon, a force of three thousand regulars, com manded by General Howe, crossed over to Charles- town, in boats, with the design of storming the works. 10. 4 Landing at Moreton s Point.;); on the extremity of the peninsula, the English formed in two columns, and advanced slowly, allowing time for the artillery to produce its effect upon the works. 5 In the mean time the surrounding heights, the spires of churches, and the roofs of houses in Boston, were covered with thou sands of spectators, waiting, in dreadful anxiety, the 2. How was this daring advance re garded i June 17. 3. What measures were taken by the British? 4. What 1s said of their advance axainvt the American works f 5. Of the spectators of this scene ? PLAN OF THE SIKQE OF BOSTON. 1775. * Bunker s Hill is in the northern part of the peninsula of Charles- town, and is 113 feet in height. (See Map.) t Breed s Hill, which is eighty- seven feet high, commences near the southern extremity of Bun ker s Hill, and extends towards the south and east. It is now usually called Bunker s Hill, and the monument on its summit, erected to commemorate the hat- tie on the same spot, is called Bunker Hill Monument. This monument is huiltof Qiiincy gran ite, is thirty feet square at the base, and fifteen at the top ; and rises to the height of 220 feet. t Moreton s Point is S.E. from Breed s Hill, at the eastern extrem ity of tho peninsula. (Soo Map.) CHAP. I.] EVENTS OF 1775. 2 1 1 approaching battle. l While the British were ad- 1775. vancing, orders were given by General Gage to set 7~j^7~~ fire to the village of Charlestown ; by which wanton l" ? n f n l h Z f act two thousand people were deprived of their habi- CAorll*- tations ; and property, to a large amount, perished in the flames. 1 1. *The Americans waited in silence the advance 2 . Give an of the enemy to within ten rods of the redoubt, when they opened upon them so deadly a fire of musketry, that whole ranks were cut down; the line was broken, and the royal troops retreated in disorder and precipi tation. With difficulty rallied by their officers, they again reluctantly advanced, and were a second time beaten back by the same destructive and incessant stream of fire. At this critical moment General Clin ton arrived with reinforcements. By his exertions, the British troops were again rallied, and a third time ad vanced to the charge, which at length was successful. 12. 3 The attack was directed against the redoubt at z.ivjuttiow three several points. The cannon from the fleet had * attack? obtained a position commanding the interior of the works, which were battered in front at the same time. ^Attacked by a superior force, their ammunition fail- ing, and fighting at the point of the bayonet, without bayonets themselves, the provincials now slowly evacuated their intrenchments, and drew off with an order not to have been expected from newly-levied soldiers. 8 They retreated across Charlestown Neck, with inconsiderable loss, although exposed to a galling th freatf fire from a ship of war, and floating batteries, and en trenched themselves on Prospect Hill,* still maintain ing the command of the entrance to Boston. 13. 6 The British took possession of and fortified e. ivhat Bunker s Hill ; but neither army was disposed to yiiSf hazard any new movement. 7 In this desperate conflict, 7 .w7uitwer the royal forces engaged consisted of three thousand men ; while the Americans numbered but fifteen hun- dred.f The loss of the British, in killed and wounded, * Prospect mil is a little more than two miles N.W. from Breed s Hill. (See Map, p. 210.) t NOTE. Yet Stedman, and some other English writers, erroneously state, that the number of the Provincial troops engaged in the action was three times that of the British. 212 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1775. a. May 10. attStime? b. Dated Juiy6. l.Khatlan- ^uuge did 3 What c. June is. 4. on what accept the 5. How was the anny or- gamzeaana arm-used? el July e. see Map, p 210 G.What&if- ficuiti.es had ter? 7 \vhatoi- was more than a thousand ; that of the Americans, only about four hundred and fifty ; but among the killed was the lamented General Warren. 14. J In the mean time the American congress had assembled 3 - at Philadelphia. Again they addressed the king, and the people of Great Britain and Ireland, and, at the same time, published b to the world the rea sons of their appeal to arms. 2 " We are reduced," said they, " to the alternative of choosing an uncon ditional submission to the tyranny of irritated minis ters, or resistance by force. The latter is our choice. We have counted the cost of this contest, and find no thing so dreadful as voluntary slavery." 3 Having voted to raise an army of 20,000 men, they unani mously elected George Washington commander-in- chief of all the forces raised or to be raised for the de fence of the colonies, resolving that they would " assist him and adhere to him, with their lives and fortunes, in the defence of American liberty." 15. 4 Washington, who was present, with great mod esty and dignity accepted the appointment, but de clined all compensation for his services, asking only the remuneration of his expenses. 3 At the same time the higher departments of the army were organized by the appointment of four major-generals, one adjutant, and eight brigadier-generals. Washington soon re paired 1 to Cambridge, to take command of the army, which then amounted to about 14,000 men. These were now arranged in three divisions; 6 the right wing, under General Ward, at Roxbury ; the left, under General Lee, at Prospect Hill ; and the centre at Cam bridge, under the commander-in-chief. 16. 6 In entering upon the discharge of his duties, Washington had a difficult task to perform. The troops under his command were undisciplined militia, hastily collected, unaccustomed to subordination, and destitute of tents, ammunition, and regular sup plies of provisions. 7 But by the energy and skill of the commander-in-chief, aided, particularly, by General Gates, an officer of experience, order and discipline were soon introduced ; stores were collected, and the American army was soon enabled to carry on, in due CHAP. I.] EVENTS OF 1775. 213 form, a regular siege. General Gage having been 1775. recalled, he was succeeded by Sir William Howe, in L What the chief command of the English forces in America. 17. 2 During /he summer, royal authority ended in the colonies ; most of tke royal governors fleeing from the popular indignation, and taking refuge on board ^"redtoah the English shipping. Lord Dunmore, the governor theroyai , TT . & . . rr > => .. governors? oi Virginia, having seized* a quantity or the public a . May. powder, and conveyed it on board a ship, the people assembled in arms, under Patrick Henry, and de manded a restitution of the powder, or its value. Pay ment was made, and the people quietly dispersed. 18. S 0ther difficulties occurring, Lord Dunmore retired on board a man-of-war, armed a few ships, and, bv~ offering: freedom to such slaves as would j>v Lord iiin if f i Dunmore i join the royal standard, collected a force of several hundred men, with which he attacked 1 the provin cials near* Norfolk;! but he was defeated with a b - Dec - 8> severe loss. Soon after, a ship of war arriving from England, Lord Dunmore gratified his revenge by re ducing Norfolk to ashes. ^irn * 19. 4 The capture of Ticonderoga and Crown Point 4. why did having opened the gates of Canada, congress resolved to seize the favorable opportunity for invading that province ; hoping thereby to anticipate the British, who were evidently preparing to attack the colonies through the same quarter. 5 For this purpose, a body of troops from New York and New England was placed under the command of Generals Schuyler and Montgomery, who passed up Lake Champlain, and, on the 10th of September, appeared before St. John s. J the first British post in Canada. "Ypro"-" 20. 6 Opposed by a large force, and finding the fort too o n Noo- e ah. strong for assault, they retired to, and fortified Isle Aux 7. what gave Noix/ 1 115 miles north of Ticonderoga. 7 Soon after, mend to General Schuyler returned to Ticonderoga to hasten M erj? m * This affair occurred at a small village called Great Bridge, eight miles S. from Norfolk. The commanding officer of the enemy, and thirty of his men, were either killed or wounded. t Norfolk, Virginia, is on the N.E. side of Elizabeth River, eight miles above its en trance Into Hampton Ronds. The situation is low, and the streets are irregular, but it is a place of extensive foreign commerce. t St. John s is on the W. side of the River Sorel, twenty miles S.E. from Montreal, and twelve miles N. from Isle Aux Noix. THE REVOLUTION. [PART HI. 1775. 1. What course did he pursue 1 a. Oct. 13. 2. What is said of Col. Allen? 3. When did St. John s surrender, and what events fol lowed ? 4. Give an accoimt of Arnold s march to Canada. b. Pro nounced, Sho-de-are. 13th & 14th. c. Seep. 191. 5. What course did he pursue after his arrival I reinforcements ; but a severe illness preventing his again joining the army, the whole command devolved upon General Montgomery. 21. l This enterprising officer, having first induced the Indians to remain neutral, in a few days returned to St. John s, and opened a battery against it ; but want of ammunition seriously retarded the progress of the siege. While in this situation, by a sudden move ment he surprised, and, after a siege of a few days, captured* Fort Chambly,* a few miles north of St. John s, by which he obtained several pieces of cannon, and a large quantity of powder. 2 During the siege ol St. John s, Colonel Ethan Allen, having with extra ordinary rashness forced his way to Montreal, with only eighty men, was defeated, captured, and sent to England in irons. 22. 3 On the third of November St. John s surren dered, after which Montgomery proceeded rapidly to Montreal, which capitulated on the 13th; Governor Carleton having previously escaped with a small force to Quebec. Having left a garrison in Montreal, and also in the Forts Chambly and St. John s, Montgom ery, with a corps of little more than three hundred men, the sole residue of his army, marched towards Gluebec, expecting to meet there another body of troops \vhich had been sent from Cambridge to act in concert with him. 4 This detachment, consisting of about a thousand men, under the command of General Arnold, had, with amazing difficulty and hardships, passed up the Kennebec, a river of Maine, and crossing the mountains, had descended the Chaudiere, b t to Point Levi, opposite Quebec, where it arrived on the 9th of November. 23. 8 On the 13th, the day of the surrender of Mon treal, Arnold crossed the St. Lawrence, ascended the heights where the brave Wolfe had ascended before him, and drew up his forces on the Plains of Abraham ; but finding the garrison ready to receive him, and not being sufficiently strong to attempt an assault, he re- * Chambly is on the W. side of the Sorel, ten miles N. from St. John s. t The Chaudicre rises in Canada, near the sources of the Kennebec, and flowing N.W., enters the St. Lawrence sLx miles above Quebec. It is not navigable, owing to its numerous raj 1 As. CHAP. I.] EVENTS OF 1775. 215 tired to Point aux Trembles, twenty miles above due- bee, and there awaited the arrival of Montgomery. 24. On the arrival 1 of the latter, the united forces, numbering in all but nine hundred effective men, marched to Quebec, then garrisoned by a superior force under command of Governor Carleton. A sum mons to surrender was answered by firing upon the bearer of the flag. After a siege of three weeks, du ring which the troops suffered severely from continued toil, and the rigors of a Canadian winter, it was re solved, as the only chance of success, to attempt the place by assault. 25. Accordingly, on the last b day of the year, be tween four and five o clock in the morning, in the midst of a heavy storm of snow, the American troops, in four columns, were put in motion. While two of the columns were sent to make a feigned attack on the Upper Town, 6 Montgomery and Arnold, at the head of their respective divisions, attacked opposite quarters of the Lower Town. 3 Montgomery, advancing upon the bank of the river by the way of Cape Diamond, had already passed the first barrier, when the single dis charge of a cannon, loaded with grape shot, proved fatal to him, killing, at the same time, several of his officers who stood near him. 26. 4 The soldiers shrunk back on seeing their gen eral fall, and the officer next in command ordered a retreat. In the mean time Arnold had entered the town, but, being soon severely wounded, was carried to the hospital, almost by compulsion. Captain Morgan, afterwards distinguished by his exploits 1 at the South, then took the command; but, after continuing the contest several hours, against far superior and con stantly increasing numbers, and at length vainly at tempting a retreat, he was forced to surrender the remnant of his band prisoners of war. 27. 5 The fall of Montgomery was deplored by friends and foes. Born of a distinguished Irish family, he had early entered the profession of arms ; had distin guished himself in the preceding French and Indian war ; had shared in the labors and triumph of Wolfe ; and. ardently attached to the cause of liberty, had 1775. a. Dec. 1. 1. What oc curred after the arrival of Mont gomery ? b. DPC. 31. 2. Describe the plan of attack. c. See Note and Map, p. 189. 3. Give an account of the fall of Montgom ery. 4. What other events happened, and iv hat was the re sult of the. attach? d. See p. 269 . 5. What brief uc- co-unt is given of Montgom," 216 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1776 . his memory honored by congress; and York? ew 2 whatioas ti*ndttton after ther* 3. vvhat is "rSr/attf the army? 4. Mention joined the Americans, on the breaking out of the Rev- olution. Congress directed a monument to be erected to his memory: and in 1818, New York, his adopted , J , I . , 1,1 state, caused his remains to be removed to ner own metropolis, where the monument had been placed ; and near that they repose. 28 - 2 After the repulse, Arnold retired with the re- mainder of his army to the distance of three miles above Quebec, where he received occasional reinforce ments ; but at no time did the army consist of more than 3000 men, of whom more than one half were gen- erally unfit for duty. 3 General Thomas, who had been appointed to succeed Montgomery, arrived early in May ; soon a ft er vvhich, Governor Carleton receiving rein forcements from England, the Americans were obliged to make a hasty retreat ; leaving all their stores, and many of their sick, in the power of the enemy. 4 At the mouth of the Sorel they were joined by several re gi men t Sj k u t W ere still unable to withstand the forces of the enemy. Here Gen eral Thomas died of the small-pox, a disease which had prevailed ex tensively in the American camp. After retreating from one post to another, by the 18th of June the Americans had entirely evacuated f Canada. CHAPTER II. GENE1IAL MONTGOMERY. EVENTS OF 1776 5. What is said of the Amer *TL 1 . B At the close of the year 1775, the regular troops (f under Washington, in the vicinity of Boston, num- uLdli strenuous exertions on the part of congress, and the U rge y walh- commatider-in-chief, the number was augmented, by i a & the middle of February, to 14,000. Perceiving that CHAP, tt.j EVENTS OF 1776. 217 this force would soon be needed to protect other parts 17T6. of the American territory, congress urged Washington ~~ to take more decisive measures, and, if possible, to dis lodge the enemy from their position in Boston. 2. l ln a council of his officers, Washington proposed a direct assault ; but the decision was unanimous ugainst it ; the officers alleging, that, without incur- %$%& ring so great a risk, but by occupying the heights 4 of Dorchester, which commanded the entire city, the " p, sw. 2 Ac- a se- b March sd, sd, 4th. enemy might be forced to evacuate the place. quiescing in this opinion, Washington directed vere cannonade b upon the city; and while the enemy were occupied in another quarter, a party of troops, with intrenching tools, on the evening of the fourth of March, took possession of the heights, unobserved by the enemy; and, before morning, completed a line of fortifications, which commanded the harbor and the city. 3. 3 The view of these works excited the astonish ment of the British general, who saw that he must immediately dislodge the Americans, or evacuate the town. 4 An attack was determined upon ; but a furi ous storm rendering the harbor impassable, the attack was necessarily deferred ; while, in the mean time, the Americans so strengthened their works, as to make the attempt to force them hopeless. No resource was now left to General Howe but immediate evacuation. 4. 6 As his troops and shipping were exposed to the fire of the American batteries, an informal agreement was made, that he should be allowed to retire unmo lested, upon condition that he would abstain from burn ing the city. Accordingly, on the 17th, the British troops, amounting to more than 7000 soldiers, accom panied by fifteen hundred families of loyalists, quietly evacuated Boston, and sailed for Halifax. ^Scarcely was the rear-guard out of the city, when Washington entered it, to the great joy of the inhabitants, with colors flying, and drums beating, and all the forms of victory and triumph. 5. 8 Washington, ignorant of the plans of General ^JJJJJ*- Howe, and of the direction which the British fleet had iiiawtitton taken, was not without anxiety for the city of New t/J troops? 10 218 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1776. a. May 3. b. From 2. TO what }or n thedt ton? e. June 4. t &u$lvan island. d p ee i6? ap> June as. B. ivnat dt~ 9 &tm?wai defeated? York. Therefore, after having placed Boston in a state of defence, the main body of the army was put in motion towards New York, where it arrived early in April. 6. J General Lee, with a force of Connecticut militia, had arrived before the main body, about the time that sir Henry Clinton, with a fleet from England, ap- P earg d off Sandy Hook. Clinton, foiled in his attempt against New York, soon sailed south ; and at Cape Fear River was joined 1 by Sir Peter Parker, who had sa il e( i b with a large squadron directly from Europe, having on board two thousand .five hundred troops, under the command of the Earl of Cornwallis. The plan of the British was now to attempt the reduction of Charleston. 7. 2 General Lee, who had been appointed to com- mand the American forces in the Southern States, had pushed on rapidly from New York, anxiously watch- * n ^ P ro g re ss of Clinton ; and the most vigorous P re P arat i ns were made throughout the Carolina.*;, for ^ reception of the hostile fleet. 3 Charleston had keen fortified, and a fort on Sullivan s Island,* com- nianding the channel leading to the town, had been P ut * n a state ^ defence, and the command given to Colonel Moultrie. 8. 4 Early in June, the British armament appeared" off me ^ty; an d having landed a strong force under General Clinton, on Long Island, d east of Sullivan s Island, after considerable delay, advanced against the f rt j an d commenced a heavy bombardment, on the morning of the 28th. Three of the ships that had at tempted to take a station between the fort and the city were stranded. Two of them were enabled to get on much damaged, but the third was abandoned and burned. 6 It was the design of Clinton to cross the narrovv channel which separates Long Island from Sullivan s Island, and assail the fort by land, during the attack by the ships ; but, unexpectedly, the chan nel was found too deep to be forded, and a strong force, * Sullivan s Island is six miles below Charleston, lying to the N. of the entrance to the harbor, and separated from the mainland by a narrovv inlet. (See Map, p. 1*5JJ CHAP. n.J EVENTS OF 1776. 219 under Colonel Thompson, was waiting on the opposite 1776. bank ready to receive him. 9. The garrison of the fort, consisting of only about l ^y t ^ 6 400 men, mostly militia, acted with the greatest cool- conduct of ness and gallantry, aiming with great precision and ^sSn? 1 effect, in the midst of the tempest of balls hailed upon them by the enemy s squadron. 2 After an en- 2 . o/^ jraarement of eight hours, from eleven in the fore- result of tue . . i j re action f noon until seven in the evening, the vessels drew on and ibandoned the enterprise. 3 In a few days the 3 _ ftiie fleet, with the troops on board, sailed for New York, **$]%$ where the whole British force had been ordered to assemble. 1 0. <Iri this engagement the vessels of the enemy 4. what wa* , . 9 , -. , , . i 1 1 j j the toss on were seriously injured, and the loss in killed and each side f wounded exceeded 200 men. The admiral himself, and Lord Campbell, late governor of the province, were wounded, the latter mortally. The loss of the gar rison was only 10 killed and 22 wounded. 5 The fort, 5 . what is being built of palmetto, a wood resembling cork, was fortandfts little damaged. In honor of its brave commander it TJJSjff has since been called Fort Moultrie. 6 This fortunate ^ Whatwer& repulse of the enemy placed the affairs of South Caro lina, for a time, in a state of security, and inflamed the minds of the Americans with new ardor. 11. The preparations which England had recently 7 . Give an been making for the reduction of the colonies, were truly formidable. By a treaty with several of the Ger man princes, the aid of 17,000 German or Hessian troops had been engaged ; 25,000 additional English troops, and a large fleet, had been ordered to America 5 amounting, in all, to 55,000 men, abundantly supplied with provisions, and all the necessary munitions of /m/o^zod war ; and more than a million of dollars had been voted to defray the extraordinary expenses of the year. 12. 8 Yet with all this threatening array against them, and notwithstanding all the colonies were now in arms against the mother country, they had hitherto professed allegiance to the British king, and had con tinually protested that they were contending only for their just rights and a redress of grievances. 9 But as in?s, and it became more apparent that England would abandon lions of England, 220 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL 1776. none of her claims, and would .accept nothing bul ~ the total dependence and servitude of her colonies, the feelings of the latter changed ; and sentiments of loyalty gave way to republican principles, and the desire for independence. i. what did 13. *Early in May, congress, following the advance Snimendfo ^ P UD ^ C opinion, recommended to the colonies, no the colonies? longer to consider themselves as holding or exercising any powers under Great Britain, but to adopt " Such governments as might best conduce to the happiness an( l safety of the people." 2 The recommendation was generally complied with, and state constitutions were ac lopted, an( l representative governments established, virtually proclaiming all separation from the mother country, and entire independence of the British crown. 3. what in- 3 Several of the colonies, likewise, instructed their del- S did C slmc e g ates to join, in all measures which might be agreed irSfheir to * n con g ress > f r tne advancement of the interests, delegates? safety, and dignity of the colonies. June 7. 14. *On the 7th of June, Richard Henry Lee, oi oittttonioas Virginiaj offered a resolution in congress, declaring i r ressbi t ^ iat " ke United Colonies are, and ought to be, free Richard and independent states ; that they are absolved from Henry Lee f 11 11 i T-> i i i n all allegiance to the British crown ; and that all po litical connexion between them and the state of Great 5. HOW was Britain is, and ought to be, totally dissolved." 5 This resolution was debated with great earnestness, elo- quence, and ability; and although it finally passed, it at first encountered a strong opposition from some uf the most zealous partisans of American liberty, Having at length been adopted by a bare majority, the fina^ consideration of the subject was postponed to the first of July. 15. 6 Tn the mean time a committee, consisting of ppotn?ed, Thomas Jefferson, John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, Roger Sherman, and Robert R. Livingston, was in- structed to prepare a declaration in accordance with the object of the resolution. This paper, principally drawn up by Mr. Jefferson, came up for discussion on the first of Jal y ; and > on the fourth, received the as- sen t of the delegates of all the colonies; which thus dissolved their allegiance to the British crown, and de- CHAP. Il.J EVENTS OP 1776. 22 1 clared themselves free and independent, under the name 1776. of the thirteen UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 16. x The declaration of independence was every \. nmo M* where received by the people with demonstrations of manifest T- i i ill- c their joy on joy. Public rejoicings were held in various parts of receiving M the Union ; the ensigns of royalty were destroyed ; and nothing was forgotten that might tend to inspire the people with affection for the new order of things, and with the most violent hatred towards Great Britain and her adherents. 17. 2 Before the declaration of independence, Gen- 2. what ma- eral Howe had sailed* from Halifax, had arrived at * occurred Sandy Hook on the 25th of June, and, on the second time of the of July, had taken possession of Staten Island. Being /TSS soon after joined 11 by his brother, Admiral Howe, from J** 8 * England, and by the forces of Clinton from the south, b July 12 he found himself at the head of an army of 24,000 of the best troops of Europe. Others were expected soon to join him, making, in the whole, an army of 35,000 men. 3 The design of the British was to seize New York, with a force sufficient to keep possession of the Hudson River, open a communication with Canada, separate the Eastern from the Middle States, and overrun the adjacent country at pleasure. 18. 4 To oppose the designs of the enemy, the Amer- * wfuu T r , -, ,, Q -, r i n forces were ican general had collected a force, consisting chiefly at the com- c i- i- i -T i <r>-y f\r\i\ mundofthe of undisciplined militia, amounting to about 27,000 American men ; but many of these were invalids, and many sen were unprovided with arms ; so that the effective force amounted to but little more than 17,000 men. 5 Soon 5i|J^J2 after the arrival of the fleet, Lord Howe, the British l ^f d s ^ e admiral, sent a letter, offering terms of accommodation, and directed to "George Washington, Esq." 19. This letter Washington declined receiving; asserting that, whoever had written it, it did not ex press his public station ; and that, as a private indi vidual, he could hold no communication with the enemies of his country. A second letter, addressed to " George Washington, &c. &c. &c.," and brought by the adjutant-general of the British army, was in like manner declined. 6 It appeared, however, that the powers of the British generals extended no farther than sent to Gen* eral Wash- 222 THE REVOLUTION. [P4.RT IU. 1776. 1. What were they assured in return ? 2. What did the British generals now re solve ? Aug. 22. 3. Give an account of the landing of the ene my, and their march towards the American camp. 4. Describe the country which sep arated ttie two armies. 5. In what order did the British ar my ad vance? 6. What is saidofthA beginning and prog ress of the battle, ? Aug. 26. Aug. 27. " to grant pardons to such as deserved mercy." ! They were assured in return, that the people were not con scious of having committed any crime in opposing Brit ish tyranny, and therefore they needed no pardon. 20. 2 The British generals, having gained nothing by their attempts at accommodation, now directing their attention to the prosecution of the war, resolved to strike the first blow without delay. Accordingly, on the 22d of August, the enemy landed on the south ern shore of Long Island, near the villages of New Utrecht* and Gravesend ;f and having divided their army into three divisions, commenced their march to wards the American camp, at Brooklyn, then under the command of General Putnam. 21. 4 A range of hills, running from the Narrows to Jamaica, separated the two armies. Through these hills were three passes, one by the Narrows, a sec ond by the village of Fiatbush,| and a third by the way of Flatland ;$ the latter leading to the right, and intersecting, on the heights, the road which leads from Bedford || to Jamaica. 6 General Grant, commanding the left division of the army, proceeded by the Nar rows ; General Heister directed the centre, composed of the Hessian regiments; and General Clinton the right. 22. 6 Detachments of the Americans, under the com mand of General Sullivan, guarded the coast, and the road from Bedford to Jamaica. On the evening of the 26th, General Clinton advanced from Flatland, reached the heights, and, on the morning of the 27th, BATTLE OF LONG ISLAND. * JYew Utrecht is at the W. end of Long Island, near the Narrows, seven miles below New York City. (See Map.) t Gravesend is a short distance S.E. from New Utrecht, and nine miles from New York. (See Map.) t Flatbush is five miles S.E. from Now York. It was near the N.W. boundary of this town that the principal battle was fought. (See Map.) Flatland is N.E. from the village of Graves - end, and about eight miles S.E. from New York. (See Map.) || The village of Bedford is near the heights, two or three miles S.E. from Brooklyn. (See Map.) CHAP. n.J EVENTS OF 177& 223 What % seized an important defile, which, through carelessness, 1776. the Americans had left unguarded. With the morn- ing light he descended with his whole force by the village of Bedford, into the plain which lay between the hills and the American camp. In the mean time Generals Grant and De Heister had engaged nearly the whole American force, which had advanced to de fend the denies on the west ignorant ot the move ments of Clinton, who soon fell upon their left flank. 23. l When the approach of Clinton was discovered, t . now* the Americans commenced a retreat ; but being in- tercepted by the English, they were driven back upon the Hessians ; and thus attacked, both in front and rear, many were killed, and many were made prison ers. Others forced their way through the opposing ranks, and regained the American lines at Brooklyn. 2 During the action, Washington passed over to Brook- lyn, where he saw, with inexpressible anguish, the destruction of many of his best troops, but was unable to relieve them. 24. s The American loss was stated by Washington at one thousand, in killed, wounded, and prisoners ; and by the British general, at 3,300. Among the prison- ers, were Generals Sullivan, Stirling, and Woodhuli. The loss of the British was less than 400. 4 The con- r \ T r , . sequences of the defeat were more alarming to the Americans than the loss of their men. The army was dispirited ; and as large numbers of the militia were under short engagements of a few weeks, whole regi ments deserted and returned to their homes. 25. 5 On the following day* the enemy encamped in front of the American lines, designing to defer an at- tack until the fleet could co-operate with the land ,-r> TTT i i -i ! troops. 6 But Washington, perceiving the impossibility of sustaining his position, profited by the delay; and, on the night of the 29th, silently drew off his troops to New York ; nor was it until the sun had dissipated the mist on the following morning, that the English dis covered, to their surprise that the Americans had abandoned 3 . wtMt l. What teem oj the en- their camp, , and were already sheltered from pursuit. 7 A descent upon New York being the next design of the enemy, a part of their fleet doubled 224 THE REVOLUTION. [PART HI 1776. Long Island, and appeared in the Sound ; while tho ~~ main body, entering- the harbor, took a position nearly within cannon shot of the city. i.whatwaa 26. *In a council of war, held on the 12th of Sep- determined -, , . - .i in a council 1601061, the Americans determined to abandon the what w!L city ; and, accordingly, no time was lost in .removing IKe dSy Iy the military stores, which were landed far above, on 2. ^vhatpo- tne western shore of the Hudson. 2 The command er- fiiS/cri- in-chief retired to the heights of Harlem,* and a strong cantakei force was stationed at Kingsbridge,f in the northern part of the island. sept. is. 27. 3 On the 15th, a strong detachment of the enemy 3 tSne?mf ^ an( ied on the east side of New York Island, about advance up- three miles above the city, and meeting: with little re- on New . , ..* ,. 1-11 York, and sistance, took a position extending across the island at Bloomirigdale.J five miles north of the city, and within two m ^ es f tn ^e American lines. On the following day a a skirmish took place between advanced parties 4. "skirfnSh of the armies, in which the Americans gained a de- ^imcedi cided advantage ; although their two principal officers, Colonel Knowlton and Major Leitch, both fell mor- o. what was tally wounded. 5 Washington commended the valor vpoifme displayed by his troops on this occasion, and the result army? wag highly inspiriting to the army. 6 o?S? ^ General Howe, thinking it not prudent to at- did the Brit- tack the fortified camp of the Americans, next made a nm/8eae a to movement with the intention of gaming their rear, and cutting off their communication with the Eastern States. 7. what 7 With this view, the greater part of the royal army left New York, and passing into the Sound, landed b in the vicinity of Westchester ; while, at the same time, three frigates were despatched up the Hudson, to in terrupt the American communications with New Jer- s.Hmo large sev. 3 Bv the arrival of new forces, the British armv loan his J J l . or- r\f\r\ army? now amounted to 35,000 men. * Harlem is seven and a half miles above the city, (distance reckoned from the City Hall.; t Kingsliridge is thirteen miles above the city, at the N. end of the island, near a bridge crossing Spuyten Devil Creek, the creek which leads from the Hudson to tho Harlem River. (See Map, p. 225.) \ Jiloomhiffdale is on the W. side of the island. Opposite, on the E. side, is Yorkville. <J> The village of Westchester is situated on Westchester Creek, two miles from the Sound, in the southern part of Westchester County, fourteen miles N.E. from New York. The troops landed on Frog s Point, about three miles S.E from the village. See Map, p. 225.) CHAP. II.] EVENTS OF 1776. 225 29. l Washington, penetrating the designs of the enemy, soon withdrew the bulk of his army from New York Island, and extended it along the western bank of Bronx River,* towards White Plains ;t keeping his left in advance of the British right. 2 On the 28th, a partial action was fought at White Plains, in which the Americans were driven back with some loss. 3 Soon after, Washington changed his camp, and drew up a his forces on the heights of North Castle, J about five miles farther north. 30. 4 The British general, discontinuing his pursuit, now directed his attention to the American posts on the Hudson, with the apparent design of penetrating into New Jersey. 5 Washington, therefore, having first secured the strong positions in the vicinity of the Croton^ River, and especially that of Peekskill,|| crossed the Hudson with the main body of his army, and joined General Greene in his camp at Fort Lee ;T leaving a force of three thousand men on the east side, under Colonel Magaw, for the defence of Fort Wash ington.** 1776. 1. What po sition did Washington take? Oct. 28. 2. What oc curred at White Pit ins 1 a. Nov. i. 3. What change did Washington then, make t 4. To what did the Brit ish general now direct his atten tion 1 5. What wert the next ttweni-enls of Wash ington I * Bronx River rises in Westchester County, near tho line of Connecticut, and after a course of twenty-five miles, nearly south, enters the Sound (or East River) a little S.W. from the village of Westchester. (See Map.) t White Plains is in Westchester County, twenty-seven miles N.E. from New York. (See Map.) t The Heights of North Castle, on which Washington drew up his army, are three or four miles S.W. from the present village of North Castle. (See Map.) The Croton River enters Hudson River from the east, in the northern part of Westchester County, thirty-five miles north from New York. (See Map.) From this stream an aqueduct has been built, thirty-eight Hiiles in length, by which the city of New York has been supplied with excellent water. The whole cost of the aqued.uct, reservoirs, pipes, &c., was about twelve millions of dol lars. || Peckskill is on the E. bank of the Hudson, near the northwestern extremity of Westchester County, forty-six miles N. from New York. (See Map, p. 244.) IT Fort Lc,e was on the west side of Hud son River, in the town of Hackensack, New Jersey, three miles southwest from Fort Washington, and ten north from New York. It was built on a rocky summit, 300 feet above the river. The ruins of the fortress still exist, overgrown with low trees. (See Map.) ** Fort Washington was on the east bank of the Hudson, on Manhattan or New York Island, about eleven miles above the city. (See Map.) 10* WESTCIIESTER COUNTY, 011TS LEE AND WASHINGTON. 226 THE REVOLUTION. [PART in. 1776. Nov. IS. 1. What is said of the attack an Fort Wash ington ? a. Nov. 18. 2. Of the attempt Ggainst Fort Lee, and the result? 3. What is said of the retreat of the Ameri cana, and the condi tion of the army t 4. Give an account of the retreat through Neio Jersey, and the pur suit by the British. 31. l On the 16th, this fort \vas attacked by a strong force of the enemy, and after a spirited defence, in which the assailants lost nearly a thousand men, was forced to surrender. 2 Lord Cornwallis crossed 11 the Hudson at Dobbs Ferry,* with six thousand men, and proceeded against Fort Lee, the garrison of which saved itself by a hasty retreat; but all the baggage and military stores fell into the possession of the victors. 32. 3 The Americans retreated across the Hacken- sack,f and thence across the Passaic,J with forces daily diminishing by the withdrawal of large numbers of the militia, who, dispirited by the late reverses, re turned to their homes, as fast as their terms of enlist ment expired ; so that, by the last of November, scarcely three thousand troops remained in the Amer ican army ; and these were exposed in an open coun try, without intrenching tools, and without tents to shelter them from the inclemency of the season. 33. 4 Newark,$ New Brunswick, || Princeton,!" and Trenton, successively fell into the hands of the enemy, as they were abandoned by the retreating army ; and finally, on the eighth of December, Washington crossed the Delaware, then the only barrier which prevented the British from taking possession of Philadelphia. So * Dobbs 1 Ferry is a well-known crossing-place on the Hudson, twenty-two miles N. from New York City. There is a small village of the same name on the E. side of the river. (See Map, p. 225.) t Hackensack River rises one mile west from the Hudson, in Rockland Lake, Rock- land County, thirty-three miles N. from New York. It pursues a southerly course, at a distance of from two to six miles W. from the Hudson, and falls into the N. Eastern ex tremity of Newark Bay, five miles west from New York. (See Map.) $. The Passaic River rises in the central part of Northern New Jersey, flows an east erly course until it arrives within five miles of the Hackensack, whence its course is S. Newark, now a city, and the most popu lous in New Jersey, is situated on the W. side of Passaic River, three miles from its entrance into Newark Bay, and nine miles W. from New York. (See Map.) || New Bru-nswick is situated on the S. hank of Raritan River, ten miles from its entrance into Raritan Bay at Am boy, and twenty-three miles S.W. from Newark. It is the seat of Rut gers College, founded in 1770. (See Map.) IF Princeton is thirty-nine miles S.W. from Newark. It is the seat of the " College of New Jersey," usually called Princeton College, found ed at Elizabethtown in 1746, afterwards removed to Newark, and, in 1757, to Princeton. The Princeton Theological Seminary, founded in 1812, is also located here. (See Map.) J ap> CHAP. H.] EVENTS OF 1776. 227 rapidly had the pursuit been urged, that the rear of the 1776 . one army was often within sight and shot of the van of the other. 34. 1 Congress 3 then in session at Philadelphia, ad- * Dec. 12. journed 11 to Baltimore * and soon after invested h Wash- b< D .- " 11 T i // m T i " mgton with almost unlimited powers, " To order and direct all things relating to the department and to the operations of war." 2 The British general, awaiting only the freezing of the Delaware to enable him to cross and seize Philadelphia, arranged about 4000 of his German troops along the river, from Trenton to Burlington. Strong detachments occupied Princeton and New Brunswick. The rest of the troops were cantoned about in the villages of New Jersey. 35. 3 On the very day that the American army crossed the Delaware, the British squadron, under Sir Peter Parker, took possession of the island of Rhode Island, 6 together with the neighboring islands, Pru- dence, and Conanicut ; c by which the American c - squadron, under Commodore Hopkins, was blocked up in Providence River, where it remained a long time useless. On the 13th, General Lee, who had Dec. is. been left in command of the forces stationed on the ^-jy, * Hudson, having incautiously wandered from the main erais L&* body, was surprised and taken prisoner by the enemy. His command then devolving on General Sullivan, the latter conducted his troops to join the forces of Wash ington, which were then increased to nearly seven thousand men. 36. 5 In the state of gloom and despondency which 5 had seized the public mind, owing to the late reverses O l ie l y of the army, Washington conceived the plan of sud- wa*Mng- 11 i -H? i i . i ton t denly crossing the Delaware, and attacking the ad vanced posts of the enemy, before the main body could be brought to their relief. Accordingly, on the night D^. 55. of the 25th of December, preparations were made for ^J"?^, crossing the river, in three divisions. General Cad- ftwifcc^ n i T-I i i i rwlintoef watiader was to cross at Bristol,! and carry the post at feet? * naltimom, a city of Maryland, is situated mi the N. side of the Patapsco River, fourteen miles from its entrance into Chesapeake Bay, and ninety-five miles S.W. from Philadelphia. (Sec Map, p. 323.) t Bristol is a viUnge on the Pennsylvania side of the Delaware, two miles above Turlington. (See Map, p. 22G.) 223 THE REVOLUTION. [PART I1L 1776. 1. Wtuitob- ttacles were encoun tered? a. Dec. 26. 2. Give a particular account of the enter prise; the battle which followed ; and the re sult. S. Why did Washington immediate- Itftecross the Delaware ? 4. How did this bril liant suc cess affect the public mind? Burlington ;* General Ewing was to cross a little be low Trenton,f an d intercept the retreat of the enemy in that direction ; while the commander-in- chief, with twenty-four hundred men, was to cross nine miles above Trenton, to make the principal attack. 37. Generals Ewing and Cadwallader, after the most strenuous efforts, were unable to cross, owing to the extreme cold of the night, and the quantity of float ing ice that had accumulated in this part of the river. 2 Washington alone succeeded, but it was three o clock in the morning a before the artillery could be carried over. The troops were then formed into two divisions, commanded by Generals Sullivan and Greene, under whom were Brigadiers Lord Stirling, Mercer, and St. Clair. 38. Proceeding by different routes, they arrived at Trenton about eight o clock in the morning, and com menced a nearly simultaneous attack upon the sur prised Hessians, who, finding themselves hemmed in by the Americans on the north and west, and by a small creek and the Delaware River on the east and south, were constrained to lay down their arms, and surrender at discretion. About one thousand were made prisoners, and between thirty and forty were killed and wounded. About 600 of the enemy, who were out on a foraging party, escaped to Bordentown.| Among the killed was Colonel Rahl, the commanding .officer. 39. 3 As the British had a strong force at Princeton, and likewise a force yet remaining on the Delaware, superior to the American army, Washington, on the evening of the same day, recrossed into Pennsylvania with his prisoners. This unexpected and brilliant --*- . . : V" * Burli.nfft.on is on the E. bank of the Delaware, twelve miles S.W. from Trenton, and seventeen N.E. from Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 226.) f Trenton, the capital of New Jersey, is situated on the E. hank of the Delaware lliver, ten miles S.W. from Princeton, and twenty-seven N.E. from Philadelphia. The Assumpink Creek sep-i- rates the city on the S.E. from the borough of South Trenton. (See Map ; and also p. 396.) t Bordentown is on the E. bank of the Dela ware, seven miles southeast from Trenton. (Set Map, p. 226.) movements CHAP. H.J EVENTS OF 1776. 229 success suddenly elevated the public mind from des- 1776. pendency to extreme confidence. About 1 400 soldiers, ~~ whose terms of service were on the point of expiring, agreed to remain six weeks longer ; and the militia from the neighboring provinces again began to join the army. 40. x The British general, startled by this sudden l Whatw(a reanimation of an enemy whom he had already con- sidered vanquished, resolved, though in the depth of winter, to recommence operations. Lord Cornwallis, then in New York, and on the point of sailing for England, hastily returned to New Jersey, with addi tional troops, to regain the ground that had been lost. 41. 2 Nor was Washington disposed to remain idle. On the 28th of December he boldly returned into New 2.wtuunew T j , , i i i T s Jersey, and took post at Trenton, where the other di- visions of the army, which had passed lower down, were ordered to join him. General Heath, stationed at Peekskill, on the Hudson, was ordered to move into New Jersey with the main body of the New England forces, while the newly raised militia were ordered to harass the flank and rear, and attack the outposts of the enemy. 3 The British had fallen back from the Delaware, and were assembling in great force at Princeton resolved to attack Washington in his quar- meantime:f ters at Trenton, before he should receive new reinforce ments. 42. 4 Such was the situation of the opposing armies 4 Wha( u at the close of the year. Only a week before, Gen- remarked qf i TT i i i f r-i the ait nation eral Howe was leisurely waiting the freezing 01 the of the oppo- Delaware, to enable him to take quiet possession o Philadelphia, or annihilate the American army at a blow, should k not previously be disbanded by the de sertion of its militia. But, to the astonishment of the British general, the remnant of the American army had suddenly assumed offensive operations ; and its commander, although opposed by far superior forces, now indulged the hope of recovering, during the win ter, the whole, or the greater part of New Jersey. BENJAMIN FEANKLIN. f rce [PART m. CHAPTER III. EVENTS OF 1777. 1. On the night of the first of January, Generals Mifflin and Cadwallader, with the forces which lay at Bordentown and Crosswicks,* joined Washington a t Trenton, whose whole effective excee d fi ye thousand men. a ln the b Se< yf ap> now expo- afternoon of the next day, a the van of the army of Lord Comwallis reached Trenton ; when Washington a. Jan. 2. immediately withdrew to the east side of the creek b ^dinfhe which runs through the town, where he drew up his uZZFtosfr army, and commenced intrenching himself. ^* ^ ne British attempted to cross in several places, when some skirmishing ensued, and a cannonading commenced, which continued until nightfall ; but the fords being well guarded, the enemy thought it pru dent to wait for the reinforcements which were near at hand, designing to advance to the assault on the fol lowing morning. 3. 3 Washington again found himself in a very crit- ical situation. To remain and risk a battle, with a superior and constantly increasing force, would subject sed his army, in case of repulse, to certain destruction ; while a retreat over the Delaware, then very much obstructed with floating ice, would, of itself, have been a difficult undertaking, and a highly dangerous one to the American troops when pursued by a victorious 4. What is enemy. 4 Wit.h his usual sagacity and boldness, Wash <*TSoc/^ ington adopted another extraordinary but judicious Sr wash scheme, which was accomplished with consummate ingtoni skill, and followed by the happiest results. 5. in what 4. Kindling the fires of his camp as usual, and Banner did , . , ~ , , , , f , . , having left a small guard and sentinels to deceive the enemy, he silently dispatched his heavy baggage to Burlington; and then, c by a circuitous route, unper- ceived, gained the rear of the enemy, and pressed on emy * Crosswicks is a small vill;io on the S. side of a creek of the same nnme, four miles E. from Bordentown. The creek enters the Delaware just N. of Bordentown village. (See Map, p. 22ti.) CHAP. HI.] EVENTS OF 1777. 231 rapidly towards Princeton ; designing- to attack, by 1777. surprise, the British force at that place, which was "~ about equal to his own. 5. 1 A part of the British, however, had already com- i. Give an menced their march, and were met by the Americans, at sunrise, a mile and a half from Princeton,* when a brisk conflict ensued, in which the American militia , <2 i TTT i taincd by at first gave way; but Washington soon coming up each party. with his select corps, the battle was restored. One di vision of the British, however, broke through the Americans 5 the others, after a severe struggle, and after losing nearly four hundred men in killed and wounded, retreated towards New Brunswick. The American loss was somewhat less than that of the British, but among the killed was the highly esteemed and deeply regretted General Mercer. 6. 8 When the dawn of day discovered to Lord Corn- 2 . what wallis the deserted camp of the Americans, he immedi- ately abandoned his own camp, and marched with all expedition towards New Brunswick ; fearing lest the baggage and military stores collected there should fall into the hands of the enemy. 3 As he reached Prince ton almost at the same time with the American rear the s guard, Washington again found himself in imminent oSS danger. His soldiers had taken no repose for the two preceding days, and they were likewise destitute of suitable provisions and clothing ; while the pursuing enemy, besides the advantage of numbers, was supplied with all the conveniences, and even the luxuries of the camp. 7. 4 Not being in a situation to accomplish his &&~ i.wttatvH signs on New Brunswick, Washington departed ab- "f^K ruptly from Princeton, and moved with rapidity to- ton? wards the upper and mountainous parts of New Jersey, and finally encamped at Morristo\vn,f where he was able to afford shelter and repose to his suffering army. 6 Corn wallis proceeded directly to New Brunswick, 5 . Sy C om- where he found the commanding officer greatly alarm- wallis? * This battle was fought on the N.E. side of Stony Brook, one of the head waters of the Raritan, about a mile and a half S.W. from Princeton. (See Map, p. 220.) t Morristown is a beautiful village, situated on an eminence, thirty-five miles N.E from Princeton, and eighteen west from Newark. (See Map, p. 226.) 232 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III, 1777. eel at the movements of Washington, and already en- ~~ gaged in the removal of the baggage and military stores i.whatsuc- 8. In a few days Washington entered the field ivashin&on anew, overran the whole northern part of New Jer- won u%r? SC J> dn & made himself master of Newark, of Eliza- bethtown, and finally of Woodbridge ;* so that the British army, which had lately held all New Jersey in its power, and had caused even Philadelphia to tremble for its safety, found itself now restricted to the two posts, New Brunswick and Amboy ;f and com pelled to lay aside all thoughts of acting offensively, 2. what is and study self-defence. 2 The people of New Jersey, tftiwtim wn j during the ascendency of the British, had been a nftiwS- treate d with harshness, insult, and cruelty, especially Tle jersST k v tne mercenary Hessian troops, now rose upon their invaders, and united in the common cause of expelling them from the country. s.wuhwhat 9- 3 In small parties they scoured the country in 7heTmcetf every direction, cutting of! stragglers, and suddenly foiling on the outposts of the enemy, and in several skirmishes gained considerable advantage. At Spring- ? Jan. 7. field,! between forty and fifty Germans were killed, a wounded, or taken, by an equal number of Jersey mi- jan. 20. litia ; and on the 20th of January, General Dickinson, with less than five hundred men, defeated a much larger foraging party of the enemy, near Somerset 4 what Court House. 4 As no important military enterprise measure did took place on either side during the two or three months U OShnjfftOn <,,,*. , , r r\ TTT i -1 take for the following the battle of Princeton, Washington seized ea armyi ** the interval of repose for inoculating his whole army with the small-pox ; a disease which had already com menced its dreadful ravages among his troops, but which was thus stripped of its terrors, and rendered harmless. * Woodbridgc is a village near Staten Island Sound, fourteen miles S. from Newark. (See Map, p. 226.) t Amboy (now Perth Amboy) is situated at the head of Raritan Bay, at the conflu ence of Raritan River and Sfctten Island Sound, four miles S. from Wood bridge. It ia opposite the southern point of Staten Island. (See Map, p. 226.) t Springfield is a small village eight miles W. from Newark. (See Map, p. 226.) Somerset Court House was then at the village of Millstone, four miles S. from Som erville, the present county seat, and eight miles W. from New Brunswick. (See Map p. 226.) CHAP. III.J EVENTS OF 1777. 233 10. Congress, in the mean time, had returned to 1777. Philadelphia, where it was busily occupied with mcas- 7 Umo ^ ures for enlarging and supplying the army, and for e %*"?? n obtaining aid from foreign powers. 2 So early as the thenican beginning of the year 1776, Silas Deane, a member 2 . what a of congress from Connecticut, was sent to France, for fS^, 1 ^ the purpose of influencing the French government in \anwi favor of America. Although France secretly favored the cause of the Americans, she w r as not yet disposed to act openly ; yet Mr. Deane found means to obtain supplies from private sources, and even from the public arsenals. 11. 5 After the declaration of independence, Benja- *.whatia min Franklin was likewise sent to Paris ; and other Franklin, agents were sent to different European courts. The andolhers * distinguished talents, high reputation, and great per sonal popularity of Dr. Franklin, were highly success ful in increasing the general enthusiasm which began to be felt in behalf of the Americans. 4 His efforts < were in the end eminently successful : and although taken France delayed, for a while, the recognition of Amer ican independence, yet she began to act with less re serve ] and by lending assistance in various ways, by loans, gifts, supplies of arms, provisions, and clo thing, she materially aided the Americans, and showed a disposition not to avoid a rupture with England. 12. 5 The tardy action of the French court was out- 5 . what stripped, however, by the general zeal of the nation. Numerous volunteers, the most eminent of whom was the young Marquis de Lafayette, offered to risk their fortunes, and bear arms in the cause of American lib erty. Lafayette actually fitted out a vessel at his own expense, and, in the spring of 1777, arrived in America. He at first enlisted as a volunteer in the army of Washington, declining all pay for his ser vices ; but congress soon after bestowed upon him the appointment of major-general. 13. 6 Although the main operations of both armies 6 . Give an were suspended until near the last of May, a few pre- f^^Mi vious events are worthy of notice. The Americans expedition i /*! T-> i V P Hud having collected a quantity ol military stores at Peeks- * kill, on the Hudson, in March, General Howe des- coitrse 7(>rt taken by France, and Gen. Lin coin. 234 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL 1777. patched a powerful armament up the river to destroy ~~ them, when the American troops, seeing defence im- a. March 23. possible, set fire to the stores, and abandoned 1 the place. The enemy landed completed the destruction, and April 13. then returned to New York. On the 13th of April, General Lincoln, then stationed at Boundbrook,* in New Jersey, was surprised by the sudden approach of Lord Cornwallis on both sides of the Raritan. t With difficulty he made his retreat, with the loss of a part of his baggage, and about sixty men. April 25. 14. 2Qn the 25th of April, 2000 of the enemy, uri- der the command of General Tryon. late royal gover- nor f New York, landed in Connecticut, between FairfieldJ: and Norwalk. On the next day they pro- fa April se ceeae d against Danbury,|| and destroyed 1 * the stores collected there, burned the town, and committed c. April 27. many atrocities on the unarmed inhabitants. 3 During 3. WMtfoj" their retreat they were assailed by the militia, which rinthe re- had hastily assembled in several detachments, com- "InemyT manded by Generals Arnold, Sillirnan, and Wooster. Pursued and constantly harassed by the Americans, d. April 28. tne enemy succeeded in regaining 1 their shipping ; having lost, during the expedition, in killed, wounded, i.whatwax anc l prisoners, nearly three hundred men. 4 The loss theionof of the Americans was much less ; but among- the num- inc A iiier- . _. . VTT i i tcans? ber was the veteran General Wooster, then in his seventieth year. 5. Give an 15. 8 Not long after wards, a daring expedition was theSefi- Panned and executed by a party of Connecticut mili- ^ a a g a i nst a depot of British stores which had been collected at Sag Harbor, a post at the eastern extremity of Long Island, and then defended by a detachment of May 22. infantry and an armed sloop. On the night of the 22d * Boundbrook is a small village about a mile in length, on the N. side of the Raritan, seven miles N.W. from New Brunswick. The northern part of the village is called MiMlebrook. (See Map, p. 226.) t Raritan River, N.J., is formed by several branches, which unite in Somerset Coun ty ; whence, flowing east, it enters Raritan Bay at the southern extremity of Staten Is land. (See Map, p. 226.) % Fairfield. See p. 107. The troops landed at Campo Point, in the western part of the town of Fairfield. $ Norwalk village is situated on both sides of Norwalk River, at its entance into the Sound. It is about forty-five miles N.E. from New York, and ten miles S.W. from Fairfield. B Danbury is twenty-one miles N. from Norwalk. CHAP. III.] EVENTS OF 1777. 235 of May, Colonel Meigs crossed the Sound, and arriving 1777. before day, surprised* the enemy, destroyed the stores, burned a dozen vessels, and brought off ninety prison ers, without having a single man either killed or wounded. Congress ordered an elegant sword to be presented to Colonel Meiafs for his ffood conduct on contact of *, . . Col. Mcizs this occasion. moaned? 16. 2 While these events were transpiring, Wash- ington remained in his camp at Morristown, gradually increasing in strength by the arrival of new recruits, and waiting the development of the plans of the enemy; who seemed to be hesitating, whether to march upon Philadelphia, in accordance with the plan of the pre vious campaign, or to seize upon the passes of the Hud son, and thus co-operate directly with a large force under General Burgoyne, then assembling in Canada, with the design of invading the states from that quarter. 17. 3 As a precaution against both of these move- s.what pre- ,, ,, , cautions ments, the northern forces having first been concen- were, taken trated on the Hudson, and a large camp under General thesepfons? Arnold having been formed on the western bank of the Delaware, so that the whole could be readily as sembled at either point, in the latter part of May Washington broke up his winter quarters, and ad vanced to Middlebrook, b a strong position within ten b. see first miles of the British camp, and affording a better op- portunity for watching the enemy and impeding his movements. 18. ^General Howe soon after passed over ffom 4Wha(wera New York, which had been his head-quarters during ttujint A & movements the winter, and concentrated nearly his whole army tf Gemma at New Brunswick; but after having examined the c . j^eia. strength of the posts which Washington occupied, he abandoned the design of assaulting him in his camp. 6 He next, with the design of enticing Washington from s. Descri.be his position, and bringing on a general engagement, advanced d with nearly his whole body to Somerset Court House, with the apparent design of crossing the , .,_. , .,. . f| r . , . 3 c , f d. June 14. Delaware. Failing in his object, a few days aiter- wards he tried another feint, and made as rapid a re treat, first to Brunswick and afterwards f to Amboy, e. June 19. a*\d even sent over s.everal detachments to Staten f<June!a his attempts to draw Washington from his po- 236 THE REVOLUTION. [PAUT HI. 1777. Island, as if with the final intention of abandoning ~~ New Jersey. 1. wi>a> ad- 19- l Washington, in the hope of deriving- some ad- u3|/o vanta ge from the retreat, pushed forward strong de- matcei tachments to harass the British rear, and likewise ad vanced his whole force to Quibbletown,* five or six 2. in what miles from his strong camp at Middlebrook. 2 General > Gai*j&tM Howe, taking advantage of the success of his manoeu- anetnptto vre, suddenly recalled his troops on the ni^ht of the lake advan- , , J . sp tape of these 25tn, and, the next morning-, advanced rapidly towards ntovementt? A , . . , b ^ i J June 25. tne Americans ; hoping to cut off their retreat and June 26. bring on a general action. s. T umodid 20. 3 Washington, however, had timely notice of U e^ape1hT this movement, and discerning his danger, with the danger? utmost celerity regained his camp at Middlebrook 4. HOW far 4 The enemy only succeeded in engaging the brigade mywecwd? of Lord Stirling ; which, after maintaining a severe 5. mat to Action, retreated with little loss. 6 Failing in this sec- sa rltfeS r on d attempt, the British again withdrew to Amboy June so anc ^ on ^ e 30t ^J P asse d finally over to Staten Island ; leaving Washington in undisturbed possession of New Jersey. 6. Give an 21. 6 A few days later, the American army received the G captufe tne cheering intelligence of the capture of Major-gen- f prcotf l era ^ Prescott, the commander of the British troops on Rhode Island. Believing himself perfectly secure while surrounded by a numerous fleet, and at the head of a powerful army, he had taken convenient quarters at some distance from camp, and with few guards about July 10. his person. On the night of the 10th of July, Colonel Barton, with about forty militia, crossed over to the island in whale-boats, and having silently reached the lodgings of Prescott, seized him in bed, and conducted him safely through his own troops and fleet, back to the mainland. This exploit gave the Americans an officer of equal rank to exchange for General Lee. moSSni 22> 7 ^^ e B r to s n fleet, under the command of Ad- tpatinaeitby miral Howe, then lying at Sandy Hook, soon moved to Prince s Bay,f and thence to the northern part of * QuibMetown, now called JVezo Market, is a small village five miles E. from Middle- brook. (See Map, p. 220.) t Prince s Bay is on the S.E. coast of Staten Island. CHAP, in.] EVENTS OF 1777. 237 general f uly soon 4 - What did 11 Washington the island. ir This movement, together with the cir- 1777. cumstance that Burgoyne, with a powerful army, had v Whatap . already taken Ticonderoga, at first induced Washing- ton to believe that the design of the British general i i T T i 3 i T~> was to proceed up the Hudson, and unite with Bur goyne. 2 Having taken about 18,000 of the army on board, and leaving a large force, under General Clin- ton, for the defence of New York, the fleet at length sailed from Sandy Hook on the 23d of July, and being soon after heard from, off the capes of Delaware, Wash- ington put his forces in motion towards Philadelphia. 23. 3 The fleet having sailed up the Chesapeake, the A r u e- 25 troops landed near the head of Elk* River, in Mary- land, on the 25th of August, and immediately com- menced their march towards the American army, which had already arrived and advanced beyond Wil mington. 4 The superior force of the enemy obliged Washington to withdraw across the Brandy- wine,f where he determined to make a stand for the defence of Philadelphia. 5 On the morning of the 1 1th sept, n of September, the British force, in two columns, ad- vanced against the American position. The Hessians under General Knyphausen proceeded against Chad s September Ford.J and commenced a spirited attack, designing to deceive the Americans with the belief that the whole British army was attempting the passage of the Bran dy wine at that point. 24. 6 Washington, deceived by false intelligence re- specting the movements of the enemy, kept his force concentrated near the passage of Chad s Ford; while, in the mean time, the main body of the British army, led by Generals Howe and Cornwallis, crossed the forks of the Brandy wine above, and descended against * Elk River is formed by the union of two small creeks at Elkton, haif way between the Susquehanna and the Dela ware, after which its course is S.W., thirteen miles, to the Chesapeake. t Jirandywine Creek rises in the northern part of Chester County, Pennsylvania, and flowing S.E., pisses through the northern parl of Delaware, unitins* with Christiana Creek at Wilmington. (See Map; also Map, p. 121.) } Chad s Ford is a passage of the Brandy wine, twenty-five Diilcs S.W. from Philadelphia. 6. IVhatmore PLACES WEST OF PJIILADKI.l HIA.. 238 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. lyyy. the American right, then commanded by General Sul- " livan ; which, being attacked before it had properly formed, soon gave way. The day terminated in the success of all the leading plans of the enemy. a. sept. 12. 25. Curing the night, the American army retreated to Chester,* and the next day* to Philadelphia ; having l st > during the action, in killed, wounded, and prison- ers > more than a thousand men ; while the British loss a. what is was not half that number. 2 Count Pulaski, a brave ViSkfand Pander, who had joined the Americans, distinguished Lafayette t himself in this action; as did also the Marquis Lafay ette, who was wounded while endeavoring .to rally the fugitives. Congress soon after promoted Count Pu laski to the rank of brigadier, with the command of the cavalry. $$& 26. 3 After a few days rest, Washington resolved to ne a x ndwhat e r ls] ^ another general action, before yielding Philadel- foiiowedi phia to the enemy. He therefore recrossed the Schuyl- kill, and advanced against the British near Goshen ;f b. Sept. i6. but soon after the advanced parties had met, b a violent fall of rain compelled both armies to defer the engage- * en a ed h tT ment - <A ^ ew ^ a Y s a ^ ter 5 General Wayne, who had General been detached with 1500 men, with orders to conceal his movements and harass the rear of the enemy, was c.sept. 20,21. himself surprised at night, 6 near Paoli ;J and three hundred of his men were killed. B.mmtwere 27. 6 On a movement of the British up the right movements bank of the Schuylkill, Washington, fearing for the q armtj safety of his extensive magazines and military stores deposited at Reading,^ abandoned Philadelphia, and took post at Pottsgrove.|| Congress had previously sept. 23. adjourned to Lancaster. On the 23d, the British army sept. se. crossed the Schuylkill ; and on the 26th entered Phil- * Chester, originally called Upland, is situated on the W. bank of Delaware River, fourteen miles S.VV. from Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 237.) t Goshen is about eighteen miles VV. from Philadelphia, and a short distance E. from Westchester. (See Map, p. 237.) 1 Paoli is a small village nearly twenty miles N.W. from Philadelphia. Two miles 8. W. final the village is the place where Gen. Wayne was defeated. / monument has been erected on the xpol. and the adjoining field is appropriated to a military pa rade ground. (Sec Map, p. 237.; Reading is ti large and flourishing manufacturing village, on the N.E. branch of the Schuylkill, fifty mile s (in a direct line) N.VV. from Philadelphia. || Pottsprove i* on th N.E. side of the Schuylkill, about thirty-five miles N VV. from Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 237.) CHAP, in.] EVENTS OF 1777. 239 O ct 4. 2. vnather did Hoive ttum remov* 3 What events does the history C rate?tm adelphia without opposition. The main body of the IT 77. army encamped at Germantown,* six miles distant. 28. Washington now passed down the Schuylkill i. Give an to Skippackf Creek, and soon after, learning that the a^bat^o British force had been weakened by the withdrawal of several regiments for the reduction of some forts OK the Delaware, he attacked the remainder at German- town, on the 4th of October ; but after a severe action, the Americans were repulsed, with the loss of about 1200 men in killed, wounded, and prisoners ; while that of the enemy was only about half that number. 2 Soon after this event, General Howe broke up his en- , , , . ** \ /? campment at Germantown, and moved a his whole force to Philadelphia. 29. 3 No movement of importance was made by either army until the 22d of the month; previous to ,.,. . . * , . . which time, important events had transpired in the north, resulting in the total defeat and capture of a powerful British army under General Burgoyne. A connected account of these transactions requires that we should now go back a few months in the order of time, to the beginning of the campaign in the north. 30. 4 Early in the spring of 1777, General Burgoyne, 4. what is who had served under Governor Carleton in the pre- vious campaign, arrived b at Quebec ; having received the command of a powerful force, which was designed to invade the states by the way of Lake Champlain and the Hudson. 31. On the 16th of June, Burgoyne, at the head of June is. his army, which consisted of more than seven thousand British and German troops, and several thousand Ca nadians and Indians, left St. John s for Cro\vn Point, where he established magazines ; and then proceeded to invest d Ticonderoga.J 5 At the same time a detach- ment of about two thousand men, mostly Canadians and Indians, proceeded by the way of Oswego, 6 against Fort Schuyler, on the Mohawk ; hoping to make an e.N.p. 242. c j l in3o? (I d. Julys. * Germantown lies on a street three miles long, and is centrally distant six miles N.W. from Philadelphia. (See Map, p. 152 ) t Skippack Creek is an eastern branch of Perkiomen Creek, which it enters about twenty-three miles N.W. from Philadelphia. Perkiomen Creek enters the Schuylkill from the N., about twenty-two miles from Philadelphia. (See Mnp, p. 237.) J The important fortress of Ticoid&roga. was situated at the mouth of the outlet of 240 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IU. 1. Of the course pur sued by St. Clair? 2. Of the investment of Ticonde- roga I 3 Wkatde- tign ivas St. Clair obli ged to aban don, and. why t 4. What ar duous work did the Brit- isti under take and accomplish? u. July 5. 5. Give an account of the evacua tion of Ti- conderoga. b. July 5, 6. 6. Of the retreat and reverses of the Amer icans. easy conquest of that post, and afterwards to rejoin the main army on the Hudson. 32. l Oa the approach of the enemy, General St. Clair, who commanded at Ticonderoga with a force of but little more than 3000 men, unable to defend all the outworks, withdrew to the immediate vicinity of the fort. 2 The British troops, now extending their lines in front of the peninsula, invested the place on the northwest ; while their German allies took post on the opposite side of the lake, in the rear of Mount Independence, which had likewise been fortified, and was then occu pied by the Americans. 3 St. Clair had at first con templated the erection of fortifications on Mount De fiance, which commands the peninsula; but finding his numbers insufficient to garrison any new works, the design was abandoned. 33. 4 The English generals, perceiving the advan tage that would be gained if their artillery could be planted on the summit of Mount Defiance, immedi ately undertook the arduous work ; and on the fifth* of the month the road was completed, the artillery mounted, and ready to open its fire on the following morning. s St. Clair, seeing no possibility of a longer resistance, immediately took the resolution to evacuate the works, while yet it remained in his power to do so. Accordingly, on the night b of the fifth of July, the fires were suffered to burn out, the tenis were struck, and amid profound silence the troops commenced their re treat ; but, unfortunately, the accidental burning of a building on Mount Independence, revealed their situa tion to the enemy. 34. 6 On the following day, the baggage, stores, and Lake George, on a peninsula of about 500 acres, elevated 100 feet above Lake Chain- plain, and surrounded, on three sides, by rocks steep and difficult of access. Tho only approachable point to the fort was across the neck of the peninsula, a port of which was covered by a swamp, and tho other part defended by a breastwork. It was, however, commanded by Mount Defi ance, a hill 750 feet high, on the S. side of the outlet, and one mile distant. Mount Independence i.s an elevation hilf a mile dis tant, on the opposite side of the Lake. (Seo Map.) CHAP. HI.] EVENTS OF 1777. 241 provisions, which had been embarked on South River, or Wood Creek,* were overtaken and destroyed at ~~^ ~^ Skeenesborough. b The rear division of the main b . Notop . body, which had retreated by way of Mount Independ- M 2 ^ J| ll } 8li ence, was overtaken at Hubbardton.* on the morning of trie 7th, and, after an obstinate action, was routed Juiyr. with considerable loss. At length the remnants of the several divisions arrived at Foit Edward, on the Hud- c. July 12. son, the head-quarters of General Schuyler ; having lost, in the late reverses, nearly two hundred pieces of artillery, besides a large quantity of warlike stores and provisions. 35. Enable to retain Fort Edward with his small force, which then numbered but little more than four thousand men, General Schuyler soon after evacuated that post, and gradually fell back along the river until he had retired to the islands at the mouth of the Mo hawk. 2 Here, by the arrival of the New England z .\vhatr militia under General Lincoln, and several detach- ,*$%% & ments from the regular army, his number was in- i* receive? creased, by the middle of August, to thirteen thousand men. 3 The celebrated Polish hero. Kosciusko, was in S.WAOVMU . . * . chief ens i- the army as chief engineer. nert 36. 4 General Schuyler, in his retreat, had so ob- 4. wimt <z//- structed the roads, by destroying the bridges, and fell- *S$e$i ing immense trees in the way, that Burgoyne did not tQe ff ar * r reach Fort Edward until the 30th of July. 5 Here * July so. finding his army greatly straitened for want of pro- 5 j ie 1 ane ) >?p? visions, and it being difficult to transport them from j^*%*p& f Ticonderoga, through the wilderness, he dispatched 1 d. Aug. e. Colonel Baum, a German officer of destinction, with 500 men, to seize a quantity of stores which the Amer icans had collected at Bennington. t 37. 6 This party, being met 6 near Bennington by e . Aug. ie. Colonel Stark, at the head of the New Hampshire wiuufo i. . i -i r -i i r said of the muitia, was entirely defeated ; and a reinforcement defeat <<f MS which arrived the same day, after the discomfiture, iffiff was likewise defeated by Colonel Warner, who fprtu- t9n * Hubbardton is in Rutland Co., Vermont, about seventeen miles S.E. from Ticon derosa. I Benninfrton village, in Bennington County, Vermont, is about thirty-five miles S.E, from Fort Edward. The battle was fought on the western border of the town of Ben- nington, and partly within the town of Hoosick, in the state of New York 11 242 THE REVOLUTION. [PART in. 1777. nately arrived with a continental regiment at the same ~~ time. The loss of the enemy in the two engagements was about seven hundred men, the greater part pris oners, while that of the Americans was less than one hundred. i. what was 38. ir fhe battle of Bennington, so fortunate to the fh?btt?e of Americans, caused a delay of the enemy at Fort Ed- Eet tm? g ward nearly a month ; during which time news ar rived of the defeat of the expedition against Fort a. Aug. s. Schuyler.* 2 This fortress, under the command of 2. Give an Colonel Gansevoort, being 1 invested* by the enemy, account of -, TT -, . ,, -. , .<* . thesiegeand General Herkimer collected the militia in its vicinity, Fon n schuy- and marched to its relief; but falling into an ambus- b lug e ca de, ne was defeated 13 and slain. At the same time, however, a successful sortie from the fort penetrated the camp of the besiegers, killed many, and carried oft" a c. Aug. 22. large quantity of baggage. Soon after, on the news of the approach of Arnold to the relief of the fort, the savage allies of the British fled, and St. Leger was forced to abandon the siege. 39. 3 About the middle of September Burgoyne cross- ed d the Hudson with his whole army, and took a position on the heights and plains of Saratoga.! * Fort Schuyler was situated at the head of navigation of the Mohawk, and at the car rying place between that river and Wood Creek, whence boats passed to Oswego. In 1758 Fort Stanwlx was erected on this spot; but in 1776 it was repaired and named Fort Schuyler. The Fort occupied a part of the site of the present village of Rome, in Oneida County. It has been confounded by some with a Fort Schuyler which was built, in the French wars, near the place where Utica now stands, but which, at the time of the re volution, had gone to decay. (See Map.) \ Saratoga is a town on the west bank of the Hudson, /rom twenty-six to thirty-two miles north from Albany. Fish Creek runs through the northern part of the town. On the north side of its entrance into the Hud son is the village of Schuylerville, immedi ately sputh of y/hich, on the ruins of Fort Hardy, which was built during the French and Indian wars, occurred the surrender of Burgoyne. The place then called Saratoga was a small settlement on the south side of Fish Creek. (The Map on the left shows the towns of Saratoga and Stillwajer ; that on the right, the camps of Gates and Pur- goyne, at the time of the surrender.} General Gates do? CHAP. IH.] EVENTS OF 1777. 243 General Gates, who had recently been appointed to the 1T77. command of the northern American army, had moved L What ~^ forward from the mouth of the Mohawk, and was then encamped near Stillwater.* Burgoyne continued to advance, until, on the 18th, he had arrived within two miles of the American camp. 2 On the 19th of Sep- sept. 19. tember some skirmishing- commenced between scout- ing parties of the two armies, which soon brought on a general battle, that continued three hours without any intermission. Night put an end to the contest. The Americans withdrew to their camp, while the enemy passed the night under arms on the field of battle. Both parties claimed the victory, but the loss of the enemy was the greatest. 41. 3 Burgoyne now intrenched himself for the pur- 3. what then pose of awaiting the expected co-operation of General Clinton from New York. His Canadian and Indian forces began to desert him, and. cut off in a great measure from the means of obtaining supplies of pro visions, he was soon obliged to curtail his soldiers ra tions. 4 On the 7th of October, an advance of the ene- . . mv towards the American left wingf, again brought on * o/ve an 111 i. i r 5> => 1 .r 8 account of a general battle, which was fought on nearly the same the lattie or ground as the former, and with the most desperate ocSr. bravery on both sides ; but at length the British gave way, with the loss of some of their best officers, a considerable quantity of baggage, and more than four hundred men, while the loss of the Americans did not exceed eighty. 42. 5 On the night 1 after the battle the enemy fell act - 7 - 8 - back to a stronger position, and the Americans in- stantly occupied their abandoned camp. 6 Soon after, Burgoyne retired 11 to Saratoga, and endeavored to re- treat to Fort Edward ; but finding himself surrounded, 6 . his provisions reduced to a three days supply, and de- spairing of relief from General Clinton, he was reduced to the humiliating necessity of proposing terms of ca- surrender? pitulation ; and, on the 17th of October, he surrendered O ct. n his army prisoners of war. * The town of Stillwater is on the W. bank of the Hudson, from eighteen to twenty- lix miles N. from Albany. The village of the same name adjoins the river, about .wenty-one miles N. from Albany. In "this town, three or four miles N. from the vil- iage, were fought the battles of Sept. 19th and Oct. 7th. (See Map, previous page N 244 THE REVOLUTION. [PAST III. fecit victory? 3. What is said of the of General Clinton ? a. Oct. 6. . N. p. 124. c. Oct. 13. 4. Of the northern posts ? 5. Of the destination of the troops tft?AmSt tf ware f 7. oive an 43. l The Americans thereby acquired a fine train of brass artillery, nearly five thousand muskets, and an immense quantity of other ordinary implements of war. The news of this brilliant victory caused the greatest exultation throughout the country, and doubts were no longer entertained of the final independence of the American colonies. 44. 2 The army of Gates was immediately put in motion to stop the devastations of General Clinton, who- had proceeded up the Hudson with a force of 3000 men, with the hope of making a diversion in fa vor of Burgoyne. 3 Forts Clinton* and Montgomery, after a severe assault, fell a into his hands, and the village of Kingston 13 was wantonly burned, c but on hearing the news of Burgoyne s surrender, Clinton immediately withdrew to New York. 4 At the same time, Ticonderoga and all the forts on the northern frontier were abandoned by the British, and occupied by the Americans. 5 In the latter part of October, 4000 of the victorious troops of the north proceeded to join the army of Washington ; and we now return d to the scene of events in the vicinity of Philadelphia. 45. 6 A short distance below Philadelphia, the Amer icans had fortified Forts Mifilint and Mercer,;); on op posite sides of the Delaware, by which they retained the command of the river, and thus prevented any communication between the British army and their fleet, then moored at the head of Delaware Bay. 46. 7 Both these forts were attacked by the enemy on the 22d of October. The at- * Fort Clinton was on the W. side of Hudson River, at the northern extremity of Rockland County, and on the S. side of Peploaps Kill. On the north side of the same stream, in Orange County, was Fort Montgomery. (See Map.) t Fort Mifflin was at the lower extremity of Mud Island, near the Pennsylvania side of the Delaware, seven or eij;ht miles below Philadelphia. It is still kept in repair, and is gar risoned by U. S. troops. i Fort Mercer, now in ruins, was a little above, at Red Bank, on the New Jersey side, and lit tle more than a mile distant from Foil Mifflin. It was then, and is now, enshrouded by a gloomy pine forest. (See Map.) a aonment FORTS ON THE HUDSON. CHAP, m.] EVENTS OF 1777. 245 tack on Fort Mercer, then garrisoned by less than 500 men, was made by nearly 2000 Hessian grenadiers, who, / p orts after forcing an extensive outwork, were finally compelled J1 $g^ nd to retire with a loss of nearly 400 of their number. The Hessian general, Count Donop, was mortally wounded, and fell into the hands of the Americans. The attack on Fort Mifflin was at first alike unsuccessful j but after a series of attacks, the fort was at length abandoned, 11 a Nov 16 the garrison retiring to Fort Mercer. In a few days Fort Mercer was abandoned, 11 and the navigation of b. NOV. is. the Delaware was thus opened to the enemy s shipping. 47. 1 Soon after these events, Washington advanced other move- to White Marsh,* where numerous unsuccessful at- ^IrmS tempts were made by Howe to draw him into an en- *^nedT gagement ; after which, the British general retired d to c. From the winter quarters in Philadelphia. 2 Washington en- 2d o D h e e c. 8th camped* at Valley Forge, f where his troops passed a d. Dec. s. rigorous winter, suffering extreme distress, from the e - Dec - n ; want of suitable supplies of food and clothing. 3 Many officers, unable to obtain their pay, and disheartened d "i r Xr- with the service, resigned their commissions ; and 3 qjjj^ murmurs arose in various quarters, not only in the nations ; army, but even among powerful and popular leaders 0** in congress. 48. 4 The brilliant victory at Saratoga was contrasted 4. of the with the reverses of Washington in New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania ; and a plot was originated for placing General Gates at the head of the armies. Washington, however, never relaxed his exertions in the cause of his country ; and the originators of the plot at length received the merited indignation of the army and the people. 49. 5 After the colonies had thrown off their alle- giance to the British crown, and had established sep- necessity of arate governments in the states, there arose the farther of union necessity for some common bond of union, which would *SSS? - better enable them to act in concert, as one nation. * White Marsh is situated on Wissahickon Creek, eleven miles N.W. from Philadel phia. (See Map, p. 152.) t Valley Forge is a deep and nigged hollow, on the S.W. side of the Schuylkillti twenty miles N.W. from Philadelphia. Upon the mountainous flanks of this valley, and upon a vast plain which overlooks it and the adjoining country, the army of Wash ington encamped. Through the valley flows Valley Creek. At its junction with the SchuylkUl is now the small village of Valley Forge. (See Map, p. 237.) 246 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL 1777. l ]n the summer of 1775, Benjamin Franklin had pro posed to the American congress articles of confedera tion and union among the colonies ; but the majority in congress not being then prepared for so decisive a step, the subject was for the time dropped, but was re sumed again shortly before the declaration of inde pendence, in the following year. 50. 2 On the llth of June,* congress appointed a committee to prepare a plan of confederation. A plan spieling a was reported by the committee in July following, and, a ^ er var i us changes, was finally adopted by congress s. of the rat- on the 15th of November, 1777. 3 Various causes prevented the immediate ratification of these articles by all the states ; but at length those states which c ] a i me ^ the western lands having ceded them to the Union, for the common benefit of the whole, the arti cles of confederation were ratified by Maryland, the last remaining state, on the first of March, 1781 ; at 4. what was which time they became the constitution of the country. a r c} r th? 51 - 4The confederation, however, amounted to little "IfiS*" more tnan a mere league of friendship between the 6 what led states > f r although it invested congress with many of *> a revision the powers of sovereignty, it was defective as a per- J ten?* manent government, owing to the want of all means to b. see p. 283. enforce its decrees. 6 While the states were bound to gether by a sense of common dan ger, the evils of the plan were little noticed ; but after the close of the war they became so prominent as to make a revision of the system necessarv. b OENEBAI. GATES. CHAPTER IV EVENTS OF e. mat had 1. 6 Previous to the defeat of Burgoyne, the Britis minSr? ministry had looked forward, with confidence, to the ^St speedy termination of the war, by the conquest of the ** rebellious colonies. The minority in parliament en- CHAP. IV.] EVENTS OF 1778, 247 deavored, in vain, to stay the course of violent rneas- 1"3"7. ures, and the warlike policy of the ministers was sus- ~ tained bv powerful majorities in both houses, ^ut i. what ef- J f f , -i r i feet did t/iti the unexpected news of the surrender ot the entire surrender northern British army, produced a great change in the ^ernarmy aspect of affairs, and plunged the nation into a dejec- v roduc&l tion as profound as their hopes had been sanguine, and the promises of ministers magnificent. 2. 2 Lord North, compelled by fhe force of public a- Feb opinion, now came forward* with two conciliatory bills, by which England virtually conceded all that had been the cause of controversy between the two countries, and offered more than the colonies had asked were they or desired previous to the declaration of independence. These bills passed rapidly through parliament, and received the royal assent fa b. March a. 3. Commissioners were then sent to America, with 3.^;^; pro- proposals for an amicable adjustment of differences ; but , these were promptly rejected by the congress, which refused to treat with Great Britain until she should. either withdraw her fleets and armies, or, in positive and express terms, acknowledge the independence of the states. 4 One of the commissioners then attempted 4 What un _ to g-ain the same ends bv private intrigue and bribery, worthy act o . J f o J is tnention- which coming to the knowledge 01 congress, that ed, and body declared it incompatible with their honor to hold congress rer any correspondence or intercourse with him. 4. 5 Soon after the rejection of the British terms of 5 . u^a; accommodation, congress received the news of the ac knowledgment of American independence by the court of France, and the conclusion of a treaty of alliance receive? and commerce between the two countries. 6 The treaty Feb 6 was signed the sixth of February, by Benjamin Frank- e. By whom tin, Silas Deane, and Arthur Lee, on the part of Amer- did congress soon after treaty sign ed, and ica, and was ratified by congress on the fourth of May wtu > nr ati following. ^ ed? 5. 7 In the second part of the treaty it was stipulated, 7.w%a;wcr that, should war occur between France and England, tiomqftte the two parties should assist each other with counsel and with arms, and that neither should conclude truce or peace with Great Britain without the consent of the 9. HOW was uthor. 8 This treaty was considered equivalent to a regarded^ 248 1778. ~~ a. April is. i.w/iatwere THE REVOLUTION. [PART France? a.wh*twere t en" ofAd Howe a. of wash- wgtoni 4. whatyre- . Neverthe- nfiuSi s. what declaration of war by France against Great Britain ; and the two European -powers made the most active preparations for the approaching contest. 6- A French fleet, under the command of Count D Estaing, was dispatched* to America, with the de- sign of blockading the British fleet in the Delaware, while Washington should hold the land forces in check Jersey. 2 But Admiral Howe had already an- tne scheme, and, before the arrival of D Es- taing, had sailed for New York, where all the British forces had been ordered to concentrate. General Clin ton, who had succeeded General Howe in the com mand of the land forces, evacuated Philadelphia on tne 18th of June, and with about eleven thousand men, and an immense quantity of baggage and provisions, commenced his retreat towards New York. 7. ^Washington, whose numbers exceeded those of Clinton, followed cautiously with the main body of his army, while detachments were sent forward to co operate with the Jersey militia in harassing the ene- ^Ji an ^ retarding their march. 4 The commander-in- chief was anxious to try a general engagement, but his opinion was overruled in a council of officers. ^Nevertheless, when the British had arrived at Mon- mouth,* Washington, unwilling to permit them to reach the secure heights of Middletownf without a battle, ordered General Lee, who had been previously exchanged, to attack their rear. 8. 6 Ori the morning of the 28th, the light-horse of Lafayette advanced against the enemy, but, being briskly charged by Cornwallis and Clinton, was forced to fall back. Lee, surprised by the sudden charge of the enemy, ordered a retreat across a morass in his rear, for the purpose of gaining a more favorable position j but part of his troops, mistaking the order, contin- BATTLE OF MQNMQUTH. * Monm&uth, now the village of Freehold, in Monmonth County, is about eighteen miles S.E. from New Brunswick. The principal part of the battle was fought about a mile and a half N.W. from the village, on the road to Englishtown. (See Map ; also Map, p. 226.) i~ Middletown is a small village twelve miles N.E. from Monmouth, on the road to Sandy Hook. The Heights mentioned are the Nevi- sink Hills, bordering Sandy Hook Bay on tha south. (See Map, p. 226.) CHAP. IV.] EVENTS OF 1778. 249 ued to retreat, and Lee was compelled to follow, briskly 1778. pursued by the enemy. At this moment, Washington, ~~ coming up, and both surprised and vexed at observing tho retreat, or rather flight of the troops, addressed Lee with some warmth, and ordered him to rally his troops and oppose the enemy. 0. ^tung- by the reproaches of his general, Lee i. Relate i *..-.-. . . , , . the progress made extreme exertions to rally, and, having disposed and end of his troops on more advantageous ground, opposed a povv- t erful check to the enemy, until at length, overpowered by numbers, he was forced to fall back, which he did, however, without any confusion. The main body soon coming up in separate detachments, the battle became general, and was continued until night put an end to the contest. 2 Washington kept his troops under arms 2 . mat oaf during the night, designing to renew the battle on the /"JJ? coming morning | but Clinton, in the mean time, si- ******* lently drew off his troops, and proceeded rapidly on his route towards New York. 10. 3 The British left upon the field of battle about 3. what loss- three hundred killed; while the loss of the Americans ^Slf" was less than seventy. On both sides many died of the intense heat of the weather, added to the fatigue of the day. 4 General Lee, who had been deeply irritated 4. what was by the reprimand of Washington on the day of battle, *S?j$ addressed to him two haughty and offensive letters, demanding reparation. f The result was the arrest of 5 what fur- Lee, and his trial, by a court-martial, on the charges of disobedience of orders, misbehavior before the ene my, and disrespect to the commander-in-chief. He was found guilty, and was suspended from his com mand one year. He never rejoined the army, but died in seclusion at Philadelphia, just before the close of the war. 1 1. After the battle of Monmouth, the British pro- ceeded without further molestation to Sandy Hook, whence they were taken on board the British fleet, and transported 3 - to New York. Washington pro- * July 5. ceeded to White Plains, where he remained until late b.N.p.234. in autumn, when he retired to winter quarters at Mid- J^S^ J dlebrook, b in New Jersey. 7 On the llth of July the fleet of f r* ,. T-u-n i i rr ci i TT Count D E* tlcet oi Count L) Lstamg appeared oil Sandy Hook, 11* 250 THE REVOLUTION. [PART HL 1778. but being- unable to pass the bar at the entrance of New York Bay, was forced to abandon the design of attacking the British fleet, and, by the advice of Wash- i of the ington, sailed for Newport, in Rhode Island, 523? a ^ ter ^ ie departure f D Estaing, several vessels arrived at New York, and joined the British fleet ; when Ad miral Howe, although his squadron was still inferior to that of the French, hastened to Rhode Island for the relief of General Pigot. 12 - ^ n tne niean time General Sullivan, with a de- tachment from Washington s army, and with reinforce- ments fr m New England, had arrived at Providence, Greene, and with the design of co-operating with the French fleet ? in an attack on the British force stationed at Newport. Sullivan was subsequently joined by Generals Greene a. N. p. 85, and Lafayette, and the army took post at Tiverton, 11 a i d n P> whence, on the 9th of August, it crossed the eastern Aug. 9. passage of the bay, and landed on the northern part of b N. p. 214. Rhode Island. b 13> 3 ^ simultaneous attack by land and sea had been planned against the British ; but, on the morning f the tenth, the fleet of Lord Howe appeared in sight, and D Estaing immediately sailed out to give him bat- 4 \vhat tie. 4 While each commander was striving to get the ev imildt advantage of position, and at the very moment when they were about to engage, a violent storm arose, which c. Aug. 12. parted 6 the combatants, and greatly damaged the fleets. Aug. 20. 14. 6 On the 20th, D Estaing returned to Newport, 5 did!h^ r but soon sailed d to Boston to repair damages, contrary jieets then to the strong remonstrances of the Americans. The d. Tug. 22. British fleet returned to New York. General Sulli- * W wedfo van * n t^ e mean time, had advanced to the siege of the army of Newport, but seeing- the allied fleet retire, he was forced Sullivan in i , i - & rm T< i t. the mean to withdraw his army. Ihe English pursued, and e. S. ? 29. attacked 6 him in the northern part of the island, but were repulsed with considerable loss. On the night Aug. so. of the 30th Sullivan regained the mainland, narrowly f. Aug. 31. escaping being intercepted by General Clinton, who 7. Give an arr i ve( l the next f day, with a force of four thousand account oj ,.< "V fi i c c TVT me n and a light squadron, lor the relief of Aewport. 15. 7 Finding Newport secure, General Clinton re- turned to New York, and soon after detached General CHAP. IV.] EVENTS OF 1778. 251 Grey, on an expedition against the southern shores of Massachusetts, arid the adjoining- islands. Arriving* in Buzzard s Bay,* a place of resort for American pri vateers, he burned about 70 sail of shipping, destroyed a large amount of property in New Bedford! arid Fair Haven, and made a descent b upon Martha s Vineyard. A similar expedition, under the command of Captain Ferguson, was soon after undertaken against Little Egg Harbor,J in New Jersey, by which a considerable amount of stores fell into the hands d of the enemy. 16. l ln the early part of the summer, a force of about 1600 tories and Indians, under the command of Col. John Butler, a noted and cruel tory leader, appeared near the flourishing settlements in the valley of Wy oming,^ situated on the banks of the Susquehannah. About 400 of the settlers, who marched out to meet the enemy, were defeated* with the loss of nearly their whole number. The fort at Wyoming was then be sieged, but the garrison, being drawn out to hold a parley with the besiegers, was attacked, and nearly the whole number was slain. f 17. 2 On the morning following the day of the battle, humane terms of surrender were agreed upon be tween the besieged and the enemy ; and the survivors in the fort departed for their homes in fancied secur ity. But the savages, thirsting for blood and plun der, could not be restrained. They spread over the valley, and at night-fall began their work of death. The tomahawk spared neither age nor sex ; the dwell ings of the inhabitants were burned ; and the late blooming paradise was converted into a scene of desolation. Only a few of the settlers escaped. 18. 3 A retaliatory expedition was undertaken in October, against the Indians on the upper branches of b. Sept. 7. c. Sailed Sept. 30. d. Oct. 6. 1. Give an account of the attack: on Wyo ming. e. July 3. f. July 4. 2. Refatetha further cru elties of th& assailant*. 3. What re taliatory expeditions were un dertaken ? * Buzzard s Bay lies on the S. coast of Massachusetts, E. from Rhode Island. The distance from the head of this bay across the peninsula of Cape Cod is only five miles * JVfeio Bedford is a large village on the W. side of an arm of the sea that sets up from Blizzard s Bay. A bridge near the centre of the village connects it with Fair Haven >n the E. side of the stream. $ Little Egg Harbor Bay, River, and Town, lie at the southeastern extremity of Bur lington Co., about sixty-five miles S. from Sandy Hook. The British troops passed ibout. fifteen miles up the river. The name Wyoming was applied to a beautiful valley on both sides of the Susque- tiar.oah in the present county of Luzerne, Pennsylvania. The small village of Wyo ming; is on the YV. side of the Susqueiannah, nearly opposite Wilkesbarre. 252 THE REVOLUTION. JI \RT !tt 1778. the Susquehannah ; and one early in the following ~~ year, by Colonel Clark, against the settlements estab- \.wuhwhat lished by the Canadians west of the Alleghanies. ir The success? tor y se ttlers, filled with dismay, hastened to swear al legiance to the United States ; and the retreats of the hostile tribes on the Wabash* were penetrated, and their country desolated. 19. 2 In November, a repetition of the barbarities of Wyoming was attempted by a band of tori es, regulars, vaueyi an d Indians, who made an attack a upon the Cherry a.Nov. 11,12. Valleyf settlement in New York. Many of the in habitants were killed, and others were carried into captivity ; but the fort, containing about 200 soldiers, 3 of the was not la ken. 3 These excursions were the only remainder events, requiring notice, which took place in the mid- t \ t fw ar die and northern sections of the country during the re mainder of the year 1778. The scene of events was now changed to the south, which henceforth became the principal theatre on which the British conducted offensive operations. b. NOV. s. 20. 4 Early in November the Count D Estaing sailed b * the l mlvT for the West Indies, for the purpose of attacking the ^h^tfie 116 British dependencies in that quarter. On the same jieets? day, the British admiral Hotham sailed from Sandy c. NOV. a. j^ OQ ^ . an( j j n D ecem ber, he was followed by Admiral Byron, who had superseded Admiral Howe in the comman( ^ f tne British fleet. 5 In November Colonel Campbell was despatched d from New York, by Gen- eral Clinton, with a force of about 2000 men, against Georgia, the most feeble of the southern provinces, e. Dec. 29. 21. 6 Late in December the troops landed 8 near Sa- *wount of Varman 5 which was then defended .by the American the toss of p-eneral, Robert Howe, with about 600 regular troops, Savannah. , , , , .. . . TT -r > and a lew hundred militia. General Howe had re cently returned from an unsuccessful expedition against East Florida, and his troops, still enfeebled by disease, were in a poor condition to face the enemy. Being * The Wabash River rises in the western part of Ohio, and after running a short dis tance N.W. into Indiana, passes S.W. through that state, and thence south to Ohio River, forming about half the western boundary of Indiana. t Cherry Valley, town and village, is in Otsego Co., N. Y., fifty -two miles W. from Al bany, and about fifteen S. from the Mohawk River. It was first settled in 1740. Tho luxuriant growth of Wild Cherry gave it the name of Cherry J alley, which was for a long timo applied to a larye section of country S. and W. of the present village;. said of the result of the campai CHAP. V.] EVENTS OF 1779. If \J Jj 253 attacked* near the city, and defeated, with the broken 1779. remains of his army he retreated up the Savannah, and a Dcc ~^~ took shelter by crossing into South Carolina. 22. ir rhus the capital of Georgia fell into the hands L what is of the enemy ; the only important acquisition which they had made during the year. The two hostile and - the ~ re (. armies at the north, after two years maneuvering, had attve posi- , J . . . o . tionsof the been brought back to nearly the same relative posi- two armies tions which they occupied at the close of 1776 ; and the offending party in the beginning, now intrenching himself on New York Island, was reduced to the use of the pickaxe and the spade for defence. 2 Inthe Ian- 2 _ Howwca guage of Washington, " The hand of Providence had J g been so conspicuous in all this, that he who lacked Wt f$ s faith must have been worse than an infidel ; and he, more than wicked, who had not gratitude to acknowl edge his obligations." CHAPTER V. EVENTS OP 1779. 1. 3 The military operations dur ing the year 1779, were carried on in three separate quarters. The British force at the south was /HI engaged in prosecuting the plan of reducing Georgia and South Carolina ; the forces of Washing- OENEBAL WAYNE. ton and Clinton were employed in the northern sec- 3 - now were tion of the union ; and the fleets of France and En- t^o/fhe land contended for superiority in the West Indies. mSJSr 2. 4 Soon after the fall of Savannah, General Prevost, b Jan. 9. with a body of troops from East Florida, captured b the 4 . ^^ fort at Sunbury,* the only remaining military post in Georgia ; after which, he united his forces with those of Colonel Campbell, and took the chief command of the southern British army. An expedition which he sent against Port Royal , c in South Carolina, was at- M events suc ceeded the c. Note and ap, p. 36. Sunbunj is on the S. side of Medway River, at the head of fit Catharine s Sound, about twenty-eight miles S.W. from Savannah. 254 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL 1779. tacked by the Carolinians under General Moultrie, ~" and defeated with severe loss. 1. why did 3. *In order to encourage and support the loyalists, large numbers of whom were supposed to reside in the i nter i or an d northern portions of the province, the Brit- 2. what is ish advanced to Augusta. 2 A bodv of tories, having- related of a j v i i i i body of to- risen ]n arms, and having placed themselves under the coi. jBto$T? command of Colonel Boyd, proceeded along the west ern frontiers of Carolina in order to join the royal army, committing great devastations and cruelties on the way. When near the British posts, they were encountered* by Colonel Pickens at the head of a party of Carolina militia, and, in a desperate engagement, were totally a. Feb. 14. defeated. 1 Colonel Boyd was killed, and seventy of his men were condemned to death, as traitors to their country, but only five were executed. s. what ex- 4. 3 Encouraged by this success, General Lincoln, wn o had- previously been placed in command of the southern department, and who had already advanced savannah? to the west bank of the Savannah, sent a detachment of nearly 2000 men, under General Ash, across the river, for the purpose of repressing the incursions of the enemy, and confining them to the low country near the ocean. b. March 3. 5. <Having taken a station on Brier Creek,f Gen- icSnt a of era l Ash was surprised and defeated b by General Pre- t o?JSk? vost > w ith the loss of nearly his whole army. Most of the militia, who fled at the first fire of the enemy, were either drowned in the river, or swallowed up in the B.withwhat surrounding marshes. 6 The subjugation of Georgia d prevosTne a xt was complete ; and General Prevost now busied him- bus sii}l m ~ se ^ in securing" the farther co-operation of the loyalists, and in re-establishing, for a brief period, a royal legis lature. G. what is 6. Although, by the repulse at Brier Creek, Gen- SittattiX era ^ Lincoln had lost one-fourth of his army, yet, by a d?signs h of the extreme exertions of the Carolinians, by the middle ae foin/r ^ April he was enabled to enter the field anew, at the head of more than five thousand men. Leaving Gen- * At Kettle Creek, on the S.W. side of the Savannah River. t Brier Creek enters the Savannah from the west, fifty-three miles N. from Savan nah The battle was fought on the N. bank, near the Savannah. CHAP. V.] EVENTS OF 1779. 255 eral Moultrie to watch the movements of General Pre- vost, he commenced 4 his march up the left bank of the Savannah, with the design of entering Georgia by the way of Augusta. 7. General Prevost, in the mean time, had marched upon Charleston, before which he appeared on the 1 1th of May, and, on the following day, summoned the town to surrender; but the approach of Lincoln soon com pelled him to retreat. On the 20th of June the Amer icans attacked 5 a division of the enemy advantageously b June 20 posted at the pass of Stono Ferry,* but, after a severe action, were repulsed with considerable loss. The British soon after established a post at Beaufort, on c . see Map, Port Royal Island, after which the main body of the p- 35> army retired to Savannah. The unhealthiness of the season prevented, during several months, any farther active operations of the two armies. 8. 2 While these events were transpiring at the South, 2. n<*wwer& the forces of Clinton, at the North, were employed in various predatory incursions ; ravaging the coasts, and plundering the country, with the avowed object of ren- dering the colonies of as little avail as possible to their new allies the French. 9. 3 In February, Governor Tryon, at the head of d N p ^ about 1500 men, proceeded from Kingsbridge, d as far s. Give an as Horse Neck, in Connecticut, where he destroyed C Gov U Try - sorrie salt works, and plundered the inhabitants, but otherwise did little damage. General Putnam, being accidentally at Horse Neck,* hastily collected about a na 8 e es hundred men, and having placed them, with a couple c. N. P . 122 of old field-pieces, on the high ground near the meet- ai p d S Pl ing-house, continued to fire upon the enemy until the British dragoons were ordered to charge upon him ; when, ordering his men to retreat and form on a hill at a little distance, he put spurs to his steed, and plunged down the precipice at the church ; escaping uninjured 4 . what is by the many balls that were fired at him in his descent, ^pl&ml 10. 4 In an expedition against Virginia, public and agai l a v ? r private property, to a large amount, was destroyed f at f. Ma? u. * Stono Ferry, ten miles W. from Charleston, is the passage across Stono River, lead Ing from John s Island to the mainland. 256 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1770. 1. Of the expedition of Clinton up the Hud son? a. May 31. \, June 1. 2. Of the second ex pedition of Gov. Tryon against Connecti cut ? c. See p. 107. d. July 5. e. 7th 12th. 3. What brilliant achieve ment occur red about this time 1 July 15. 4. Wliatwas the time and what the plan of the attack f 5. Give an account of the success of the en terprise. 15th, 16th. 6.Whatwere the losses on each side? Norfolk, Portsmouth,* and the neighboring towns and villages, the enemy every where marking their route by cruelty and devastation, *In an expedition up the Hudson, conducted by General Clinton himself, Stony Pointf was abandoned," and the garrison at Verplank s Point j was forced to surrender 13 after a short but spirit ed resistance. Both places were then garrisoned by the enemy. 11. 2 Early in July, Governor Tryonij with about 2600 men, was despatched against the maritime towns of Connecticut. In this expedition New Haven was plundered, 11 and East Haven, Fairfield, and Norwalk, were reduced to ashes. 6 Various acts of cruelty were committed on the defenceless inhabitants ; and yet the infamous Tryon boasted of his clemency, declaring that the existence of a single house on the coast was a monument of the king s mercy. 12. 3 While Tryon was desolating the coasts of Con necticut, the Americans distinguished themselves by one of the most brilliant achievements which occurred during the war. This was the recapture of Stony Point, on the Hudson. 4 On the 15th of July General Wayne advanced against this fortress, and arrived at the works in the evening, without being perceived by the enemy. Dividing his force into two columns, both marched in order and silence, with unloaded mus kets and fixed bayonets. 13. 5 As they were wading through a deep morass, which was covered by the tide, the English opened upon them a tremendous fire of musketry, and of can non loaded with grape shot ; but nothing could check the impetuosity of the Americans. They opened their way with the bayonet, scaled the fort, and the two columns met in the centre of the works. 6 The British lost upwards of six hundred men in killed and prison ers, besides a large amount of military sUres. The American loss was about 100. * Portsmouth, Virginia, is on the west side of Elizabeth River, opposite to, and one mile distant from Norfolk. (See Norfolk, p. 213.) t Stony Point is a high rocky promontory at the head of Haverstraw Bay, on the W. bank of Hudson River, about forty miles N. from New York. A light-house has been erected on the site of the old fort. (See Map, p. 244.) t Vf.r-pla.nk .s- Point is on the E. side of the Hudson River, nearly opposite Stony Point, (See Map, p. 244.) CHAP. V.J EVENTS OF 1779. 257 14. ^oon after the taking of Stony Point, Major 1779. Lee surprised* a British garrison at Paulus Hook,* TTuiTiiT" killed thirty, and took one hundred arid sixty prisoners, \.whatoc- 2 T hese successes, however, were more than counter- Cl paidus balanced by an unsuccessful attempt on a British post ll ] ^ which had recently been established on the Penobscot w^tiwal River. *A flotilla of 37 sail, fitted out by Massachu- C Z3^- setts, proceeded against the place. b After a useless bTSved delay, during a siege of 15 days, the Americans were Ju y 25 - n the point of proceeding to the assault, when a Brit- account Jsh fleet suddenly made its appearance, and attacked 6 **%%* and destroyed the flotilla. Most of the soldiers and c. Aug. is. sailors who escaped made their way back by land, through pathless forests, enduring the extremes of hard ship and suffering;. 15. 4 The Six Nations, with the exception of the 4 WM( is Oneidas, incited bv British agents, had Ions: carried on said of the j . . i . & & , hostilities of a distressing warfare against the border settlements, trust* NO- 5 To check their depredations, a strong force, under the z.oftfut command of General Sullivan, was sent against them ^nTagainlt during the summer of this year. Proceeding d up the d r/ie [ t? 3 Susquehannah, from Wyoming, with about three thou sand men, at Tioga Pointf he was joined* by General e . Aug. 22. James Clinton, from the banks of the Mohawk, with an additional force of 1600. 16. 6 On the 29th of August they found a body of Aug. 29. Indians and tories strongly fortified at Elmira,J where hSttqf was fought the " Battle of the Chemung," in which $$$ the enemy were defeated with such loss that they abandoned all thoughts of farther resistance. 7 Sulli- 7 ofthe van then laid waste the Indian country as far as the fffjfgj^ Genesee River, burned forty villages, and destroyed suiuvan? more than one hundred and fifty thousand bushels of Aus " Sept * corn. The Indians were greatly intimidated by this * Paulus Hnok, now Jersey City, is a point of land on the W. side of the Hudson, opposite New York City. (See Map, p. 117.) t Tioga Point, is at the confluence of the Tioga River and the Susquehannah, in 1 he northern part of Pennsylvania. The village of Athens now occupies the place of Sul livan s encampment. t Elmira, formerly called Newtoicn, is situated on the N. side of the Chemung 01 Tioga River, about twenty miles N.W. from Tioga Point. The Genes ee River rises in Pennsylvania, and running N. through New York, en lers Lake Ontario seven miles north of Rochester. 258 THE REVOLUTION. [PART in. 1779. The effect of the expedi tion I a. Sept. 9. I. What is said of Count D Es- taing t and of the siege of Savan- nahl b. Oct. 9. 2. What events fol lowed the repulse from Savannah ? c. Oct. 18. d. Oct. 25. 3. Why did Spain de clare war ? e. June 16. 4. What is said of an attempt to invade Gt. Britain ? f. Aug. 5. What de feated the project ? K- Aug. 6. What is said of the siege of Gibraltar ? Sept. 23. 7. What bat tle loos expedition, and their future incursions became less formidable, and less frequent. 17. l .Ear]y in September, the Count D Estaing, re turning from the West Indies, appeared* with his fleet on the coast of Georgia, and soon after, in concert with the American force under General Lincoln, laid siege to Savannah. After the expiration of a month, an assault was made b on the enemy s works, but the as sailants were repulsed with the loss of nearly a thou sand men in killed and wounded. Count Pulaski, a celebrated Polish nobleman, who had espoused the cause of the states, was mortally wounded. 18. 2 The repulse from Savannah was soon followed by the abandonment of the enterprise Count D Estaing again departing with his whole fleet from the Amer ican coast, and General Lincoln retreating into South Carolina. Late in October, Sir Henry Clinton, fearing an attack from the French fleet, ordered his forces in Rhode Island to withdraw to New York. The retreat d was effected with so much haste, that the enemy left behind them all their heavy artillery, and a large quantity of stores. 19. 3 During the summer of this year, Spain, anxious to recover Gibraltar,* Jamaica, and the two Floridas, seized the favorable opportunity for declaring 6 war against Great Britain. 4 An immense French and Spanish armada soon after appeared f on the coasts of Britain, with the evident design of invading the king dom ; but a variety of disasters defeated the project. 20. 5 At the very time when a landing was designed at Plymouth, a violent gale s from the northeast drove the combined fleet from the channel into the open sea. Added to this, a violent epidemic, raging among the soldiers, swept off more than five thousand of their number. 6 The important post of Gibraltar, however, was soon after besieged by the combined fleets of France and Spain, and the siege was vigorously car ried on, but without success, during most of the re maining three years of the war. 21. 7 On the 23d of September, one of the most * Gibraltar is a well known, high and narrow promontory, in the S. of Spain, on the strait which connects the Atlantic with the Mediterranean. CHAP. V.J EVENTS OF 1779. 259 bloody naval battles ever known was fought on the 1779. coast of Scotland, between a flotilla of French and f ougflt on American vessels under the command of Paul Jones, } h j c f t t nd and two English frigates that were convoying a fleet in f^f ;/i of merchantmen. J At half past seven in the evening, the ship of Jones, the Bon Homme Richard, a of 40 guns, engaged the Serapis, a British frigate of 44, under command of Captain Pearson. The two frig- ates coming in contact, Jones lashed them together, and in this situation, for two hours, the battle raged with incessant fury, while neither thought of surren dering. 22. While both ships were on fire, and the Richard on the point of sinking, the American frigate Alliance came up, and, in the darkness of the night, discharged her broadside into the Richard. Discovering her mis take, she fell with augmented fury on the Serapis, which soon surrendered. Of three hundred and sev enty-five men that were on board the vessel of Jones, three hundred were killed or wounded. The Richard sunk soon after her crew had taken possession of the conquered vessel. At the same time the remaining English frigate, after a severe engagement, was captured. 23. 2 Thus terminated the most important military events of 1779. The flattering hopes inspired in the result of the minds of the Americans, by the alliance with France in the former year, had not been realized ; and the failure of every scheme of co-operation on the part of the French fleet, had produced a despondency of mind unfavorable to great exertions. 3 The American army 3 O f the was reduced in number, and badly clothed ; the na- *%%?? tional treasury was empty ; congress was without ic <* n arm y T -i . J . -..* J . . , . & -, ,, , andthepeo- credit; and the rapidly diminishing value of the paper pie? currency of the country, brought distress upon all classes, occasioned the ruin of thousands, and even threatened the dissolution of the army. 24. 4 On the part of Britain, a far different scene was 4 . O f the presented. Notwithstanding the formidable combina- c7^*f^ tion of enemies which now threatened her, she dis- and her re ~ , .. . . newed exer- played the most astonishing resources, and made re- twmfor the newed exertions for the conquest of the colonies. Par- THE REVOLUTION. [PART in. 170. 1. What is said of the scene of mil itary opera tions for the year 1780? a. Dec. 26, 1779. 2. What were the move ments of Gen. Clin ton previous to the com mencement of the siege of Charles ton? b. Feb. 11. c. March 29. April 1. April 9. 3. What is said of Ad miral Ar- luthnot ? 4. Of the summons to surrender? d. April 9. 5. What is said of Gen. Huifcr, and of the de tachment sent against him? See Map. e April H. GKNEBAI. MAEION. liament voted for the service of the year 1780, eighty-five thousand seamen, and thirty -five thousand troops in addition to those already abroad ; and, for the service of the same year, the House of Commons voted the enormous sum of one hundred millions of dollars. CHAPTER VI. EVENTS OF 1780, 1. CURING the year 1780, military operations were mostly suspended in the North, in consequence of the transfer of the scene of action to the Carolinas. 2 Late in December of the previous year, Sir Henry Clinton, leaving General Knyphausen at New York, sailed* with the bulk of his army to the South, under convoy of Admiral Arbuthnot, and arrived on the coast or Georgia late in January. On the 10th of February he departed from Savannah for the siege of Charleston, then defended by General Lincoln, and after taking possession 1 * of the islands south of the city, crossed the Ashley River with the advance of the army, and on the first of April commenced erecting batteries within eight hundred yards of the American works. 2. 3 On the 9th of April, Admiral Arbuthnot, favored by a strong southerly wind and the tide, passed Fort Moultrie with little damage, and anchored his fleet in Charleston harbor, within cannon shot of the city. 4 A surnrnons d to surrender being rejected, the English opened d their batteries upon the town. 6 The Amer icans, in the mean time, in order to form a rallying point for the militia, and, possibly, succor the city, had assembled a corps under the command of General Hu- ger on the upper part of Cooper River, at a place called Monk s Corner.* Against this post Clinton sent a de tachment of fourteen hundred men, commanded by Webster, Tarleton, and Ferguson, which succeeded in surprising* the party, putting the whole to flight, 3 HAP. VI.] EVENTS OF 1780. 261 a Ma v 6 - May 6. May 12. and capturing a large quantity of arms, clothing, and 1TO ammunition. 3. l Soon after, an American corps was surprised 1 on the Santee,* by Colonel Tarleton. The enemy over ran the country on the left side of the Cooper River, Fort Moultrie surrendered on the 6th of May, and Charleston thus found itself completely enclosed by the British forces, with no prospect of relief, either by land or by sea. In this extremity, the fortifications being mostly beaten down, and the enemy prepared for an assault, on the 12th of May the city surrendered. Gen eral Lincoln and the troops under his command became prisoners of war. 4. 2 Having possession of the capital, General Clin ton made preparations for recovering the rest of the province, and for re-establishing royal authority. Three expeditions which he despatched into the country were "mid eftM completely successful. One seized the important post ST^ of Ninety-six ;f another scoured the country bordering on the Savannah ; while Lord Cornwallis passed the Santee, and made himself master of Georgetown.^ 3 A body of about 400 republicans, under Colonel Buford, retreating towards North Carolina, being pursued by Colonel Tarleton, and overtaken 5 at Waxhaw Creek, was entirely cut to pieces. 4 Many of the inhabitants now joined the royal standard ; and Clinton, seeing the province in tranquillity, left Lord Cornwallis in com- countr ^ ? success of the royal cause, and the depart- SEAT OF WAR IN SOUTH CAROLINA. * Santee River, tho principal river of South Carolina, is formed by the con fluence of the Wateree from the E. and the Congaree from the W., eighty- five miles N.W. from Charleston. Running S.E. it enters the Atlantic, about fifty miles N.E. from Charles- tor.. (See Map.) t The post of Ninety-siti was near the boundary line between the pres ent Edgefield and Abbeville Counties, S. Carolina, five miles S.W. from the Saluda River, and 150 miles N.W. from Charleston. (See Map.) i Georgetown is on the W. bank of the Pedee, at its entrance into Win- yaw Bay. about sixty miles N.E. from Charleston. (See Map.) $ Waxhaw Creek, rising in N. Caro lina, enters the Wateree or the Ca- tawba from the E., 155 miles N.W. from Charleston. (See Map.) 262 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL a. June 5. I. How wer& the British 178O. mand of the southern forces ; and, early in June, with a large body of his troops, embarked 1 for New York. 5. l But notwithstanding the apparent tranquillity which prevailed at the time of Clinton s departure, bands of patriots, under daring leaders, soon began to collect on the frontiers of the province, and, by sudden attacks, to give much annoyance to the royal troops. 2 Colonel Sumpter, in particular, distinguished himself in these desultory excursions. In an attack b which he made on a party of British at Rocky Mount* he was repulsed, but not disheartened. He soon after surprised and com pletely defeated a large body of British regulars and tories posted at Hanging Rock.f 3 This partisan war fare restored confidence to the republicans, disheart ened the loyalists, and confined to more narrow limits the operations of the enemy. 6. 4 In the mean time a strong force from the North, under General Gates, was approaching for the relief of the southern provinces. The British general, Lord Rawdon, on receiving tidings of the approach of Gates, concentrated his forces at Camden|, where he was soon d.Aug. i3,u. after joined d by Lord Cornwallis from Charleston. On the night of the 15th of August, Gates advanced from Clermont,^ with the view of surprising the British camp. At the same time Cornwallis and Rawdon were advancing from Camden, with the design of sur- s. Give an prising the Americans. thebatl!eof ? 5 The two vanguards met in the night near San- fi erSeT ders Creek, when some skirmishing ensued, and in e. AU&. is. the morning a general engagement commenced 6 be tween the two armies. The first onset decided the fate of the battle. The Vir ginia and Carolina militia wavering, the Sumpter? b. July 30. c. Aug. 6. 3. The ef fects of this partisan warfare ? 4. IVhat, in the mean time, were the move ments of BAT. OF SANDEI * Rocky Mount is at the northern extremity of the pres ent Fairfaeld County, on the W. bank of the Wateree, thirty-five miles N.W. from Charleston. (Map. p. 201.) t Hanging Rock is a short distance E. from the Ca- tawba or Wateree River, in the present Lancaster County and about thirty-five miles N. from Camden. (Map, p. 361.) % Camden is on the fi. bank of the Wateree, 1JO miles N.W. from Charleston. The battle of the 10th took place a little N.from Sanders Creek, about eight miles N. from Camden. (See Map; also Map, p. 201.) $ dormant is about thirteen miles N from Oamden, (See Map, p. 2G1.J ustain in this action 1 CHAP. VI.] EVENTS OF 1780. 263 British charged them with fixed bayonets, and soon 1T8O. put them to flight ; but the Maryland and Delaware "~ regiments sustained the fight with great gallantry, and several times compelled the enemy to retire. At length, being charged in the flank by Tarleton s cav alry, surrounded, and overwhelmed by numbers, they were forced to give way, and the rout became general. 8. l The Americans lost in this unfortunate engage- j What mert, in killed, wounded, and captured, about a thou- tosses d/d , i i ni- 1 1 each party sand men, besides ail their artillery, ammunition wag ons, and much of their baggage.* The Baron De Kalb, second in command, was mortally wounded. The British reported their loss at three hundred and twenty-five. 2 With the remnant of his forces Gates rapidly retreated to Hillsboro ,f in North Carolina. 9. 3 The defeat of Gates was soon followed by the 3 What le , surprise and dispersion of Sumpter s corps. This offi- J^^JJf cer, who had already advanced between Camden and soon after? Charleston, on learning the misfortune of his superior, retired promptly to the upper parts of Carolina, but at Fishing CreekJ his troops were surprised by Tarleton s cavalry, and routed a with great slaughter. a . Allg . ia . 10. 4 Cornwallis, again supposing the province sub- 4. wnatae- dued, adopted measures of extreme severity, in order to compel a submission to royal authority. Orders were given to hang every militia man who, having once served with the British, had afterwards joined the Americans; and those who had formerly submitted, but had taken part in the recent revolt, were impris oned, and their property was taken from them or de stroyed. 5 But these rigorous measures failed to accom- 5 Whatwas plish their object ; for although the spirit of the people the effect of . 111 these mean- was overawed, it was not subdued. The cry of ven- weai geance arose from an exasperated people, and the Brit ish standard became an object of execration. 11. *In September, Cornwallis detached Colonel * (The British accounts, Stedman, ii. 210, Andrews iv. 30, &c., estimate the Amer ican loss at about 2000.) t Hillsboro\ in N . Carolina, is situated on one of the head branches of the Neuse River, thirty -five miles N.W. from Raleigh. i Fishing Creek enters the Wateree from the W., about thirty miles N.W. from Camden. "(See Map, p. 261.) 264 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1780. Ferguson to the frontiers of North Carolina, for the 6 WM(is purpose of encouraging the loyalists to take arms, A "jjfel CoL considerable number of the most profligate and aban- andhis doned repaired to his standard, and, under the conduct **"* of their leader, committed excesses so atrocious, that the highly exasperated militia collected to intercept their march, and arming themselves with whatever chance threw in their way, attacked the party in the post which they had chosen at King s Mountain.* a. Oct. 7. J The attack* was furious, and the defence exceedingly li^King s obstinate ; but after a bloody fight, Ferguson himself Mountain? was s \ a { n ^ an d three hundred of his men were killed 1770. or wounded. Eight hundred prisoners were taken, 1676. and amongst the spoil were fifteen hundred stands of arms. The American loss was about twenty. 12. Notwithstanding; the defeat of General Sumpter, 2. What sue- , , -, . , T -. , -i c i i i 1 cesses of he had again collected a band of volunteers, with which G e"soonfai~ he continued to harass the enemy ; and although many lowed! p| ang were j a ^ f or j^ destruction, they a n f a ii e( 3 f n the b. NOV. 12, execution. In an attack b which was made on him by a Rh-er d Major Wemys, the British were defeated, and their commanding officer taken prisoner.! On the 20th of November he was attacked by Colonel Tarleton, at Blackstocks,:): but after a severe loss Tarleton was obliged to retreat, leaving Sumpter in quiet possession of the field. a. wheats 13. 3 Another zealous officer, General Marion, like- mi Mariwf w i se distinguished himself in this partisan warfare, and 4 or events ^J cut ^ n g" off straggling parties of the enemy, and keeping the tories in check, did the American cause valuable service. 4 No further events of importance took place in the South during the remainder of the year, and we now return to notice the few which oc curred during the summer in the northern provinces. c.June 7. 14 5E ar ly j n June, five thousand men, under Gen- I urSdu- eral Knyphausen, passed from Staten Island into New * King s Mountain is an eminence near the boundary between N. Carolina and S. Carolina, W. of the Catawba River. (See Map, p. 261.) t This occurred on the eastern bank of Broad River (a northern branch of the Con- garee), at a place called Fishdam Ferry, 52 miles N.W. from Carnden. (See Map, p. 261.) J Blackstocks is on the southern bank of Tiger River (a western branch of Broad River), in the western part of Union County, seventy-five miles N.W. from Cninden. (See Map, p. 261.) (There is another place called Blackstocks in Chester County, forty m .les E. from this. 1 ) CHAP. VI.] EVENTS OF 1780. 265 Jersey, occupied Elizabethtown, burned Connecti- 1780. cut Farms,* and appeared before Springfield ; but "T^^cen" the advance of a body of troops from Morristown, in- ^^^ duced them to withdraw. Soon after, the enemy again pcduion advanced into New Jersey, but they were met and jersey? repulsed by the Americans at Springfield. 15. l On the 10th of July the Admiral de Ternay a. in Rhode arrived at Newport, 4 with a French fleet, having on l \^ tit board six thousand men. under the command of the ^J? Count de Rocharnbeau. Although high expectations Admiral^ had been indulged from the assistance of so powerful andqftna- a force against the enemy, yet no enterprise of im- af^du- portance was undertaken, and the operations of both Sro/ parties, at the North, were mostly suspended during the thsea - soni remainder of the season. 16. 2 While defeat at the South, and disappointment z.whatdan- at the North, together with the exhausted state of the e finances, and an impoverished country, were openly { endangering the American cause, domestic treachery ic was secretly plotting its ruin. 3 The traitor was Ar- 3 Who was nold; one of the first to resist British aggression, j^^/J^ and, hitherto, one of the most intrepid defenders of MtfofMrn? American liberty. In recompense for his distinguished services, congress had appointed him commandant at Philadelphia, soon after the evacuation of that city by the English. 17. 4 Here he lived at great expense, indulged in ga- 4 . what is ming, and, having squandered his fortune, at length ^ws^"*- appropriated the public funds to his own uses. Al- ff^-^^ though convicted by a court-martial, and reprimanded thathe.med- by Washington, he dissembled his purposes of revenge, and having obtained the command of the important for tress of West Point,! he privately engaged to deliver it into the hands of the enemy, for 10,000 pounds ster ling, and a commission as brigadier in the British army. 18. 5 To Major Andre, aid-de-camp to Sir Henry 5.\vhati>u- Clinton, and adjutant-general of the British army, a -intrustctito young and amiable officer of uncommon merit, the aj dre? n * Connecticut Farms, now called Union, is six miles S.W. from Newark, on the road from Blizabethtown to Springfield. t The important fortress of West Point is situated on the W. hank of tho Hudson, fifty-two miles from New York City. It is the seat of the United States Military Acad emy, established by act of Congress in 1802. (See Map, p. 244.^ 12 266 THE REVOLUTION. [FAIIT m. 1780. 1. What were the circum stances un der which he was made prisoner ? a. Sept. 23. 2. How did Arnold es cape? 3.W7iatwas the fate of Andre ? 4. Whatmore is said of Arnold} 5. Of the captors of Andre? 6. WJiat loere the circum stances un der which England de clared war against Holland 1 a. Dec. 20. 7. What re in arks are made upon the situation of England at this pe riod? business of negotiating with Arnold was intrusted. Having passed up the Hudson, near to West Point, for the purpose of holding a conference with the traitor, and being obliged to attempt a return by land ; when near Tarrytown* he was stopped* by three militia sol diers, John Paulding, David Williams, and Isaac Van-Wert; who, after searching their prisoner, con ducted him to Colonel Jameson, their commanding officer. 2 Andre was incautiously suffered to write to Arnold ; when the latter, taking the alarm, immedi ately escaped on board the Vulture, a British vessel lying in the river. 19. 3 The unfortunate Andre was tried by a court- martial ; upon his own confession he was declared a spy, and, agreeably to the laws and usages of nations, was condemned to death. 4 Arnold received the stipu lated reward of his treason ; but even his new com panions viewed the traitor with contempt, and the world now execrates his name and memory. 5 Each of the captors of Andre received the thanks of con gress, a silver medal, and a pension for life. 20. In the latter part of this year, another European power was added to the open enemies of England. Holland, jealous of the naval superiority of Britain, had long been friendly to the American cause ; she had given encouragement and protection to American privateers, and had actually commenced the negotia tion of a treaty with congress, the discovery of which immediately called forth a declaration* of war on the part of England. 21. Thus the American Revolution had already involved England in war with three powerful nations of Europe, and yet her exertions seemed to increase with the occasions that called them forth. Parliament again granted a large amount of money for the public service of the coming year, and voted the raising of immense armaments by sea and land, * Tarrytown is on the E. bank of the Hudson, twenty-eight miles N. from New York. (See Map, p. 225.) Andre was arrested about a quarter of a mile N. from the village. He was executed and buried on the W. side of the river, a quarter of a mile west from the village of Tappan, a few rods south of the New Jersey line. SURRENDER OF LORD CORNWALLIS. (See p. 278.) CHAPTER VII. EVENTS OF 1781. 1. 1 THE condition of the army of Washington, at the oeginning of the year 1781, was widely different from that of the royal forces under the command of Clinton. While the latter were abundantly supplied with all the necessaries and comforts which their situation required, the former were suffering privations arising from want of pay, clothing, and provisions, which at one time seriously threatened the very existence of the army. 2. 2 So pressing had the necessities of the soldiers become, that, on the first of January, the whole Penn sylvania line of troops, to the number of one thousand three hundred, abandoned their camp at Morristown, declaring their intention of marching to the place where congress was in session, in order to obtain a redress of their grievances. 3. 3 The officers being unable to quell the sedition, the mutineers proceeded in a body to Princeton, where they were met by emissaries from Sir Henry Clinton, 1781. Of what does Chapter VII. treat? I. What were the relative situations of the two armies at the begin ning of thit year * 2. To what course was a portion of the Ameri can army driven by necessity 1 3. What course was taken by the mutineers? 268 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III 1781. i. what ev ioioldf 2. HOW au these men reply to an 3 wiMtwm the effect of this mutiny, and we in 1 e iinef y 4. By what * of the army en Morris, b ufed a to r h* e. Give an a SnSn a. Jan. 5. who sought to entice them into the British service. Indignant at this attempt upon their fidelity, they seized the British agents, and delivered them to Gen eral Wayne, to he treated as spies. 4. *A committee from congress, and also a deputa- ti n fr m tne Pennsylvania authorities met them, first, at Princeton, and afterwards at Trenton ; and after liberal concessions, and relieving their necessities in part, induced those whose terms of service had not ex pired, to return to their duties, after a short furlough. 2 Being- offered a reward for apprehending 1 the British . & . , , , / i i i emissaries, they nobly refused it; saying, that their necessities had forced them to demand justice from their own government, but they desired no reward for doing their duty to their country against her enemies. **. 3 This mutiny, and another in the Jersey line which was instantly suppressed, aroused the attention . J rr > . of the states, and of congress, to the miserable condition of the troops, and called forth more energetic measures ^ or tne i r relief. 4 Taxation was resorted to, and readily ac( l u i esce d i n 5 an d money, ammunition, and clothing, were obtained in Europe ; but the most efficient aid was derived from the exertions of Robert Morris, a wealthy merchant of Philadelphia, whom congress had recently appointed superintendent of the treasury. 6. 6 He assumed the collection of taxes, contracted to furnish flour for the army, and freelv used his own ample means and personal credit to sustain the gov- ernment. In the course of the year the Bank of North America was established under his care, which exerted a highly beneficial influence upon the currency, and upon public credit. It has been -asserted, that to the financial operations of Robert Morris it was principally owing that the armies of America did not disband, and that congress was enabled to continue the war with vigor and success. 7. Early in January of this year, General Arnold, l nen a brigadier in the royal army, made a descent u P on Virginia, with a force of 1600 men, and such a number of armed vessels as enabled him to commit extensive ravages on the unprotected coasts. Having destroyed 5 the public stores in the vicinity of Rich- CHAP VII.J EVENTS OF 1781. 269 mond, a and public and private property to a large 171. arnouftt, in different places, he entered 13 Portsmouth, which he fortified, and made his head-quarters ; when a plan was formed by Washington to capture him and his army. 8. Lafayette, with a force of 1200 men, was sent t ofthe into Virginia ; and the French fleet, stationed at Rhode Island, sailed d to co-operate with him ; but the English being apprised of the project, Admiral Arbuth- d not sailed from New York, attacked 6 the French e. March. i& fleet, and compelled it to return to Rhode Island. Thus Arnold escaped from the imminent danger of falling into the hands of his exasperated countrymen. 2 Soon after, the British general Philips arrived 1 " in the f March <#. Chesapeake, with a reinforcement of 2000 men. After 2. what is joining Arnold he took the command of the forces, and pt&ipsi proceeded to overrun and lay waste the country with but little opposition. 9. 3 After the unfortunate battle near Camden, men- e . see P. 262. tioned in the preceding chapter, 5 congress thought ^^eef proper to remove General Gates, and to appoint Gen- officers was r f ~ . , -i ,- i made after era! Greene to the command of the southern army, me battle 4 Soon after taking the command, although having a J f S^ MOOB force of but little more than two thousand men, he des- measure patched General Morgan to the western extremity of g*.*^ South Carolina, in order to check the devastations of Greene? the British and loyalists in that quarter. 5 Cornwallis, 5 . wiuudia then on the point of advancing against North Carolina, cormoaMM unwilling to leave Morgan in his rear, sent Colonel Tarleton against him, with directions to " push him to the utmost." 10. 6 Morgan at first retreated before the superior e. what force of his enemy, but being closely pursued, he halted at a place called the Cowpens,* and arranged his men in order of battle. Tarleton, soon coming up, con- h Jan 17 fident of an easy victory, made an impetuous attack h 7. Give an upon the militia, who at first gave way. The British cavalry likewise dispersed a body of the regular troops, but while they were engaged in the pursuit, the Amer icans rallied, and in one general charge entirely routed \ * Cowpens is near the northern boundary of S. Carolina, in Spartanburg district, five miles S. from Broad River. (See Map, p. 261.) the Cmo- pens. 270 THE REVOLUTION. [PART III. 1781. l. \\1iat loss wets sustain ed by each party ! 2. What did Cornwallis do, on hear ing of Tarleron 8 defeat I 3. What events fol lowed* 4. What Is said of Gen. Greene, of the pursuit by Corn wallis, and of his sec ond disap pointment ? b. Jan. 31. c. Feb. 2, 3. 5. What Is said of this singular rise of the waters on two occa sions } the enemy, who fled in confusion. ! The British lost three hundred in killed and wounded; while five hundred prisoners, a large quantity of baggage, and one hundred dragoon horses, fell into the hands of the conquerors. The Americans had only twelve men killed and sixty wounded. 11. 2 On receiving the intelligence of Tarleton s de feat, Cornwallis, then on the left bank of the Broad River,* destroyed his heavy baggage, and commenced a rapid march towards the fords of the Catawba.f hoping to arrive in time to intercept the retreat of Mor gan before he could pass that river. 3 After a toilsome march, Morgan succeeded in reaching the fords, and crossed 11 the river in safety ; but only two hours later the van of the enemy appeared on the opposite bank. It being then in the evening, Cornwallis halted and encamped ; feeling confident of overtaking his adver sary in the morning. During the night a heavy rain raised the waters of the river, and rendered it impassa ble for two days. 12. 4 At this time General Greene, who had left the main body of his army on the left bank of the Pedee,| opposite Cheraw,$ arrived b and took the command of Morgan s division, which continued the retreat, and which was soon followed again in rapid pursuit by Cornwallis. Both armies hurried on to the Yadkin, which the Americans reached first; but while they were crossing,* 5 their rear-guard was attacked by the van of the British, and part of the baggage of the re treating army was abandoned. Again Cornwallis encamped, with only a river between him and his enemy ; but a sudden rise in the waters again retarded him, and he was obliged to seek a passage higher up the stream. 5 The rise of the waters, on these two occasions, was regarded by many as a manifest token * Broad River rises in the western part of N. Carolina, and flowing S. into S. Caro lina, receives Pacolet and Tiger Rivers from the W., and unites with the Saluda two miles N. from Columbia to form the Congaree. (See Map, p. 201.) t Catawba is the name given to the upper part of the Wateree. Cornwallis crossed at (Hawaii s Ford, 30 miles N. from the northern boundary of S. Carolina. (Map, p. 2(51.) J The Great Pedee River rises in the Blue Ridge, in the northwestern part of N. Car olina, and flowing S.E. through S. Carolina, enters the Atlantic through Winyaw Bay, ixty miles N.E. from Charleston. In N. Carolina it bears the name of Yadkin River. $ Cheraw is on the W. bank of the Pedee, ten miles S. from the N. Carolina line. See Map, p 261.) The Americans crossed the Yadkin near Salisbury. CHAP. VII.] EVENTS OF 1781. 271 of the protection which Heaven granted to the justice 1781. of the American cause. "7.~DW 13. After crossing the Yadkin, General Greene yj r ct l proceeded to Guilford Court House, and after being |*|gj joined* by the remainder of his army, b continued his a . Feb. 7. retreat towards Virginia, still vigorously pursued by > see ism Cornwallis, who a third time reached 6 the banks of c Feb \ 5 a river, d just as the American rear-guard had crossed d. The Dan. safely to the other side. 2 Mortified at being repeat- 2 . uow did. edly disappointed after such prodigious efforts, Corn- SrtSfrSfci wallis abandoned the pursuit, and turning slowly to the South, established himself at Hillsboro . 8 e. N. P . ass 14. 3 Soon after, General Greene^ strengthened by a f. Feb. 21, 22 body of Virginians, recrossed f the Dan* into Carolina. Learning that Tarleton had been sent into the district between Hawf and Deep Rivers, to secure the coun tenance of a body of loyalists who were assembling there, he sent Col. Lee with a body of militia to oppose him. On the march, Lee fell in with the loyalists, three hundred and fifty in number, who, thinking they were meeting Tarleton, were easily surrounded/ g. Feb. 25. While they were eager to make themselves known by protestations of loyalty, and cries of " Long live the king," the militia fell upon them with fury, killed the greater portion, and took the remainder prisoners. 15. 4 Having received additional reinforcements, 4 . Give an which increased his number to 4400 men, Greene no longer avoided an engagement, but advancing to Guil ford Court House,J posted his men on advantageous ground, and there awaited the enemy. Here, on the 15th of March, he was attacked by Cornv/allis in per- March is. At the first charge, the Carolina militia retreated movements of General Greene ; son in disorder. The regular troops, however, sustained the battle with great firmness ; but after an obstinate contest a general re treat was ordered, and the Americans fell BATTLE OF GUILFORD COURT HOUSE. * Dan River^ rising in the Blue Ridge, in the southern part of Virginia, and flowing E., unites with the Staunton to form the Roanoko. t Haw River from the N.W., and Deep River from the W., unite in Chatham County, thirty miles S.W. from Ra leigh, to form Cape Fear River. J The present Guilford Court IToii^e (or Greonsborough) is about six miles sou/ h of the " Guilford Court House" of revolutionary memory. 272 THE REVOLUTION. [PART m. 2. what is twain? 3. What course was taken 1-y General Greene ? April 25. 4. Describe the battle of 1781. back several miles, leaving the field in the posses- \.whatwe7e s ^ on ^ tn - e enem y ! The American loss, in killed and wounded, was about 400 ; but the number of fugitives, who returned to their homes, increased the total loss to 1300. The British loss was about 500, among whom were several valuable officers. 16. 2 The result of the battle was little less than a defeat to Cornwallis, who was unable to profit by the advantage which he had gained. He soon retired to Wilmington, 8 and, after a halt of nearly three weeks, directed his march b upon Virginia. 3 General Greene, a. April 7. i n the mean time, defiling to the right, took the daring x resolution of re-entering South Carolina; and, after various changes of position, encamped on Hobkirk s Hill,* little more than a mile from Lord Rawdon s post at Camden. 17. *Here he was attacked on the 25th of April, and so strongly did victory for a time incline to the side of the Americans, that Greene despatched a body of cavalry to intercept the enemy s retreat. A Mary land regiment, however, vigorously charged by the enemy, fell into confusion ; and in spite of the exertions of the officers, the rout soon became general. The killed, wounded, and missing, on both sides, were nearly equal. 18. 5 Soon after, Lord Rawdon evacuated 6 Camden, and retired with his troops beyond the Santee River; iordRaw- when, learning that Fort Watsonf had surrendered, and that Fort Mott,| together with the posts at Gran- by and OrangeburgJ were closely in vested, he retreated still farther, and en camped at Eutaw Springs.^! 6 These posts, * Hobkirk s Hill. (See Map.) t Fort Watson was on the E. bank of the Santee, in the S.W. part of Sumpter County, about fifty-five miles from Camden. (See Map, p. 261.) t Fort Mott was on the S. bank of the Congaree, near its junction with the Watcree, about forty miles S. from Cam den. (See Map, p. 261.) Granby is on the S. bank of the Congaiee, thirty miles above Fort Mott. (See Map, p. 261.) ft Ora-ngeburg is on the E. bank of the North Edisto, twenty-five miles S.W. from Fort Mott. (See .Map, p. 261.) IT Eutaw Springs is the name given to a small stream that enters the Santee from the S., at the N.W. extremity of Charleston district, about fifty miles from Charleston. (See Map, p. 261.) c. May 10. 5. What is said of the, retreat of don t HOBKIRK S CHAP. VII.] EVENTS OF 1781. 273 tog-ether with Augusta, soon fell into the hands of the Americans; and by the 5th of June the British were ~~ confined to the three posts Ninety-six, Eutaw Springs, and Charleston. 19. ! After the retreat of Lord Rawdon from Cam- \.\vnatis den, General Greene proceeded to Fort Granby, and thence against Ninety-six, a place of great natural strength, and strongly fortified. After prosecuting the siege of this place nearly four weeks, and learning that Lord Rawdon was approaching with reinforcements, General Greene determined upon an assault, which was made on the 18th of June ; but the assailants were June 18- beaten off, and the whole army raised the siege, and retreated, before the arrival of the enemy. 20. 2 After an unsuccessful pursuit of the Americans, 2 Whatwer ajrain Lord Rawdon retired, closely followed by the themove- f. , , T >r -, J i ments of the army of Greene, and took post at Orangeburg, where two armies he received a reinforcement from Charleston, under ?/iuiseM the command of Col. Stewart. Finding the enemy ****** too strong to be attacked, General Greene now retired,* a. July. with the main body of his army, to the heights* be yond the Santee, to spend the hot and sickly season, while expeditions under active officers were continu ally traversing the country, to intercept the communi cations between Orangeburg and Charleston. 8 Lord 3. what Rawdon soon after returned to England, leaving Col- Britmwn- onel Stewart in command of his forces. "Smdf* 21. 4 Before his departure, a tragic scene occurred at 4 . wruaao- Charleston, which greatly irritated the Carolinians, and threw additional odium on the British cause. This was the execution of Colonel Isaac Hayne, a firm pa triot, who, to escape imprisonment, had previously given in his adhesion to the British authorities. When the British were driven from the vicinity of his resi dence, considering the inability to protect, as a dis charge of the obligation to obey, he took up arms against them, and, in this condition, was taken prisoner. 22. He was brought before Col. Balfour, the com mandant of Charleston, who condemned him to death, although numerous loyalists petitioned in his favor. * The Santee Hills are E. of the Wateree River, about twenty miles south from Caiuden. (Sec Map, p. 261.1 12* 274 THE REVOLUTION. [PART HI, 171. ! Lord Rawdon, a man of generous feelings, after having \~whaTte in va ^ n exerted his influence to save him, finally gave said of Lot d hi s sanction to the execution. 2 The British strono-ly Raiodon on, 1 ... P1 1-11 th s S ionT UI S e & t le Justice of the measure, while the Americans 2 of the condemned it as an act of unwarrantable cruelty. *SS$fT 23. 3Earl y in September, General Greene again 3. Give an advanced upon the enemy, then commanded by Col- thebattfeqf onel Stewart, who, at his approach, retired to Eutavv spring*. Springs.* On the 8th the two armies engaged, with near- a. N. p. 272. ly equal forces. The British were at first driven in con fusion from the field, but at length rallying in a favor able position, they withstood all the efforts of the Amer icans, and after a sanguinary conflict, of nearly four hours, General Greene drew off his troops, and returned to the ground he had occupied in the morning. During the night, Colonel Stewart abandoned his position, and b. N. p. 260. retired to Monk s Corner. b 4 The Americans lost, in \hl h es e of this battle, in killed, wounded, and missing, about 300 men. The loss sustained by the enemy was somewhat greater. 5. whMis 24. 6 Shortly after the battle of Eutaw Springs, the British entirely abandoned the open country, and re tired to Charleston and the neio-hborino- islands. These C> & Unas? events ended the campaign of 1781, and, indeed, the e. of the revolutionary war, in the Carolinas. c At the com- Sewmton- mencement of the year, the British were in possession c ^ccun-ed d of Georgia and South Carolina ; and North Carolina du year? the was thought to be at their mercy. At the close of the year, Savannah and Charleston were the only posts in their possession, and to these they were closely confined by the regular American troops, posted in the vicinity, and by the vigilant militia of the surrounding country. 7. what is 25. Though General Greene was never decisively re> Gene,rai victorious, yet he was still formidable when defeated, oreene? an( j ever y battle which he fought resulted to his ad vantage. To the great energy of character, and the fertility of genius which he displayed, is, principally, to be ascribed the successful issue of the southern s Give an campaign. account of 2Q. 8 Havinaf followed, to its termination, the order the move- . . , , i i T mcnts of of the events which occurred in the southern depart- CornwaWs i r f*i i v since April, ment, we now return to the movements of Comwaliis. CHAF. VII.] EVENTS OF 1781. 275 fence of tntrusted7 . wnt carnwSui s . who, late in April, left Wilmington,* with the avowed object of conquering Virginia. Marching north by the way of Halifax,* and crossing, with little opposition, the large and rapid rivers that flow into Roanoke and Albemarle Sounds, in less than a month he reached 15 b. May 20. Petersburg,! where he found the troops of General Philips, who had died a few days before his arrival. l The defence of Virginia was at that time intrusted principally to the Marquis de Lafayette, who, with a force of only three thousand men, mostly militia, could do little more than watch the movements of the enemy, at a careful distance. 27. *Unable to bring Lafayette to an engagement, Cornwallis overran the country in the vicinity of James River, and destroyed an immense quantity of public and private property. 3 An expedition under Tarleton penetrated to Charlottesville,J and succeeded in making prisoners of several members of the Virginia House of Delegates, and came near seizing the governor of the state, Thomas Jefferson. 4 After taking possession of Richmond and Williamsburg, Cornwallis was called to the seacoast by Sir Henry Clinton ; who, apprehen- sive of an attack by the combined French and Amer ican forces, was anxious that Cornwallis should take a position from which he might reinforce the garrison of New York, if desirable. 28. Proceeding from Williamsburg to Portsmouth, whcn on the point of crossing James River he was at- tacked* by Lafayette, who had been erroneously in- formed that the main body had already crossed. Gen- c. July e. eral Wayne, who led the advance, on seeing the whole British army drawn out against him, made a sudden charge with great impetuosity, and then hastily re treated with but little loss. Cornwallis, surprised a this bold maneuver, and perhaps suspecting an ambus- cade, would not allow a. pursuit. seacoastJ 5.whatoe- * Halifax, in N. Carolina, is situated on the W. bank of Roanoke River, at the head of sloop navigation, about 150 miles N. from Wilmington. t Petersburg, Virginia, is on the S. bank of Appomattox River, twelve miles above its entrance into James River. t Chariot tesville is about sixty-five miles N.W. from Richmond. It is the seat of the University of Virginia, an institution planned by Mr. Jefferson. The residence of Mr Jefferson was at Monti :.dlo, three miles S.E.. from Charlottesville. 276 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IIL 1T81. 29. l After crossing James River he proceeded to ~ a From Portsmouth ; but not liking the situation for a perma- Aug. 122. nent post, he soon evacuated the place, and concen- l lhe a nezT e trated" his forces at Yorktown,* on the south side of ^fcarn e wal York River, which he immediately commenced forti- where a d!dhe fy m o- Gloucester Point, on the opposite side of the river, was held by a small force under Colonel Taiieton. f ? 30. 2 In the mean time, General Washington had formed the plan of attacking Sir Henry Clinton ; and l forme>!fin n ^ e * n J une j tne French troops from Rhode Island, the mean under Count Rochambeau, marched to the vicinity of time, and , f f . . . -. J - what move- JNew Y ork, for the purpose 01 aiding in the enterprise. ment was Q rni i j 11 A made by the 3 1 he intention was abandoned, however, in August, m French r i _ r ._ i : !,, troops! 4. \vhatis bined ar mies f Sept. 30. consequence of large reinforcements having been re ceived by Clinton, the tardiness with which the con tinental troops assembled, and the fairer prospect of success which was opened by the situation of Corn wallis. 31. 4 A French fleet, commanded by the Count de Grasse, was expected soon to arrive in the Chesapeake ; and Washington, having effectually deceived Clinton until the last moment, with the belief that New York was the point of attack, suddenly drew off the com bined French and American army, and, after rapid marches, on the 30th of September appeared before Yorktown. 32. 5 The Count de Grasse had previously entered the Chesapeake, and, by blocking up James and York Rivers, had effectually cut off the escape of Cornwallis by sea ; while a force of two thousand troops, under the Marquis St. Simon, landed from the fleet, and joined Lafayette, then at Williamsburg, with ihe design of effectually opposing the British, should they attempt to retreat upon the Southern States. 6 A British fleet from New York, under Admiral Graves, made an attempt to relieva Cornwallis, and to intercept the French fleet bearing the heavy artillery and * Yorktown, the capital of York County, Vir ginia, is on the S. side of York River, about "even miles from its entrance into the Chesapeake, (See Mnp.) SIEOK OF YORKTOWN. CHAP. VII.] EVENTS OF 1781. xJ77 thilitary stores, from Rhode Island. A partial action took place* off the capes, but the French avoided a general battle, and neither party gained any decided advantage. The object of the British, however, was defeated. 33. * After General Clinton had learned the destina- tion of the army of Washington, hoping to draw off a part of his forces, he sent Arnold on a plundering ex- pedition against Connecticut. 2 Landing b at the mouth of the river Thames, Arnold proceeded in person against Fort Trumbull, a short distance below New London,* which was evacuated 6 on his approach. New London was then burned,* 5 and public and pri vate property to a large amount destroyed. 34. 3 In the mean time a party had proceeded against Fort Griswold, on the east side of the river, which, after an obstinate resistance, was carried by assault. 6 When Colonel Ledyard, the commander of the fort, surrendered his sword, it was immediately plunged into his bosom ; and the carnage was continued until the greater part of the garrison was killed or wounded. 4 This barbarous inroad did not serve the purpose of Clinton in checking the advance of Washington against Comwallis. 35. 5 In the siege of Yorktown the French were posted in front, and on the right of the town, extending from the river above, to the morass in the centre, where they were met by the Americans, who extended to the river below/ 1 6 On the evening of the ninth of Octo- ber, the batteries were opened against the town, at a distance of 600 yards ; and so heavy was the fire, that many of the guns of the besieged were soon dismount- ed, and silenced, and the works in many places de molished. Shells and red hot balls reached the British ships in the harbor, several of which were burned. 7 On the evening of the llth the besiegers ad vanced to within three hundred yards of the British lines. 171. 3. Give an c. sept, e * JVew London, in Connecticut, is situated on the W. bank of the River Thames, three miles from its entrance into Long Island Sound. Fort Trumbull is situated on a projecting point, about a mile below the city. Fort. Griswold is situated opposite Fort Trumbull, on an eminence in the town of Groton. (See Map.) 278 THE REVOLUTION. [PART IH. I71. 2. of the fRriti/h tc retreat i 3. of the. a. Oct. 24. days after e der? en b NOV 5 5. ivhat dts- s. what wax "hi/tinpof- tantvictory? 7. what re- 36. ^n the 14th, two redoubts, in advance and on the left of the besieged, were carried by assault ; the one by an American, and the other by a French de- tachment. These were then included in the works of the besiegers. On the 16th, nearly a hundred pieces of heavy r( i nance were brought to bear on the British works, and with such effect that the walls and fortifications were beaten down, and almost every gun dismounted. 37. 2 No longer entertaining any hopes of effectual resistance, on the evening of the same day Cornwallis attempted to retreat by way of Gloucester Point ; hoping to be able to break through a French detach ment posted in the rear of that place, and, by rapid marches, to reach New York in safety, frustrated m tu i s attempt \)y a violent storm, which dispersed his boats after one division had crossed the river, he was reduced to the necessity of a capitulation ; and, on the 19th, the posts of Yorktown and Gloucester, containing more than seven thousand British soldiers, were sur rendered to the army of Washington, and the shipping in the harbor to the fleet of De Grasse. 38. 4 Five days after the fall of Yorktown, Sir Henry Clinton appeared 41 at the mouth of the Chesapeake, with an armament of 7000 men; but learning that Cornwallis had already surrendered, he returned to New York. 5 The victorious allies separated soon after the surrender. The Count de Grasse sailed b for tne West Indies ; Count Rochambeau cantoned his army, during the winter, in Virginia ; and the main body of the Americans returned to its former position on the Hudson, while a strong detachment under Gen eral St. Clair was despatched to the South, to reinforce the army of General Greene. 39. 6 By the victory over Cornwallis, the whole coun- tr y was j m effect, recovered to the Union the British power was reduced to merely defensive measures and was confined, principally, to the cities of New York, Charleston, and Savannah. At the news of so im portant a victory, transports of exultation broke forth, and triumphal celebrations were held throughout the Union. 7 Washington set apart a particular day for the performance of divine service in the army ; recorn- CHAP. VIII.] CLOSE OF THE WAR, ETC. 279 mending that " all the troops should engage in it with serious deportment, and that sensibility of heart which make, and the surprising and particular interposition of Provi- recommend 6 ? dence in their favor claimed." i. what was 40. Congress, on receiving the official intelligence, frTssontZi, went in procession to the principal church in Phil- occasi(mr adelphia, "To return thanks to Almighty God for the signal suc cess of the American arms," and appointed the 13th of December as a day of public thanksgiving and prayer. CHAPTER VIII. CLOSE OF THE WAR, AND ADOP TION OF THE CONSTITUTION. GENEH.VL GREENE. 1. 2 WnEN intelligence of the defeat and capture of Cornwallis reached London, the king- and ministry evinced a determination still to continue the war for the reduction of the " rebellious colonies ;" but, fortu nately, the war had become almost universally un popular with the British nation. 3 From the 12th of December to the 4th of March, repeated motions were made in the House of Commons for terminating the war ; and on this latter day a the House resolved, that those who should advise the king to continue the war on the continent of North America, should be declared enemies of the sovereign and of the country. 2. On the 20th of March the administration of Lord North was terminated, and the advocates of peace im mediately came into power. Early in May, Sir Guy Carleton, who had been appointed to succeed Sir Henry Clinton in the command of all the British forces, arrived at New York, with instructions to promote the wishes of Great Britain for an accommodation with the United States. In accordance with these views, offensive war mostly ceased on the part of the British, and Washing ton made no attempts on the posts of the enemy. The year 1782 consequently passed without furnishing any military operations of importance ; although the hostile 2. How did the king and minis try receive the news of the capture of Cornwal- lis? 3. What was done in the. Hoiise of Commons 7 1782. a. March 4. March 20. 4. What events, and what state of things followed tha retirement qf Lori North l 280 CLOSE OF THE WAR. [PART HI. 1T2. array of armies, and occasional skirmishes, still denoted ~~ the existence of a state of war. NOV. so. 3. iQn the 30th of November, 1782, preliminary \icies a and articles of peace were signed at Paris, by Mr. Oswald, a commissioner on the part of Great Britain, and John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, on the part of the United States. Prelimi nary articles of peace between France and England 1783. were likewise signed on the 20th of January follow- jan. 20. j n g an( j on t ne 3^ of September, of the same year, definitive treaties of peace were signed by the com missioners of England, with those of the United States, France, Spain, and Holland. 2. \vheateere 4. 2 By the terms of the treaty between England and t} ihe e t r rfaty f the United States, the independence of the latter was England acknowledged in its fullest extent ; ample boundaries "untied were allowed them, extending north to the great lakes, states^ anc | wes t t the Mississippi, embracing a range of ter ritory more extensive than the states, when colonies, had claimed ; and an unlimited right of fishing on the banks of Newfoundland was conceded. 3 The two Floridas, which had long been held a by England, a.sincei763. were restored to Spain. April 19, 5. 4 On the 19th of April, the eighth anniversary of i.ivhtu\oerc tne battle of Lexington, a cessation of hostilities was proclaimed in the American army ; and on the 3d of November, the army was disbanded by general orders of congress. Savannah was evacuated by the British troops in July, New York in November, and Charles ton in the following month. ^Notwithstanding all had looked forward with hope to the termination of the war, yet the dis- atenun the disband- banding of the American army had presented difficul- ermy? ties and dangers, which it required all the wisdom of congress and the commander-in-chief to overcome. Neither officers nor soldiers had, for a long time, re ceived any pay for their services ; and although in 1780 congress had adopted a resolution promising half pay to the officers, on the conclusion of peace, yet the state of the finances now rendered the payment impos sible. The disbanding of the army would, therefore, throw thousands out of the service, without compen- CHAP. VIII.] ADOPTION OF THE CONSTITUTION. 281 sation for the past, or substantial provision for the 1783. future. 7. *In this situation of affairs, it was feared that an . in this situation of open insurrection would break out, and that the army would attempt to do itself the justice which the country was slow to grant. 2 In the midst of the excitement, an anonymous address, since ascertained to have been written by Major John Armstrong, composed with th ?ot/te great ingenuity, and recommending an appeal to the army? fears of congress, and the people, was circulated* through a. March u. the army 5 calling a meeting of the officers, for the pur pose of arranging the proper measures for obtaining re dress. Such was the state of feeling in the army, that a war between the civil and the military powers ap peared inevitable. 8. * 3 The firmness and prudence of Washington, how- 3. mat wo* I j A i j cu ^ effected by ever, succeeded in averting the danger. Strong in the the wjiu- love and veneration of the people and the army, and wSZhing- possessing an almost unbounded influence over his of- tm fleers, he succeeded in persuading the latter to disre gard the anonymous call, and to frown upon all dis orderly and illegal proceedings for obtaining redress. 4 In a subsequent meeting;, called by Washing-ton him- 4. whatwas i ,> .^ \ /-i i i rr i none in a sell, General Grates presiding, the officers unanimously subsequent declared, that " No circumstances of distress or clanger caifcdfy should induce a conduct that might tend to sully the himi reputation and glory which they had acquired at the price of their blood, and eight years faithful services," and that they still had " unshaken confidence in the justice of congress and their country." 9. 5 Not long after, congress succeeded in making the 5 wMtar- proper arrangements for granting the officers, accord- r t ^?^3? ing- to their request, five years full pay, in place of half &z/om- p IT i ^ i r 11 ^ gress? pay for life ; and four months full pay to the army, m part payment for past services. 6 Their work com- pleted. their country independent, the soldiers of the revolution returned peaceably to their homes ; bearing with them the public thanks of congress, in the name of their grateful country. 7 ^ ^ 10. Washington, having taken leave of his officers arcwnstan- P , T i stancmof and army, repaired to Annapolis, where congress was then in session ; and there, on the 23d of December, 282 CLOSE OF THE WAR. [PART m. 1783. before that august body of patriots and sages, and a ~ large concourse of spectators, in a simple and affec tionate address, after commending the interests of his country to the protection of Heaven, he resigned his commission as commander-in-chief of the American army. \. -mat i 11. l After an eloquent and affecting reply by Gen- narement? eral Mifflin, then president of the congress, Washing ton withdrew. He then retired to his residence at Mount Vernon,* exchanging the anxious labors of the camp, for the quiet industry of a farm, and bearing with him the enthusiastic love, esteem, and admiration of his countrymen. 2. TO what 12. Independence and peace being now established, ^entSn "f tne public mind, relieved from the excitement incident ninodtfect- to a state f war j was turned to examine the actual * ? condition of the country. In addition to a foreign debt of eight millions of dollars, a domestic debt of more than thirty millions, due to American citizens, and, principally, to the officers and soldiers of the rev olution, was strongly urged upon congress for payment. s.why could 3g U |; by the articles of confederation congress had not not congress , i t 111 ; discharge the power to discharge debts incurred by the war ; it could merely recommend to the individual states to raise money for that purpose. 4. For what 13. 4 The states were therefore called upon for funds rote* coifed to discharge, in the first place, the arrears of pay due to ^ gofers of the revolution. 5 The states listened 5. What pre runted thei: compliance? vented fheir to these calls with respect, but their situation was em barrassing; each had its local debts to provide for, and its domestic government to support, the country had been drained of its wealth, and taxes could not be collected ; and, besides, congress had no binding power e. ^vhat to compel the states to obedience. 6 Some of the states attempted, by heavy taxes upon the people, to sup- P ort tne ^ r credit, and satisfy their creditors. In Massa chusetts, an insurrection was the consequence, and an armed force of several thousand men was necessary to a. [n 1787. suppress it. a * Mount Vernon, in Virginia, the former residence of Washington, is on the W. bnnk of the Potomac, six miles below Alexandria. It contains the mansion and the tomb of the Father of his country, and many a citizen and traveller have made a pilgrimage to this hallowed spot. napolw in 1786? CHAP. VIII.] ADOPTION OF THE CONSTITUTION. 283 14. l With evils continually increasing, the neces- 176. sity of a closer union of the states, and of an efficient L What now general government, became more and more apparent. teetn %ffl 2 A convention of commissioners from six states, held z . what am- at Annapolis, in September, 1786, for the purpose of establishing a better system of commercial regulations, led to a proposition for revising the articles of confed eration. Accordingly, a convention of delegates, from all the states, except Rhode Island, met a at Philadel- a*. May. phia for this purpose in 1787. 3 Finding the articles of confederation exceedingly defective as a form of government, the convention rejected their former pur pose of revising them, and proceeded to the consider ation of a new constitution. 4 In July of this year, a i.whatnew large extent of territory north of the Ohio River was S/3 formed into a territorial government by the general in ^ ul v^ congress, and called the Northwestern Territory.* 15. 6 After four months deliberation a constitution b. sept. IT. was agreed b on, which, after being- presented to con- s.what . c ^ 1 said f tfie gress, was submitted to conventions of the people in new coma- , r i A - r> tution, and, the several states for their ratification. Previous to, ofusadop- and during the year 1788, majorities of the people in {700 eleven of the states adopted the constitution, although not without strong opposition ; as many believed that the extensive powers, which the new government gave to the rulers, would be dangerous to the liberties of the people. 16. 6 The supporters of the constitution, who advo- t.whatpar- cated a union of the several states under a strong gov- nKzrwe? ernment, were denominated Federalists, and their op- posers anti- Federalists. Provision having been made for the election of officers under the new government, George Washington was unanimously elected Presi dent of the United States for the term of four years, c. votes ITIAI TT- i counted and John Adams Vice-president. April 6. * The Northwestern Territory then embraced the present states of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin Territory. See chart, p. 10, for the several changes since made in the N.W. Territory. 281 A P OF THE COUNTRY EAST OF THE MISSISSIPPI, AT THE CLOSE OF THE REVOLUTION. The white portions of the Map show the extent of settlements at this period. REFERENCES. 1 M_ 2 New Hampshire. 3 Vermont. 4 Massachusetts. 5 Rhode Island. 6 Connecticut. 7 New York. 8 New Jersey. 9 Pennsylvania. 10 Delaware. - 1 1 Maryland. 12 Virginia. 13 North Carolina. 14 South Carolina, . 15 Georg-ia. 16 East Florida. 17 West Florida. Hi uMIliii :-ngiMiMMMi[Bi WASHINGTON. PART IV. THE UNITED STATES, PROM THE ORGANIZATION OP THE GOVERNMENT UNDER THE FEDERAL CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER I. WASHINGTON S ADMINISTEATION, FROM APRIL 30, 1789, TO MARCH 4, 1T97. 1. ON the 30th of April, 1789, Washington ap peared before congress, then assembled in the city of New York, and taking the oath of office required by the constitution, was proclaimed President of the Uni ted States.* 2 In an impressive address to both houses of congress, he expressed his distrust in his own quali fications for the important office to which the partiality of his country had called him, offered his " supplica tions to that Almighty Being who rules over the uni verse, and presides in the councils of nations," that He would " consecrate to the liberties and happiness of the people of the United States a government instituted by themselves," and that He would enable all " em ployed in its administration, to execute, with success, the functions allotted to their charge." 2. 3 Adhering to the principles upon which he had acted while commander-in-chief, he now likewise de clined all pecuniary compensation for his presidential duties, and closed by requesting congress to accompany him, in humble supplication, to the benign Parent of the human race, for the divine blessing on all those measures upon which the success of the government 1789. 1. When and where did Washington enter upon the drities ofpresident? 2. What ac count is giv en of his ad dress on that occasion? 3. To what principles did he still adhere, and how did he close his address ? * Washington was inaugurated in the gallery of the old C ity Hall, which stood on the site of the present Custom House, in Wall Street. 286 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV, which the new gov- 8cpt d s5f 2. in. what session? 4. what de- partments 1789. depended. Immediately after the address, both houses what is of congress, with the president, attended divine service; anc ^ w ^^ ^is P u blic acknowledgment of a Supreme Being- as the ruler of the universe, and controller of , . , , i i numan actions and human destiny, the g-overnnient commenced? 4.1 J under the new constitution was commenced. 3t 2Tne legislature, during its first session,** was principally occupied in providing revenues for the long exhausted treasury ; in organizing the executive de- partments; in establishing a judiciary ; and in framing amendments to the constitution. 3 For providing a revenue, duties were levied on the tonnage of vessels, and likewise on foreign goods imported into the Uni- tec ^ States. For the purpose of encouraging American sn ipp m g"> these duties were made unequal ; being the heaviest on the tonnage of foreign vessels, and on goods introduced by them. 4. <To aid the president in the management of the rr f i i attairs oi-government, three executive departments were established, styled department of foreign affairs, or of state ; department of the treasury, and department of war ; with a secretary at the head of each. 6 The nea ds of these departments had special duties assigned tnem i an( ^ tne Y were likewise to constitute a council, which might be consulted by the president, whenever he thought proper, on subjects relating to the duties of their offices. 6 The power of removing from office the th remov e aif heads of these departments, was, after much discussion, ^ e ^ with the president alone. Thomas Jefferson was a PP mte d secretary of state, Hamilton of the treasury, and Knox of the war department. 5. 8 A national judiciary was also established during this session of congress ; consisting of a supreme court, d ofamend d having one chief justice, and several associate judges ; m conltitu he anc ^ c ^ rcu i t an d district courts, which have jurisdiction over certain cases specified in the constitution. John Jay was appointed chief justice of the United States, and Edmund Randolph attorney-general. Several 5. whatdu- time depart ments? s. who had * A Session of Congress is one sitting, or the time during which the legislature meets daily for business. Congress has but one session annually ; but as the existence of each congress continues during two years, each congress has t.vo sessions. Thus we speak of the 1st session of tlio 2Jtli congr^^ ; the 3d session of the 25th congress, &c. CHAP, i.] WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION. 287 amendments 1o the constitution were proposed by con- 1789. gress, ten of which were subsequently ratified by the l Whattwo stateside opt/id the constitutional majority of the states. l ln November North Carolina adopted the constitution, and Rhode -t i i i n if r 1 11 i i i island in the May following, thus completing the num- ber of the thirteen original states. 6. 2 Early in the second session, the secretary of the 1790. treasury brought for\vard, a at the request of congress, a a - Jan - 15 - , c J . & . . i i r j- TT i 2 - What is plan for maintaining the public credit. He proposed, saMtfHam as a measure of sound policy and substantial jusrtice, yfZSS? that the general government should assume, not only "/"emS" the public foreign and domestic debt, amounting to more than fifty-four millions of dollars, but likewise the debts of the states, contracted during the war, and estimated at twenty-five millions. 7. 3 Pro vision was made for the payment of the for- 3. what was eign debt without opposition ; but respecting the as- /KfS sumption of the state debts, and also the full payment of the domestic debt, in other words, the redemption of the public securities, then, in a great measure, in the hands of speculators who had purchased them for a small part of their nominal value, much division pre vailed in congress ; but the plan of the secretary was finally adopted. 8. 4 During this year a law was passed, fixing the t.whatwus seat of government, for ten years, at Philadelphia ; and S |1o afterwards, permanently, at a place to be selected on %$%. the Potomac. In 1790, the " Territory southwest of the ****** Ohio," embracing the present Tennessee, was formed into a territorial government. 9. 6 Durin- the same year, an Indian war broke out 1790 T C J . . ~ 6. What On me northwestern frontiers ; and pacific arrange- ments having been attempted in vain, an expedition, under General Harmar, was sent into the Indian coun- try, to reduce the hostile tribes to submission. Many f rontiers? of the Indian towns were burned, and a large quantity of corn destroyed ; but in two battles," near the con- b. Oct. 17 fluence of the rivers St. Mary s* and St. Joseph s in In- and5a diana, between successive detachments of the army * The St. Mary s from the S. and St. Joseph s from the N. unite at Fort Wayne, In the N.E. part of Indiana, and form the Maumce, which flows into the west end of Lako Erie S8 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1790. and the Indians, the former were defeated with con siderable loss. 1791. 10. x Early in 1791, in accordance with a plan pro- i. what is posed by the secretary of the treasury, an act was said oj tne * . ,J / i i i i t i passed by congress, for the establishment ot a national bank, called the Bank of the United States ; but not without the most strenuous opposition ; on the ground, principally, that congress had no constitutional right to charter such an institution. a. Feb. is. 1 1. 2 During the same year, Vermont,* the last set- h t r^?efa/e s d ^ e & ^ ^ e New England States, adopted the constitu- of \crmont7 tion, and wasadmitted a into the Union. The territory of this state had been claimed both by New York and New Hampshire ; each had made grants of land within its limits ; but in 1777 the people met in con vention, and proclaimed Vermont, or New Connecticut, an independent state. Owing to the objections of New York, it was not admitted into the confederacy ; nor was the opposition of New York withdrawn until 1789, when Vermont agreed to purchase the claims of New York to territory and jurisdiction by the payment of 30,000 dollars. after 12 - 3After the defat of General Harmar in 1790, anotner expedition, with additional forces, was planned against the Indians, and the command given to Gen eral St. Clair, then governor of the Northwestern b. sept, and Territory. 4 In the fall of 1791, the forces of St. Clair, 4 Give an num bering about 2000 men, marched b from Fort account of Washington,! northward, about eighty miles, into the tion and the Indian country, where, on the 4th of November, they cem* a aist. were surprised in camp,J and defeated with great Clair - slaughter. Out of 1400 men engaged in the battle, nearly 600 were killed. Had not the victorious In- * VERMONT, one of the Eastern or New England States, contains an urea of about 8000 square miles. It is a hilly country, and is traversed throughout nearly its whole lemrth by the Green Mountains, the loftiest points of which are a little more than 4000 f-el high. The best lands in the state are VV. of the mountains, near Lake Champluin ; but the soil generally, throughout the state, is better adapted to grazing than to tillage. The first, settlement in the state was at Fort Dummer, now Brattleboro . A fort was erected here in 1723, and a settlement commenced in the following year. t Fort fVatikhifrton was on the site of the present Cincinnati, situated on the N. side of the Ohio River, near the S.W. extremity of the state of Ohio. The city is near the eastern extremity of a pleasant valley about twelve miles in circumference. \ The camp of St. Clair was in the western part of Ohio, at the N.W. angle of Dark County. Fort Recovery was afterward built there. Dark County received its name from Colonel Dark, an officer in St. Clair s army. CHAP. \.J WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION. 289 dians been called from the pursuit to the abandoned 1791. camp in quest of plunder, it is probable that nearly the ~ whole army would have perished. 13. l On the 1st of June, 1792, Kentucky,* which 1792. had been previously claimed by Virginia, was admit- i. what ted into the Union as a state. The first settlement in tueeariy the state was made by Daniel Boone and others, at a Kentucky / place called Boonesboro ,f in the year 1775. During the early part of the revolution, the few inhabitants suffered severely from the Indians, who were incited by agents of the British government; but in 1779 General Clarke, as before mentioned,* overcame the a. see p. 252. Indians, and laid waste their villages ; after which, the inhabitants enjoyed greater security, and the settle ments were gradually extended. 14. 2 In the autumn of 1792 General Washington tiectiontoat was again elected president of the United States, and ins? John Adams vice-president. 3 At this time the revolu- 3 " }Mt .... events were tion in France was progressmsr, and early in 1793 at this time. i - r-r i r< r i i i r tTOntptrtflg news arrived m the United States of the declaration of m France! war by France against England and Holland. 4 About 1793. the same time Mr. Genet arrived b in the United States, b - In ApriL . . r t Tt~ i IT i i,lVJuU in as minister of the French republic, where he was warmly received by the people, who remembered with gratitude the aid which France had rendered them in their struggle for independence, and who now cher- to France * ished the nattering expectation that the French nation was about to enjoy the same blessings of liberty and self-government. 15. 5 Flattered by his reception, and relying on the 5 . what partiality manifested towards the French nation, Mr. ^^udiby Genet assumed the authority of fitting out privateers in the ports of the United States, to cruise against the ves- sels of nations hostile to France ; and likewise attempt- declared/ ed to set on foot expeditions against the Spanish settle- * KENTUCKY, one of the Western States, contains an area of about 42,000 square miles. The country in the western parts of the state is hilly and mountainous. A nar row tract along the Ohio River, through the whole length of the state, is hilly and bro ken, but has a good soil. Between this tract and Greene River is a fertile region, fre quently denominated the garden of the state. The country in the S.VV. part of the state, between Greene and Cumberland Rivers, is called "The Barrens," although it proves to be excellent grain land. t Boonesboro is on the S. side of Kentucky River, about eighteen miles S.E. from Lex- ing,. 290 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV, 1793. ments in Florida and on the Mississippi, although the a May 9 president had previously issued a a proclamation, de claring it to be the duty and interest of the United States to preserve the most strict neutrality towards the contending powers in Europe, i. why aid 16. *As Mr. Genet persisted in his endeavors, in (he presi- ... , ~ , ,, , dent request opposition to the efforts and remonstrances of the pres- and what Is ident, and likewise endeavored to excite discord and ntcajmor? distrust between the American people and their gov- b. July, eminent, the president requested 13 his recall ; and in the following year his place was supplied by Mr. Fau- nounced. chet, c who was instructed to assure the American gov- Fo-sna. ernment that France disapproved the conduct of his predecessor. d. see p. 288. 17. 2After the defeat of St. Glair in 1791, d General evS a oc- Wayne was appointed to carry on the Indian war. Tn SSfi&Kfi ^e autumn of 1793 he built Fort Recovery near the jeaiyst. ground on which St. Clair had been defeated, where C i79i? n ^e P asse( i tne winter. In the following summer he 1794 advanced still farther into the Indian country, and built Fort Defiance ;* whence he moved down the e. N. p. es7. Maumee, 8 and, on the 20th of August, at the head of Aug. 20. a b ou t 3000 men, met the Indians near the rapids, t completely routed them, and laid waste their country. 3. what 18. 3 An act, passed in 1791, imposing- duties on do- troubles .,..,, 2 r .. . & ,.. arose from mestic distilled spirits, the first attempt at obtaining a 1 revenue from internal taxes, had, from the beginning, been highly unpopular in many parts of the country, and especially with the anti-federal or democratic party. During this year, the attempts to enforce the act led to open defiance of the laws, in the western counties of Pennsylvania. After two ineffectual proclamations " by the president, the display of a large military force was necessary in order to quell the insurgents. 19. 4 Since the peace of 1783, between Great Britain and the United States, each party had made frequent Britain and complaints that the other had violated the stipulations the United r . , . , .-.,, ,, , ,, states? contained in the treaty. 5 Ihe former was accused of * Fort Defiance was situated at the confluence of the River Au Glaize with the Mau mee, in the N.W. part of Ohio, and at the S.E. extremity of Williams County. t The rapids of the Maumce are about eighteen miles from the mouth of the river The British then occupied Fort Maurnee, at the rapids, on the N. side of the river, a short distance above which, in the present town of fTayncsJield, the battle was fought. CHAP. I.] WASHINGTON S ADMINISTRATION. 291 having carried away negroes at the close of the war, of making illegal seizures of American property at sea, and of retaining possession of the military posts on the western frontiers. J The latter was accused of prevent ing the loyalists from regaining possession of their estates, and British subjects from recovering debts con tracted before the commencement of hostilities. 2 To such an extent had the complaints been carried, that, by many, another war between the two countries was thought to be inevitable. 20. 3 For the purpose of adjusting the difficulties, and preventing a war, if possible, Mr. Jay was sent to England ; where he succeeded in concluding a a treaty, which, early in the following year, was laid before the senate for ratification. 4 After a long debate, and a violent opposition by the democratic party, and the friends of France throughout the country, the treaty was ratified b by the senate, and signed by the president. By the terms of the treaty, the western posts were to be surrendered* to the United States ; compensation was to be made for illegal captures of American prop erty ; and the United States were to secure to British creditors the proper means of collecting debts, which had been contracted before the war of the revolution. 21. 5 During the same year, a treaty was concluded at Fort Greenville,! with the western Indians ; by which the various tribes ceded to the United States a large tract of country in the vicinity of Detroit, and west of Ohio. 6 In October, a treaty was concluded with Spain ; by which the boundaries between the Spanish possessions of Louisiana and Florida, and the United States, were settled ; the right of navigating the Mississippi, from its source to the ocean, was se cured to the United States ; and New Orleans^ was granted to them, as a place of deposit, for ten years. 1794. 5. Of what was the for mer accu sed? 1. The lat ter? 2. What re sult was feared 3. What measure wa* taken for adjust ing dijficul- ties? a. Nov. 19. 1795. 4. What is said of the ratification of this trea ty, and what were its terms i b. June. c. Aug. i. 5. What is said of the treati/ con cluded at Fort Green ville? 6. Of the treaty with Spain t * The British retained possession of Michigan, by means of their post at Detroit, until 1796. t Fort Greenville was built by General Wayne in 1793, on a western branch of the Miami, and on the site of the present town of Greenville, the capital of Dark County, Ohio. Fort Jefferson was six miles S.W. of it, and Fort Recovery twenty-two miles N.E. t JVew Orleans, now the capital of the state of Louisiana, is on the E. bank of the Mississippi River, 105 miles from its mouth, by the river s course. It was first settled by the French in 1717. The level VICINITY OF NEW ORLEANS. 292 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. Nov gg i. of the 2 whcaoc- curredin *. what is 1795. 22. l Peace was also established* with Algiers ; and American captives were redeemed by the payment of an annual tribute to the dey, in accordance with the long established practice of European nations. 2 In June, 1796, the " Territory southwest of the Ohio" was erected into an independent state, by the name of Ten nessee,* and admitted into the Union. 23. 3 As the second term of Washington s adminis tration would expire in the spring of 1797, Washington rtngfrom previously made known his intention to retire from hf/afe"ve{ P u kli c ^ e - His farewell address, b on that occasion, to address? the people of the United States, abounds with maxims b. sept. Q f t j le highest political importance, and sentiments of 4. on MS re- tne warmest affection for his country. 4 0n the retire- whatwu ment f tne man on whom alone the people could unite, done? the two great parties in the United States brought for ward their prominent leaders for the executive office of the nation. s what is 24. 6 The federalists, dreading the influence of French sentiments and principles, attached to the system of measures pursued by Washington, and desiring its continuance in his successor, made the most active ef forts to elect John Adams ; while the republicans, be lieving their opponents too much devoted to the British nation, and to British institutions, made equal exertions to elect Thomas Jefferson. 6 The result was the elec- f Mr. Adams as president, and Mr. Jefferson as vice-president. The inauguration of the former took place on the 4th of March, 1797. of the city is from three to nine feet below the level of the river, at the highest water. To protect it from inundation, an embankment, called the Levee, has been raised on the border of the, river, extending from forty-three miles below the city, to 120 miles above it. (See Slap, previous page.) * TENNESSEE, one of the Western States, contains an area of about 43,000 square miles. The Cumberland Mountains, crossing the state in the direction of N.E. and S.W., divide it into two parts, called East Tennessee and West Tennessee. The western part of the state has a black, rich soil : in the eastern part the valleys only are fertile. The first settlement in Tennessee was made at Fort Loudon (see Note, p. 1 ( .)2) in 1757. parties? e. what was JOHN ADAMS. CHAP. II.] CHAPTER II. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, FBOM MARCH 4, 179T, TO MARCH 4, 1801. 1. Curing the administration of Washington, the condition of the country had been gradually improving. A sound credit had been established, funds had been provided for the gradual payment of the national debt, treaties had been concluded with the western Indian tribes, and with England, Spain, and the Barbary powers, and the agricultural and commercial wealth of the nation had increased beyond all former example. "But, in the mean time, difficul ties with France had arisen, which threatened to in volve the country in another war. 2. 3 On the breaking out of the war between France and England, consequent upon the French revolution, the anti-federal or republican party warmly espoused the cause of the French ; while the government, then in the hands of the federal party, in its attempts to pre serve a strict neutrality towards the contending powers, was charged with an undue partiality for England. 4 The French ministers, who succeeded Mr. Genet, finding themselves, like their predecessor, supported by a numerous party attached to their nation, began to remonstrate with the government, and to urge upon it the adoption of measures more favorable to France. 3. 5 The French Directory, failing in these measures, and highly displeased on account of the treaty recently concluded between England and the United States, adopted regulations highly injurious to American com merce ; and even authorized, in certain cases, the cap ture and confiscation of American vessels and their cargoes. 6 They likewise refused to receive the Amer ican minister, Mr. Pinckney, until their demands against the United States should be complied with. Mr. Pinckney was afterwards obliged, by a written mandate, to quit the territories of the French republic. 4. 7 In this state of affairs, the president, by procla- 1797. 1. What had been accom plished diir ing Wash ington s ad ministra tion I 2. What di/. ficultieshad arisen f 3. How did the different parties re gard the warbetween France and England? 4. What is said of the course adopted, by the French ministers t S.lVhatwaa done ly the French Di rectory ? 6. How was the Ameri- canministef treated 1 7. IVhat j course diet, the presi dent pur sue? 294 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1798. 1797. mation, convened congress on the 15th of June; and, ~ in a firm and dignified speech, stated the unprovoked 1. what ad- outrages of the French government. Advances were va made to- re a g a i n made, however, for securing a reconciliation j w %wiua^ c an d; f r tn * s purpose, three envoys, at the head of whom tton? was Mr. Pinckney, were sent to France. 2. w/iat was 5. 2 But these, also, the Directory refused to receive ; the result of 1,1 , ,, , i J 02-1 tiicembas- although they were met by certain unofficial agents *^ ? of the French minister, who explicitly demanded a large sum of money before any negotiation could be opened. To this insulting demand a decided negative was given. Two of the envoys, who were federalists, were finally ordered to leave France ; while the third, who was a republican, was permitted to remain. 6. 3 These events excited general indignation in the United States ; and vigorous measures were immedi ately adopted* by congress, for putting the country in a proper state of defence, preparatory to an expected war. Provision was made for raising a small standing army, the command of which was given b to General Washington, who cordially approved the measures of the government. A naval armament was decided upon, captures of French vessels were authorized, and all treaties with France were declared void. 7. 4 The land forces, however, were not called into difficulties^ action ; and after a few encounters at- sea, "in which an American armed schooner was decoyed into the power of the enemy, and a French frigate captured, the French Directory made overtures of peace. The president, therefore, appointed" 5 ministers, who were authorized to proceed to France, and settle, by treaty, the difficul ties between the two countries. 8. 6 Washington did not live to witness a restoration of peace. After a short illness, of only a few hours, he died at his residence at Mount Vernon, in Virginia, on the 14th of December, at the age of sixty-eigh years. When intelligence of this event reached Phil J; adelphia, congress, then in session, immediately ad- fciugmceof journed. On assembling- the next day, the house of this event I . -, ^ ,, m, , i i i representatives resolved, " That the speaker s chair should be shrouded in black, that the members should wear black during the session, and that a joint com- for war? a. in May. b. July. 4. HO far vres were taken for settling them 7 Wa fon? g Dec. H. CHAP. IL] ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION. 295 mittee, from the senate and the house, should be ap- 1799. pointed to devise the most suitable manner of paying ~~ honor to the memory of the man first in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of his countrymen." 9. *In accordance with the report of the committee, i. in what -,-, . i / c i public man- ana the unanimous resolves 01 congress, a luneraJ pro- ner aid con cession moved from the legislative hall to the German Lutheran church, where an impressive and eloquent oration was delivered by General Lee, a representative from Virginia, The people of the United States \vere recommended to wear crape on the left arm, for thirty days. This recommendation was complied with, and a whole nation appeared in mourning. In every part of the republic, funeral orations were delivered ; and the best talents of the nation were devoted to an ex pression of the nation s grief. 10. 2 Washington was above the common size; his 2 . Describe frame was robust, and his constitution vigorous, and capable of enduring great fatigue. His person was fine : his deportment easy, erect, and noble; exhibit- t6r . / Wagf *- ii- 11 -11 i ing ton. ing a natural dignity, unmingled with haughtiness, and conveying the idea of great strength, united with manly gracefulness. His manners were rather re served than free : he was humane, benevolent, and conciliatory ; his temper was highly sensitive by na ture, yet it never interfered with the coolness of his judgment, nor with that prudence which was the strongest feature in his character. His mind was great and powerful, and though slow in its operations, was sure in its conclusions. He devoted a long life to the welfare of his country ; and while true greatness commands respect, and the love of liberty remains on the earth, the memory of Washington will be held in veneration. 11. 3 During the summer of 1800, the seat of gov- 1800. ernment was removed from Philadelphia to Washing- 3 - i T-. /. /~< i i * T-V i ton, in the District 01 Columbia.* During the same year the territory between the western boundary of Georgia and the Mississippi River, then claimed by * The District of Columbia was originally a tract of country ten miJes square, on both sides of the Potomac river, about 120 miles from its mouth, by the river s course. In 1790 it was ceded to the United States by Virginia and Maryland, for the \ irpose of be coming the seat of government. It included the cities of Washington, Alexandria, and events oc- 296 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1800. Georgia, and called the Georgia western territory^ was erected into a distinct government, and called the Mississippi Territory. Two years later, Georgia ceded tr tVio TTnifprl Stntos! ft" a. Sept. 30. 1. What is said of tlte treaty tmtfi France i a. Ofthf effort* of parties to wards the, close of Adams s ad ministra tion / 3. Of the unpopular- it u of the federal party I 4. What were the princi pal causes of public discontent? 5. Give an account of the alien and sedition laws. DISTRICT to the United States all her claims to lands within those limits. *In September,* a treaty was concluded at Paris, between the French government, then in the hands of Bonaparte, and the United States ; by which the difficulties between the two countries were happily terminated. 12. 2 As the term of Mr. Adams s administration drew towards its close, each of the great parties in the coun try made the most strenuous efforts, the one to retain 7 and the other to acquire the direction of the govern ment. 3 Mr. Adams had been elected by the predom inance of federal principles, but many things in his administration had tended to render the party to which he was attached unpopular with a majority of the nation. 13. 4 The people, ardently attached to liberty, had viewed with a jealous eye those measures of the gov ernment which evinced a coldness towards the French revolution, and a partiality for England ; because they believed that the spirit of liberty was here contending against the tyranny of despotism. The act for raising a standing army, ever a ready instrument of oppression in the hands of kings, together with the system of di rect taxation by internal duties, had been vigorously opposed by the democratic party ; while the Alien and Sedition laws increased the popular ferment to a degree hitherto unparalleled. 1 4. 5 The " alien law," authorized the president to order any foreigner, whom he should judge dangerous to the peace and safety of the United States, to depart out of the country, upon penalty of imprison ment. The " sedition law," designed to pun ish the abuse of speech and of the press, im- Georgetown. WASHINGTON CITY stands on a point or land between the Potomac River and a stream called the Eastern Branch. The Capitol, probably the finest senate house in the world, the cost of which has exceeded two millions of dollars, stands on an eminence in the eastern part of the city. In 1846 that portion of the District wes of the Potomac was ceded back to Virginia. (See Map.) CHAP, in.] JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION. 297 posed a heavy fine and imprisonment for " any false, scandalous, and malicious writing against the govern ment of the United States, or either house of congress, or the president." These laws were deemed, by the democrats, highly tyrannical ; and their unpopularity contributed greatly to the overthrow of the federal party. 15. J In the coming election, Mr. Jefferson and Mr. Burr were brought forward as the candidates of the democratic party, and Mr. Adams and Mr. Pinckney by the federalists. Jefferson and Burr received an equal number of votes ; and as the constitution pro vided that the person having the greatest number should be president, it became the duty of the house of representatives, voting by states, to decide be tween the two. After thirty-five ballotings, the choice fell upon Mr. Jefferson. Mr. Burr, being then the second on the list, was conse quently declared to be elected vice-president. 1*00. 1. How vert these laws regarded, and what teas their effect? 2. Give an account of the presi dential elec tion that followed. CHAPTER III. JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION, FEOM MABCH 4. 1801, TO MABOH 4, 1809. 1. ?ON the accession of Mr. Jefferson to the presi- dency, the principal offices of government were trans- ferred to the republican party. The system of internal duties was abolished, and several unpopular laws, pass- i j i 11 eci during the previous administration, were repealed. 2. 4 In 1802, Ohio,* which had previously formed a part of the Northwestern Territory, was erected into a * OHIO, the northeastern of the Western States, contains an area of about 40,008 square miles The interior of the state, and the country bordering on Lake Erie, are generally level, and in some places marshy. The country bordering on the Ohio River is generally hilly, but not mountainous. The most extensive tracts of rich and level lands in the state, border on the Sciota, and the Great and Little Miami. On the 7th of April, 1788, a company of forty-seven individuals landed at the spot where Marietta now stands, and there commenced the first settlement in Ohio. 13* 298 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1O2. state^ and admitted into the Union. During the same a constiuT Y ear 5 ^ e Spanish governor of Louisiana, in violation tioii i adopted O f 3. recent treaty, b closed the port of New Orleans in No vena- TT .J _, __., f ber. against the United States. This caused great excite- iniTas, "see ment, and a proposition was made in congress, to take page 291. possession of all Louisiana. c. Oct. o t A -c i i J i. By what 3. 1 A more pacific course, however, was adopted. "$Z?rX!u In 1800 J Louisiana had been secretly ceded to France; Louisiana an d a negotiation was now opened with the latter obtained? & i , i , . r T r 1 80S P wer j which resulted in the purchase" 01 Louisiana tor d. April so. fifteen millions of dollars. In December, 6 1803, pos- e. Dec. 20. session was taken by the United States. 2 That por- ^itdtvided ^ on ^ t ^ ie territory embracing the present state of ananamed? Louisiana, was called the " Territory of Orleans ;" and the other part, the "Dist. of Louisiana," embracing a large tract of country extending westward to Mexico and the Pacific Ocean. ci f aX y d the 4 3Smce 1801 war na( ^ e xisted f between the United Bashaw, States and Tripoli, one of the piratical Barbary powers. Tsoi. In 1803, Commodore Preble was sent into the Medi- s. what terranean, and after humbling the emperor of Morocco, related in appeared before Tripoli with most of his squadron. Tripoli? The frigate Philadelphia, under Captain Bainbridge, being sent into the harbor to reconnoitre, struck upon g ?so3 31> a roc kj an d was obliged to surrender 5 to the Tripoli- tans. The officers were considered prisoners of war, but the crew were treated as slaves. This capture caused great exultation with the enemy 5 but a daring exploit of lieutenant, afterwards Commodore Decatur, somewhat humbled the pride which they felt in this accession to their navy. 1804. 5. *Early in February 11 of the following year, Lieu- h. Feb. 3. tenant Decatur, under the cover of evening, entered account a of the harbor of Tripoli in a small schooner, having on tureof a the board but seventy-six men, with the design of destroy- m ^ e Philadelphia, which was then moored near the castle, with a strong Tripolitan crew. By the aid of his pilot, who understood the Tripolitan language, De catur succeeded in bringing his vessel in contact with the Philadelphia ; when he and his followers leaped on board, and, in a few minutes, killed twenty of the Tripolitans, and drove the rest into the sea. CHAP. III.] JEFFEHSON S ADMINISTRATION. 299 6. Under a heavy cannonade from, the surrounding- vessels and batteries, the Philadelphia was set on fire, and not abandoned until thoroughly wrapped in flames; when Decatur and his gallant crew succeeded in get ting out of the harbor, without the loss of a single man. l During the month of August, Tripoli was repeatedly bombarded by the American squadron under Commo dore Preble, and a severe action occurred* with the Tripolitan gun-boats, which resulted in the capture of several, with little loss to the Americans. 7. 2 In July, 1804, occurred the death of General Hamilton, who fell in a duel fought with Colonel Burr, vice-president of the United States. Colonel Burr had lost the favor of the republican party, and being pro posed for the office of governor of New York, was supported by many of the federalists, but was openly opposed by Hamilton, who considered him an unprin cipled politician. A dispute arose, and a fatal duel b was the result* 3 In the fall of 1804, Jefferson was re-elected president. George Clinton, of New York, was chosen vice-president. 8. 4 At the time of Commodore Preble s expedition to the Mediterranean, Hamet, the legitimate sovereign of Tripoli, was an exile ; having been deprived of his government by the usurpation of a younger brother. Mr. Eaton, the American consul at Tunis, concerted, with Hamet, an expedition against the reigning sov ereign, and obtained of the government of the United States permission to undertake it. 9. 5 With about seventy seamen from the American squadron, together with the followers of Hamet and some Egyptian troops, Eaton and Hamet set out d from Alcxandriaf towards Tripoli, a distance of a thousand miles, across a desert country. After great fatigue and suffering, they reached* Derne,J a Tripolitan city on the Mediterranean, which was taken f by assault. After two successful engagements 5 had occurred with the 104. I. Continue the account of the war with Trip oli. a. Aug. 3. 2. What in said of the. death of Hamilton? b. July II. 3. Of the election of 1804? said of Ila- met, and the, expedition planned by him and Eaton? 1805. c. Feb. 23. 5. Give an account of that expedi tion. d. March 6. e. April 26. f. April 27. g. May 18, and June 10. * Hamilton fell at Hoboken, on the New Jersey side of the Hudson River, opposite the city of New York. t Alexandria, the ancient capital of Egypt, founded by Alexander the Great in the year 331, A. C., is situated at the N.W. extremity of Egypt, on a neck of land be twee* the Mediterranean Sea and Lake Mareotis. J Derne is about 650 miles E. from Tripoli. 300 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1806. 2. of the conspiracy and trial Burr l ? 18O5. Tripolitan army, the reigning bashaw offered terms of peace ; which being considered much more favor able than had before been offered, they were accept- oooduded ed a by Mr. Lear, the authorized agent of the United June 3, 1805. gtates 10< lln i805 Michigan Became a distinct territorial government of the United States. Previous to 1802 it formed, under the name of Wayne County, a part of the Northwestern Territory. From 1802 until 1805, it was under the jurisdiction of Indiana Territory. 11- 2 In 1806 Col. Burr was detected in a conspiracy, the desijm of which was to form, west of the Alleerhanv ,., P ., -ri-ii Mountains, an independent empire, 01 which he was to be the ruler, and New Orleans the capital ; or, failing in this project, it was his design to march upon Mexico. and establish an empire there. He was arrested, and brought to trial in 1807, on the charge of treason, but was released for want of sufficient evidence to convict him. 12. 3 The wars produced by the French revolution still continued to rage, and at this time Napoleon, ern- peror of France, triumphant and powerful, had acquired contr l over nearly all the kingdoms of Europe. 4 Eng- land alone, unsubdued and undaunted, with unwaver- . i mp- purpose waged incessant war against her ancient i . & . 111 rival and though Jb ranee was victorious on land, the navy of England rode triumphant in every sea. 5 The destruction of the ships and commerce of other nations was highly favorable to the United States, which en deavored to maintain a neutrality towards the contend ing powers, and peaceably to continue a commerce with them. 13. 6 In May, 1806, England, for the purpose of in- juring the commerce of her enemy, declared b the con- tment fr m Brest* to the Elbef in a state of blockade, although not invested by a British fleet ; and numerous American vessels, trading to that coast, were captured an( ^ Condemned. 7 Bonaparte soon retaliated, by de- daring the British isles in a state of blockade 5 and 3. of the W cedbythT 4 of the sittons of England andFrance? states? e. what was Engiftnd V fn fa May ? i6 retaliate? c. NOV. 21. * Brest is a town at the northwestern extremity of France. t The Elbe, a large river of Germany, enters the North Sea or German Ocean be tween Hanover and Denmark, 750 miles N.E. from Brest. CHAP, in.] JEFFERSON S ADMINISTRATION. 301 American vessels, trading thither, became a prey to 18OT. French cruisers, J Early in the following- year, the ^7^7,"^ coasting trade with France was prohibited* by the %/$ British government. These measures, highly injuri- was the rf- . 5 , ii feet of these ous to American commerce, and contrary to the laws measures/ of nations and the rights of neutral powers, occasioned a> Jan 7 - great excitement in the United States, and the injured merchants loudly demanded of the government redress and protection. 14. 2 In June, an event of a hostile character occur- 2. what / red, which greatly increased the popular indignation against England. That power, contending for the principle that whoever w r as born in England always remained a British subject, had long claimed the right, and exercised the power of searching American ships, and taking from them those who had been naturalized in the United States, and who were, therefore, claimed as American citizens. 15. 3 On the 22d of Tune, the American frigate dies- j une2 2. apeake, then near the coast of the United States, having z. GWC an refused to deliver up four men claimed by the English fhFSottacic as deserters, was fired upon by the British ship of war ^fe/a-~ Leopard. Being unsuspicious of danger at the time, peake - and unprepared for the attack, the Chesapeake struck her colors, after having had three of her men killed, and eighteen wounded. The four men claimed as de serters were then transferred to the British vessel. Upon investigation it was ascertained that three of them were American citizens, who had been impressed by the British, and had afterwards escaped from their service. ^wiutnom 16. 4 This outrage upon a national vessel was fol- lotion to lowed by a proclamation of the president, forbidding tf ragT/ British ships of war to enter the harbors of the United States, until satisfaction for the attack on the Ches- apeake should be made by the British government, and security given against future aggression. 5 In Novem- against ber, the British government issued b the celebrated " orders in council," prohibiting all trade with France and her allies ; and in December following, Bonaparte issued the retaliatory Milan decree,* forbidding all c . Dec. 17. * So called from Milan, a city in the N. of Italy, whence the decree was issued. st eaci what was 302 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 180T. a. Dec. 22. l. What is said of the American embargo act from its passage to its repeal ? 1809. 0. March 1. 2. Of the clone of Jef ferson s ad ministra tion, and the ensuing 1 election ! c. March 4, trade with England or her colonies. Thus almost every American vessel on the ocean was liable to be captured by one or the other of the contending powers. 17. l ln December, congress decreed 1 an embargo, the design of which was, not only to retaliate upon France and England, but also, by calling home and detaining American vessels and sailors, to put the coun try in a better posture of defence, preparatory to an ex pected war. The embargo failing to obtain, from France and England, an acknowledgment of Amer ican rights, and being likewise ruinous to the com merce of the country with other nations, in March, b 1 809, congress repealed it, but, at the same time, inter dicted all commercial intercourse with France and England. 18. 2 Such was the situation of the country at the close of Jefferson s administration. Following and confirming the example of Washington, after a term of eight years Jefferson declined a re-election, and was succeeded in the presidency by James Madison. George Clinton was re-elected vice-president. CHAPTER IV. MADISON S ADMINISTRATION, FEOM MAECH 4, 1809, TO MARCH 4, 1817. WAR WITH ENGLAND. SECTION I. EVENTS OF 1809, 10, 11. 1. 3 Soon after the accession of Mr. Madison to the presidency, he was assured by Mr. Erskine, the Brit- 3, what ish minister at Washington, that the British " orders in . council,"* 1 so far as they affected the United States, should be repealed by the 10th of June. The presi- d/see p. 301. dent, therefore, proclaimed that commercial intercourse would be renewed with England on that day. The British government, however, disavowed the acts of its minister ; the orders in council were not repealed ; and t. Aug. 19. non-intercourse with England was again proclaimed. 6 JAMES MADISON. CHAP, rv.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 303 2. what c swf p l u?- s 1811. . May is. 2. In March, 1810, Bonaparte issued* a decree of a 181O. decidedly hostile character, by which all American ^lim-hla" vessels and cargoes, arriving in any of the ports of i. what de- France, or of countries occupied by French troops, c S?aV<f were ordered to be seized and condemned ; but in No- vember of the same year, all the hostile decrees of the French were revoked, and commercial intercourse was renewed between France and the United States. 3. 2 England, however, continued her hostile decrees ; and, for the purpose of enforcing them, stationed before the principal ports of the United States, her ships of war, which intercepted the American merchantmen, and sent them to British ports as legal prizes. On one occasion, however, the insolence of a British ship of war received a merited rebuke. 4. 3 Commodore Rogers, sailing in the American frigate President, met, b in the evening, a vessel on the coast of Virginia. He hailed, but instead of a satis- factory answer, received a shot, in return, from the un- known vessel. A brief engagement ensued, and the guns of the stranger were soon nea iiy silenced, when Commodore Rogers hailed again, and was answered that the ship was the British sloop of war Little Belt, commanded by Captain Bingham. The Little Belt had eleven men killed and twenty-one wounded, while the President had only one man wounded. 5. 4 At this time the Indians on the western frontiers had become hostile, as was supposed through British influence; and in the fall of 1811, General Harrison, then governor of Indiana Territory,* marched against the tribes on the Wabash. On his approach to the town of the Prophet, the brother of the celebrated Te- cumseh, the principal chiefs came out and proposed a c . NOV. s. conference, and requested him to encamp for the night. Fearing treachery, the troops slept on their arms in order of battle. Early on the following rnorning d the d. NOV. 7. camp was furiously assailed, and a bloody and doubtful contest ensued ; but after a heavy loss on both sides, the Indians were finally repulsed, f * Indiana Territory, separated from the Northwestern Territory in 1800, embraced the present states of Indiana and Illinois. t This battle, called the Battle of Tippecanoe, was fought near the W. bank of Tip- anoe River, at its junction with the Wabash, in the northern part of Tippeeanoe , Indiana. 4. G the Indian can0 " COMMODOEE PECATiTE. daring w [PART iv. SECTION II. PRINCIPAL EVENTS OF 1812. DIVISIONS. /. Declaration of War, and Events in ih6 West. //. Events on tlie Niagara Fron tier. ///. Naval Events. I. DECLARATION OF WAR, AND EVENTS IN THE WEST. 1. l Early in April, 1812, congress passed a an a. April 4. act laying an embargo, for ninety days, on all vessels 1. Embargo . , . > . O . .,,.,,, TT i Vi ^ -, ofmi^and within the jurisdiction of the United States. On the 4th of June following, a bill declaring war against Great Britain passed the house of representatives ; arid, on the 17th, the senate ; and, on the 19th, the president issued a proclamation of war. b 2. what 2. 2 Exertions were immediately made to enlist 25,000 pr we?nade men 5 to raise 50,000 volunteers ; and to call out 100,000 for the war? m iiitia for the defence of the seacoast and frontiers. Henry Dearborn, "of Massachusetts, an officer of the revolution, was appointed major-general and command- er-in-chief of the army. 3. Give an 3. 3 At the time of the declaration of war, General 1 M*move- Hull, then governor of Michigan Territory, was on his mentsqf march from Ohio to Detroit, with a force of two thou- Gen. Hull. -. . . . IITI- sand men, with a view oi putting an end to the Indian hostilities on the northwestern frontier. Being vested with an authority to invade the Canadas, " if consistent with the safety of his own posts," on the 12th of July he crossed the river Detroit,* and encamped at Sand wich,! with the professed object of marching upon the British post at Maiden .\ June isth. 4. What loss es icere sus tained by the Ameri cans? VICINITY OF DETROIT. 4. 4 In the mean time, the American post at Mackinaw^ was surprised, and a * Detroit River is the channel or strait that con nects Lake St. Clair with Lake Erie. (See Map.) t Sandwich is on the H bank of Detroit River, two miles below Detroit. (See Map.) t Fort Maiden is on the E. bank of Detroit River, fifteen miles S. from Detroit, and half a mile N. from the village of Amherstburg. (See Map.) Mackinaw is a small island a little E. from the strait which connects Lake Michigan with Lake Hu ron, about 270 miles N.VV. from Detroit. The fort and village of Mackinaw are on the S.E. side of the island, CHAP. iv.J MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 305 surrender demanded ; which was the first intimation of the declaration of war that the garrison had received. ~~ The demand was precipitately complied with,* and a - Ju] * 17 - the British were thus put in possession of one of the strongest posts in the United States. Soon after, Ma jor Van Home, who had been despatched by Gen eral Hull to convoy a party approaching his camp with supplies, was defeated 3 by a force of British and b. Aug. 5. Indians near Brownstown.* 5. General Hull himself, after remaining inactive t What ^ nearly a month in Canada, while his confident troops ^freat of were daily expecting to be led against the enemy, sud- Gen - Hllll? denly recrossed, in the night of the 7th of August, to Aug. 7. the town and fort of Detroit, to the bitter vexation and disappointment of his officers and army, who could see no reason for thus abandoning the object of the ex pedition. 2 He now sent a detachment of several hun- c. Aug. s. dred men, under Colonel Miller, to accomplish the ob- ject previously attempted by Major Van Home. In this expedition a large force of British and Indians, the latter under the famous Tecumseh, was met d and rout- a. Aug. 9. ed with considerable loss, near the ground on which Van Home had been defeated. 6. Onthe 16th of August General Brock, the Brit- Aug. is. ish commander, crossed the river a few miles above Detroit, without opposition, and with a force of about 700 British troops and 600 Indians, immediately march- ed against the American works. While the American troops, advantageously posted, and numbering more than the combined force of the British and Indians, were anxiously awaiting the orders to fire, great was their mortification and rage, when all were suddenly ordered within the fort, and a white flag, in token of submission, was suspended from the walls. Not only the army at Detroit, but the whole territory, with all its forts and garrisons, was thus basely surrendered 6 to e . Aug. i. the British. 7. 4 The enemy were as much astonished as the lfHmewM Americans, at this unexpected result. General Brock, in writing to his superior officer, remarked, " When I * Brownstown is situated at the mouth of Brownstown Creek, a short distance N. from the mouth of Huron River, about twenty miles S.W. from Detroit. (Map, p. 304.) 306 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. i w)wtis See Map, Canada, 3. Describe the, remain ing events that occur red at Queens- toron. detail my good fortune you will be astonished." *Gen- era ^ ^ u ll was afterwards exchanged for thirty British P r i soners j when his conduct was investigated by a court- martial. The court declined giving an opinion upon the charge of treason, but convicted him of cowardice and unofficerlike conduct. He was sentenced to death, but was pardoned by the president : but his name was ordered to be struck from the rolls of the army. II. E VENTS ON THE NlAGARA FRONTIER.* - 1. 2 Du- rm g tne summer, arrangements were made for the in- vas J n f Canada from another quarter. A body of tro P s 3 consisting mostly of New York militia, was collected on the Niagara frontier, and the command given to General Stephen Van Rensselaer. Early on the morning of the 13th of October, a detachment of two hundred and twenty-five men, under Col. Solomon Van Rensselaer, crossed the river, gained possession of the heights of Glueenstown,* and took a small bat tery near its summit. Van Rensselaer was wounded at the landing, and the assault was led by Captains Ogilvie and Wool. 2. 3 At the very moment of success, the enemy re ceived a reinforcement of several hundred men under General Brock. These attempted to regain possession of the battery, but were driven back by an inferior force under Captain Wool, and their leader, General Brock, was killed. In the afternoon, the British re ceived a strong reinforcement from Fort George,f while all the exertions of General Van Rensselaer, during the day, could induce only about one thousand of his troops to cross the river. These were attacked by a far superior force, and nearly all were killed or taken prisoners, in the very sight of twelve or fif teen hundred of their brethren in arms on the opposite shore, who positively refused to embark. 3. 4 While these men asserted that they were willing to defend their country when * Queenstown, in Upper Canada, is on the W. bank of Niagara River, at the foot of Queenstown Heights, seveni miles from Lake Ontario. (See Map.) \ Fort George was on the W. bank of Niagara River nearly a mile from Lake Ontario. (See Map.) KIAGARA FRONTIER CHAP, iv.j MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 307 attacked, they professed to entertain scruples about 1I2. carrying on offensive war by invading the enemy s 4 Whatre ~ territory. Unfortunately, these principles were en- j^LFiff/fe tertained, and the conduct of the militia on this occa- iMnj&rr" sion defended by many of the federal party, who were, embark? generally, opposed to the war. 4. 2 Soon after the battle of Glueenstown, General these prin Van Rensselaer retired from the service, and was sue- Iwiiat ceeded* by General Alexander Smyth, of Virginia. 3r rhis officer issued an address, b announcing his rcsolu- tion of retrieving the honor of his country by another a. Oct. u. attack on the Canadian frontier, and invited the young b NoT - 10 - men of the country to share in the danger and glory account of of the enterprise. But after collecting between four 5|fo/S". and five thousand men, sending a small party across* s y th - mini* 11- i c i c - Nov - 28 - at Black Rock,* and making a show of passing with a large force, the design was suddenly abandoned, to the great surprise of the troops. Another preparation for an attack was made, and the troops were actually em barked, when they were again withdrawn, and ordered to winter quarters. Dec. III. NAVAL EVENTS. 1. 4 Thus far the events of 4 . what is the war, on the land, had been unfavorable to the event/ofth& Americans; but on another element, the national wa fjff* honor had been fully sustained, by a series of unex pected and brilliant victories. 5 On the 19th of August, Aug . 19 the American frigate Constitution, of forty-four guns, 5. what is commanded by Captain Isaac Hull, engaged the Brit- ish frigate Guerriere, of thirty-eight guns, commanded by Captain Dacres ; and after an action d of thirty min- d offthe utes, compelled her to surrender. The Guerriere was coostofMas- . . sachusetts. made a complete wreck, kvery mast and spar were shot away, and one-third of her crew was either kill ed or wounded. 2. 6 In October, an American sloop of war, the Wasp, e. of the, of eighteen guns, Captain Jones commander, while off* Jf?oMe? the coast of North Carolina, captured 6 the brig Frolic, e> Oct 18 . of twenty-two guns, after a bloody conflict of three quarters of an hour. On boarding the enemy, to the surprise of the Americans, only three officers and one * Black Rock is on the E. bank of Niagara River, two and a half miles N. from Buf falo, of which it may be considered a suburb. (See Map, p. 306.) 3U8 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1812. a. Oct. 25. i. of t/ie frigates b west of 2. of the ^ndjava? c. Dec. 29. 3. what is seaman were found on the forecastle ; while the other decks, slippery with blood, were covered with the dead and the dying. The loss of the Frolic was about eighty, in killed and wounded, while that of the Wasp was only ten. On the same day the two vessels were cap tured by a British seventy-four. 3. 1 A few days later, a the frigate United States, of forty-four ffuns, commanded by Commodore Decatur, J , . . . _ . / , . ., _ . en<niged b the British frigate iMacedoman, ol forty-nine mi i i i i guns. i he action continued nearly two hours, when tne Macedonian struck her colors, being greatly in- jured in her hull and rigging, and having lost, in killed and wounded, more than 100 men. The United States was almost entirely uninjured. Her loss was only five killed and seven wounded. The superiority of the American gunnery in this action was remarkably con spicuous. 4. 2 In December, the Constitution, then commanded by Commodore Bain bridge, achieved a second naval victory ; capturing the British frigate Java, carrying forty-nine guns and 400 men. The action occurred off St. Salvador,* and continued more than three hours. Of the crew of the Java, nearly 200 were killed and wounded ; of the Constitution, only thirty-four. The Java, having been made a complete wreck, was burned after the action. 5. 3 In addition to these distinguished naval victories, otners 5 less noted, were frequently occurring. Numer- ous privateers covered the ocean, and during the year 1812, nearly three hundred vessels, more than fifty of which were armed, were captured from the enemy, and more than three thousand prisoners were taken. Compared with this, the number captured by the en emy was but trifling. The American navy became the pride of the people, and in every instance it added to the national renown. St. Salvador is a large city on the eastern coast of Brazil. SECTION III. PRINCIPAL EVENTS OF 1813. DIVISIONS. I. Events in the West and South. IT. Events in the North. III. Naval Events. 1. EVENTS IN THE WEST AND SOUTH. 1. x ln the beginning of 1813, the principal American forces were arranged in three divisions. COMMODORE The army of the West was commanded by General Harrison ; the army of the centre, under General Dear born, was on the southern shore of Lake Ontario, and on the Niagara frontier ; and the army of the North, under General Hampton, on the shores of Lake Champlain. 2. 2 Shortly after the disaster which befell the army under General Hull, the militia of the Western States, promptly obedient to the calls of their country, assem bled in great numbers at different and distant points, render? for the defence of the frontier, and the recovery of the lost territory. 3 It was the design of General Harrison to collect these forces at some point near the head of Lake Erie, from which a descent should be made upon siffn? the British posts at Detroit and Maiden. 3. 4 0n the 10th of January, General Winchester, Jan. 10 with about 800 men, arrived at the rapids 8 - of the Mau- * ^ a f^ mee. Learning 13 that a body of British and Indians reute&qF was about to concentrate at the village of Frenchtown,* wider ae*. thirty miles in his advance, on the river Raisin ;f at the ^ Jan^is. earnest solicitation of the inhabitants he detached a c. Jan. IT. small party under Colonels Lewis and Allen for their protection. This party, finding the enemy already in possession of the town, successfully attacked 11 and routed d Jan 18 _ them ; and having encamped on the spot, was soon after joined 6 by the main body under General Win- e. Jan. 20. Chester. * Frenchtown is on the north bank of the River Raisin, near its mouth, about twenty- five miles S.VV. from Detroit. The large village that has grown up on the S. side of the stream at this place is now called Monroe. (See Map, p. 304.) t The River Raisin, so named from the numerous grape-vines that formerly lined its banks, enters Lake Erie from the W. two and a half miles below the village of MOD roe. See Map, p. 304.) 310 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1813. 4. ^ere, early on the morning of the 22d, the i Give, an Americans were attacked by General Proctor, who marcne d suddenly from Maiden with a combined French- force of fifteen hundred British and Indians. The Americans made a brave defence against this superior force, and after a severe loss on both sides, the attack on the main body was for a time suspended ; when General Proctor, learning that General Winchester had fallen into the hands of the Indians, induced him, by a pledge of protection to the prisoners, to surrender the troops under his command. a. Jan. 22. 5. The pledge was basely violated. General Proc- ^ hewmmded tor marched back a to Maiden, leaving the wounded treated er by without a guard, and in the power of the savages, who the Indians? wa ntonly put to death those who were unable to travel, b. Jan. 23. carr ied some to Detroit for ransom at exorbitant prices, and reserved others for torture. If the British officers did not connive at the destruction of the wound ed prisoners, they at least showed a criminal indiffer ence about their fate. 6. 3 General Harrison, who had already arrived at the rapids of the Maumee, on hearing of the fate of General Winchester, at first fell back, c expecting an c jr attac k fr m Proctor, but soon advanced 11 again with d. Feb. i. about 1 200 men, arid began a fortified camp ; which, in honor of the governor of Ohio, he named Fort May L Meigs.* 4 On the first of May the fort was besieged by 4. of Gen. General Proctor, at the head of more than 2000 Brit- Proctor? . i i T j- ish and Indians. Mays. 7. 5 Five days afterwards, General Clay, advancing rezSo/ to the relief of the fort, at the head of 1200 Kentuck- Gen. clay? j anSj attacked and dispersed the besiegers ; but a large body of his troops, while engaged in the pursuit, were Maya themselves surrounded and captured. 6 On the eighth f May, most f tne Indians, notwithstanding the en- treaties of their chief, Tecumseh, deserted their allies ; an d on the following day, General Pioctor abandoned the siege, and again retired to Maiden. S. 7 In the latter part of July, about 4000 British and * Fort Meigs was erected at the nipids of the Maumee, on the S. side of the river, nearly opposite the former British post of Maumee, and a short distance S.W. froin the present village of Perrysburg. CHAP. iv.J MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 3 1 1 Indians, the former under General Proctor, and the 113. latter under Tecumseh, again appeared 4 before Fort Meiofs, then commanded by General Clay. Finding- Indian* in i -i f i s-v July) the garrison prepared for a brave resistance, General a . July 21. Proctor, after a few days siege, withdrew 13 his forces, b. July 23. and with 500 regulars and 800 Indians, proceeded against the fort at Lower Sandusky,* then garrisoned by only 150 men under Major Croghan, a youth of twenty- one. A summons demanding- a surrender, i ^ -1-Ti c -i 1- What is and accompanied with the usual threats of mdiscnmi- said of the nate slaughter in case of refusal, was answered by the young and gallant Croghan, with the assurance that he should defend the place to the last extremity. 9. 2 A cannonade from several six-pounders and a howitzer was opened upon the fort, and continued un- til a breach had been effected, when about 500 of the enemy attempted to carry the place by assault. 6 They c Au? 2 advanced towards the breach under a destructive fire of musketry, and threw themselves into the ditch, when the only cannon in the fort, loaded with grape shot, and placed so as to rake the ditch, was opened upon them with terrible effect. The whole British force, panic struck, soon fled in confusion, and hastily aban doned the place, followed by their Indian allies. The loss of the enemy was about 150 in killed and wound ed, while that of the Americans was only one killed and seven wounded. 10. 3 In the mean time, each of the hostile parties was striving to secure the mastery of Lake Erie. By the exertions of Commodore Perry, an American squad- ron, consisting of nine vessels carrying fifty-four guns, had been prepared for service ; while a British squad ron of six vessels, carrying sixty-three guns, had been built and equipped under the superintendence of Com modore Barclay. 1 1. 4 On the tenth of September the two squadrons sept. 10. met near the western extremity of Lake Erie. In the J^ r a J beginning of the action the fire of the enemy was di- ^gJJ* reeled principally against the Lawrence, the flag-ship Erie. of Commodore Perry, which in a short time became * I,ower Sandusky is situated on the W. bank of Sandusky River, about fifteen mites 8. from Lake Erie. 312 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 113. an unmanageable wreck, having all her crew, except ~~ four or five, either killed or wounded. Commodore Perry, in an open boat, then left her, and transferred his flag on board the Niagara ; which, passing through the enemy s line, poured successive broadsides into five of their vessels, at half pistol shot distance. The wind favoring, the remainder of the squadron now came up, and at four o clock every vessel of the enemy had sur rendered. i. ivjua 12. Intelligence of this victory was conveyed to ivvjed that Harrison in the following laconic epistle : " We have met the enemy, and they are ours." The way to Mai den being now opened, the troops of Harrison were a. sept. 27. embarked, 1 and transported across the lake ; but Gen eral Proctor had already retired with all his forces. Oct. 5. He was pursued, and on the 5th of October was over taken on the river Thames,* about eighty miles from Detroit. 2 Give an ^- 2 His forces were found advantageously drawn thfbattie{f U P across a narrow strip of woodland, having the river the Thames, on the left, and on the right a swamp occupied by a large body of Indians under Tecumseh. On the first charge, the main body of the enemy in front was bro ken ; but on the left the contest with the Indians raged for some time with great fury. Animated by the voice and conduct of their leader, the Indians fought with determined courage, until Tecumseh himself w r as slain. The victory was complete; nearly the whole force of Procter being killed or taken. By a rapid flight Proc tor saved himself, with a small portion of his cavalry. s. what were 1^- 3 This important victory effectually broke up the of thfvic- g" rea t Indian confederacy of which Tecumseh was the tory? head; recovered the territory which Hull had lost; and terminated the war on the western frontier. 4 But before this, the influence of Tecumseh had been ex- ecumsehi erte d u pon the southern tribes, and the Creeks had taken up the hatchet, and commenced a war of plun der and devastation. b. Aug. so. 15. 5 Late in August, b a large body of Creek Indians * The Thames, a river of Upper Canada, flows S.W., and enters the southeastern ex tremity of Lake St. Clair. The battle of the Thames was fought near a place called the Moravian village. CHAP. IV.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 313 surprised Fort Mims,* and massacred nearly three hun dred persons; men, women, and children. On the receipt of this intelligence, General Jackson, at the head of a body of Tennessee militia, marched into the Creek country. A detachment of nine hundred men under General Coffee surrounded a body of Indians at Tallushatchee,f east of the Coosa River, and killed* about two hundred, not a single warrior escaping. 16. x The battles 3 of Talladega,|Autossee,^Emucfau,|| and others, soon followed ; in all which the Indians were defeated, although not without considerable loss to the Americans. The Creeks made their last stand at the great bend of the Tallapoosa ; called by the In dians Tohopeka,T[ and by the whites Horse Shoe Bend. 17. 2 Here about one thousand of their warriors, with their women and children, had assembled in a fort strongly fortified. To prevent escape, the bend was encircled by a strong detachment under General Cof fee, while the main body, under General Jackson, ad vanced against the works in front. These were car ried by assault ; but the Indians, seeing no avenue of escape, and disdaining to surrender, continued to fight, with desperation, until nearly all were slain. Only two or three Indian warriors were taken prisoners. In this battle the power of the Creeks was broken, and their few remaining chiefs soon after sent in their sub mission. 18. 3 With the termination of the British and Indian war in the West, and the Indian war in the South, the latter extending into the spring of 1814, we now re- 1813. 5. Wftatis said of Hie attack on Fort Minis, andfoftat toas done in conse quence i a. Nov. 3 b. Nov. i, Nov. 29 .- and Jan. 22, 18H. 1. Wtiat bat tles followed between the Americans and the In dians ( 2. Give an account of Hie battle of Tohupeka, or Horse Shoe Bend. c. March 27, 1814. 3. To what events do wt now return? * Fort Mims, in Alabama, was on the E. side of Ala- hsma River, about ten miles above its junction with the Tombigbee, and forty miles N.E. from Mobile. (See Map.) t Tallu shatchee was on the S. side of Tallushatchee Creek, near the present village of Jacksonville, in Ben- Mn County. (See Map.) t Tallailcga was a short distance E. from the Coosa River, in the present county of Talladega, and nearly thirty miles south from Fort Strother at Ten Islands (Map.) Jlutossee was situated on the S. bank of the Tallapoosa, twenty miles from its junction with the Coosa. (Map.) || Emucfau was on the W. bank of the Tallapoosa, at the mouth of Emucfau Creek, about thirty-five miles S.E. from Talladega. (See Map.) IF Tohopeka, or Horse Shoe Send, is about forty miles S.E. from Talladega, near the N.J2. corner of the present Tallapoosa County. (See Map.) 14 SEAT OF THE CREEK 314 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1813. b Apta? 2. whatoc- 3. Give an cap York f onsackett 8 May so. turn to resume the narrative of events on the northern frontier. II. EVENTS IN THE NORTH. 1. l On the 25th of April, General Dearborn, with 1700 men, embarked at Sackett s Harbor,* on board the fleet of Commodore Chauncey, with the design of making an attack on York,! the capital of Upper Canada, the great depos itory of British military stores, whence the western posts were supplied. 2 On the 27th the troops landed, although opposed at the water s edge by a large force of British and Indians, who were soon driven back to the garrison, a mile and a half distant. 2. 3 Led on by General Pike, the troops had already carried one battery by assault, and were advancing against the main works, when the enemy s magazine We\v up, hurling immense quantities of stone and tim ber upon the advancing columns, and killing and wounding more than 200 men. The gallant Pike was mortally wounded, and the troops were, for a mo ment, thrown into confusion ; but recovering from the shock, they advanced upon the town, of which they soon gained possession. General Sheaffe escaped with the principal part of the regular troops, but lost all his baggage, books, and papers, and abandoned public property to a large amount. 3> ^ke object of the expedition having been at- tained, the squadron returned to Sackett s Harbor, but soon a ^ ter sailed for the Niagara frontier. *The Brit- ^ on ^e PP s i te Canadian shore, being informed of the departure of the fleet, seized the opportunity of making an attack on Sackett s Harbor. On the 27th of May, their squadron appeared before the town, and on the morning of the 29th, one thousand troops, com manded by Sir George Prevost, effected a landing. 4. 6 While the advance of the British was checked by a small body of regular troops, General Brown ral lied the militia, and directed their march towards the landing ; when Sir George Prevost, believing that his * Sacketfs Harbor is on the S. side of Black River Bay, at the mouth of Black River, and at the eastern extremity of Lake Ontario. t York, which has now assumed the early Indian name of Toronto, is situated on the N.W. shore of Lake Ontario, about thirty-five miles N. from Niagara. CHAP, iv.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 315 retreat was about to be cut off, re-embarked his troops so hastily, as to leave behind most of his wounded. 5. On the very day of the appearance of the British before Sackett s Harbor, the American fleet and land troops made an attack on Fort George, on the Niagara frontier j which, after a short defence, was abandoned* by the enemy. The British then retreated to the heights at the head of Burlington Bay,* closely pur sued by Generals Chandler and Winder at the head of a superior force. In anight attack b on the Amer- ican camp, the enemy were repulsed with consider able loss.; although in the darkness and confusion, both Generals Chandler and Winder were taken "prisoners. 6. 2 During the remainder of the summer few events of importance occurred on the northern frontier. Tm- mediately after the battle of the Thames, General Har- rison, with a part of his regular force, proceeded to Buffalo, f where he arrived on the 24th of October. Soon after, he closed his military career by a resig nation of his commission. General Dearborn had previously withdrawn from the service, and his com mand had been given to General Wilkinson. 7. 3 General Armstrong, who had recently been ap- pointed secretary of war, had planned another invasion of Canada. The army of the centre, under the im- mediate command of General Wilkinson, and that of the North, under General Hampton, were to unite at some point on the St. Lawrence, and co-operate for the reduction of Montreal. 8. 4 After many difficulties and unavoidable delays, late in the season the scattered detachments of the arrnv , ... J ot the centre, comprising about 7000 men, embarked from French Creek,J down the St. Lawrence. 5 The progress of the army being impeded by numerous par- ties of the enemy on the Canada shore, General Brown was landed and sent in advance to disperse them. On 1813. i. what a. May 27. b. junee. 2. what 3 WM{ is Gen. Arm- * Burlington Bay is at the western extremity of Lake Ontario, thirty -five miles W. from Nin;;?.ra. t Buffalo City, N. Y., is situated at the northeastern extremity of Lake Erie, near the outlet of the lake, and on the N.side of Buffalo Creek, which constitutes its harbor. J French Creek enters the St. Lawrence from the S. in Jefferson County, twenty miles N. from Sackett s Harbor 316 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 113. 1. What events oc curred on fan Niagara frontier in the latter part of the year? a. Dec. 12. b. Dec. 10. c. Dec. 19. Dec. 30. 2. What is said of the naval con flicts of the year 1813 3 3. Give an account of the affair between the Hornet and the Peacock. d. Ofl the coast of De- marara. the 1 1th an engagement occurred near Williamsburg,* in which the Americans lost more than 300 in killed and wounded. The British loss was less than 200. On the next day the army arrived at St. Regis, f when General Wilkinson, learning that the troops expected from PlattsburgJ would be unable to join him, was forced to abandon the project of attacking Montreal. He then retired with his forces to French Mills, where he encamped for the winter. 9. *ln the latter part of the year, a few events de serving notice occurred on the Niagara frontier. In December, General McClure, commanding at Fort George, abandoned 11 that post on the approach of the British ; having previously reduced the Canadian vil lage of Newark]) to ashes. b A few days later, a force of British and Indians surprised and gained possession 6 of Fort Niagara ; and in revenge for the burning of Newark, the villages of Youngstown,*!! Lewiston,** Manchester,!! and the Indian Tuscarora village^ were reduced to ashes. On the 30th, Black Rock and Buf falo were burned. III. NAVAL EVENTS, AND EVENTS ON THE SEACOAST. 1. 2 During the year 1813, the ocean was the theatre of many sanguinary conflicts between separate armed vessels of England and the United States. 3 0n the 24th of February, the sloop of war Hornet, commanded by Captain Lawrence, engaged* 1 the British brig Pea cock, of about equal force. After a fierce conflict of only fifteen minutes, the Peacock struck her colors, displaying, at the same time, a signal of distress. She * Williamsburg is on the northern shore of the St. Lawrence, ninety miles from Lake Ontario, and about the same distance S.W. from Montreal. t St. Regis is on the S. bank of the St. Lawrence, at the northwestern extremity of Franklin County, N. Y., twenty-five miles N.E. from Williamsburg:. j Plattsbvrg, the capital of Clinton County, N. Y., is situated mostly on the N. side of Saranac River, at its entrance into Cumberland Bay, a small branch of Lake Cham- plain. It is about 145 miles, in a direct line, from Albany. The place called French Mills, since named Fort Covington, from General Coving- ton, who fell at the battle of Williamsburg, is at the fork of Salmon River, in Frank lin County, nine miles E. from St. Regis. || Newark, now called Niagara, lies at the entrance of Niagara River into Lake Op tario, opposite Fort Niagara. (See Map, p. 30T>.) IT You-ngstown Is one mile S. from Fort Niagara. ** Jjewiston is seven miles S. from Fort Niagara. (See Map, p. 306.) t| The village of Manchester, now called Niagara Falls, is on the American side of Ihe "Great Cataract," fourteen miles from L;ike Ontario. (Map, p. 30(5, and p. 319.) U The Tuscarora Village is three or four miles E. from Lew iston. (See Map, p. 306 ) CHAP, iv.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 317 was found to be sinking- rapidly, and although the 1818. greatest exertions were made to save her crew, she ~~ went down in a few minutes, carrying with her nine British seamen, and three brave and generous Amer icans. 2. ir The tide of fortune, so long with the Americans, L What M- now turned in favor of the British. On the return of Captain Lawrence to the United States, he was pro- moted to the command of the frigate Chesapeake, then Chesapeake i T- -CTT- i f f and the lying in Boston harbor. With a crew of newly en shannon? listed men, partly foreigners, he hastily put to sea on the 1st of June, in search of the British frigate Shan non ; which, with a select crew, had recently appeared off the coast, challenging any American frigate of equal force to meet her. On the same day the two vessels June i. met, and engaged with great fury. In a few minutes every officer who could take command of the Ches apeake was either killed or wounded ; the vessel, greatly disabled in her rigging, became entangled with the Shannon ; the enemy boarded, and, after a short, but bloody struggle, hoisted the British flag. 3. 2 The youthful and intrepid Lawrence, who, by 2. his previous victory and magnanimous conduct, had ca become the favorite of the nation, was mortally wound- ed early in the act/ion. As he" was carried below, he issued his last heroic order, " Don t give up the ship ;" words which are consecrated to his memory, and which have become the motto of the American navy. The bodies of Captain Lawrence and Lieutenant Ludlow the second in command were conveyed to Halifax, where they were interred with appropriate civil and military honors ; and no testimony of respect that was due to their memories was left unpaid. 4. 3 On the 14th of August, the American brig Ar- Aug . , 4 . gus, after a successful cruise in the British Channel, in 3. wtuua which she captured more than twenty English vessels, fwefsA?. was herself captured, after a severe combat, by the brig %&& Pelican, a British vessel of about equal force. 4 In 4 O f the September following, the British brig Boxer surren- E ^ p c f dered a to the American brief Enterprise, near the coast Boxer, and r i r f ff* mi their com- $ of Maine, after an engagement of forty minutes. The manaerst commanders of both vessels fell in the action, and were a> Sept * 318 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. a. Give an 1813. interred beside each other at Portland, with military honors. 1. what is 5. Curing the summer, Captain Porter, of the frig- ate Essex, after a long and successful cruise in the Atlantic, visited the Pacific Ocean, where he captured a great number of British vessels. Early in the fol- a. March 28, lowing year, the Essex was captured 1 in the harbor of i8u. Valparaiso,* by a British frigate and sloop of superior 2. \viMtof force. 2 The numerous privateers, which, during this Y ear ) as we ll as tne former, visited all parts of the world, and seriously annoyed the British shipping, in general sustained the high character which the Amer ican flag had already gained for daring and intrepidity, and generous treatment of the vanquished. 6. 3 Mean while, on the seacoast, a disgraceful war of havoc and destruction was carried on by large detach- ments from the British navy. Most of the shipping in Delaware Bay was destroyed. Early in the season, a British squadron entered the Chesapeake, and plun dered and burned several villages. At Hampton,! the inhabitants were subjected to the grossest outrages from the brutal soldiery. The blockade of the northern ports fell into the hands of Commo dore Hardy, a brave and honorable officer, whose conduct is pleasingly contrasted with that of the comman der of the squadron in the Chesapeake. SECTION IV. PRINCIPAL EVENTS OF 1814. DIVISIONS. 1. Events on the Niagara Frontier. II. Events in the vicinity of Lake Champlain. III. Events on the Atlantic Coast. IV. Events in the South. GENERAL SCOTT. I. E VENTS ON THE NlAGARA FRONTIER. - 1. *A feW of Indian events of Indian warfare, which occurred in the early part of this year, have already been narrated b in the * Valparaiso, the principal port of Chili, is on a bay of the Pacific Ocean, sixty miles N.W. from Santiago. t Hampton, in Virginia, is situated north of James River, near its mouth, and on the W. Bide of Hampton River, about a mile from its entrance into Hampton Roads. CHAP. IV.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 319 previous section. *Early in the season, 2000 men, under General Brown, were detached from the army of General Wilkinson, and inarched to Sackett s Har bor, but were soon after ordered to the Niagara fron tier, in contemplation of another invasion of Canada. 2. 2 Early on the morning of the 3d of July, Gen erals Scott and Ripley, at the head of about 3000 men, crossed the Niagara River, and surprised and took pos session of Fort Erie* without opposition. On the fol- lovvi-ng day, General Brown advanced with the main body of his forces to Chippeway ;f where the enemy, under General. Riall, were intrenched in a strong po sition. On the morning of the 5th, General Riall ap peared before the American camp, and the two armies met in the open field ; but after a severe battle, the enemy withdrew to their intrenchments, with a loss in killed, wounded, and missing, of about 500 men. The total American loss was 338. 3. s General Riall, after his defeat, fell back upon dueenstown, and thence to Burlington Heights, J where he was strongly reinforced by General Drumrnond, who assumed the command. The Americans ad vanced and encamped near the Falls of Niagara, $ About sunset on the evening of the 25th, the enemy again made their appearance, and the two armies en gaged at Lundy s Lane,j] within a short distance of the Falls, where was fought the most obstinate battle tha occurred during the war. 181-1. \. Of the movements of General Broton 1 July 3. 2. Give an account of the events that occur red an the 3d, 4th, and *lhof July! July 5. 3. Of the subsequent eventswhich preceded the battle of Lundy s Lane. July 25. * Fort Erie is on the Canada side of Niagara River, nearly opposite Black Rock (See Map, p. 300.) t Chippeway Village is on the W. bank of Niagara River, vie. OF NIAOARA FA M.S. at the mouth of Chippeway Creek, two miles S. from the falls, and sixteen miles N. from Fort Erie. The battle of July 5th was fought in the plain on the S. side of the creek. (See Map ; also Map, p. 30t5.) t Burlington Heights lie W. and S. ol Burlington Bay. (See Note, p. 31C.) $ The Falls of Niagara, between Lakes Erie and Onta rio, are probably the greatest natural curiosity in the world. The mighty volume of water which forms the outlet of Lakes Superior, -Michigan, Huron, and Erie, is here precip itated over a precipice 160 feet high, with a roar like that of thunder, which may be heard, at times, to the distance of fifteen or twenty miles. The Falls are about twenty miles N. from Lake Erie, and fourteen S. from Lake On tario. (See Map ; also Map, p. 30G.) || Lundy s Lane, then an obscure road, is about half a mile N.W. from the Falls. (See Map > 320 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1814. 4. General Scott, leading the advance, first engaged ~~~~ the enemy, and contended for an hour against a force oMvmtif greatly his superior ; when both parties were rein- part eftL forced by the main bodies of the two armies, and the battle was renewed with increased fury. Major Jes- sup, in the mean time, had fallen upon the flank and rear of the enemy ; and, in the darkness. General Riall and his suite were made prisoners. As the British artillery, placed on an eminence, sorely annoyed the Americans in every part of the field, it became evident that the victory depended upon carrying the battery. a of the 5. ^Colonel Miller was asked if he could storm the iheB/iti/h battery. "I can try, sir, J> was the laconic answer. lattery. pj ac i ng . himself at the head of his regiment, he ad vanced steadily up the ascent, while every dis charge of the enemy s cannon and musketry rapidly thinned his ranks. But nothing could restrain the impetuosity of his men, who, in a desperate charge, gained possession of the battery ; and the American line was immediately formed upon the ground pre viously occupied by the enemy. 3. what fur- 6. 3 The attention of both armies was now directed to this position ; and three desperate and sanguinary efforts were made by the whole British force to regain ^ ^ ut without success. In the third attempt General Drummond was wounded, when his forces, beaten back with a heavy loss, were withdrawn ; and the Amer icans were left in quiet possession of the field. The British force engaged in this action was about 5000 men, nearly one-third greater than that of the Amer ican. The total loss of the former was 878 men, of the latter 858. 4 what ^ 4 Generals Brown and Scott having been wound- ed, the command devolved upon General Ripley, who deemed it prudent to retire to Fort Erie ; where, on the 4th of August, he was besieged by General Drum- mond, at the head of 5000 men. Soon after, Genera] cwf- Gaines arrived at the fort, and being the senior officer, took the command. Early on the morning of the 15th, the enemy made an assault upon the fort, but were repulsed with a loss of nearly a thousand men. 8. On the 17th of September, General Brown having CHAP, iv.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 321 previously resumed the command, a successful sortie 1814. was made from the fort, and the advanced works of the "" besiegers were destroyed. The enemy soon after re tired to Fort George, on learning that General Izard was approaching from Plattsburg, with reinforcements for the American army. In November, Fort Erie was abandoned 11 and destroyed, and the American troops, a . Nov . 5. recrossing the river, went into winter quarters at Buf falo, 1 Black Rock, c and Batavia.* P- aw. II. EVENTS IN THE VICINITY OF LAKE CHAMPLAIN. c f P< 3 7 _. , , -VTT.,, . l. What were 1. Late in February, General Wilkinson broke up the move- his winter quarters at French Mills, d and removed his army to Plattsburg. In March, he penetrated into Can- ada, and attacked 4 a body of the enemy posted at La _ f-\ 11 j i rx i i i ii-i . , d. See p. 316. Colle, t on the Sorel ; but being repulsed with consid- e . March 30. erable loss, he again returned to Plattsburg, where he was soon after superseded in command by General Izard. 2. 2 ln August, General Izard was despatched to the z.what Niagara frontier with 5000 men, leaving General Macomb in command at Plattsburg with only 1500. The British in Canada having been strongly reinforced <* en - Izard * by the veterans who had served under Wellington, in Europe, early in September Sir George Prevost ad vanced against Plattsburg, at the head of 14,000 men, and at the same time an attempt was made to destroy the American flotilla on Lake Champlain, commanded by Commodore MacDonough. 3. 3 On the 6th of September, the enemy arrived at 3 . atve * Plattsburg. The troops of General Macomb withdrew across the Saranac ; f and, during four days, withstood all the attempts of the enemy to force a passage. About eight o clock on the morning of the llth, a general f.N. P cannonading was commenced on the American works; Sept " and, soon after, the British fleet of Commodore Dow- riie bore down and engaged that of Commodore Mac Donough, lying in the harbor. After an action of two * Batavia, the capital of Genesee County, N. Y., Is situated on Tonawanda Creek, about forty miles N.E. from Buffalo. t La Colle, on the W. bank of the Sorel, is the first town in Canada N. of the Can ada line. La Colle Mill, where the principal battle occurred, was three miles N. from the village of Odeltown. 14* 322 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1814. hours, the guns of the enemy s squadron were silenced, ~~ and most of their vessels captured. \.whatwrre 4. iThe battle on the land continued until nightfall. is related qf r -. the process Three desperate but un success! ul attempts were made ^thfac- by the British to cross the stream, and storm the Amer- ican works. After witnessing the capture of the fleet, the efforts of the enemy relaxed, and, at dusk, they commenced a hasty retreat ; leaving behind their sick and wounded, together with a large quantity of military stores. The total British loss, in killed, wounded, pris oners, and deserters, was estimated at 2500 men. III. EVENTS ON THE ATLANTIC COAST. 1. 2 On the return of spring the British renewed their practice of P ettv plundering on the waters of the Chesapeake, and of spring? m ade frequent inroads on the unprotected settlements Aug. 19. along its borders. 3 On the 19th of August, the British midif th* 8" enera ^ ROSS J landed at Benedict, on the Patuxent,* with tending and 5000 men, and commenced his march to wards Washing- Ge ( $oM? ton. 4 The American flotilla, under Commodore Bar- Amerlcan nev 5 ty* 1 ^ farther up the river was abandoned an d burned. flotuia? 2. ^Instead of proceeding directly to Washington, lc?ount a of the enemy passed higher up the Patuxent, and ap- l lhe enemy preached the city by the way of Bladensburg.f Here a stan d was made, 11 but the militia fled after a short resistance ; although a body of seamen and marines, burg and at under Commodore Barney, maintained their ground Wa fm ng until they were overpowered by numbers, and the a. Aug. 24. comrn odore taken prisoner. The enemy then proceed ed to Washington, burned the capitol, president s house, and many other buildings, after which they made a hasty retreat to their shipping. v what was 3. 8i n the mean time, another portion of the fleet as- cended the Potomac, and, on the 29th, reached Alex- andria; J the inhabitants of which were obliged to pur- c h ase tne preservation of their city from pillage and burning, by the surrender of all the merchandise in the town, and the shipping at the wharves. * The Patuxent River enters the Chesapeake from the N.W., twenty miles N. from the mouth of the Potomac. Benedict is on the W. bank of the Patuxent, twenty -fiva miles from its mouth, and thirty-five miles S.E. from Washington. t Bladensburg is six miles N.E. from Washington. (See Map, p. 296.) j: Alexandria, included in the District of Columbia until 184ft, is on the W. bank of the Potomac, seven miles below Washington. (See Map, p. 29G.) CHAP. IV.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 323 4. * After the successful attack on Washington, Gen- 1814. eral Ross sailed up the Chesapeake ; and, on the 12th of September, landed at North Point,* fourteen miles from Baltimore ; and immediately commenced his Ross, and march towards the city. In a slight skirmish General Ross was killed, but the enemy, under the command of Colonel Brooke, continued the march, and a battle of one hour and twenty minutes was fought with a body of militia under General Strieker. The militia then retreated in good order to the defences of the city, where the enemy made their appearance the next morning. b b. sept. is. 5. 2 By this time, the fleet had advanced up the Pa- 2 . Givcm tapsco,* and commenced a bombardment on Fort JKtecfc McHenry,f which was continued during the day, and ^Hennj most of the following night, but without making any sept, is, u. unfavorable impression, either upon the strength of the work, or the spirit of the garrison. 3 The land forces 3 . What is of the enemy, after remaining all day in front of the "SSrwe/? 6 American works, and making many demonstrations of attack, silently withdrew early the next morning, and c . sept. u. during the following night, embarked on board their shipping. 6. *In the mean time, the coasts of New England 4. what is lid not escape the ravages of war. Formidable squad- the rons were kept up before the ports of New York, New London, and Boston ; and a .vast quantity of shipping fell into the hands of the enemy. In August, Stoning- f.on| was bombarded d by Commodore Hardy, and sev- dAug. 9,10, ^ral attempts were made to land, which were success fully opposed by the militia. IV. EVENTS IN THE SOUTH, AND CLOSE OF THE WAR. 1. s During the month of August, several British souti^ du- ships of war arrived at the Spanish port of Pensacola, took possession of the forts, with the Ultld? ri yearf* VICINITY OF BALTIMORE. * The Patapsco River enters Chesapeake Buy from the N.W., about eighty-five miles N. from the mouth of the Potomac. (See Map.) t Fort Me Henry is on the W. side of the en trance to Baltimore Harbor, about two miles be low the city. (See Map.) t The village of Stonington, attacked hy the en- my, is on a narrow peninsula extending into the Sound, twelve miles E. from New London. 324 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. consent of the authorities, and fitted out an expedition against Fort Bowyer,* commanding the entrance to the bay and harbor of Mobile. f .After the loss of a ship of war, and a considerable number of men in killed and wounded,* the armament returned to Pen sacola. 2. J General Jackson, then commanding at the South after having remonstrated in vain with the governoi of Pensacola, for affording- shelter and protection to the enemies of the United States, marched against the place, stormed 1 the town, and compelled the British to evacuate 6 Florida. Returning to his head-quarters at Mobile, he received authentic information that prep arations were making for a formidable invasion of Louisiana, and an attack on New Orleans. 3. 2 He immediately repaired* 1 to that city, which he found in a state of confusion and alarm. By his ex ertions, order and confidence were restored ; the militia were organized ; fortifications were erected ; and, final ly, martial law was proclaimed ; which, although a violation of the constitution, was deemed indispensable for the safety of the country, and a measure justified by necessity. 4. 3 On the 5th of December a large British squad ron appeared off the harbor of Pensacola, and on the 10th entered Lake Borgne,| the nearest avenue of ap proach to New Orleans. Here a small squadron of American gun-boats, under Lieutenant Jones, was at tacked, and after a sanguinary conflict, in which the killed and wounded of the enemy exceeded the whole number of the Americans, was compelled to surrender." 5. 4 On the 22d of December, about 2400 of the enemy reached the Mississippi, nine miles below New Orleans,^ where, on the following night, they were surprised by an unexpected and vigorous attack upon their carnp, which they succeeded in repelling, after a loss of 400 men in killed and wounded. * Fort Bowyer, now called Fort Morgan, is on Mobile Point, on the E. side of the entrance to Mobile Bay, thirty miles S. from Mobile. t Mobile, in Alabama, is on the W. side of the river of the same name, near its en trance into Mobile Bay. (See Map, p. 313.) t The entrance to this lake or bay is about sixty miles N.E. from New Orleans (See also Notes on p. 193.) $ For a description of New Orleans see Note, page 291. 1314. a. Fort at tacked Sep tember 15. 1. What was done by General Jackson? b. Nov. 7. B. Nov. 8. a. Dec. 2. 2. What is said of his arrival in New Or leans, and of the measures adopted by Mm? 3. Of the arrival of the British squadron, and the en gagement on Lake e. Dec. 14. A. What oc cur red on the day < night i Dec.ZM? CHAP IV.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 325 6. Jackson now withdrew his troops to his intrench- ments, four miles below the city. On the 28th of De cember and 1st of January, these were vigorously can nonaded by the enemy, but without success. On the morning of the 8th of January, General Packenham, the commander-in-chief of the British, advanced against the American intrenchments with the main body of his army, numbering more than 12,000 men. 7. 2 Behind their breastworks of cotton bales, which no balls could penetrate, 6000 Americans, mostly mi litia, but the best marksmen in the land, silently await ed the attack. When the advancing columns had ap proached within reach of the batteries, they were met by an incessant and destructive cannonade ; but clos ing their ranks as fast as they were opened, they con tinued steadily to advance, until they came within reach of the American musketry and rifles. The ex tended American line now presented one vivid stream of fire, throwing the enemy into confusion, and cover ing the plain with the wounded and the dead. 8. 3 In an attempt to rally his troops, General Pack enham was killed ; General Gibbs, the second in com mand, was mortally wounded, and General Keene severely. The enemy now fled in dismay from the certain death which seemed to await them ; no one was disposed to issue an order, nor would it have been obeyed had any been given. General Lambert, on whom the command devolved, being unable to check the flight of the troops, retired to his encampment, leaving 700 dead, and more than 1000 wounded, on the field of battle. The loss of the Americans was only seven killed and six wounded. The whole British army hastily withdrew and retreated to their shipping. 9. 4 This was the last important action of the war on the land. The rejoicings of victory were speedily fol lowed by the welcome tidings that a treaty of peace between the United States and Great Britain had been concluded in the previous December. A little later the war lingered on the ocean, closing there, as on the land, with victory adorning the laurels of the republic. In February, the Constitution captured the Cyane and the Levant off the Island of Madeira ; a and in March, 1815. 1. What sev eral attacks were made on the American works I Jan. 8. 2. Continue the account of the lattls of the 8th of January. 3. Whatia said of the. losses and the retreat of the enemy? 4. Ithat events fol lowed the battle of New Or leans, and in what manner did the war close? a. N. p. 31. 326 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1815. the Hornet captured the brig Penguin, off the coast of Brazil. The captured vessels, in both cases, were stronger in men and in guns than the victors. 1814 10- l The opposition of a portion of the federal party &.seep.3or. to the war has already been mentioned. 1 The dissat- saSft/ie i s f act i on prevailed somewhat extensively throughout OPPOSE the New England States ; and, finally, complaints were Irdi party made, that the general government, looking upon the and 6 o}"the New England people with uncalled-for jealousy, did ofmwyof not a fford ttiem that protection to which their burthen England of the expenses of the war entitled them. They like- peopie? w lse complained that the war was badly managed ; and some of the more zealous opponents of the admin istration proposed, that not only the militia, but the revenue also, of the New England States, should be retained at home for their own defence. 2. what con- 11. 2 Finally, in December, 1814, a convention of v sembm s delegates appointed by the legislatures of Massachu- "SSXf* 1 setts j Connecticut, and Rhode Island, and a partial wh posef r representation from Vermont and New Hampshire, assembled at Hartford, for the purpose of considering the grievances of which the people complained, and for devising some measures for their redress. 12. 3 The convention was denounced in the severest terms, by the friends of the administration, who branded friend?of ^ with odium, as giving encouragement to the enemy, 2frSS ail d as being treasonable to the general government. \.what is 4 The proceedings of the convention, however, were riot pj a oce.cdSs as objectionable as many anticipated ; its most import- qfttecon- an t measure being 1 the recommendation of several vention ! . P amendments to the constitution, and a statement ol grievances, many of which were real, but which ne- 5. of party cessarily arose out of a state of war. 5 As the news of feelings? peace arrived soon after the adjournment of the con vention, the causes of disquiet were* removed ; but party feelings had become deeply embittered, and, to this diy, the words, "Hartford Convention," are, with what is man y> a term of reproach. said of the [ 3. c{ n the month of August, 1814, commissioners from peace 7 Great Britain and the United States assembled at Ghent,* * Ghent, the capital of E. Flanders, in Belgium, is on the River Scheldt, about thirty miles N.W. from Brussels. Numerous canals divide the city into about thirty islands. CHAP, iv.] MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 327 in Flanders, where a treaty of peace was conclu- 1814. ded, and signed on the 24th of December following. ^pori the subjects for which the war had been pro- fessedly declared, the encroachments upon American commerce, and the impressment of American seamen under the pretext of their being British subjects, the treaty, thus concluded, was silent. The causes of the former, however, had been mostly removed by the ter mination of the European war ; and Great Britain had virtually relinquished her pretensions to the latter. WAR WITH ALGIERS. 1. ^Scarcely had the war 2. what led with England closed, when it became necessary for with AL- the United States to commence another, for the pro- gier> tection of American commerce and seamen against Algerine piracies. 3 From the time of the treaty with Algiers, in 1795, up to 1812, peace had been preserved to the United States by the payment of an annual tribute. 4 In July of the latter year, the dey, believing thatthe war with England would render the United States unable to protect their commerce in the Medi- terranean, extorted from the American consul, Mr. Lear, a large sum of money, as the purchase of his freedom, and the freedom of American citizens then in Algiers, and then commenced a piratical warfare against all American vessels that fell in the way of his cruisers. The crews of the vessels taken were con demned to slavery. 2. 3 In May, 1815, a squadron under Commodore 1815. Decatur sailed for the Mediterranean, where the naval force of the dey was cruising for American vessels. On the 1 7th of June, Decatur fell in with the frigate of the admiral of the Algerine squadron, of forty-six guns, and after a running fight of twenty minutes, captured her, killing thirty, among whom was the admiral, and taking more than 400 prisoners. Two days later, he captured a frigate of twenty-two guns and 180 men, after which he proceeded 11 with his squai>on to the a. Arrived bay of Algiers. Here a treaty b was dictatt. \ to the t^T^iy dey, who found himself under the humiliating neces- ^S 11 sity of releasing the American prisoners in his posses sion ; and of relinquishing all future claims to tribute from the United States. 328 THE UNITED STATES. [PART iv. 1315. July, Aug. 1. What did Decatur ob tain frti in Tunis and Tripoli I 2. What ivas the eQ ecl of these -pro ceedings of Decatur ! 1816. 3. What is said of a national bank. a. April 10. Commenced operations Jan. 1, 1817. 4. What other events are related as occurring in 1816 ? 3. Decatur then proceeded to Tunis, and thence to Tripoli, and from both of these powers demanded and obtained the payment of large sums of money, for vio lations of neutrality during the recent war with Eng land. 2 The exhibition of a powerful force, and the prompt manner in which justice was demanded and enforced from the Barbary powers, not only gave future security to American commerce in the Mediterranean, but increased the reputation of the American navy, and elevated the national character in the eyes of Europe. 4. 3 The charter of the former national bank having expired in 18 11, early in 1816 a second national bank, called the Bank of the United States, was incorporated, 11 with a capital of thirty-five millions of dollars, and a charter to continue in force twenty years. 4 In De cember, Indiana* became an independent state, and was admitted into the Union. In the election held in the autumn of 1816, James Monroe, of Virginia, was chosen president, and Daniel D. Tompkins, of New York, vice-president of the United States. JAMES MONKOE. CHAPTER V. MONROE S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MABCII 4, 1817, TO MARCH 4, 1825. 1. During the war, the prices of commodities had been high, and numerous manufacturing es tablishments had sprung up ; but at the close of the war the coun try was inundated with foreign * INDIANA, one of the Western States, contains an area of about 36,000 square miles. The southeastern part of the state, bordering on the Ohio, is hilly, but the southwestern is level, and is covered with a heavy growth of timber. N.W. of the Wabash the country is generally level, but near Lake Michigan are numerous sand hills, some of which are bare, and others covered with a growth of pine. The prairie lands on the Wabash and other streams have a deep and rich soil. Indiana wan first settled at Vincennes, by the French, about the year 1730. CHAP, v.] MONROE S ADMINISTRATION. 329 goods, prices fell, and the ruin of most of the rival 1 establishments in the United States was the conse- " cmence. 2. : But although the return of peace occasioned these serious embarrassments to the mercantile interests, it at once gave a new impulse to agriculture. Thou- mnf/ie sands of citizens, whose fortunes had been reduced by C(ilintn J f the war, sought to improve them where lands were cheaper and more fertile than on the Atlantic coast ; he numerous emigrants who flocked to the American shores, likewise sought a refuge in the unsettled re gions of the West ; and so rapid was the increase of population, that within ten years from the peace with England, six new states had grown up in the recent wilderness. 3. 2 In December, 1817, the Mississippi Territory* a. See P. ss* was divided, and the western portion of it admitted evems^c- into the Union, as the State of Mississippi.* The east- gSSH t ern portion was formed into a territorial government, 1817? and called Alabama Territory. During the same month, a piratical establishment that had been formed on Amelia Island,! by persons claiming to be acting under the authority of some of the republics of South America, for the purpose of liberating the Floridas from the dominion of Spain, was broken up by the United States. A similar establishment at Galveston,:); on the coast of Texas, was likewise suppressed. 4. 3 In the latter part of 1817, the Seminole Indians, z- whatac and a few of the Creeks, commenced depredations on given of the frontiers of Georgia and Alabama. General Gaines was first sent out to reduce the Indians ; but his force being insufficient, General Jackson was ordered b to take the field, and to call on the governors of the ad jacent states for such additional forces as he might deem requisite. * MISSISSIPPI, one of the Southern States, contains an area of abont 48,000 square miles. The region bordering on the Gulf of Mexico is mostly a sandy, level pine forest Farther north the soil is rich, the country more elevated, and the climate generally healthy. The margin of the Mississippi River consists of inundated swamps covered with a large growth of timber. The first settlement in the state was formed at Natches. by the French, in 1716. t Jlmelia Island is at the northeastern extremity of the coast of Florida. j Galveston is an island on which is a town of the same name, lying at the mouth of Galveston Bay, seventy-five miles S.W. from the mouth of the Sa bine River. 330 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. ISIS. 5. General Jackson, however, instead of calling on i tuv^m tne governors, addressed a circular to the patriots of account of "West Tennessee ; one thousand of whom immediately adopted by joined him. At the head of his troops, he then marched wn".win. into the Indian territory, which he overran withoutop- position. Deeming it necessary to enter Florida for the subjugation of the Seminoles, he marched upon St. Mark s, 1 a feeble Spanish post, of which he took pos- q !i rb and sess i n j removing the Spanish authorities and troops to Pensacola. A Scotchman and an Englishman, a. N. p. 24. Arbuthnot and Ambrister, having fallen into his hands, were accused of inciting the Indians to hostilities, tried by a court-martial, and executed. b. May 24. 6. 2 He afterwards seized b Pensacola itself; and, "j^SJJ having reduced the fortress of the Barancas,* sent the capture <>f Spanish authorities and troops to Havanna. 3 The pro- Pcrisacola. f -,. .-^ i T i i * i 3. now were ceedings of General Jackson, in the prosecution of this &tqfGm war ? nave been the subject of much animadversion. jdc/csonre- The subject was extensively debated in congress, du ring the session of 1818-19, but the conduct of the general met the approbation of the president ; and a resolution of censure, in the house, was rejected by a large majority. idffim. 7 - 4 In August, 1818, Illinoist, which had been noit? taken from Indiana Territory in 1809, adopted a state constitution, and in December was admitted into the 1 fi ~ Union. In the same year, Alabama J became a State. 5. o/Ba*t &In February, 1819, the United States obtained from Spain a cession of East arid West Florida ; but the treaty was not finally ratified by the King of Spain 9. of xa<n*r un til October, 1820. "Early in 1820, the province of Maine, which had been connected with Massa chusetts since 1652, was separated from it. arid be came an independent State. * This fortress is on the west side of the entrance into Pensacola Bay. t ILLINOIS, having the Mississippi River on her western border, the Ohio on tbe southern, the Wabash on the east, and Lake Michigan on the north-east, is very favorably situated for internal trade; and ia agricultural capabilities she is not sur passed by any state in the Union. $ ALABAMA. The southern part of the state, which borders on the Gulf of Mexico, is low and level, sandy and barren ; the middle portions are somewhat hilly, Interspersed with fertile prairies; the north is broken, and somewhat mountainous. For a description of Maine, see Note, p. 81. CHAP. V.] MONROE S ADMINISTRATION. 8. Missouri had previously applied for admission. A proposition in congress, to prohibit the introduction l Whatis of slavery into the new state, arrayed the South against said of the i TVT i i i 111- i i i i i debate on the JNorth, the slaveholdmg against the non-slavehold- the Missouri ing states, and the whole subject of slavery became the qu ^ exciting topic of debate throughout the Union. 2 The 1821. Missouri question was finally settled by a compromise, SiJ 1 ^^ which tolerated slavery in Missouri, but otherwise pro- Scitlea1 hibited it in all the territory of the United States north and west of the northern limits of Arkansas ; and in August, 1821, Missouri* became the twenty-fourth state in the Union. 9. 3 At the expiration of Mr. Monroe s term of office, 3. what ^ he was re-elected with great unanimity. Mr. Tomp- prutdentiai kins was again elected vice-president. 4 An alarming ae $n system of piracy having- grown up in the West Indies, 4 - .ofpira- f . , r J .. ^ & 11* ir* cies m the during the year 1822 a small naval force was sent westm- there, which captured and destroyed upwards of twenty 1322 piratical vessels, on the coast of Cuba. In the follow ing year, Commodore Porter, with a larger force, com- 1823. pletely broke up the retreats of the pirates in those seas ; but many of them sought other hiding places, whence, at an after period, they renewed their dep redations. 10. *The summer of 1824 was distinguished by the 1824. arrival of the venerable Lafayette, who, at the age of 5. Give an nearly seventy, and after the lapse of almost half a cen- uuvMtof tury from the period of his military career, came to re- L m a un!ted visit the country of whose freedom and happiness he 8tftte8 had been one of the most honored and beloved found ers. His reception* at New York, his tour through all a. Aug. 1824. the states of the Union, embracing a journey of more than five thousand miles, and his final departure 15 from D .sept. 1325. Washington, in an American frigate prepared for his accommodation, were all signalized by every token of * MISSOURI, one of the Western States, contains an area of about 64,000 square miles. This state presents a great variety of surface and of soil. The southeastern part of the state has a very extensive tract of low, marshy country, abounding in lakes and liable to inundations. The hilly country, N. and W. of this, and south of the Mis souri River, is mostly a barren region, but celebrated for its numerous mineral treas ures, psirticularly those of lead and of iron. In the interior and western portions of the state, barren and fertile tracts of hill and prairie land, with heavy forests and nu merous rivers, present a diversified and beautiful landscape. The country N. of the Missouri is delightfully rolling, highly fertile, and has been emphatically styled "the garden of the West." 332 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1825. respect that could be devised for doing honor to the "" " Nation s Guest." i. what is 1 1. l The election of a successor to Mr. Monroe was presidential attended with more than usual excitement, owing to election^/ t | le jjm^j-jgj of candidates in the field. Four were pre sented for the suffrages of the people : Adams in the East, Crawford in the South, Jackson and Clay in the West. As no candidate received a majority of the electoral votes, the choice of president devolved upon the house of representatives, which decided in favor of Mr. Adams. Mr. Calhoun, of South Carolina, had been chosen vice-president, by the people. J. Q. ADAMS. 2. What was the state of the, country duriny that period ? 3. What w vaid of the. controversy with Geor gia? 1701. 4. What events oc curred on the 4th of July, 1826? CHAPTER VI. J. Q. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION, PEOM MAECH 4, 1825, TO MAECH 4, 1829. 1. 3 During the period of Mr. Adams s administration, peace was preserved with foreign nations ; domestic quiet prevailed; the country rapidly increased in pop ulation and wealth ; and, like every era of peace and prosperity, few events of national importance .oc curred, requiring a recital on the page of history. 2. 3 A controversy between the national government and the state of Georgia, in relation to certain lands held by the Creek nation, at one time occasioned some anxiety, but was finally settled without disturbing the peace of the Union. After several attempts on the part of Georgia, to obtain possession of the Creek ter ritory, in accordance with treaties made with portions of the tribe, the national government purchased the residue of the lands for the benefit of Georgia, which settled the controversy. 3. 4 0n the 4th of July, 1826, the fiftieth anniversary of American independence, occurred the deaths of the two venerable ex-presidents, John Adams and Thomas CHAP, vi.] j. Q. ADAMS S ADMINISTRATION. 333 Jefferson. Both had been among the first to resist _126. the high-handed measures of Great Britain ; both i. what re- were members of the early colonial congresses ; the former nominated Washington as the commander-in- chief of the army, and the latter drew up the cele- brated Declaration of Independence. 4. Each had served his country in its hignest sta tion ; and although one was at the head of the federal, and the other of the anti-federal party, both were equally sincere advocates of liberty, and each equally charita ble towards the sentiments of the other. The peculiar circumstances of their death, added to their friendship while living, and the conspicuous and honorable parts which they acted in their country s history, would seem to render it due to their memories, that the early ani mosities, and now inappropriate distinctions of their respective parties, should be buried with them. 5. l The presidential election of 1828 was attended 1828. with an excitement and zeal in the respective parties, ^Xfl^ to which no former election had furnished a parallel. Zc gg*| f The opposing candidates were Mr. Adams and Gen eral Jackson. In the contest, which, from the first was chiefly of a personal nature, not only the publi acts, but even the private lives of both the aspirants were closely scanned, and every error, real or sup posed, placed in a conspicuous view. 2 The result of the contest was the election of General Jackson, by a majority far greater than his most sanguine friends had anticipated. John G. Calhoun, of South Carolina, was a second time chosen vice-president. 6. 3 Our warmly contested presidential elections are 3. what is often looked upon by foreigners, just arrived in the country, with much anxiety for the consequences. As the crisis of the election approaches, the excitement becomes intense ; but, tempered by reason, it seldom rises beyond a war of words and feelings ; and a scene of strife, which, in Europe, would shake a throne to its foundation, is viewed with little alarm in the Amer ican republic. A decision of the controversy at once allays the angry elements of discord, and the waves of party strife again sink back to their ordinary level, again to rise and again subside, at every new election. 334 1829. i. wttatis eaidinrela- ,it s.whatac- given ofthe, Foxes, and Winneba- goes? 4. what is 8a tSuiof e declaredly [PART iv. CHAPTER VII. JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION, FEOM MAKCH 4, 1829, TO MAKOH 4, 1837. 1. 1( The first distinguishing feature in Jackson s administration, was the numerous removals from office, and the appointment of the political friends of the president to fill the vacancies thereby occasioned. This measure, in direct opposition to the policy of the previous ad ministration, excited some surprise, and was violently assailed as an unworthy proscription for opinion s sake ; but was defended by an appeal to the preced ent afforded by Mr. Jefferson, who pursued a similar course, though to a much smaller extent. 2. 2 Early in 1832, a bill was brought forward in congress for rechartering the United States Bank. After a long and animated debate, the bill passed both houses of congress, but was returned by the president, with his objections, and not being repassed by the con stitutional majority of two-thirds, the bank ceased to be a national institution on the expiration of its charter in 1836. 3. 3 In the spring of 1832, a portion of the Sacs, Foxes, and Winnebagoes, in Wisconsin Territory, commenced hostilities, under the famous chief Black Hawk. After numerous skirmishes, most of the In dians were driven west of the Mississippi. Black Hawk surrendered himself a prisoner, and peace was concluded by a treaty, the Indians relinquishing a large tract of their territory. 4 Black Hawk and a few other chiefs, after having visited Washington, were taken through several other cities, on their way home ward, in order to convince them of the vast power and resources of their white neighbors. 4. S A tariff bill, imposing additional duties on foreign goods, having passed congress during the session which terminated in the summer of 1832, caused, as on sev eral previous occasions, great excitement in the south ern portions of the Union. 6 In South Carolina, where tho excitement was the greatest, a state convention de- CHAP, vii.] JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION. 335 clared* that the tariff acts were unconstitutional, and 1832. therefore null and void ; that the duties should not be paid ; and that any attempt on the part of the general government to enforce the payment, would produce the withdrawal of South Carolina from the Union, and the establishment of an independent government. 5. This novel doctrine of the right of a state to de- i. Howwere clare a law of congress unconstitutional and void, and j-aann/met to withdraw from the Union, was promptly met by a tyttepre* -, . f. , . , . i-,i J i ident ) proclamation 15 of the president, m which he seriously b. Dec. 10. t warned the ultra advocates of " State rights" of the con sequences that must ensue if they persisted in their course of treason to the government. He declared that, as chief magistrate of the Union, he could not, if he would, avoid the performance of his duty; that the laws must be executed \ and that any opposition to their execution must be repelled ; by force, if necessary. 6. 2 The sentiments of the proclamation met with a 2 . now was cordial response from all the friends of the Union, and party feelings weje for the time forgotten in the gen- eral determination to sustain the president in asserting the supremacy of the laws. 3 South Carolina receded 1833r from her hostile position, although she still boldly ad- ^ ^ vanced her favorite doctrine of tiie supremacy of state ., 1-1 /> i T i i rights, and, in the person of her distinguished senator, Mr. Calhoun, who had recently resigned the office of vice-president, asserted it even in the halls of congress. 7. 4 Fortunately for the public peace, this cause of discord and contention between the North and the South was in a great measure removed, by a " Com- ntovedf promise bill," introduced by Mr. Clay, of Kentucky. c Fel) 12 This bill provided for a gradual reduction of duties j^j h a 3 until the year 1843, when they were to sink to the general level of twenty per cent. 5 On the 4th of 5 What , JC . March, 1833, General Jackson entered upon the sec- .ffl?is ond term of his presidency. Martin Van Buren, of New York, had been chosen vice^esident. 8. 6 In 1833, considerable excitement was occasioned 6 whatis on account of the removal, by the president, from the "JJ ^ Bank of the United States, of the government funds the govern- , .,.,-... 11- c south car- olina still , .,.,-... 11- c mem i ii deposited in that institution, and their tranter to cer- from the tain state banks. The opponents of the administration #.* * rcS 336 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1833. censured this measure as an unauthorized and danger- ~~T~Qf~ihT ous Assumption of power by the executive, and the different want of confidence which soon arose in the moneyed in- Vltwa taken . . ,,, r11 jii v qfthisineas- stitutions of the country, followed by the pecuniary clis- ure? tresses of 1836 and 1837, wera charged upon the hos tility of the president to the Bank of the United States. On the other hand, these distresses were charged to the management of the bank, which the president declared to have become " the scourge of the people." i. what 9. *A few events concerning the Cherokees, require notice in this portion of our history. These Indians had long been involved in the same difficulties as tnose which had troubled their Creek neighbors. They were the most civilized of all the Indian tribes, had an established government, a national legislature, and 2. mat op- written laws. 2 During the administration of Mr. Adams, they were protected in their rights against the claims of the state of Georgia, but in the following ad- m i n i s tration, the legislature of Georgia extended the laws of the state over the Indian territory, annulling the laws which had been previously established, and a. Dec. 20, among other things, declaring 3 that " no Indian or de- l829 scendant of an Indian, residing within the Creek or Cherokee nations of Indians, should be deemed a com petent witness or party to any suit in any court where a white man is a defendant." s. what is \ 0. 3 Although the supreme court of the United States S dlSn h of declared the acts of the legislature of Georgia to be un- t} c e ourTand constitutional, yet the decision of that tribunal was dis- regarded, and the president of the United States in- formed the Cherokees that he " had no power to oppose the exercise of the sovereignty of any state over all who may be within its limits ;" and he therefore advised them " to abide the issue of such new relations without any hope that he will interfere." Thus the remnant of the Cherokees, once a great and powerful people, were deprived of their national sovereignty, and de livered into the hands of their oppressors. *. what fur- \\, *Yet the Cherokees were still determined to in relation remain in the land of their fathers. But at length, in 10 t S*? r 1 835, a few of their chiefs were induced to sign a treaty for a sale of their lands, and a removal west of the CHAP. VIL] JACKSON S ADMINISTRATION. 337 Mississippi. Although this treaty was opposed by a 1835. majority of the Cherokees, and the terms afterwards ~ decided upon at Washington rejected by them, yet as they found arrayed against them the certain hostility of Georgia, and could expect no protection from the general government, they finally decided upon a re moval ; but it was not until towards the close of the year 1838 that the business of emigration was com pleted. 12. *Near the close of the year 1835, the Seminole Jvg^* Indians of Florida commenced hostilities against the Geminate i c | , ...... ,.,-,, . tear, and its settlements of the whites in their vicinity. 1 he im- cause* mediate cause of the war was the attempt of the gov ernment to remove the Indians to lands west of the Mississippi, in accordance with the treaty of Payne s Landing,* executed in 1832, which, however, the In- a. May 9. dians denied to be justly binding upon them. 2 Mi- 2. pfthesen- canopy, the king of the nation, was opposed to the re- moval 5 and Osceola, their most noted chief, said he " Wished to rest in the land of his fathers, and his chil dren to sleep by his side." 13. 3 The proud bearing of Osceola, and his remon- . strances against the proceedings of General Thompson, cmx"/a"n"d the government agent, displeased the latter, and he put treachery? the chieftain in irons. Dissembling his wrath, Osceola obtained his liberty, gave his confirmation to the treaty of removal, and, so perfect was his dissimulation, that he dissipated all the fears of the whites. So confident was General Thompson that the cattle and horses of the Indians would be brought in according to the terms of the treaty, that he even advertised them for sale in December, but the appointed days b passed, when it was b. Dec. 1,15. discovered that the Indians were already commencing the work of slaughter and devastation. 14. 4 At this time, General Clinch was stationed i.iwiati* at Fort Drane,t in the interior of Florida. Being Majo and Osc<5- ola? supposed to be in imminent danger from the Indians, and also in great want of supplies, Major Dade was dispatched from Fort Brooke, at the head of Tampa c . Dec. 21. * Payne s Landing is on the Ocklawaha River, a branch of the St. John s, about forty-five miles S.W. from St. Augustine- (See Map, next page.) t Fort Drane is about seventy miles S.W. from St. Augustine. (See Map, next page ^ T C 15 33S THE UNITED STATES. [PART iv. 1835. Bay, with upwards of one hundred men,* to his assist- a soffteerT ance - He had proceeded about half the distance, when andioamen. he was suddenly attacked* 1 by the enemy, and he and all but four of his men were killed ; and these four, horribly mangled, afterwards died of their wounds. One of them, supposed to be dead, was thrown into a heap of the slain, about which the Indians danced, in exultation of their victory. i.oivean 15 - 1At tne verv time ^ Dade s massacre, Osceola, thedealhof w ^ a sma ^ hand of warriors, was prowling in the Qenerai vicinity of Fort King.* While General Thompson and a few friends were dining at a store only 250 yards from the fort, they were surprised by a sudden dis- charge of musketry, and five out of nine were killed. 4 The body of General Thompson was found pierced by fifteen bullets. Osceola and his party rushed in, scalped the dead, and retreated before they could be fired upon by the garrison. The same band probably took part in the closing scene of Dade s massacre on the same day. 16. 2 Two days later, General Clinch engaged 11 the Indians on the banks of the Withlacoochee ;f and in February of the following year, General Gaines was e. Feb. 29. attacked 6 near the same place. 3 In May, several of the 3. whatac- Creek towns and tribes joined the Seminoles in the ^e nofthe war. Murders and devastations were frequent, the p theCrelS Indians obtained possession of many of the southern ma il routes in Georgia and Alabama, attacked steam boats, destroyed stages, burned sev eral towns, and compelled thou sands of the whites who had settled in their territory, to flee for their lives. 4 A strong force, however, J omeQl by many friendly Indians, being sent against them, and sev eral of the hostile chiefs having been taken, the Creeks submitted ; d. Dec. 31. 2. What it SEAT OF THE BEMINOLE WAR IN FLORIDA. *Fort King is twenty miles S.W. from Payne s Landing, and sixty -five miles from St. Augus tine. (See Map.) t Withlacoochee River enters the Gulf of Mex ico, on the west coast of Florida, about ninety- five milea N. from Tampa Bay. (See Map. CHAP, viii.] VAN BUREN S ADMINISTRATION. and during the summer several thousands of them were transported west of the Mississippi. 17. J ln October, Governor Call took command of the forces in Florida, and with nearly 2000 men marched into the interior. At the Wahoo swamp, a short distance from Dade s battle-ground, 550 of his troops encountered a greater number of the enemy, who, after a fierce contest of half an hour, were dis persed, leaving twenty-five of their number dead on the field. In a second engagement, the whites lost nine men killed and sixteen wounded. In none of the battles could the loss of the Indians be ascertained, as it is their usual practice to carry off their dead. 339 4. What i said of tha submission of the Creeks? 1. What is related of Governor Call s expe dition into the interior t CHAPTER VIII. VAN BUREN S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MAECH 4, 1837, TO MABOH 4, 1841. TAN BUEEN. 1. 2 lN the election of 1836, Martin Van Buren, of New York, had been chosen president of the United States, and Richard M. Johnson, of Kentucky, vice- president. As Mr. Van Buren was a prominent, leader of the party which had secured the election of General Jackson, no change in the general policy of the gov ernment was anticipated. 3 Soon after the accession of Mr. Van Buren, the pecuniary and mercantile dis tresses of the country reached their crisis. 2. During the months of March and April the fail ures in the city of New York alone amounted to nearly one hundred millions of dollars. The great extent of the business operations of the country at that time, and their intimate connection with each other, extended the evil throughout all the channels of trade ; causing, in the first place, a general failure of the mercantile in terests, affecting, through them, the business of the mechanic and the farmer, nor stopping until it had re duced the wages of the humblest day laborer. 3. 4 Early in May, a large and respectable committee 1837. 2. What is said of the election of 1836, and of the antici pated policy of the gov ernment ? 3. Of the con dition of the country the exten sive fail- ^^res at that period, and of the con sequences? 4. What rtf quests were made of the president by a committee from Ntut Yarlct 340 THF UNITED STATES [PAllT IV. 1837. from the city of New York, solicited of the preesident ~~ his intervention for such relief as might be within his power ; requesting the rescinding of the " specie cir cular," a delay in enforcing the collection of the rev enue duties, and the call of an extra session of congress at an early day, that some legislative remedies might be adopted for the alarming embarrassments of the i. whatwa, country. ! The "specie circular" was a treasury order, circular? which had been issued during the previous adminis tration, the principal object of which was to require the payment of gold and silver, for the public lands, in place of bank bills, or other evidences of money. 2. what 4. 2 To the second request the president acceded, but taten e biaL declined to repeal the specie circular, or to call an ex- pr&rfdentt tra session of ConOTess. 3 Two days after the decision 3. By what r , . , , , ,, , , , . . wot oi the president became known, all the banks in the city of New York suspended specie payments, and this rd &ioed?~ was followed by a similar suspension on the part of 4. who were tne banks throughout the whole country. 4 The peo- s ^hesuspen- P^ e were not the only sufferers by this measure ; for as sion? the deposit banks had likewise ceased to redeem their notes in specie, the government itself was embarrassed, and was unable to discharge its own obligations. s.whati 5- 6 The accumulated evils which now pressed upon Sit of cm- tne country, induced the president to call an extra ses- er ?hebnis 0jf s * on ^ congress, which he had before declined doing. passed du- Congress met early in September, and during- a session ring- ihe see- p p o , J , i i -n i i r i oi forty days passed several bills, designed for the re lief of the government ; the most important of which was a bill authorizing the issue of treasury notes, not exceeding in amount ten millions of dollars. 6 A bill called the Sub-treasury bill* designed for the safe keep ing ,of the public funds, and intended as the prominent measure <of the session, passed the senate ; but in the ^sroHUKuar 1 * house of representatives it was laid upon the table, af- Bil1 - ter .a long a#d animated discussion. 7. what is 6. The .Se,minole war still continued in Florida, *?ontfnu- e occasioning .great expense to the nation, while the fa seniinoie sicfcty climate ,-of a country abounding in swarnps and tea?-, and of marshes, proyed, to the whites, a foe far more terrible the treaty T i i * r i conciuded^ than the Indians ^themselv^s. Alter several encoun ters in the early pant .of the season, in March a num- CHAP, viii.] VAN BUREN S ADMINISTRATION. 341 ber of chiefs came to the camp of General Jessup, and 1837. signed 1 a treaty, purporting that hostilities should irn- ~ AtFort ~ mediately cease, and that all the Seminoles should re- M J r a c d h e 6 move beyond the Mississippi. 7. J For a time the war appeared to be at an end, but the treaty was soon broken through the influence of Osceola. During the summer, several chiefs were captured, and a few surrendered voluntarily. In O c tober, Osceola and several principal ch.efs, with about r ing the . summer and seventy warriors, who had come to the American camp fan? under protection of a flag, were seized b and confined b. At Fort by the orders of General Jessup. P to&2? c " 8. 2 This was the most severe blow the Seminoles 2. now has had received during the war. By many, the conduct tfosceoia of General Jessup, in seizing Osceola, has been se- "Sslecn verely censured ; but the excuse offered was, that the re s arded? Indians had grossly deceived him on a former occa sion, that Osceola was treacherous, that no blood was shed by the act, and that a very important service was thereby performed. 3 Osceola was subsequently placed t ffSS i in confinement at Fort Moultrie, where he died of a *&$* fever in January of the following year. c. in south 9. 4 On the 1st of December, the army in Florida, ^jjji stationed at the different posts, was estimated to num- ^^{^ ber nearly nine thousand men. Yet against this nu- of the war, merous force the Indians still held out with hopes of battle near effectual resistance. On the 25th of the month, Col- onel Taylor, at the head of about six hundred men, encountered the Indians on the northern side of the Big Water Lake,* in the southern part of the penin sula. After a severe battle of more than an hour, in which twenty-eight of the whites were killed and one hundred and eleven wounded, the enemy was forced to retire, but with what loss is unknown. 10. 5 During the years 1837 and 1838, frequent en- 1838. counters were had with the Indians, although but lit- s.whatoc- tle appeared to be accomplished towards bringing the isss? war to a close. 6 In 1839, General Macomb, who had 1839 received d the chief command of the army, induced a d - A ri1 : number of the chiefs in the southern part of the penin- said of th* l. * The Indian name is Kee-cho-bee, or O-kee-cho-bee. On some maps it is called Lake Macaco. 342 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1839. sula to sign* a treaty of peace. The Indians were to ~treaiy~con- remain in the country until they could be assured of P ros P erous condition of their friends who had emi- - combi grated. ir rhe general then left Florida. But numer- i u tosoon ous mur ^ ers ) which occured immediately after the followed tins treaty, destroyed all confidence in its utility ; and in June the government of the territory offered a reward of two hundred dollars for every Indian killed or taken. 1840. 11. 2 The yerr 1840 passed with numerous murders saidffithe ^Y ^ e Indians, and frequent contests between small events of parties of them and the whites. In December. Colonel 1840, and of f T ill- i i theexpedi- Harney, who, by his numerous exploits m Indian war- tionofCol. f iii* 7 i * i n -i Harney? fare, had become the terror of the Semmoles, pen etrated into the extensive everglades in Southern Florida, long supposed to be the head-quarters of the enemy, where he succeeded in capturing a band of forty, nine of whom he caused to be executed for some previous massacre in which they were supposed to be engaged. 3. whatfur~ 12. 3 During the session of congress which termi- ^thllub- nated in the summer of 1840, the Sub-treasury bill, tr< buu y which had been rejected at the extra session of 1837, and which was regarded as the great financial meas- b. jn. 23 ure of Mr. Van Buren s administration, passed b both and June so. nouses O f congress and became a law. 4 Give an 13. 4 The presidential election of 1840 was probably a fhe u "? ^ e most exc i tm g election that had ever occurred in denttai eicc- the United States. The trying 1 scenes of financial ern- tionof 1840 , 11-11 barrassment through which the country was then pass ing, together with what was called " the experiments of the government upon the currency," furnished the opponents of the administration with abundant exciting topics for popular party harangues, in the approaching political contest. During several months preceding the election, the whole country was one great arena of political debate, and in the numerous assemblages of the people the ablest men of both parties engaged freely in the discussion. ^ tte^espe 14> 5 T he whigs concentrated their whole strength li datef n an<i u P on William Henry Harrison, the " Hero of the IP fun wot Thames, and of Tippecanoe," while the administra- t&aecttonZ tion party united with equal ardor in favor of Mr. Van CHAP, ix.] HARRISON S ADMINISTRATION. 843 Buren. The result was a signal defeat of the latter, 184O and a success of the whigs by a majority altogether unexpected by them. John Tyler of Virginia was elected vice-president. CHAPTER IX. HARRISON S ADMINISTRATION. 1. On the 4th of March, 1841, William Henry Harrison, in the pres- WJX LIAM n ence of a large assemblage of the peo ple convened at the capitol in Washington, took the oath prescribed by the constitution, and entered upon the office of president of the United States. 2. 2 His inaugural address was a plain, but able and comprehensive document, expressing his approval of the leading principles of the party which had sclef.ed him for the highest office in the gift of the people, and pledging his best endeavors to administer the govern ment according to the constitution, as understood by its framers and early administrators. 3. 8 In conclusion, the president expressed his pro- 3 , what sen- found reverence for the Christian religion, and his thorough conviction that sound morals, religious lib erty, and a just sense of religious responsibility, are essentially connected with all true and lasting happi ness. " Let us unite then," said he, "in commending every interest of our beloved country to that good Be ing who has blessed us by the gifts of civil and relig ious freedom ; who watched over and prospered the labors of our fathers ; and who has hitherto preserved to us institutions far exceeding in excellence those of any other people." 4. *The senate was immediately convened for the purpose of receiving the usual nominations, and a new and able cabinet was formed, at the head of which was placed Daniel Webster, of Massachusetts, as secretary "liiim?" 344 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. of state. But while every thing promised an admin- honorable to the executive and useful to the events soon country, rumors of the sudden illness of the president followed f jf>. iii i Till spread through the land ; and scarcely had they reached the limits of the Union, when they were fol lowed by the sad intelligence of his death. 2. what con- 5. 2 Just one month from the day of his inauguration, tae a & e( ^ president was a pallid corpse in the national mansion. The event was calculated to make a deep impression upon the people, who had witnessed and taken part in tlje recent scenes of excitement which had preceded the elevation of one of their number to be the nation s ruler. The hand of Almighty power was acknowledged in the bereavement, teaching that " the Lord alone ruleth." CHAPTER X. TYLER S ADMINISTRATION, EXTENDING FEOM APEIL 4, 1841, TO MARCH 4, 1845; 1. 3 0n the death of General Harri son, Mr. Tyler, the vice-president, became the acting president of the United States. During an extra session* of congress the sub-treasury bill was repealed ; a general bankrupt had been law was passed ; and two separate bills, chartering a allied by .. n -, TT -, o TU -i i .Harrison, bank of the United States, were rejected b by the "Sntolept^ executive veto. The course pursued by the presi- 13, i84i. ft QYi t caused him to be denounced generally, by the imd^ept 1 ! wn ig P ar ty? which had elected him to office, and oc- c Mr web- cas ^ one( i tne resignation of his entire cabinet, with Bter. one exception. 1842. ^* *^ n 1842, an important treaty, adjusting the dis- 4. what pute in relation to the northeastern boundary of the United States was negotiated d at Washington, between Mr. Webster, on the part of the United States, and Lord Ashburton on the part of Great Britain. The G. u fr.oct.i same year was signalized by the commencement of CHAP, x.] TYLER S ADMINISTRATION. 345 domestic difficulties in Rhode Island, which at one 1 12. time threatened serious consequences. 3. : A movement having been made to set aside the i. Give an ancient charter under which the government of the "tfo wmf colony and state had so long been administered, - par- -ThTdij?- ties were formed with respect to the proper mode of RJ^deM- adopting a new constitution. The "suffrage party," agi "" ( f lf)63 having formed and adopted a constitution, in a man- see P . 115." ner declared by their opponents to be in violation of 1843. law, chose b Thomas W. Dorr governor, and elected a b " Apnl 18 * legislature. About the same time the " law and order party," as it was called, chose Samuel W. King governor. In May, 1 843, both parties c met and or- c - Ma ? 3 * ganized their respective governments. 4. 2 The adherents of the " law and order party" 2. whatvio- then took active measures to put down what they de- ^reT/oi- nominated the rebellion. Great commotion ensued, and several arrests were made. Dorr left the state, but soon returning, d a bloody struggle appeared in- a. May ie. evitable ; but his associates finally dispersed, on the appearance of the government forces, and Dorr, to avoid arrest, fled from the state. 5. 3 In June, however, considerable numbers of the e . At ch " suffrage party" made their appearance 6 under arms, f ^^^ and were joined*" by Dorr, but a body of troops being 3. what is sent against them, they dispersed without any effectual seifAv resistance. 4 Dorr again fled, but, returning after a S^J. few months, was arrested, triedff for treason, convicted, "JjJjjJJ* and sentenced to be imprisoned during life. In the p*riyt mean time a constitution for the state had been adopted 1844. according to the prescribed forms of law. In June, 4. 1845, Dorr was released, although he had refused to th accept a pardon on condition of taking the oath of allegiance to the state government. 6. During the last year of Mr. Tyler s administra- 5. tion, considerable excitement prevailed on the subject of the annexation of Texas to the American Union, a measure first proposed by the government of the for- tion? mer country. "Texas, formerly a province of Mexico, e. o/the but settled mostly by emigrants from the United States, had previously withdrawn from the Mexican Republic. 15* 346 THE UNITED STATES. [PART iv 1844. I. Of the op position to annexation, and the ar guments against the measure ? a. April 12. 1845. 2. How did the Amer ican gov ernment dixpoze. of the meas ure? 8. What bills passed con gress ? 4. What is said of the election of 1844 T March 4. and by force of arms had nobly sustained her independ ence, although unacknowledged by Mexico. 7. The proposition for annexation to the United States was strongly resisted at the North, and by the whig party generally throughout the Union. The impolicy of extending our limits by accessions of for eign territory ; the danger of a war with Mexico ; tht encouragement given to slavery by the admission of an additional slave state ; and the increase of power that the South and southern institutions would thereby gain in the national councils, were urged against the measure. 8. 2 A treaty of annexation, signed 3 - by the president, was rejected by congress, but early in the following year a bill was passed, authorizing the president, un der certain restrictions, to negotiate with Texas the terms of annexation. 3 During the same sessions of congress bills were passed providing for the admission of Iowa and Florida, as states, into the Union. 4 The opposing candidates in the election of 1844 were Mr. Clay of Kentucky and James K. Polk of Tennessee. The contest resulted in the choice of the latter, who entered on the duties of his office on the 4th of March of the following year. 5. wkatoe- cur red soon e. what is CHAPTEK XI. FOLK S ADMINISTRATION, FROM MARCH 4, 1845, TO MARCH 4, 1849. WAR WITH MEXICO. 1. Scarcely had Mr. Polk taken his seat as president of the United States, when decided indications of a rupture with Mexico became apparent. "Mex ico had long viewed the conduct of the American government, in relation to the acquisition of Texas, with exceeding jealousy and distrust ; still claiming JAMES K. FOLK. CHAP, xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 347 th^t country as a part of her own territory, she had 184=5. declared that she would regard annexation as a hostile ~~ act, and that she was resolved to declare war as soon as she received intimation of the completion of the project. *In accordance with this policy, imme- l ^^ diately after the resolution of annexation had passed Mexican the American Congress, and received the sanction of Aimmfe? the President, Mr. Almonte,* the Mexican Minister at a Pronoun- Washington, protesting against the measure as an act "* t a ! m of warlike aggression, which he declared Mexico would resist with all the means in her power, demand ed his passports and returned home. 2. a On the fourth of July following, Texas assented to the terms of the resolution of annexation, and two days later, fearing that Mexico would carry her threats of war into execution, requested the President of the United States to occupy the ports of Texas, and send an army to the defence of her territory. "Accord- ingly, an American squadron was sent into the Gulf of Mexico, and General Taylor, then in command at Camp Jessup,* was ordered by the American govern ment to move with such of the regular forces as could be gathered from the western posts, to the southern frontier of Texas, to act as circumstances might re quire. 4 By the advice of the Texan authorities he was induced to select for the concentration of his troops the post of Corpus Christi,f a Texan settle- ment on the bay of the same name, where, by the beginning of August, 1845, he had taken his position, and at which place he had assembled, in the Novem ber following, an army of little more than four thou sand men. 1846. 3. B On the 13th of January, 1846, when it was |/ a ^^ believed that the Mexicans were assembling troops on led to the , . , / -11 i i*2 r c, executive or- their northern frontiers with the avowed object ot re- conquering Texas, and when such information had been received from Mexico as rendered it probable, if not certain, that she would refuse to receive the ^rS- * Camp Jessup is in thewestern part of Louisiana, a few miles southwest from Natch- Itoches, (Natch-i-tosh.) t Carpus Christi is at the mouth of the Nueces River, on the western shore of Corpus Christ! Bay, a branch of the Aranzas Bay, about 100 miles from the Rio Grande. (See Map Cor. p. 351.) 348 THE UNITED STATES.. [PART IV. 1816. envoy 6 whom the United States had sent to negotiate a settlement of the difficulties between the two coun tries, the American president ordered General Taylor to advance his forces to the Rio Grande,* the most southern and western limits of Texas, as claimed by herself: on the 8th of March following the advance column of the army, under General Twiggs, was put in motion for that purpose, and on the 28th of the same month General Taylor, after having established a depot at Point Isabel,f twenty-one miles in his rear, took his position on the northern bank of the Rio Grande, where he hastily erected a fortress, called Fort Brown, within cannon shot of Matamoras. i. what is 4. J On the 26th of April, the Mexican general, said of the A ,. . 1^11^1 notice given Ampudia, gave notice to General 1 aylor that he con- sidcred hostilities commenced, and should prosecute them ; and on the same day an American dragoon actual $* P art . v f sixty-three men, under command of Captain unties } Thornton, was attacked on the east side of the Rio Grande, thirty miles above Matamoras, and after the loss of sixteen men in killed and wounded, was com pelled to surrender. This was the commencement of actual hostilities the first blood shed in the war. 2.ofthofar- 5. 2 The movements of the enemy, who had crossed ther move- . . , ,, . ,,. , the river above Matamoras, seeming to be directed to- wards an attack on Point Isabel, for the purpose of cut- ting off the Americans from their supplies, on the first %to!8a? of May General Taylor marched to the relief of that place, with his principal force, leaving a small com mand in defence of Fort Brown. After having gar risoned the depot, on the 7th of May General Taylor set out on his return. At noon of the next day the Mexican army, numbering about six thousand men, with seven pieces of artillery, was discovered near Palo Alto, drawn up in battle array across the prairie through which the advance led. The Americans, al. * The Rio Grande, (Ree-o-Grahn-da,) or Rio del Norte, (Ree-o-del-Nor-ta), meaning Great River, or River of the North, rises in the Rocky Mountains north of Santa Fe, and flowing southeast, a distance of nearly 1800 miles, enters the Gulf of Mexico be low Matamoras. (See MM p.) t Point Isabel is 21 miles N. E. of Matamoras, near the Gulf. The entrance to the Lagoon, on the shore of which the village stands, is called Brazos Santiago. \ Matamoras is about 20 miles from the mouth of the Rio Grande, by the windings ef the stream. (See map. m.) CHAP, xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 349 though nu mbering but twenty-three hundred, advanced 1846. to the attack, and after an action of about five hours, ~~ which was sustained mostly by the artillery, drove the enemy from their position, and encamped upon the field of battle. The Mexican loss was about one hun dred killed, that of the Americans but four killed and forty wounded, but among those mortally wounded was the lamented Major Ringgold, of the artillery. 6. *At two o clock in the afternoon of the next day l ^^ t a ^ the American army again advanced, and after a march the battle of P. -. P.,,,, 111 Resaca de la ot two hours came in sight of the enemy, who had taken up a strong position near a place called Resaca de la Palma, three miles from Fort Brown, on the borders of a ravine which crossed the road. The ac tion was commenced on both sides by the artillery, but the Mexican guns, managed by General La Vega, were better served than on the former occasion, and their effect soon began to be severely felt. An order to dislodge them was gallantly executed by Captain May, at the head of a squadron of dragoons, which, charging through a storm of grape shot, broke the ranks of the enemy, killed or dispersed the Mexican artillerymen, and took General La Vega prisoner. The charge was supported by the infantry the whole Mexican line was routed, and the enemy fled in con fusion, abandoning his guns and a large quantity of ammunition ; and when night closed over the scene, not a Mexican soldier was to be found east of the Rio Grande. 2 On the day following the battle the Ameri can army took up its former position at Fort Brown, Brown? which had sustained, with little loss, an almost unin terrupted bombardment of seven days from the Mexi can batteries in Matamoras. 7. 8 The news of the capture of Captain Thornton s party produced the greatest excitement throughout the th ^^"*J Union ; it was not doubted that Mexico would receive the capture a severe chastisement ; and a war spirit, unknown be- tori* party* fore to exist, heralded, in anticipation, a series of vie- i. what wa tories and conquests, terminating only in the " Halls of the Montezurnas."* 4 The President, in a message * The expression, " Halls of the Montezurnas, " is applied to the palace of the ancient Mexican kings, of the race of the Montezumas. 350 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 146. to Congress,* declared that Mexico had "invaded our ~ May llthi territory, and shed the blood of our fellow-citizens on 1846 our own S0 il 5 " an d Congress, adopting the spirit of the message, after declaring that war existed " by the act of the republic of Mexico," authorized the President to accept the services of fifty thousand volunteers, and i \vhatia pl ace d ten millions of dollars at his disposal. The SUM of the news of the battles of Palo Alto and Resaca de la lucedL bylhe, Palma, arriving a few days later, fanned anew the news of the a n j i i nr battles oj name of war ; an anticipated march to the Mexican and Resaca capital, in the ranks of a conquering army, seemed to be viewed but as a pleasant pastime, or a holiday ex cursion, and the call for volunteers was answered by the prompt tender of the services of more than three hundred thousand men. 8. 8 Most of the summer of 1847 was occupied by partitions -, . j t_ . for the tnva- the government in preparations for the invasion of ***&9 ttae Mexico, from several quarters at the same time. A force of about 23,000 men was sent into the field, the largest portion of which, placed under the command of General Taylor, was to advance from Matamoras into the enemy s country in the direction of Mon terey :* General Wool, at the head of about 2,900 men, concentrated at San Antonio de Bexar, ] was to march upon Chihuahua ;f while General Kearney, with a force of about 1,700, was to march from Fort Leaven worth, in Missouri, upon Santa Fe,|[ the capital of New Mexico. s. of the for- 9. 3 Owing to the difficulties experienced in trans- mento /Gen- porting supplies, and the necessity of drawing them SKr- r mostly from the United States, by way of New Or- Monferey? leans, General Taylor was unable to commence a forward movement until the latter part of August ; and it was the 19th of September when he appeared before Monterey, with an army then numbering only * For the situation of Monterey (Mon-ter-a; see Map, letter t t San Antonio de Bexar, the oldest Spanish town in Texas. (See Map. Bexar.) i Chihuahuah (Chee-ooah-ooah) is nearly 700 miles N. W. from the city of Mexico. (See Map.) Fort Leavcnworth is a military post of the United States on the west side of Mis- Bouri River. (See Map.) I 1 Santa Fe, the capital of the former Mexican state of Nexv Mexico, is a town of about 4000 inhabitants, 15 miles east of the Rio Grande, and about 1100 miles N. W from the city of Mexico. (See Map.) MAP OF MEXICO; REFERENCES. Z. State of Zacatecas. P. State of San Lui Potosi. G. State and City of Guan ajuato. Q,. State and City of Que- retaro. M. Matamoraa. T. Monterey. OREGON, TEXAS, CENTRAL AMERICA, FOR THE YEAR 1845, South eastern Part of MEXICO w&A CENTRAL-AME 9 *\12|0 9 "llIJ5 85 Ul|0 352 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1846. 6,600 men, after having garrisoned several towns on i situation the Rio Grande, through which his route lay. *Mon- viKtoufi terey, the capital of New Leon, was at this time a city of about 15,000 inhabitants, strong in its natural defences, and garrisoned by seven thousand regular and about three thousand irregular troops, under the command of General Ampudia. a acSunt qf ^ * a tne morning of the 21st of September the theattackon attack was commenced, which was continued with Monterey, . . . t i i i contin.ua- great spirit during the day, but without any important jte$and results, except the carrying of several fortified heights "rendertf in the rear of the town. The assault was continued the place. Curing fa e 2d, when the Bishop s Palace, a strong sept. 22d. position, and the only remaining fortified height in the rear of the town, was gallantly carried by the troops under General Worth. On the morning of the sept. ssd. 23d the lower part of the city was stormed by Gen eral Quitman, the troops slowly advancing by digging through the stone walls of the houses. In this way the fight continued during the day, and by night the enemy were confined chiefly to the Citadel, and the Plaza, or central public square of the city. Early sept. 24th. on the following morning the Mexican general sub mitted propositions which resulted in the surrender and evacuation of Monterey and an armistice of eight weeks, or until instructions to renew hostilities should be received from either of the respective gov ernments. 11. 3 On the 13th of October the War Department ordered General Taylor to terminate the armistice captures by and renew offensive operations ; and about the middle cans? of November, Saltillo,* the capital of the state of Coahuila, was occupied by the division of General Worth ; and late in December General Patterson 4 what is took possession of Victoria,f the capital of Tamauli- * a ma*wooi pas ; while, about the same time, the port of TampicoJ an< ney e f r ~ was captured by Commodore Perry. 4 In the mean * Saltillo is about 70 miles S. W. from Monterey, in the southern part of the state of Coahuila. t Victoria is at the western extremity of Tamaulipas, (Tarn aw-lee-pas) near the boundary of San Luis Potosi, and on the northern bank of the river Santander. t Tampicu (Tam-pe-co) is at the southeastern extremity of Tamaulipas, on the north side of the rfver Panuco. The old town of that name is on the south side of the river. \ee Map.) CHAP, xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 353 time General Wool, after crossing the Rio Grande, 146. finding his march to Chihuahua, in that direction, im- ~ pedcd by the lofty and unbroken ranges of the Sierra Mad re, had turned south and joined General Worth at Saltillo, while General Kearney, somewhat earlier in the season, after having performed a march of nearly a thousand miles across the wilderness, had made himself master of Santa Fe, and all New Mex ico, without opposition. 12. After General Kearney had established a new l ^^,f government in New Mexico, on the 25th of Septem- her he departed from Santa Fe, at the head of four hundred dragoons, for the California settlements of Mexico, bordering on the Pacific Ocean ; but after having proceeded three hundred miles, and learning that California* was already in possession of the Americans, he sent back three quarters of his force, and with only one hundred men pursued his way across the continent. 13. a ln the early part of December a portion of General Kearney s command, that had marched with him from Missouri, set out from Santa Feon a south- expedition? ern expedition, expecting to form a junction with General Wool at Chihuahua. This force, numbering only nine hundred men, was commanded by Colonel Doniphan, and its march of more than a thousand miles, through an enemy s country, from Santa Fe to Saltillo, is one of the most brilliant achievements of the war. During the march this body of men fought two battles against vastly superior forces, and in each defeated the enemy. 3 The Battle of Bracito,f fought said of the on -Christmas day, opened an entrance into the town -BrSS^ant of El Paso,J while that of Sacramento, fought on Sa f en the 28th of February, 1847, secured the surrender * Most of Upper or New California, which is separated from New Mexico ty the Col- orado river, is an elevated, dry, and sandy desert. The inhabitable portion extends along the shore of the Pacific about 500 miles, with an average breadth of 40 miles. (See Map.) t The battle of firacito, so called from the "Little Arm," or bend in the river near the place, was fonght on the east bank of the Rio Grande, about 200 miles north of Chihuahua. i The town of El Paso is situated in a rich valley on the west side of the Rio Grande, 30 miles south from the Bracito. 4 The battle of Sacramento was fought near a small stream of that name, about 20 miles north of the city of Chihuahua. 854 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1816. of Chihuahua, a city of great wealth, and containing ~~ a population of more than forty thousand inhabitants. i. of events 14. While these events were transpiring on the eastern borders of the Republic, the Pacific coast had become the scene of military operations, less brilliant, but more important in their results. a ln the early P art of June > 1846 > Captain Fremont, of the Topo graphical Corps of Engineers, while engaged at the head of about sixty men in exploring a southern route to Oregon, having been first threatened with an attack by De Castro, the Mexican governor on the California coast, and learning afterwards that the governor was preparing an expedition against the American settlers near San Francisco,* raised the standard of opposition to the Mexican government in California. 3. of further 15. 3 After having defeated, in several engagements, CVcniS, l&T- -it ir f* i i r T i minuting in greatly superior Mexican forces, on the 4th of July the conquest S> V i 11 i i i i of Calif vr- b remont and his companions declared the independ ence of California. A few days later, Commodore Sloat, having previously been informed of the com mencement of hostilities on the Rio Grande, hoisted the American flag at Monterey, j In the latter part of July, Commodore Stockton assumed the command of the Pacific squadron, soon after which he took possession of San Diego,J and, in conjunction with Captain Fremont, entered the city of Los Angelos without opposition ; and on the 22d of August, 1846, the whole of California, a vast region bordering on the Pacific Ocean, was in the undisputed military wrredafter P ossess ^ on f tne United States. *In December fol- fhlarrlvai lowing, soon after the arrival of General Kearney Karne.yt from his overland expedition, the Mexican inhabitants of California attempted to regain possession of the government, but the insurrection was soon suppressed. tfJSrSS! 16< &We * iave statecl that a f ter tne close f the of General armistice which succeeded the capture of Monterey, * San Francisco, situated on the hay of the same name, possesses probably the best harbor on the west coast of America. (See Map.) t Monterey, (Mon-ter-a) a town of Upper California, on a bay of the same name, 80 miles south of San Francisco, contained in 1847 a population of about 1000 inhabitants. (See Map.; i. San Diego is a port on the Pacific nearly west of the head of the Gulf of California. ^ Los Angelas, or the city of the Angels, "is about 100 miles north of San Diego. CHAP xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 355 the American troops under General Taylor spread 1846. themselves over Coahuila and Tamaulipas. In the mean time the plan of an attack on Vera Cruz, the principal Mexican post on the Gulf, had been matured at Washington, and General Scott sent out to take the , f n i . T-> i i &!/ what ar- chief command of the army m Mexico. By the with- my of the drawal of most of the regulars under General Taylor s command for the attack on Vera Cruz, the entire force of the Northern American army, extending from Matamoras to Monterey and Saltillo, was re duced to about ten thousand volunteers, and a few companies of the regular artillery, while at the same time the Mexican General Santa Anna was known to be at San Luis Potosi,* at the head of 22,000 of the best troops in Mexico, prepared to oppose the farther progress of General Taylor, or to advance upon him in his own quarters. 17. In the early part of February, 1847, General 1847. Taylor, after leaving adequate garrisons in Monterey i.ofoener and Saltillo, proceeded with about five thousand men movements to Agua Nueva,f where he remained until the 21st " of the month, when the advance of Santa Anna with his whole army induced him to fall back to Buena Vista,:}: a very strong position a few miles in advance of Saltillo. "Here the road runs north and south 2. Describe through a narrow defile, skirted on the west by im- passable gullies, and on the east by a succession of rugged ridges and precipitous ravines which extend * back nearly to the mountains. On the elevated plateau or table-land formed by the concentration of these ridges, General Taylor drew up his little army, numbering in all only 4,759 men, of whom only 453 were regular troops ; and here, on the 22d of Feb ruary, he was confronted by the entire Mexican array, then numbering, according to Santa Anna s official report, about 17,000 men, but believed to exceed 20,000. I. The taut* 18. 3 0n the morning of the next day, the 23d of *%* * San Luis Potosi, the capital of the state of the same name, is situated in a pleas ant valley, about 240 miles northwest from the city of Mexico, and more than 300 miles from Saltillo. (See Map.) t Jlgua Nucva (Ah-goo-ah Noo-a-vah) is about 14 miles south from Saltillo. j Buena. Vista (Boo-a-nah Vees-tah) is about three miles south from Saltillo 356 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. a of CnJ--\", 184 1 ?". February, the enemy began the attack with great im- ~~ petuosity ; but the resistance was as determined as the a ssault, and after a hard-fought battle, which was con tinued during the greater part of the day, the Mexi can force was driven in disorder from the field, with a loss of more than fifteen hundred men. The Ameri can loss in killed, wounded, and missing, was seven hundred and forty-six ; and, among these, twenty-eight i. what were officers were killed on the field, ^his important vic- a"effS$ tor y broke U P the arm Y of Santa Anna, and, by ef- t/ns victory? f ec tually securing the frontier of the Rio Grande, al lowed the Americans to turn their whole attention and strength to the great enterprise of the campaign, the capture of Vera Cruz, and the march thence to the Mexican capital. 19 ~ 0n the 9th of Marcn > 1847 > General Scott, at tho head of twelve thousand men, landed without op. position a short distance south of Vera Cruz,* in full view of the city and the renowned castle of San Juan d Ulloci. On the 12th the investment of the city was completed ; on the 18th the trenches were opened, and of the city. on the 22d the first batteries began their fire, at the dis tance of 800 yards from the city. From the 22d until the morning of the 26th, almost one continued roar of artillery prevailed, the city and castle batteries an swering to those of the besiegers, and shells and shot were rained upon the devoted town with terrible ac tivity, and with an awful destruction of life and prop erty. At length, just as arrangements had been made for an assault, the governor of the city made over tures of surrender ; on the night of the 27th the arti cles of capitulation were signed, and on the 29th the American flag was unfurled over the walls of the city and castle. 20. 8 The way was now open for the march towards the Mexican capital, and on the 8th of April General Twiggs was sent forward, leading the advance, on the oro - Jalapa road. But Santa Anna, although defeated at Buena Vista, had raised another army, and with 15,000 * Vera Cruz, the principal sea-port of Mexico, is built on the spot where Cortez first landed within the realms of Montezuma. The city is defended by the strong fortress of San Juan d Ulloa, built on an island, or reef, of the same name, about 400 fathoms from the shore. (See Map.) 3. of the CHAP, xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 357 men had strongly intrenched himself on the heights of 147. Cerro Gordo,* which completely command the only road that leads through the mountain fastnesses into the interior. General Twiggs reached this position on the 12th, but it was not until the morning of the 18th, when the commander-in-chief and the whole army had arrived, that the daring assault was made. Before noon of that day every position of the enemy had been stormed in succession, and three thousand prisoners had been taken, together with forty-three pieces of bronze artillery, five thousand stand of arms, and all the munitions and materials of the army of the enemy. 21. On the day following the battle, the army en- i. continued tered Jalapa,f and on the 22d the strong castle of Per- otej was surrendered without resistance, with its nu- merous park of artillery, and a vast quantity of the munitions of war. On the 15th of May the advance under General Worth entered the ancient and re nowned city of Puebla ; and when the entire army had been concentrated there, in the very heart of Mexico, so greatly had it been reduced by sickness, deaths, and the expiration of terms of enlistment in the volun teer service, that it was found to number only five thousand effective men. 3 With this small force it was 2. What was impossible to keep open a communication with Vera l ^mSff Cruz, and the army was left for a time to its own re- ne f ?{ e l ? s sources, until the arrival of further supplies and rein forcements enabled it to march forward to the Mexican capital. 22. 2 At length, on the 7th of August, General Scott, 3. Describe , . ^ , , . ~. f, c , , the advance having increased his effective force to nearly eleven ofthear- thousand men, in addition to a moderate garrison left at Puebla, commenced his march from the latter place for the capital of the republic. The pass over the Au ^ ustin - * The pass of Cerro Oordo is about 45 miles, in a direct line, northwest from Vera Cruz. t Jalapa, a city of about 15,000 inhabitants, is 55 miles northwest from Vera Cruz. (See map.) The well-known medicinal herb jalap, a species of the convolvulus, grows abundantly in the vicinity of this town, to which it is indebted for its name. 1 Pcrote (Per-o-ta) Is about 90 miles, in a direct line, northwest from Vera Cruz. The fortress is ;ihout half a mile north from the town of the same name. $ Puebla, a city of about 60,000 inhabitants, and the capital of the state of the same name, is about 85 miles southeast from the city of Mexico. (See Map.) 358 THE UNITED STATES. [PART iv. 1847. mountains, by Rio Frio, where the army anticipated ~ resistance, was found abandoned ; a little further on the whole valley of Mexico burst upon the view ; and Aug. nth. on the 1 1th the advance division under General Twiggs reached Ayotla,* only fifteen miles from Mexico. A direct march to the capital, by the national road, had been contemplated, but the route in that direction pre sented, from the nature of the ground and the strength of the fortifications, almost insurmountable obstacles, and an approach by way of Chalco and San Augustin, by passing around Lake Chalco, to the south, was Aug. mh. thought more practicable, and by the 18th the entire army had succeeded in reaching San Augustin, ten miles from the city, where the arrangements were made for final operations. VICINITY OF 72.00ft 23< ^he citv f Mexico,! situated near the western situation bank of Lake Tezcuco, and surrounded by numerous * For the location of the places rfyotla, Chalco, Sun Angustin, Chapultepcc, C/twu,- lufico, Contre.rns, and San Jtntonio, see the accompanying map. t See description of Mexico, page 19. CHAP xi.] FOLKS ADMINISTRATION. 359 canals and ditches, could be approached only by long narrow causeways, leading over impassable marshes, while the gates to which they conducted were strongly fortified. l Beyond the causeways, commanding the outer approaches to the city, were the strongly forti fied posts of Chapultepec and Churubusco, and the batteries of Contreras and San Antonio, armed with nearly one hundred cannon, and surrounded by grounds either marshy, or so covered by volcanic rocks that they were thought by the enemy wholly impracticable for military operations. 2 Six thousand Mexican troops under General Valencia held the ex terior defences of Contreras, while Santa Anna had a force of nearly 25,000 men in the rear, prepared to lend his aid where most needed. 24. 8 In the afternoon of the 19th some fighting oc curred in the vicinity of Contreras, and early on the morning of the next day the batteries of that strong position were carried by an impetuous assault, which lasted only seventeen minutes. In this short space of time less than four thousand American troops had captured the most formidable intrenchments, within which were posted seven thousand Mexicans. The post of San Antonio, being now left in part unsupported, was evacuated by its garrison, which was terribly cut up in the retreat. 25. 4 The fortified post of Churubusco, about four miles northeast from the heights of Contreras, was the next point of attack. Here nearly the entire army of the enemy was now concentrated, and here the great battle of the day was fought ; but on every part of the field the Americans were victorious, and the en tire Mexican force was driven back upon the city, and upon the only remaining fortress of Chapultepec. "Thus ended the battles of the memorable 20th of Au gust, in which nine thousand Americans, assailing strongly fortified positions, had vanquished an army of 30,000 Mexicans. 26. 6 On the morning of the 21st, while General Scott was about to take up battering positions, pre paratory to summoning the city to surrender, he re- the city? i. Of the posts whicJl enemy i 3. Of the capture, of Contrera* < ofthecap- s. The result of the battles of the wth OJ armistice with the enemy? 360 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 1847. ceived from the enemy propositions which terminated " in the conclusion of an armistice for the purpose of ne gotiating a peace. With surprising infatuation the enemy demanded terms that were due only to con querors, and on the 7th of September hostilities were 1. whatoc- recommenced. J On the morning of the 8th the Mo- KM*" lino del Key, or " King s Mill," and the Casa de Mata, September? t ^ e p rmc jp a j ou t e r defences of the fortress of Chapul- tepec, were stormed and carried by General Worth, after a desperate assault in which he lost one fourth of his entire force. 2. Give an 27. 2 The reduction of the castle of Chapultepec it self, situated on an abrupt, rocky height, one hundred and fifty feet above the surrounding grounds, was a still more formidable undertaking. Several batteries were opened against this position on the 12th, and on the 13th the citadel and all its outworks were carried by storm, but not without a very heavy loss to the s. Thecon- American army. 3 The battle was continued during ^ttiebattte the day, on the lines of the great causeways before dm &. th6 mentioned, and when night suspended the dreadful conflict, one division of the American army rested in the suburbs of Mexico, and another was actually 4. capture of within the gates of the city. "During the night which tfie city. f n owe ^ t h e army of Santa Anna, and the officers of the national government abandoned the city, and at seven o clock on the following morning the flag of the American Union was floating proudly to the breeze above the walls of the national palace of Mexico. 5 THE RE- 5 The American army had fulfilled its destination ; our soldiers had gained the object of their toils and suffer ings ; and, as the fruit of many victories, were at last permitted to repose on their laurels, in the far-famed " Halls of the Montezumas." 1848. 28. 6 The conquest of the Mexican capital was the wuof tte fi m s h m g stroke of the war, and on the 2d of February condition following the terms of a treaty of peace were concluded of the, war f . . i ,1 - upon by the American commissioner and the Mexican 7. RatMea- government. This treaty, after having received some modifications from the American Senate, was adopted b y tnat b 0( jy on t h e xoth of March, and subse- CHAP xi.] FOLK S ADMINISTRATION. 361 quently ratified by the Mexican Congress atQuere- 184. taro,* on the 30th of May of the same year. 29. The most important provisions of this treaty l^^S are those by which the United States obtains from provision*? her late enemy a large increase of territory, embrac ing all New Mexico and Upper California. 3 The boundary between the two countries is to be the Rio Grande from its mouth to the southern boundary of New Mexico, thence westward along the southern and western boundary of New Mexico to the River Gila,"}" y thence down said river to the Colorado,:): thence west ward to the Pacific Ocean. The free navigation of the Gulf of California, and of the River Colorado up to the mouth of the Gil a, is guarantied to the United States. "For the territory arid privileges thus obtained, s. wiua&i* the United States surrendered to Mexico " all castles, states agree. forts, territories, places and possessions," not embraced in the ceded territory, agreed to pay Mexico fifteen millions of dollars, and assumed the liquidation of all debts due American citizens from the Mexican gov ernment. 80. Such was the conclusion of the Mexican war, 4- , ,.,. , -, . f a a war opposed as impolitic and unjust by one portion p /> i * i T n 11 justice of of tho American people, and as cordially approved by rfewar. the oilier, but admittel by all to have established for our Tiation, by the unbroken series of brilliant victories wor. by our army, a character for martial heroism \vhif; .i knows no superior in the annals of history, and which fears no rival in the pathway of military glory. But war is seldom without its alloy of bitterness ; and 5. o/theai- in this instance it was not alone its ordinary calamities of suffering, and wretchedness, and death, the " sighs of orphans, and widows tears," that moderated our exultations ; but with our very rejoicings were min gled the deep and sullen notes of discord; and with the laurels of victory, with which fame had encircled * Queretaro, the capital of the state of the same name, is about 101 miles northwest from the city of Mexico. t The river Gfila enters the Colorado from the east. (See Map.) $ The Colorado river, the largest stream in Mexico west of the Cordilleras or Kocky Mountains, rises in the high table-lands of Northern Mexico, and Rowing southwest falls into the head of tho Gulf of California. (See Map.) 16 f aid of the 362 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV 184. the brow of our nation s glory, were entwined the cy- ~ press and the yew emblems of mourning. 1. what is 31. The vast extent of unoccupied territory which we had acquired as the result of the conquest, proved an apple of discord in our midst ; and the question of tne ""^ disposal of the prize was a problem which <t tror* our P r f im dest statesmen found it difficult to solve. that has The South and the North took issue upon it the for- arittn be- . . . . . . , tween the mer claiming the right of her citizens to remove, with North and ^ . & . -, & i j i the south? their property in slaves, on to any lands purchased by the common treasure of the republic, and the latter demanding that territory free from slavery at the time of its acquisition, should for ever remain so. 2. what is 32. 2 The opposing; principles of slavery extension said of the -. n 1 \ . 1 L T , n % ,. presidential and slavery restriction entered largely, as elements or ezgwno/ p ar V zea i an( j political controversy, into the presiden tial election of 1848 ; but although the South advo cated one line of policy, and the North another, the citizens of neither section were united in the support of either of the three presidential candidates, who were Martin Van Buren, of New York ; Lewis Cass, 3. of the of Michigan ; and Zachary Taylor, of Louisiana. 3 Gen- given"io eral Cass, the regular democratic candidate, and Gen- Sr3 eral Taylor, the Whig nominee, both claimed by their Taylor t res p ec ti v e parties as favoring Southern interests, while the same parties in the North advocated their election for reasons directly opposite, received the principal 4. of Mr. support of the whig and democratic parties; *while v<m Buren? jfa y an g urcn5 fj rs t nominated by a division of the democratic party of New York, and afterwards re- nominated by a northern " Free Soil" convention held at Buffalo, was urged upon the people by his partisans as the peculiar exponent of the free-soil principles so generally professed by the northern section of the the W ^itSr Union. 5 After an exciting political canvass, the elec- the canvass? tion resulted in the choice of Zachary Taylor, by one hundred and sixty-three electoral votes, out of a total of two hundred and ninety. Millard Fillmore, of New York, was chosen vice-president. ZACHARY TAYLOB. CHAP, xii.] 363 CHAPTER XI. TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION", FROM MARCH 4, 1849, TO JULY 9, 1850. 1. At the time of the acces sion of General Taylor to the presidency, California, embracing the western portion of the newly- acquired territory of the United States, had already begun to at tract a large share of public attention. 2 The im- 1 849. portance which this country has subsequently attained, L ^^ is in the rapid growth of its population in its vast *#&?* mineral resources its already extensive commerce 2 Ofitahis , and its rapid advancement to the position of a state tor v ? in the great American confederacy, demands a brief account of both its early and its recent history. 2. 3 The principal Spanish settlements of California were missionary establishments, twenty-one in num- ber; the earliest of which, that of San Diego, was founded in 1769. "Established to extend the domain of the Spanish crown, and to propagate the Roman faith by the conversion of the untutored natives, they formed a line of religious posts along the whole west ern frontier, each a little colony within itself, and, being exclusive in their character, absorbing the lands, the capital, and the business of the country, they sup pressed all enterprise beyond their limits, and dis couraged emigration. . 3. California remained thus under ecclesiastical sway until, in 1833, the Mexican government con- verted the missionary establishments into civil institu tions, subject to the control of the state. During the long period of anarchy and discord which followed in Mexico, the missions were plundered by successive discord , . , c . i ii which fol- governors, and, with lew exceptions, their lands were lowed? rranted away, until scarcely anything but their huge dtone buildings remained. 7 Yet the result proved ben- ^ Whatioan eficial to the country at large. As the lands were dis- the* tributed, agriculture increased ; the attention of for- chanseat 364 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. eigners began to be turned to the country ; and from 1833, when scarcely any but native born inhabitants were found there, up to 1845, the foreign population had increased to more than five thousand. Whatcc- 4. Still, the unsettled condition of the government ^ww ? m prevented anything like systematic enterprise ; nor was it until 1846, when Fremont and his companions hoist ed the American flag and declared California indepen dent of Mexican rule, that the natural capacities of the country for a numerous agricultural population began 2. WMt M to be developed. 2 With the belief that California had taid of ami- , i e -\ A TT grationto become, inseparably, a portion ot the American Union, v emigrants came pouring in, mostly from the United States, to seek their fortunes in a new country under 9. of the fa- their own flag. 3 Grazing and agriculture were the prwr/Mscfc chief occupations of the people ; many little villages opened? sprung up ; and everything promised fair for the steady growth of this distant territory on our western borders. 4. of the 5. "In this tranquil state of affairs the announcement rt^heS was made in the latter part of February, 1848, that a CO gold? J mechanic, employed in cutting a mill-race on the " American Fork" of the Sacramento, about fifty miles above New Helvetia, or Sutter s Fort, had found nu merous particles of gold, and some pieces of consider- s. oftheef- able size, in the sands of the stream. B The report ed by;t ? spread with rapidity; examinations were made at other points along the stream, and almost everywhere with success ; and in a few weeks the newly-discov ered gold region was crowded with adventurers, tempted by the glittering prize. e. Theeffec.ts 6. 6 Laborers in the settlements, carried away by the -mVo/Jrii excitement, struck for higher wages, and left their em- ccs, $>c ? pi yers : sailors abandoned their vessels in the har bors : the villages were nearly deserted ; and, as pro visions were scarce, flour and pork arose to forty, and even a hundred, dollars per barrel at the mines, butter to a dollar per pound, and common shoes sold for ten 7 of the or twelve dollars per pair. 7 At first, workmen at the amount of . * gold first mines ordinarily gathered gold to the amount of iron} twenty to forty dollars per day ; and in some instances they obtained from $500 to $1000 a day for each man CHAP, xn.] TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION. 365 7. The gold was gathered by washing the earth in 149. pans, or other shallow vessels, the particles of earth being washed away, while the gold, gravel, and sand, settled at the bottom. The gravel was then picked out by the hand, and the residue was dried on a board or cloth, when the sand was blown away by a common bellows or the mouth; the greater weight of the gold causing it to remain behind. In the mountains the gold was picked out of the rocks in pieces varying from the finest particles to those of five or six ounces in weight. 2 The mining operations have since been car- a. ried on in a more scientific manner. The richest gold is now found imbedded in rock quartz, which is broken, and ground down, and the gold is then separated by the process of amalgamation with quicksilver. 8. Already, at the time of the discovery of the min- 3 w*atta eral wealth of California, the population embraced many enterprising Americans ; and now, citizens from the states crowded there in great numbers, carrying with them an ardent attachment to the political insti tutions of their country, and desiring to see the same established over the land of their adoption. 4 For 4. ofthett ,. ,, ., j n ,1 . petitions to some time they petitioned Congress m vain, as that congress, body, divided on the subject of permitting or prohib- and 8 uuj re ~ iting slavery there, were unable to agree upon the de tails of a form of government for the new territory. 9. 5 General Taylor, on his accession to the presi- s HMO did dency, assured the Californians of his earnest desire to grant them all the protection and assistance in the power of the executive, and advised them to form for themselves, in the meantime, a state government, after wards to be submitted to Congress for approval. 10. 6 Acting upon this advice, and encouraged by 6 General Mason, who succeeded General Riley as mili- tary governor in April 1849, the people chose dele- gates who met at Monterey in September of the same n , -* ,"* /. a govern- year, tor the purpose of forming a constitution for a state government. The result of their deliberations was the adoption of a state constitution, by which slavery was excluded from the country, in accordance with the decision of a special convention previously held at San Francisco. The new constitution was 366 THE UNITED STATES. [PART TV. 1 8 49. adopted by the people with great unanimity. Peter H. Burnet was elected chief magistrate, and the first legislature assembled at San Jose on the 20th of De cember, 1849. i. what is 11. 1 While California was a prey to anarchy and amducttf misrule, incident to the mixed character of its popula- lufco/caii- tion, while the project of an independent republic fornia? wag ^ gome O p en ]y avowed, and while the interests of the people were neglected by the Congress of the United States, which was violently agitated by the clause in the new constitution prohibiting slavery, the legislature of California manifested, throughout, a no ble spirit of devotion to the public good, and a faithful attachment to the American Union. aecinm/Q/ ^ 2 I n * ne meantime, long standing animosities be- t t^ i which ^ ween Texas and New Mexico were involving those arose be- countries, and the general government, in a complica tion rear- . , , . . & p , as and New tion of difficulties, lexas had ever claimed, since she gained her independence of Mexico, that her territory extended to the Rio Grande ; and she was determined to extend her authority there also, although the inhab- 1 8 KQ itants of the valley of Santa Fe had ever rejected her pretensions, and resisted her rule. 3 In February, viecutures 1850, Texas sent her commissioner to organize coun- ^by^rexas 1 , ties in New Mexico, and enforce her jurisdiction over was there- the disputed territory ; but the United States civil and *" tt? military governor at Santa Fe, disregarding the claims of Texas, and acting in accordance with instructions from Washington, favored the views of the people of New Mexico, who met in convention, and formed a constitution for a state government, which they trans mitted to Washington for the approval of the Ameri can Congress. The agent of Texas was unable to ac complish his mission. *-,!! n W 13. "While California and New Mexico were peti- said qfthe . . . r . Mormon pe- tiomnff for admission as states into the American tition,and TT . l . ., . . ^ , the Mormon Union, a similar petition was sent up to Congress by a strange people from the very centre of the vast American wilderness. A few years before, a band of t Mormons, or, as they style themselves, " Latter Day ^ Saints," had collected at Nauvoo, in the state of Illi nois, under the guidance of Joe Smith, their pretended 120 368 TAYLOR S ADMINISTRATION. [PART iv. 1849. prophet and leader ; but as serious dissensions arose ~" between them and the neighboring people, they set out, like the Israelites of old, with " their flocks, their herds, and their little ones," to seek a refuge in the wilderness, far away from those who, while they pitied their fanaticism, hated them, and despised their re ligion. i of their 14. Passing beyond the Rocky Mountains, they found, in the valley of the Great Salt Lake, in Nortti- ern California, a delightful and fertile region, which ^ 1G 7 cnose f r tne i r future home, and the seat of a new religion, which, in its infancy, has been little less suc cessful than that of the Arabian impostor. Not from the states only, but even from Europe, the Mormon missionaries brought in their proselytes by hundreds and by thousands : their thrifty settlements rapidly increased ; and while they were scarcely thought of by "the world s people" but as a band of outcasts, 1850. we find them, in the year 1850, asking to be enumer ated as a member of our confederacy, and the Amer ican Congress gravely discussing the terms of the admission of the new territory of "Utah!" a. whfltis 15. While Congress was still in session, engaged in " *of acrimonious debate on the various subjects which arose Ollt f tne connection of slavery with the new territo ries, the country was called to mourn the sudden loss of its chief magistrate. Zachary Taylor died at Wash ington on the 9th of July, after an illness of less than a week. Among his last words were, " I have endeav ored to do my duty. I am not afraid to die." His memory will ever be cherished by his countrymen as 3. of the that of an able and good man. s ln the language of an atSSto eminent political opponent, 51 " The integrity of his mo- ^erafcSisT ^ ves was ne ^ er assailed nor assailable. He had passed a. General through a long and active life, neither meriting nor meeting reproach, and, in his last hour, the conviction of the honest discharge of his duty was present to con sole, even when tfie things of this life were fast fading CHAP. XIII.] L TF7lft< CHAPTER XIII. FILMORE S ADMINISTRATION, FKOM JULY 10, 1850, TO MARCH 4, 1853. 1. X 0n the day following the decease of the president, the vice- president, Mi Hard Film ore, pro ceeded to the Hall of the House of Representatives, and there, in accordance with the constitution, and in the presence of both Houses of Congress, took 185O. the oath of office as President of the United States. Without commotion, without any military parade, but with republican simplicity, the legitimate sue- cessor to the presidency was installed in office, and the wheels of government moved on as harmoniously as ever ; presenting to the world a sublime spectacle of the beauty and perfection of self-government. 2. "The first session of the 31st Congress, which 2. opened on the 3d of Nov. 1849, and closed on the 30th of September, 1850, was one of the longest and most exciting ever held. The great subjects of dis- cussion were, the admission of California with the con- stitution she had adopted, and the Texas* boundary question. 4 With these was involved the long agitated 4 question of slavery, in all its various phases respect- ing the extension of slavery to new territory its abo lition in the District of Columbia, and the restoration of fugitive slaves to their owners. 3. & Early in the session, before the death of General 5. what u Taylor, Mr. Clay, at the head of a committee of thir- cfayibui? teen, had reported to the Senate a bill providing for the admission of California with the constitution she had adopted for the organization of the territories ol New Mexico and Utah, and for the adjustment of the Texas boundary. "This project, which received the name of t.whatv>*i the " Omnibus bill," was strongly contested, anu crip- pled by various amendments, until nothing remained 10* 370 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV. 185O. but the sections organizing Utah as a separate territory, which passed both houses, and became a law. i. what, 4. After much discussion, however, the California admission bill, the New Mexico Territorial bill, and the Texas boundary, all subsequently passed as separate propositions, very much as they had been proposed by the committee of which Mr. Clay was chairman. By tll * s resu ^ lst - "The vast territory of California, with r- a sea-board corresponding in latitude to the entire Atlantic coast from Boston to Charleston, became a state of the American Union, with a constitution ex- . Th& Mar eluding domestic slavery : 2d. "The Mormon territory " of Utah, embracing the great central basin of the coun try between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific, was erected into a territorial government, with the decla ration that, when admitted as a state, " said territory, or any portion of the same, shall be received into the Union with or without slavery, as its constitution shall prescribe at the time of the admission :" 3d. 4 New Mexico was erected into a territorial government with the same provision respecting slavery as in the case of Utah : 4th. The Texas Boundary bill (with the con- as Bonn- sent of Texas afterwards obtained), established the dividing line between Texas and New Mexico four de grees east of Santa Fe ; and in consideration that Texas relinquished her claims to the territory east of the Rio Grande thus included in New Mexico, the United States -agreed to pay her the sum of ten mil- * $$?& lions of dollars: 5th. "An act called the "Fugitive toM>7 Slave Law," was passed, providing for the more effec tual and speedy delivery, to their masters, of fugitive i.Thesiave- slaves escaping into the free states: and 6th. 7 An act trade in the i- /> i f ,\ i j ^i District of providing for the suppression 01 the slave-trade in the !? District of Columbia, which declares that " if any slave shall be brought into the District of Columbia for the purpose of being sold, or placed in depot there to be sold as merchandise, such slave shall thereupon become liberated and free." 9. Qftohat 5. These various bills were the results of a compro- *S tfw? e mise of opposing views on the subject of slavery, and results? - m ^-g S p t ^y were a( j voca t e( i by their supporters ; but, as was to be expected, they failed to give entire CHAP. xiii. J FILMORE S ADMINISTRATION. 371 satisfaction either to the North or to the South. A 185O. portion of the South, complaining of the injustice of ~ HQW ^^ excluding their citizens from territory purchased by they regard- their blood and by the common treasure of the Union, would have rejected California until she struck from her constitution the clause prohibiting slavery ; while at the North there was much bitterness of feeling 185 12. against the fugitive slave law, which exhibited itself in conventions of the people, and in the aid afforded to (ugitive slaves escaping to Canada. 6. 2 Duringthe remainder of President Filmore s ad- ^wJua* ministration, little occurred to disturb the quiet tenor remainder f , , . a A , , i r of Filmore t of our country s history. At peace with ioreign na- administra tions, and blessed with almost unexampled prosperity 3 f ^f eof in the various departments of agriculture, commerce, the country, and manufactures, our course is steadily onward in the march of national greatness. "The presidential election 4. character of 1852, although following closely upon the violent ofthl^esi- sectional and political contentions of the 31st Congress, SuSf iSSi was one of unusual quiet, and great moderation of 1852. party feeling: a harbinger of good a bow of prom ise spanning the political horizon after the storm has passed away. The result of the political canvass was the election of the democratic candidate, General Franklin Pierce, of New Hampshire, over General Winfield Scott, the candidate of the whig party. CONCLUSION. B At this period in our history at the ^Anonat beginning of the last half of the nineteenth century toe now or* . V . . , -, 1 . i ii r i e rived in our it is wise to review the past, while with teelmgs ot history? mingled fear and hope we contemplate the future. 1. 6 Little more than two centuries have elapsed since Hmoiong . ... -. L since the the first permanent settlement by civilized man was ftntuttu- , .,.,! c \ TT i eij. mentintha made within the limits of the present United States, u. states? During more than two thirds of that period, while the ^. state of colonies remained under the government of Great Brit- 9 ain, the English settlements were confined to the At- iantic coast ; and at the close of the Revolution the that population numbered only three millions of souls. 2. "The separation, perfected by the Revolution, at \changa _ , , r _ . J , . that immc- once opened new fields for exertion and nterpnse; diateiyfoi- a great change was suddenly made in the character of Revolution? the American people ; and, under the fostering care 3Y2 THE UNITED STATES. [PART IV, 1852. of republican institutions, the tide of population has progress of ro ^ e( i rapidly inland, crossing the Alleghanies sweep- * n & over tne vast va ^ e y * * ne Mississippi, and the plains of California looking down from the heights of the Sierra Nevada nor resting in its onward course until it has settled on the waters of the Colurn- k* a > anc * ^e shores of the Pacific. During the last population, sixty years of our country s history, the population has increased, in a ratio hitherto unprecedented, from three millions to more than twenty millions of souls. z. Prgre.sa 3. 2 Nor has our progress been less rapid in the va- f* rious arts of civilized life. Our transition has been sudden from the weakness of youth to the vigor 3. Power of manhood. 3 In power and resources we already sourw. sustain a proud rivalry with the time-honored nations of the Old World, and we rank the first among the re- i. Extent of publics of the New. 4 0ur busy commerce has ex- merce n tended over every sea, an.d entered every port; and from the Arctic circle to the opposite regions of Polar cold, our canvass whitens in every breeze. Our do- taanufac- mestic manufactures, in the amount of capital em ployed, and in the quality and value of their fabrics, are already competing successfully with those of France and England, while the rewards of agriculture are shedding their blessings on millions of our happy people. e. Facilities 4. 5 0ur numerous railroads, telegraphs, and canals, "nfoS"" navigable rivers and inland seas, by the facilities of communication which they open, bring closely to gether the most distant sections of the Union, and do much to harmonize that diversity of feelings and of in- &. Religion, terests which would otherwise arise. "The Bible, and the institutions of Christianity, shed their blessings Education upon us ; and the education of youth, upon which the well-being of society, and the perpetuity of our repub lican institutions, so greatly depend, is receiving that share of attention which its importance demands. T. ch\intud& 7 For all these blessings we are bound to acknowledge and adore the invisible hand of Almighty power that has directed and sustained us ; for every step in oui progress has been distinguished by manifest tokens of providential agency. A. Augusta. B. Concord. C. Monipelier D. Boston. K. Providence. F. Hartford. G. New Haven, H. Albany. I. Trenton. J. Harnsburg. K. Dover. L. Annapolis. M. Richmond. N. Raleigh. O. Columbia. P Milledgeville. Q.. Tallahassee. R. Tuscai S. Jackson. T. New Orlt U. Nasli V. Frankfort. W. Columbus. X. Indianapclis V. Springfield. Z. Madison City a. Portland. b. Portmouth. c. Newburyport. d. Newport. e. Roches .er. f. Bulla .o. h. Oswego. i. Uticii. j. Newark. K. Philadelphia. 1. Pittsburg m. Baltimore, n. Norfolk, o. New York p. Wilmington. q. Georgetown, r. Charleston, nnah. t. St. Augustine u. Pensacola. v. Mobile. w. Natches. x. Louieville. y. Cincinnati z. Sa-Hliiskv. 1. St. Louis. 2. Chicago. 3. Milwaukie. MAP OF THE UNITED STATES 374 FILMORE S ADMINISTRATION. [PART iv. Let our prayer then be that the same God who brought our fatners out of bondage, into a strange land, to found an empire in the wilderness, may continue his protection to their children. Let us indulge the hope, that in this Western World freedom has found a congenial clime ; that the tree of liberty which has been planted here may grow up in majesty and beauty, until it shall overshadow the whole land ; and that beneath its branches the nations may ever dwell together in unity and love. Let us endeavor to cultivate a spirit of mutual concession and harmony in our national councils ; and remem bering that the monarchies of the Old World are looking upon us with jealousy, and predicting the day of our ruin, let us guard with sacred faith the boon that has been bequeathed us, and amid all the turmoils of political strife by which we may be agitated, let us ever bear aloft the motto, " The Union; one and inseparable " APPENDIX. EXPLANATORY NOTE. It lias been our object, in the foregoing pages, to give a connected history of the Uni ted States, from the earliest discovery of the North Amer ican continent to the present time. In order to preserve the chain of events unbroken, we have seldom digressed to consider the histories of other American states, except where they were intimately connected with our own. But as our relations with the British Possessions on our north, and the Mexican States on our southwest, are daily becoming more and more intimate, a knowledge of the past history and present condition of those countries is becoming additionally important to our people. Besides, Texas, New Mexico, and California, recently brought into our confederacy, have thus made their history our own, and rendered it additionally desirable in a work designed for our schools, to give some account of their past annals, and of the country from which they have been separated. For these reasons we annex, in the fol lowing pages, a brief history of the Canadas, both un der French and under English rule, the history of Mex ico, and the history of Texas down to the time when the " lone star" became one in our glorious constellation, APPENDIX. OH AFT BE I. I. History of Canada under the French. II. History of Canada under the English. 1. HISTORY OF CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. 1. The proper introduction to the history of the Canadas is to be found in the brief account, already given, of the voyages of Cartier, Roberval, and Champlain, the latter of whom, sailing as the lieutenant of De Monts, became the founder of Quebec in 1608, about a year after the English settlement of Jamestown in Virginia. 2. The history of Champlain is one of undaunted courage and resolution, and like that of the celebrated Captain John Smith, of Virginia, is filled with thrilling accounts of romantic adventure among the Indians. On his first arrival in the coun try, Champlain found the powerful Algonquin and Iroquois tribes, the former on the northern bank of the St. Lawrence, and the latter south and west of Lake Ontario, engaged in deadly wars with each other. Champlain at once entered into alliance with the Algonquins, who promised to assist him in exploring the country of their enemies the Iroquois. 3. In the spring of -1609, Champlain, with two of his coun trymen, and a band of his Indian allies, crossed the St. Law rence, and discovered the lake which bears his name. On the banks of Lake George they had an encounter with the Iroquois, who were soon routed, being struck with terror at the havoc made by the unknown instruments of destruction in the hands of the French. 4. Soon after this expedition, Champlain found it necessary to revisit France, but in 1610 he was enabled to return with a considerable reinforcement and fresh supplies. Again he ac companied his Algonquin allies in an expedition into the terri tory of their enemies, and again the Iroquois lied before the destruction which followed in the path of the white stranger. Being recalled to France, Champlain persuaded his allies to CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. 3*77 allow one of their young men to accompany him, while nt the same time a Frenchman remained to lea-rn the language of the Indians. After a brief absence he returned, in 1611, with the Indian youth, whom he designed to employ as interpreter be tween the French and their allies. 5. While Ohamplain was awaiting an appointment which he had made with his savage allies, he passed the time in selecting a place for a new settlement, higher up the river than Quebec. After a careful survey, he fixed upon a spot on the southern oorder of a beautiful island inclosed by the divided channel of the St. Lawrence, cleared a considerable space, surrounded it by an earthen wall, and sowed some grain. From an eminence in the vicinity, which he named Mont Royal, the place has since been called Montreal. 6. In the year 1612 the government of New France, or Can ada, was placed in the hands of a French nobleman, the Count de Soissons, who delegated to Champlain all the functions of his high office. The count dying soon after, the Prince of Conde succeeded to all the privileges of the deceased, and transferred them to Champlain on the most liberal terms. As his commis sion included a monopoly of the fur trade, Champlain was now able to engage the merchants in his projects of discovery and settlement. 7. Like many others at that period, Champlain was enthusi astic in the belief of the existence of a north-western passage to China. A Frenchman who had spent a winter among the northern savages, imposed upon the credulity of Champlain by reporting that the river of the Algonquins (the Ottawa) issued from a lake which was connected with the North Sea ; that he had visited its shores, had there seen the wreck of an English vessel, and that one of the crew was still living with the Indians. 8. Eager to ascertain the truth of this statement, Champlain determined to devote a season to the prosecution of this grand object, and with only four of his countrymen, among whom was the author of the report,*and one native, he commenced his voy age by the dangerous and almost impassable route of the Ottawa River. The party continued their course until they came within eight days journey of the lake on whose shores the shipwreck was said to have occurred. 9. Here the falsity of the Frenchman s report was made ap parent by the opposing testimony of the friendly tribe with whom he had resided, and he himself, in fear of merited pun- 878 CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. ishment, confessed that all he had said was a complete untruth. He had hoped that the difficulties of the route would earlier have induced his superior to relinquish the enterprise, and that his statement would still be credited, which would give him no toriety, and perhaps lead to his preferment to some conspicuous station. Thus the season was passed in a series of useless la bors and fatigues, while no object of importance was promoted. 10. Champlain, having again visited France, and returned with additional recruits, ever ready to engage in warlike en terprises with his Indian allies, next planned an expedition against the Iroquois, whom it was now proposed to assail among the lakes to the westward. Setting out from Montreal, he accompanied his allies in a long route, first up the Ottawa, then overland to the northern shores of Lake Huron, where they were joined by some Huron bands, who likewise consid ered the Iroquois as enemies. 11. Accompanied by their friends, after passing some dis tance down Lake Huron, they struck into the interior, and came to a smaller expanse of water, on the banks of which they dis covered the Iroquois fort, strongly fortified by successive pali sades of trees twined together, and with strong parapets at top. The Iroquois at first advanced, and met their assailants in front of the fortifications ; but the whizzing balls from the fire-arms soon drove them within the ramparts, and, finally, from all the outer defences. They continued, however, to pour forth show ers of arrows and stones, and fought with such bravery that, in spite of all the exertions of the few French and their allies, it was found impossible to drive them from their stronghold. The Iroquois bitterly taunted the allied Hurons and Algonquins as unable to cope with them in a fair field, and obliged to seek the odious aid of this strange and unknown race. 12. The enterprise being finally abandoned, and a retreat commenced, Champlain, wounded, but not dispirited, claimed the completion of the promise of his allies to convey him home after the campaign. But delays and excuses prolonged the time of his departure. First guides were wanting, then a ca noe, and he soon found that the savages were determined to detain him and his companions, either to accompany them in their future expeditions, or to aid in their defence in case of ac attack from the Iroquois : and he was obliged to pass the win ter in the country of the Hurons. In the spring of the follow ing year he was enabled to take leave of his savage allies, soon CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. 379 after which he repaired to Tadoussac, whence he flailed, and arrived in France in the September following. 13. The interests of the colony were now for some time much neglected, owing to the unsettled state of France during the minority of Louis XIII. ; and it was not until 1620 that Cham- plain was enabled to return, with a new equipment, fitted out by an association of merchants. During his absence, the settle ments had been considerably neglected, and, after all that had been done for the colony, there remained, when winter set in, not more than sixty inhabitants of all ages. 14. The progress of the colony was also checked by the ap pointment of an unqualified governor, De Caen, in the place of Champlain, and, after the restoration of the latter, by dissen sions in the mother country, caused chiefly by the opposing sentiments of the Catholics and the Protestants, and the at tempts of the former to diffuse the Catholic religion throughout the New World. In 1G29, during a brief war between England and France, Port Royal, Quebec, and the other French settle ments, fell an easy prey to a small English squadron com manded by Sir David Kirk, a Protestant refugee from France. England, however, placed little value on these distant conquests, and by the treaty of March, 1632, France obtained the restitu tion, not of New France or Canada only, but of Cape Breton and the undefined Acadia. 15. On the restoration of Canada, Champlain was reinvested with his former jurisdiction, which he retained until his death, which occurred early in 1636. During more than sixty years after his death, the colonists were engaged in almost constant warfare with the powerful tribes of the Iroquois. In 1648, after a brief interval of repose, their settlements were attacked with almost fatal precision, and the inhabitants, without dis tinction of age or sex, involved in indiscriminate slaughter. The Huron allies of the French were almost everywhere defeated, and their country, lately so peaceable and flourishing, became a land of horror and of blood. The whole Huron nation, with one consent, dispersed, and fled for refuge in every direction. A few afterwards reluctantly united with their conquerors ; the Greater number sought an asylum among the Chippewas of Lake uperior, while a small remnant sought the protection of the French at Quebec. 16. The Iroquois now rapidly extended their conquests over the western Huron tribes, and also over the Algouquins of New 880 CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. England, while the French, shut up in their fortified posts, be held the destruction of their allies without daring to venture to their relief. In 1665, however, the power of the French was augmented by an increase of emigrants, and the addition of a regiment of soldiers. Three forts were erected on the river Richelieu, (now the Sorel,) and several expeditions were made into the territory of the Iroquois, which checked their insolence, and for a time secured the colony from the inroads of these fierce marauders. 17. During the administration of De Courcelles, who suc ceeded De Tracy as governor in 1667, a settlement of Hurons, under the direction of the Jesuit Marquette, was established on the island of Mackinaw, between lakes Huron and Michigan, a situation very favorable for the fur trade. The site of a fort was also selected at Cataraqui, on Lake Ontario, near the pres ent village of Kingston, an advantageous point for the protection of the trading interests, and for holding the Five Nations in awe. Count Front enac, who succeeded De Courcelles in 1672, caused the fort at Cataraqui to be completed ; and it has often, ro m him, been called Fort Frontenac. 18. In 1084, M. De la Barre, the successor of Frontenac, crossed Lake Ontario, and marched into the country of the Iro quois to subdue them ; but a mortal sickness having broken out in the French army, De la Barre thought it best to yield to the terms of the enemy and withdraw his forces. In the following year De la Barre was recalled, and the Marquis Denonville was appointed in his stead. 19. Denonville professed to the Iroquois a wish to maintain peace, while the opposite course was intended by him. Having under various pretexts, allured a number of chiefs to meet him on the banks of Lake Ontario, he secured them and sent them to France as trophies ; and afterwards they were sent as slaves to the galleys. This base stratagem kindled anew the flame of war, and each party prepared to carry it on to the utmost ex tremity. Denonville made an inroad into the country of the Senecas, who burned their villages on his approach. In return the enemy attacked the two forts Niagara and Cataraqui, the former of which was abandoned after nearly all the garrison had perished of hunger. Lake Ontario was covered with the canoes of the enemy ; the allies of the French began to waver ; and had the savages understood the art of siege, they would probably have driven the French entirely from Canada. In CANADA UNDER THE FRENCH. 381 this critical situation, Denonville was obliged to accept the most humiliating terms from the enemy, and to request back from France the chiefs whom he had so unjustly entrapped and sent thither. 20. The treaty, however, was interrupted by an unexpected act of treachery on the part of the principal chief of the Hurons, who, fearing that the remnant of his tribe might now be left defenceless, captured and killed a party of the Iroqtiois depu ties who were on their way to Montreal ; and as he had the address to make the Iroquois believe that the crime had been committed at the instigation of the -French Governor, the flame of war again broke out, and burned more fiercely than ever. The Iroquois soon after made a descent on the island of Mon treal, which they laid waste, and carried off 200 prisoners. 21. In this extremity, when the very existence of the colony was threatened, Denonville was recalled, and the administration of the government was a second time intrusted to Count Fron- tenac. At this period, the war, called by the French and English colonies, " King William s War," broke out between France and England. It was during this war that the French and their allies attacked and destroyed Schenectady, Salmon Falls, and Casco in Maine, and that the British colonies sent unsuccessful expedi tions against Quebec and Montreal. Frontenac made a success ful irruption by way of Lake Ontario and the river Oswego, into the Iroquois country, laying waste the villages of the Cayugas and Onondagas ; but the enemy rallied, and severely harassed him in his retreat. 22. The war between the French and the Iroquois continued three years after the peace between France and England in 1697. At length, in the year 1700, this long Indian war was brought to a close, and the numerous prisoners on both sides were allowed to return. The natives, prisoners to the French, availing themselves of the privilege, eagerly sought their homes, but the greater part of the French captives were found to have contracted such an attachment to the wild freedom of the woods, that nothing could induce them to quit their savage associates. 23. During Queen Anne s war, from 1702 to 1713, the Iro quois preserved a kind of neutrality between the French" and the English, while each party endeavored to secure their co operation in its favor. After the treaty of Utrecht, in 1713, Canada enjoyed a long period of uninterrupted tranquillity. The extent of settled territory, however, was still small, chiefly 382 CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. embraced in a narrow strip on the St. Lawrence, between Que bec and Montreal. At Fort Frontenac and Niagara a few sol diers were stationed; a feeble settlement was formed at Detroit; and at Mackinaw a fort surrounded by an Indian village. In 1731 th3 French erected Fort Frederic, (now Crown Point,) on the western shore of Lake Champlain, but surrendered it to the English under General Amherst, in 1759. In 1756, they erected the fortress of Ticonderoga, at the mouth of the outlet of Lake George; and in 1754 the Marquis du Quesne erected, at the confluence of the Alleghany and Monongahela, the mem orable fort which bore his name. 24. The French were likewise encroaching upon Nova Scotia, which had been ceded to England by the treaty of Utrecht in 1713 ; and in the west they were attempting to complete aline of forts which should confine the British colonists to the terri tory east of the Alleghanies. These encroachments were the principal cause which led to the " French and Indian war," a war which resulted in the overthrow of the power of France in America, and the transfer of her possessions to a rival nation. An account of that war has already been given in a former part of this work, to which we refer for a continuation of the history of Canada during that eventful period. II. HISTORY OF CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. 1. The his tory of Canada subsequent to the peace of 1763, is so intimately connected with that of the United States, and so much of it has been embraced in former pages of this work, that we shall pass briefly over those portions common to both, and shall dwell on such events only as are necessary to preserve the history of Canada entire. 2. During the American Revolution, the French Canadians maintained their allegiance to the British crown, and united with the English in the war against the colonies. The issue of the war was attended with considerable advantage to Canada. A large number of disbanded British soldiers, and loyalists from the United States, who had sought refuge in the British terri tories, received liberal grants of land bordering on the St. Law rence and Lake Ontario ; and at this period are dated the first permanent settlements in " Canada West," or Upper Canada. The new settlers founded Kingston, on the site of Fort Fronte nac ; and a few years later a number of emigrants, under the direction of General Simcoe, founded York, since called Toronto. 3. In 1791, the repeated requests of the people for a repre- 0/NADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. 383 seniative government were granted, and Canada was divided into two provinces, Upper and Lower, over which representative gov ernments were established, on a basis resembling that of the British constitution. In the year 1803, slavery was declared to be inconsistent with the laws of the country, and the few individuals held in bondage received a grant of freedom. 4. Soon after the close of the war of 1812, the principal events of which, so far as they belong to Canadian history, have been related in another part of this work, internal dissensions began to disturb the quiet of the two provinces, but more par ticularly that of Lower Canada. The controversy began in the Lower Province, between the governor and the assembly, the former demanding a large annual grant for the uses of govern ment, without specifying the particular objects to which it was to be applied, and the latter demanding that the estimates should be given in detail, while the assembly should be the judge of their necessity and propriety. 5. During a long controversy with successive governors, most of these points were, one after another, yielded to the represen tatives of the people ; but with each succession the demands of the assembly increased, until, in 1831, it declared that "under no circumstances, and upon no considerations whatever, would it abandon or compromise its claim over the whole public reve nue." The British government partially yielded to this demand by transferring to the assembly all control over the most impor tant revenues of the province, but, in return, claimed that cer tain casual revenues arising from the sale of lands, the cutting of timber, &c., should be considered as belonging to the crown, and should be appropriated chiefly to the payment of the sti pends of the clergy of the established church. The crown also demanded permanent salaries for the judges, the governor, and a few of the chief executive officers. 6. While these royal claims, which greatly irritated the peo ple, were still unsettled, the assembly next demanded that the legislative council, hitherto appointed by the crown, should be ibolished, and a new one, similar to the Americ-an senate, sub stituted in its place, with members elected by the people. To this demand the British ministry gave a peremptory refusal, declaring it inconsistent with the very existence of monarchical institutions; and early in 1837 the British parliament, by a vote of 318 to 66, strongly reaffirmed the position assumed by the ministry. 384 CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. 7. Intelligence of this vote occasioned violent commotions in the Canadas ; various meetings of the people were held to con sider the state of the countiy, and a recommendation was made to discontinue the us of British manufactures, and of all arti cles paying taxes. Meetings of the loyalists also were held in Quebec and Montreal, condemning the violent proceedings of the assembly, and deprecating both the objects and the measures of the so-called patriot party. 8. A recourse to arms appears now to have been resolved upon by the popular leaders, foremost of whom was Papineau, speaker of the assembly, whose avowed object was an entire separation of the Canadas from the parent state. A central committee was formed at Montreal : an association called " The Sons of Liberty" paraded the streets in a hostile manner ; and a proclamation was issued by them denouncing the " wicked de signs of the British government," and calling upon all friends of their country to rally around the standard of freedom. 9. In many places the people deposed the magistrates, and reorganized the militia under officers of their own selection. Loyalist associations, however, were formed in opposition to these movements ; and the Catholic clergy, headed by the bish op of Montreal, earnestly exhorted the people to take no part in the violent proceedings of the "Patriot party." In Mon treal, the " Sons of Liberty" were attacked in the streets and dispersed by the loyalists; the office of the Vindicator news paper was destroyed, and the house of Papineau, the great agitator, was set on fire by the victors, but rescued from the flames. Exaggerated reports of this affair spread through the country, increasing the general ferment, and giving new strength to the cause of the disaffected. It being announced that resist ance was assuming a more organized form, the government issued warrants for the arrest of twenty-six of the most active of the patriot leaders, of whom seven were members of the assembly, including Papineau, the speaker of that body. 10. Several were apprehended, but Papineau could not bo found. A body of militia, sent to make some arrests in the vicinity of St. Johns, on the Sorel, succeeded in their purpose, but on their return they were attacked by a party of the insur gents, and the prisoners were rescued. In the latter part of November, strong detachments of government troops, com manded by Colonels Gore and Wetherall, were sent to attack armed bodies of the insurgents, assembled under Papineau, CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. 385 Brown, and Neilson, in the villages of St. Denis and St. Charles, on the Sorel. After considerable bloodshed, the insurrection was suppressed in that quarter ; Neilson was taken prisoner ; and Brown and Papineau sought safety by escaping to the Uni ted States. In December, thirteen hundred regular and volun teer troops were sent against the districts of Two Mountains and Terrebonne. At St. Eustache an obstinate stand was made by the insurgents, who were finally defeated with severe loss ; the village of Benois was reduced to ashes, and several of the patriot leaders were taken. At the close of the year 1837, the whole province of Lower Canada was again in a state of tran quillity. 11. In the meantime Upper Canada had become the theatre of important events. A discontented party had arisen there, demanding reforms similar to those which had been the cause of dissensions in the lower province, and especially urging the necessity of rendering the legislative council elective by the people. On the breaking out of the insurrection in the lower province, the leaders of the popular party, who had long de sired a separation from Great Britain, seized the opportunity for putting their plans in execution, but after a few skirmishes the patriot leaders disappeared, their followers laid down their arms, and tranquillity was restored throughout the province. 12. Mackenzie, however, one of the promoters of the insur rection, having fled to Buffalo, succeeded in kindling there a great enthusiasm for the cause of the " Canadian Patriots." A small corps was quickly assembled ; Van Rensselaer, Suther land, and others, presented themselves as military leaders ; possession was taken of Navy Island, situated in the Niagara channel ; and fortifications were there commenced which were defended by thirteen pieces of cannon. Recruits flocked to this post until their numbers amounted to about a thousand. Colonel M Nab soon arrived with a large body of government troops, but without the materials for crossing the channel, or successfully cannonading the position of the insurgents. 13. Much excitement prevailed along the American frontier and volunteers from the states began to flock in considerable numbers to aid the cause of the "Patriots." But the Ameri can president, Mr. Van Buren, issued two successive proclama tions, warning the people of the penalties to which they would expose themselves by engaging in hostilities with a friendly 17 380 CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. power, and also appointed General Scott to take command of the disturbed frontier, and enforce a strict neutrality. 14. In the meantime a small steamer, named the Caroline, had been employed by the insurgents in conveying troops ana stores from Fort Schlosser, on the American shore, to Navy Island. Captain Drew, having been instructed by Colonel M Nab to intercept her return, but not being able to meet the boat in the channel, attacked her at night, while moored at the American shore. At least one of the crew was killed, and the vessel, after being towed to the middle of the stream, was set on fire and abandoned, when the burning mass was borne down ward by the current, and precipitated over the Falls. 15. This act, occurring within the waters of the United States, occasioned much excitement throughout the Union, and led to an angry correspondence between the British and the American minister. After the arrival of General Scott on the frontier, effective measures were taken to prevent farther supplies and recruits from reaching Navy Island, when, the force of the as sailants continually increasing, and a severe cannonade having, been commenced by them, the insurgents evacuated their posi tion on the 14th of January. Van Rensselaer and Mackenzie, escaping to the United States, were arrested by the American authorities, but admitted to bail. A number of the fugitives fled to the west, and under their leader, Sutherland, formed an establishment on an island in the Detroit channel. After meet ing with some reverses, this party also voluntarily disbanded. 16. Tranquillity was now, for a short time, restored to both Canadas, parliament made some changes in the constitution of the lower province and in May 1838 the Earl of Durham arrived at Quebec, as governor-general of all British America ; but the opening of his administration meeting with some cen sure in the British parliament, he resigned his commission, and on the 1st of November sailed for England. 1*7. On the 3d of November, only two days after *he depar ture of the Earl of Durham, a fresh rebellion, which had been organizing during the summer along the whole line of the Amer ican frontier, broke out in the southern counties of Montreal District. At Napierville, west of the Sorel, Dr. Neilson and other leaders had collected about 4000 men, several hundred of whom were detached to open a communication with theii friends on the American side of the line. These were attacked aud repulsed by a party of loyalists, who afterwards posted CANADA UNDER THE ENGLISH. 88*7 themselves in Odelltown chapel, where they were in turn at tacked by a large body of the insurgents, headed by Neilson himself; but after a severe engagement the latter were obliged to retreat with considerable loss. 18. In the meantime seven regiments of the line, under the command of Sir James McDonnell, crossed the St. Lawrence and marched upon Napierville, but on their approach the in surgents dispersed. So rapid were the movements of the gov ernment troops, that the insurrection in Lower Canada was entirely suppressed at the expiration of only one week after the first movement. A few days after these events several hundred Americans sailed from the vicinity of Sackett s Harbor, and landed near Prescott, where they were joined by a number of the Canadians. On the 13th of November they were attacked by the government troops, but the latter were repulsed. On the 16th they were attacked by a superior force, when nearly the whole party surrendered. 19. Notwithstanding the ill success of all the invasions hith erto planned on the American side of the line in aid of the Canadian insurgents, on the 4th of December a party of about two hundred crossed from Detroit, and landing a few miles above Sandwich, dispersed a party of British, and burned the barracks and a British steamer, but being attacked by a larger party of the British on the same day, they were defeated and dispersed. A number of the prisoners were ordered to be shot by the Canadian authorities immediately after the engagement. 20. These events, occurring in the latter part of 1838, closed the "Canadian Rebellion." Throughout the disturbances, the American government, acting upon the principles of strict neu trality, had zealously endeavored, as in duty bound, to prevent its citizens from organizing within its borders, for the purpose of invading the territory of a friendly power; yet doubtless a majority of the American people sympathized with the Cana dians, and wished success to their cause. The exceedingly de fective organization of the insurgents, their want of concert, their irresolution, and the want of harmony among their lead ers, show that the Canadian people, however great may have been the grievances of which they complained, were at that time totally unprepared to effect a forcible separation from the mother country. 21. As the last great event in Canadian history, on the 23d of July 1340, the British parliament, after much discussion. 388 HISTORY OF MEXICO. passed an act by which the provinces of Upper and Lower Can ada were united into one, under the name of the Province of Canada. The form of government adopted was similar to that previously existing in each province, consisting of a governor appointed by her majesty, a legislative council summoned by the governor, and a representative assembly elected by tho people. 22. As a concluding statement to this brief sketch of Cana dian history, it may be remarked, that only a few of the evils bo long complained of have been removed, and the great mass of the people have yet but little share either in the choice of their rulers, or in the free enactment of the laws by which the province is governed. CHAPTBK II. HISTORY OF MEXICO AND TEXAS. /. Aboriginal Mexico. II. Colonial History of Mexico. ///. Mexico during the first Revolution. IV. Mexico from the close of the first Rev- oluiton to the adoption of the Federal Constitution of 1824. V. Mexico from the adoption of the Federal Constitution in 1824 to the commence ment of the Texan Revolution in 1835. VI. Texan Revolution. VII. Mexico from the close of the Texan Revolution in 1836 to the commcnce- GO ft of it tnent of the war with the United States in 1846. 1. ABORIGINAL MEXICO. 1. At the time of the discovery of America, nearly the whole continent was occupied by barbarous and wandering tribes, of whose history little that is authentic can now be learned. The aboriginal Mexicans, however, dif fered essentially from the great mass of the race to which they apparently belonged. They had made considerable advances in civilization were an agricultural people had built flourishing cities and were united under a regular system of government. 2. The Toltecas or Toltecs, are the most ancient Mexican na tion of which history and fable combined furnish us any ac counts. The symbolical representations, or hieroglyphics, from which their history is obtained, and which were found among the Mexicans, represent that in the year 472 of the Christian era, they were expelled from their own country, called Tollan. wiiuatad somewhere to the north of Mexico, and that, for some HISTORY OF MEXICO. 889 time after, they led a migratory and wandering life ; but, at the expiration of 104 years, they reached a place about fifty miles to tbe eastward of the city of Mexico, where they re mained twenty years. Thence they proceeded a short distance westward, where they founded a city, called from the name of their original country, Tollan, or Tula. 3. The Toltecas, during their journeys, were conducted by chiefs; but after their final settlement, in the year 667, their government was changed to a monarchy, which lasted nearly four centuries. At the expiration of this time, they had in creased very considerably in numbers, and had built many cities ; but when in the height of their prosperity, almost the whole nation was destroyed by a famine and a pestilence. 4. The hieroglyphical symbols from which the account of this event is derived, represent that, at a certain festive ball made by the Toltecas, the Sad Looking Devil appeared to them, of a gigantic size, with immense arms, and, in the midst of their entertainments, embraced and suffocated them ; that then he appeared in the form of a child with a putrid head, and brought the plague ; and finally, at the persuasion of the same devil, they abandoned the country Tula, and dispersed themselves among the surrounding nations, where they were well received on account of their superior knowledge and civil ization. 5. About a hundred years after the dispersion of the Toltecs, their country was occupied by the Chichemecas, who also came from the north, and were eighteen months on their journey. Although less civi.ized than the Toltecs, they had a regular form of monarchical government, and were less disgusting in their manners than some of the neighboring nations. They formed an alliance with the remnant of the Toltecs, and inter married with them ; the consequence of which was the intro duction of the arts and knowledge of the Toltecs, and a change in the Chichemecas, from a hunting to an agricultural people. The Chichemecas were soon after joined by the Acolhuans, likewise from the north ; after which the history of the two na tions is filled with uninteresting accounts of petty conquests, civil wars, and rebellions, until the appearance of the Aztecs, or Mexicans, also of Indian origin. 6. The latter are represented to have left their own country, a great distance to the north of the Gulf of California, in the year 11 GO, by the command of one of their deities ; and, after 390 HISTORY OF MEXICO. wandering fifty-six years, to have arrived at the city of Zum- jiango, in the valley of Mexico. During their journey they are supposed to have stopped some time on the banks of the river Gila, an eastern branch of the Colorado, where may still be seen remains of the massive stone buildings which they are said to have constructed. 7. Thence they proceeded until they came to a place about two hundred and fifty miles northwest from Chihuahua, and now known by the name of Casa Grande, on account of a very large building still extant there at the time of the Spanish con quest, and universally attributed to the Aztecs, by the tradi tions of the country. Thence they proceeded southward to Culiacan, on a river of the same name, which flows into the Gulf of California, about the 24th degree of north latitude. Here they made a wooden image of their god, and a chair of reeds and rushes to support it, and also appointed four priests, called the " Servants of God," to carry it on their shoulders during their subsequent wanderings. 8. When the Aztecs left their original habitations, they con sisted of six tribes ; but at Culiacan, the Mexicans separated from the other five, and taking their deity with them, continued their journey alone. In the year 1210, they arrived in the valley of Mexico, where they were at first well received, but they were afterwards enslaved by a neighboring prince, who claimed the territory, and who was unwilling to have them re main without paying tribute. 9. They were finally, however, released from bondage, when they resumed their wanderings, which they continued until the year 1325, when they came to a place on the borders of a lake, where the eagle that had guided them in their journeys rested upon a nopal, where it shortly afterwards died. This was the sign given them by their oracle, designating the place where they were finally to settle ; and as soon as they had taken pos session of the spot, they erected an altar to the god who had conducted them in their wanderings. The city which they built here was first called Tenochtitlan, and afterwards Mexico, signifying the place of Mexitli, the Mexican god of war. 10. During the time which intervened from the founding of Mexico to the conquest by the Spaniards, a period of nearly two hundred years, the Mexicans went on gradually increasing in power and resources, and, by conquest and alliances, they extended their dominion, not only over the other Aztec tribes, HISTORY OF MEXICO. 391 which had accompanied them during most of their wanderings, and which afterwards settled around them, but also over other tribes or nations that spoke languages different from the Aztec or Mexican. 11. Previous to their settlement in the valley of Mexico, the Mexicans continued unacquainted with regal dominion, and were governed in peace, and conducted in war, by such as were entitled to pre-eminence by their wisdom or their valor ; but after their power and territories became extensive, the su preme authority finally centered in a single individual ; and when the Spaniards, under Cortez, invaded the country, Mon- tezuma was the ninth monarch in order who had swayed the Mexican sceptre, not by hereditary right, but by election. The accounts given of all this history, in the hieroglyphic writings of the Mexicans, and which have been faithfully translated by Spanish writers, are minute and circumstantial ; but the details would possess little interest for us. II. COLONIAL HISTORY OF MEXICO. 1. The conquest of Mexico by the Spaniards, an account of which has already been fiven, vested the sovereignty of the country in the crown of pain, which guaranteed that, on no account should it be sepa rated, wholly or in part, from the Spanish monarchy. 2. The establishment of a Spanish colonial government in Mexico was followed by the bondage of the natives, who were at first reduced to the most cruel and humiliating form of slave ry. About the middle of the sixteenth century, the wretched ness of their situation was somewhat alleviated by the labors and influence of the worthy Las Casas, but they were not al lowed to leave the districts in which they were settled ; their lands were retained by the Spaniards ; and they were still obliged to labor for their oppressors. This indirect slavery was eventually abolished about the beginning of the eighteenth century, but the Indians were still deprived of all privileges as citizens, and the government seemed to aim at keeping the na tive population in poverty and barbarism. 3. The colonial government was not much better calculated to promote the interests and prosperity of the native Spanish population. For nearly three centuries, down to the year 1810. Mexico was governed by viceroys appointed by the court of Spain ; all of whom, with one exception, were European Span iards. Every situation in the gift of the crown was bestowed upon a European; nor is there an instance, for many years 392 HISTORY OF MEXICO. before the revolution, either in the church, the army, or the law, in which the door of preferment was opened to a Spaniard Mexican born. Through this policy a privileged caste arose, distinct from the Mexican Spaniards in feelings, habits, and in terests, the p;iid agents of a government whose only aim was to enrich itself, without any regard to the abuses perpetrated under its authority. 4. The complaints of the Creoles (the name given to the white inhabitants, of European descent, born in America) were unheeded by the Spanish government. During the reign of Charles V. in the latter part of the 18th century, it is said that " Every office was publicly sold, with the exception of those that were bestowed upon court minions as the reward of dis graceful service. Men destitute of talent, education, and char acter, were appointed to offices of the greatest responsibility in church and state ; and panders and parasites were forced upon America, to superintend the finances, and preside in the su preme courts of appeal. For the colonists there was no respite from official blood-suckers. Each succeeding swarm of adven turers, in the eagerness to indemnify themselves for the money expended in purchasing their places, increased the calamities of provinces already wasted by the cupidity of their predecessors. Truly might the Hispano-Americans have exclaimed, That which the palmer-worm hath left hath the locust eaten, that which the locust hath left hath the canker-worm eaten, and that which the canker-worm hath left hath the caterpillar eaten. " 5. The same writer thus forcibly describes the condition of Mexico immediately previous to the events which led to the Revolution. " The condition of Mexico at the beginning of the present century was stamped with the repulsive features of an anarchical and semi-barbarous society, of which the elements were an aboriginal population, satisfied with existing in un molested indigence ; a chaos of parti-colored castes, equally passive, superstitious, and ignorant; a numerous Creole class, wealthy, mortified, and discontented ; and a compact phalanx of European officials, the pampered Mamelukes of the crown who contended for and profited by every act of administrative iniquity. Public opinion was unrepresented ; there were no popularly chosen authorities, no deliberative assemblies of the people, no independent publications, for the miserably meagre press was but a shadow, a light-abhorring phantom, evoked HISTORY OF MEXICO. 393 to stifle free discussion by suppressing its cause, and bound to do the evil bidding of a blind, disastrous, and suicidal tyranny." IH. MEXICO DURING THE FIRST REVOLUTION. 1. When in the year 1808, Charles IV, the king of Spain, was dethroned by the emperor Napoleon, the viceroy of Mexico exhorted the peo ple to preserve their fidelity to their dethroned monarch, and, for the purpose of conciliating the good will, and gaining the assistance of the Creoles, proposed to admit them to a share in the government ; but the court of the Audiencia, the highest ju dicial tribunal in Mexico, declaring the illegality of this meas ure, and taking part with the European Spaniards against the Creole population, seized and imprisoned the viceroy and his adherents. 2. The arbitrary measures of the Audiencia increased the feeling of hostility against the Europeans ; a general impatience to shake off the yoke of foreign domination was manifested throughout the province; and on the 16th of September 1810, Hidalgo, a priest in the little town of Dolores, raised the stan dard of revolt, by seizing and imprisoning seven Europeans, whose property he distributed amongst his followers. 3. The news of this insurrectionary movement spread rapidly, and was everywhere received with enthusiasm. On the 29th of the same month, Hidalgo entered the city of Guanaxuato at the head of a force of 20,000 men, chiefly Indians poorly armed, overpowered the garrison, put the Spaniards to death, gave up their property to his troops, and recruited his military chest with public funds amounting to five millions of dollars. 4. After having entered Valladolid without resistance, he advanced, at the head of his motley force, within a few miles of the Mexican capital ; but after remaining two or three days within sight of the city, he made a sudden and unaccountable retreat. His subsequent career was a series of disasters. On the 7th of November, his undisciplined and poorly armed troops were met and routed with great loss, in the plains of Acnlco, by the royalist general Calleja. Calleja soon after entered the city of Guanaxuato, where he took ample revenge for the ex cesses which the insurgent populace had previously committed against the Europeans. To avoid the waste of powder and bail, it is said that he cut the throats of the defenceless inhab itants, until the principal fountain of the city literally overflowed with gore. 5 Hidalgo retreated to Valladolid, where he caused eighty 17* S94 HISTORY OF MEXICO. Europeans to be beheaded ; and thence procepding to Guada* laxara, he caused between seven and eight hundred of the pop ulation to be taken to the neighboring mountains and butchered in secret, without any form of trial or examination ; thus imitat ing, on American soil, the horrors of the French Revolution. On the 17th of January 1811, his forces were routed at the Bridge of Calderon ; and soon after Hidalgo himself, while pro ceeding with several of his officers to the frontiers of the United States to purchase arms and military stores, was surprised and made prisoner through the treachery of a former associate. Being brought to trial by orders of the government, he was deprived of his clerical orders and sentenced to be shot. His companions shared his fate. 6. After the fall of Hidalgo, the warlike priest Morelos as sumed the general command of the insurgent forces. During the year 1811, by a series of brilliant victories which were never tarnished by wanton cruelties, he overcame the several detachments sent against him, and in February 1812, his ad- vaaced forces had arrived within twenty miles of the gates of Mexico; but soon after he was shut up in the town of Cuaiitla by the forces of Calleja. Morelos sustained the siege with great spirit, until famine and disease commenced their frightful rava ges in the town, when the place was evacuated, with but little loss, on the night of the second of May. It was during the siege of Cdautla that Victoria and Bravo, both young men, first distinguished themselves. At the same time Guerrero, in the successful defence of a neighboring town, began his long and perilous career. 7. During nearly two years the troops of Morelos were al most uniformly successful in their numerous encounters with the enemy; but on the 23d of December 1813, and on the 6th of January following, they were twice defeated with great loss at Valladolid. Morelos never recovered from these reverses, and although he continued to display all his wonted resolution and activity, he lost action after action ; all his strong posts were taken ; several of his best generals died upon the scaffold, .or perished on the field of battle ; and finally, Morelos himself, being taken prisoner, was condemned to death. On arriving at the place of execution, he uttered the following simple but af fecting prayer : " Lord, if I have done well, thou knowest it : if ill, to thy infinite mercy I commend my soul." He then bound a handkerchief over his eyes, gave the signal to the sol- HISTORY OF MEXICO. 396 diers to fire, and met death with as much composure as he had ever shown when facing it on the field of battle. 8. After the death of Morelos, the cause of the insurgents languished ; the jarring interests of the different leaders broke out into open discord ; and although the war was continued in various quarters, yet after a struggle of nine years from the first outbreak in the little town of Dolores, the First Revolution terminated in 1819, in the total defeat and dispersion of the Independent party. But although open hostilities were quelled, the spirit of independence was daily gaining ground among the Creole population. Spain had entirely lost all those moral in fluences by which she had so long governed her colonies in the New World. IV. MEXICO, FROM THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST REVOLUTION IN 181 9, TO THE ADOPTION OF THE FEDERAL CONSTITUTION OF 1824. 1. In the year 1820, the arbitrary government of Spain gave place to the establishment of a constitutional monarchy. As the Spanish constitution provided for a more liberal administra tion of government in Mexico than had prevailed since 1812, the increased freedom of the elections again threw the minds of the people into a ferment ; and the spirit of independence, which had been only smothered, broke forth anew. 2. Moreover, divisions arose among the Mexican Spaniards themselves, some, among whom was the viceroy of Apadaca, being in favor of a return to the old system of arbitrary rule, while others were sincerely attached to the liberties guaranteed by the new constitution. 3. In this state of affairs the viceroy planned a scheme for overturning the existing government, and proclaiming the re- establishment of the absolute authority of the king. Selecting as his instrument Don Augustin Iturbide, he sent him to the western coast at the head of a body of troops to begin the in surrection : but Iturbide, instead of acting in obedience to his instructions, took the bold stand of proclaiming Mexico wholly independent of the Spanish nation. Thus began the second Revolution the war of Mexican Independence. 4. On the 24th of February 1821, Iturbide proclaimed his project, known as the "Plan of Iguala," which declared that Mexico should be an independent nation, its religion Catholic, and its government a constitutional monarchy. All distinctions of caste were to be abolished ; all inhabitants, whether Span iards, Creoles, Africans, or Indians, who should adhere to the 396 HISTORY OF MEXICO. cause of independence, were to be citizens ; and the door of preferment was declared to be opened to virtue and merit alone. 5. The progress of Iturbide was rapid ; and before the month of July, the whole country, with the exception of the capital, recognized his authority ; and on the 27th of September, the capital itself submitted, and all opposition ceased. A national congress was then called for the formation of a constitution ; and in the meantime Iturbide, who was eulogized as the savior of the country, was made temporary president, with a yearly salary of one hundred and twenty thousand dollars. 6. When the National Congress assembled, three distinct parties were found among its members : 1st, the Bowrbonitts, who wished a constitutional monarchy, with a prince of the house of Bourbon at its head : 2d, the RepvbUcanf, who de sired a federal republic ; and 3d, the Iturbidists, who wished to place Iturbide himself upon the throne. 7. By much artifice the soldiers of the garrison of Mexico, and a large crowd of the leperos or beggars of the city, were induced to proclaim Iturbide emperor. The latter, pretending to yield with reluctance to what he was pleased to consider tje " will of the people," brought the subject before Congress, which, overawed by the soldiery and the rabble, gave their sanction to a measure which they had not the power to oppose ; and Iturbide was proclaimed, and everywhere acknowledged, emperor. 8. On the accession of Iturbide, a struggle for power began between him and the Congress, and, after rive months of con tention, Iturbide terminated the dispute as Cromwell and Bo naparte had done on similar occasions before him, by proclaim ing the dissolution of the national assembly, and substituting in its stead a junta of his own nomination. 9. The popularity of Iturbide did not long survive his as sumption of arbitrary power. In less than a month an insur rection broke out in the northern provinces ; and soon after, the youthful general, Santa Anna, a former supporter of Iturbide, declared against him, at the head of the garrison of Vera Cruz. The old revolutionary leaders, Generals Bravo, Guerrero, and Victoria, joined Santa Anna, when Iturbide, terrified by the storm which was arising against him, formally resigned the im perial crown on the 19th of March 1823, and on the llth oi May following sailed for Europe. 10. The Congress which assembled in August immediately HISTORY OF MEXICO. 397 entered on the duties of forming a new constitution, which was submitted on the 31st of January 1824, and definitively sanc tioned in October following. By this instrument, modelled somewhat after the constitution of the United States, the Mex ican provinces were united in one Independent Republic. With many excellent provisions, the constitution was liable to some serious objections. The trial by jury was not introduced, nor was the requisite publicity given to the administration of jus tice : and as if to bind down the consciences of posterity to all future generations, the third article in the constitution declared that, " The religion of the Mexican nation is, and will be per petually, the Roman Catholic Apostolic." 11. The fate of the ex-emperor remains to be noticed. In consequence of his supposed intention of returning to Mexico, a circumstance which might endanger the peace of the country, in April 1824 the Congress passed a decree of outlawry against him. In July, however, he landed in disguise, but was soon afterwards arrested, and shot by order of the provincial Con gress of Tamaulipas. V. MEXICO FROM THE ADOPTION OF THE FEDERAL CONSTITU TION OF 1824 TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE TEXAN REVOLU TION IN 1835. 1. On the first of January 1825, the first Con gress under the federal constitution assembled in the city of Mexico; and at the same time General Guadalupe Victoria was installed as president of the republic, and General Nicholas Bravo as vice-president. The years 1825 and 1826 passed with but few disturbances ; the administration of Victoria was generally popular ; and the country enjoyed a greater degree of prosperity than at any former or subsequent period. 2. The country was divided, however, between two political parties, at the head of which were two opposing Masonic socie ties, known as the Scotch and the York lodges ; the former aristocratic in sentiment, in favor of the establishment of a strong central government, and supposed to be secretly in clined to a constitutional monarchy, with a king chosen from the Bourbon family : the latter, opposed to a royal or centra] government, of strong democratic tendencies, and generally in favor of the expulsion of the Spanish residents. 3. In the elections which took place in the autumn of 1826, bribery, corruption, and calumnies of all kinds, were resorted to by both parties, and some of the elections were declared null in consequence of the illegality of the proceedings by which 398 HISTORY OF MEXICO. they had been 1 effected. At length, in the beginning of 1828, the dissensions of the two parties broke out in open hostilities by an insurrectionary movement of the Scotch party, which, however, was soon suppressed. 4. In the presidential election of 1828, General Pedraza, a member of the Scotch party, was elected president, by a ma jority of only two votes over his competitor, General Guerrero ; but the Yorkinos, declaring that the election had been carried by fraud, determined to obtain redress by an appeal to arms. At this moment Santa Anna, whose name had figured in the most turbulent periods of the Revolution since 1821, appeared on the political stage, at the head of 500 men he took pos session of the castle of Perote, and proclaimed Guerrero, the caief of the Yorkino party, president. 5. On the last day of November, the government guard in the city of Mexico was surprised by the Yorkinos, and a con test began in the streets of the city, which, after continuing four days, ended in the dissolution of the Congress, the flight of the president Pedraza, and a partial pillage of the capital. On the first of January, 1829, anew Congress assembled, when Guerrero was made president, and Santa Anna was declared to have deserved well of his country. 6. Thus terminated the first struggle for the presidential succession in Mexico in scenes of violence and bloodshed, and in the triumph of revolutionary force over the constitution and laws of the land. The appeal then made to arms was after wards deeply regretted by the prominent actors themselves, many of whom perished in subsequent revolutions, victims of their own blood-stained policy. The country long mourned the consequences of their rash and guilty measures. 7. In July 1829, a Spanish expedition of 4000 men landed at Tampico, for the invasion of the Mexican Republic ; but after an occupation of two months, the invading army surrendered to Sctnta Anna on the 10th of September. At this time General Bustamente, then in command of a body of troops, thinking a favorable opportunity had arrived for striking a blow at su premacy, denounced the ambitious designs of Guerrero, and marched upon the capital. The government was easily over thrown, Guerrero fled, and Bustamente was proclaimed his successor. In an attempt to recover his authority in the fol lowing year, Guerrero fell into the hands of his enemies, when he ^as condemned as a traitor, and executed in February 1831 TEXAN REVOLUTION. 809 8. .After this, tranquillity prevailed until 183U, when Santa Anna, one of the early adherents of Guerrero, but afterwards the principal upporter of the revolution by which he was over thrown, declared against the really arbitrary encroachments of Bustamente. After a struggle of nearly a year, an armistice was agreed upon, and Pedraza was recalled to serve out the re maining three months of his unexpired term. In the early part of 1833, Santa Anna himself was chosen president, and Gomez Farias vice-president. 9. Scarcely a fortnight had elapsed after Santa Anna had entered on the duties of his office, when an insurrection, sup posed to have been instigated by him, and in favor of the church and the army, and "Santa Anna for dictator," broke out within twenty miles of the capital. The movement, how ever, was unsuccessful, and soon after Santa Anna retired to his estate in the country, leaving the executive authority in the hands of the vice-president. 10. In the early part of 1834, Santa Anna, deeming the oc casion favorable for the success of his ambitious designs, placed himself at the head of the military chiefs and the army, dis solved the congress, and summoned another. In the meantime he took into his own hands all the powers of government, while he used his power and influence to subvert the constitution he had sworn to defend. 1 1 . The several Mexican states were all more or less agitated by these arbitrary proceedings ; but the party in power, at the head of which was Santa Anna, after much opposition, suc ceeded in abolishing the federal system of 1824, and in estab lishing a strong " Central Republic." The legislatures of the states were declared to be abolished, and the states were changed into departments under the control of military com mandants, who were to be responsible to the chief authorities of the nation, the latter to be concentrated in the hands of one individual, whose authority was law. At the head of tho new government was Santa Anna. 12. Several of the Mexican states took up arms in support of the constitution of 1824, bat all, with the exception of Texas, hitherto the least important of the Mexican provinces, were speedily reduced by the arms of Santa Anna. VI. TEXAN REVOLUTION. 1. At the time of the outbreak of the first Mexican Revolution in 1810, the settlements in Texas consisted of only a few feeble Spanish garrisons, connected with 400 TEXAN REVOLUTION. a few missions of the Roman church. When Mexico had es tablished her independence, the Mexican government adopted a liberal system of colonization ; and emigrants in large numbers, mostly from the United States, began to flow to Texas, tho most fertile of the Mexican provinces. 2. With the exception of a transient outbreak in 1826, Texas remained faithful to Mexico, until the arbitrary proceedings of Santa Anna and his adherents overthrew the federal constitu tion. In opposition to a force sent by Santa Anna to reduce them to subjection, the Texans declared that they took up arms " in defence of their rights and liberties, which were threatened by the encroachments of military despots, and in defence of the republican principles of the Federal Constitution of Mexico." 3. The war commenced by the successful attack of several Mexican garrisons, while the Mexican troops were advancing into the country under the command of General Cos, the broth er-in-law of Santa Anna. General Cos, marching into the in terior, took post at Bexar, which he garrisoned with a thousand regular troops. This place was soon besieged b,y about 500 Texans, and after a vigorous assault was compelled to surren der, Dec. llth, 1835. General Cos and his followers, after pledging themselves not to oppose in any manner the re-estab lishment of the Federal Constitution of 1824, were allowed to retire to Mexico. 4. The fall of Bexar occasioned but a brief truce to the war, for in less than three months from the capitulation of General Cos, Santa Anna himself entered Texas at the head of 8000 of the best troops of Mexico, accompanied by an unusually large train of artillery. His avowed object was " to exterminate the rebels, and drive the Americans out of Texas." 5. Sending a division of his forces, under General Urrea, to South-eastern Texas, Santa Anna, at the head of 4000 of his troops, advanced to Bexar, where was a Texan force of 150 men, afterwards increased to 182, under the command of Wil liam Barrett Travis. Travis retired to the fortified enclosure of the Alamo, where were a few pieces of artillery, and there defended himself during eleven days against the whole force of the enemy. 6. This was humiliating in the extreme to the Mexican gen- erals ; and soon after midnight, on the 6th of March, their entire army, commanded by Santa Anna in person, surrounded the fort for the purpose of taking it by storm, cost what it might. TEXAN REVOLUTION. 401 7. The cnvalry formed a circle around the infantry for the double object of urging them on, and preventing the escape of the Texans ; and amidst the discharge of musketry ,-ind cannon the enemy advanced towards the Alamo. Twice repulsed in their attempts to scale the walls, they were again impelled to the assault by the exertions of their officers ; and borne onward by the pressure from the rear, they mounted the walls, and, in the expressive language of an eye-witness, " tumbled over like sheep." 8. Then commenced the last struggle of the garrison. Travis received a shot as he stood on the walls cheering on his men ; and as he fell, a Mexican officer rushed forward to dispatch him. Summoning up his powers for a final effort, Travis met his assailant with a thrust of his sword, and both expired to gether. The brave defenders of the fort, overborne by multi tudes, and unable in the throng to load their fire-arms, continued the combat with the butt-ends of their rifles, until only seven were left, and these were refused quarter. Of all the persons in the place, only two were spared a Mrs. Dickerson, and a negro servant of the commandant. 9. Major Evans, of the artillery, was shot while in the act of firing the magazine by order of Travis. Colonel James Bowie, who had been confined several days by sickness., was butchered in his bed, and his remains were savagely mutilated. Among the slain, surrounded by a heap of the enemy who had fallen under his powerful arm, was the eccentric David Crock ett, of Tennessee. The obstinate resistance of the garrison, and the heavy price which they exacted for the surrender of their lives, had exasperated the Mexicans to a pitch of rancor ous fury, at which all considerations of decency and humanity were forgotten. The bodies of the dead were stripped, thrown into a heap and buried, after being subjected to brutal indigni ties. No authenticated statement of the loss of the Mexicans has been published, although it has been variously estimated at from a thousand to fifteen hundred men. 10. On the 3d of March, during the siege of Bexar, a con vention of Texan delegates which was in session at Washington, on the Brazos river, agreed unanimously to a Declaration of In dependence. On the 17th of the same month a constitution for the Republic was adopted, and David G-. Burnett, of New Jer sey, the son of an officer of the American Revolution, was ap pointed provisional president. 402 TEXAN REVOLUTION. 1 1. During the sitting of the convention, General Urrea was proceeding along the line of the coast, where he met with but feeble opposition from small volunteer parties sent out to pro tect the retreat of the colonists. Those who were taken prison ers by him were mercilessly put to death, even though they had surrendered upon written guarantees of safety. Among these was the brave Colonel Fannin and 250 men, who, having capitulated upon honorable terms, were afterwards shot by the orders of Santa Anna. 12. After the fall of the Alamo, on the 31st of March, Santa Anna left Bexar, and proceeded north in search of the enemy, who still showed a disposition to harass his movements. In the meantime General Houston, the commander-in- chief of the Texan forces, was making what preparations his limited means would allow to arrest the progress of the invaders. 13. On the 16th of April Santa Anna reached New Wash ington, at the head of the west branch of Galveston Bay, and soon after encamped on the banks of the San Jacinto. On the morning of the 20th, General Houston, descending the right bank of Buffalo Bayou, took post within three quarters of a mile of the enemy. The effective Mexican force on the San Jacinto now numbered 1600 men, while the Texans numbered only 783. 14. The opposing forces remained in their respective positions until the afternoon of the 21st, when Houston ordered his offi- B A.Y AND TICINITY Scale of MiTcs . 3^ a g y=^zz!l?- TEXAN REVOLUTION. 403 cers to pn.-ade their respective commands, having previously taken measures for the destruction of all the bridges in the vicinity ; thus cutting off all possibility of escape for the enemy, should they be defeated. 15. The troops paraded with alacrity and spirit ; the disparity in numbers seeming to increase their enthusiasm, and to heighten tlu ir anxiety for the conflict. The order of battle being formed, t!ie cavalry, sixty-one in number, commanded by Colonel Mira- beau 13. Lamar, were despatched to the front of the enemy s !rft for the purpose of attracting their notice, when the main body advanced rapidly in line, the artillery, consisting of two six pounders, taking a station within two hundred yards of the enemy s breastwork. With the exception of the cannon, which commenced a vigorous discharge of grape and canister, not a gun was fired by the Texans until they were within point blank shot of the enemy s lines, when the war cry, Remember the Alamo! was raised. 16. The thrilling recollections suddenly revived by that well- known name, together with the knowledge that the cowardly assassins of Fannin and his comrades were before them, gave new excitement to the Texans, and, in the frenzy of revenge, they threw themselves in one desperate charge on the enemy s works, and, after a conflict of fifteen minutes, gained entire pos session of the encampment ; taking one piece of cannon loaded, four stands of colors, and a large quantity of camp equipage, stores, and baggage. The whole Mexican army was annihilated scarcely a single soldier escaping. Of nearly 1600 men who commenced the action, 630 were killed, 208 were wounded, and 730 were made prisoners ; while, of the Texan force, only eight were killed, and seventeen wounded. On the day follow ing the battle, Santa Anna was captured on the banks of Buf falo Bayou, while wandering alone, unarmed, and disguised in common apparel. It was only by the exercise of extraordinary firmness on the part of General Houston and his officers, that his life was spared from the fury of his Texan captors. An ar mistice was soon after agreed upon, and the several divisions of the Mexican forces, in obedience to the orders of Santa Anna, retired beyond the Colorado. 17. On the 14th of May a convention was concluded between the Texan government and Santa Anna, by the terms of which hostilities were immediately to cease between the Mexican and Texan troops ; the Mexican army was to retire beyond the Rio 404 HISTORY OF MEXICO. Grande ; prisoners were to be exchanged, and Santa Anna was to be sent to Vera Cruz as soon as circumstances would permit it. On the same day Santa Anna stipulated, by a secret treaty signed by him, that Mexico should enter into an amicable treaty with Texas as an independent nation. 18. Owing to divisions in the Texan congress, Santa Anna did not obtain his release until December, and on his reaching Mexico he publicly disavowed all treaties and stipulations what ever, as conditional to his release ; but even this disavowal was not effectual in restoring him to the favor of his countrymen, whose want of confidence in him was increased by his duplicity ; arid he was obliged to go into retirement until another revolu tion in his unhappy country enabled him to regain the power he had lost. 19. The battle of San Jacinto gave peace to Texas, and the rank of an independent republic among the nations of the earth, although Mexico still claimed her territory, and continued to maintain a hostile attitude towards her. A large majority of the Texan people, however, had long cherished the hope of ad mission into the American confederacy ; and although the meas ure encountered much opposition on the part of a portion of the states, yet on the 28th of February 1845, the joint resolu tion of the two houses of Congress in favor of the proposed annexation passed the Senate, and on the 1st of March received the signature of the president. In the following winter the senators of the State of Texas took their seats, for the first time, in the national council of the American Union. VII. MEXICO FROM THE CLOSE OF THE TEXAN REVOLUTION IN 1836, TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WAR WITH THE UNITED STATES IN 1846. 1. Mexican history, from the commencement of the Texan Revolution down to the opening of the war with the United States in 1846, is but a series of civil wars and do mestic revolutions, under which the country enjoyed neither repose nor prosperity. In 1838 a rebellion against the central government was planned by General Mexia, who lost his life in the brief struggle that followed. In the winter of the same year the harbor of Vera Cruz was blockaded, and the city at tacked by a French fleet. 2. In July 1840, an insurrection broke out in the city of Mexico, but after a conflict of twelve days a general amnesty was agreed upon by the contending factions. At the same time Yucatan withdrew from the general government, but after a HISTORY OF MEXICO. 405 struggle of three years against the forces of Mexico, and con tending factions at home, she again entered the Mexican con federacy. 3. In the month of August 1841, General Paredes, seconded by Santa Anna, placed himself at the head of a successful revo lution, which overthrew the existing constitution of Mexico, and proclaimed the establishment of an intricate representative sys tem, under which Santa Anna arose to the presidency in 1843 or, as might with more propriety be said, to the supreme dictatorship of the Mexican nation. In the following year, however, Paredes, who had hitherto acted with Santa Anna, openly declared against the dictator : after a civil war of some months, Santa Anna was taken prisoner, when Congress passed a decree of perpetual banishment against him. 4. It was at this time that Texas, having maintained her in dependence of Mexico during nine years, applied for and ob tained admission into the American confederacy as one of the states of the Union. On the arrival in Mexico of the news of the passage of the act of annexation, the provisional president, General Herrera, issued a proclamation calling upon the citi zens to rally in support of the national independence, which was represented as being seriously threatened by the aggres sions of the United States. 5. An account of the war which followed has already been given in its connection with the history of the United States. Even in the midst of that war Mexico was not exempt from serious domestic dissensions. When at length Herrera, con vinced of the utter inability of Mexico to carry on a successful war for the recovery of Texas, showed a disposition to conclude a peaceable arrangement with the United States, Paredes pro claimed against him, and after a short struggle drove him from power. But the triumph of Paredes was short, for while he was engaged in preparations to meet the foreign enemy, Santa Anna was recalled by the revolutionary party, and, en tering Mexico in triumph, was again placed at the head of gov ernment. But henceforth the good fortune of the Dictator deserted him. He lost one battle after another, until, finally, being driven from the capital, he was compelled to witness the dismemberment of his unhappy country. Texas, New Mexico, and California, the fairest portions of the public domain, were forever wrested from Mexican rule. THE CONSTITUTION* OF THE UNTIED STATES OF AMERICA. PREAMBLE. 11 WE, the people of the United States, in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide for the common defence, promote the general welfare, < and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our poster ity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America. ARTICLE I. OF THE LEGISLATURE. SECTION I. All legislative 15 powers herein granted shall be vested in n Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. EXPLANATORY NOTES. * Constitution, in a political sense, is the constituted or established form of government. It is thcfnndamen/al law of a nation ; the regulation that deter mines the manner in which the authority vested in the government is to be ex ercised. Our constitution is found in a written document. The English con stitution is not found in any one written article, but consists of acts of Parlia ment, decisions of courts of law, and long established customs and usages. A preamble is a preface or introduction, the object of which is to announce the character and design of the work to which it is prefixed. Legislative power is the law-making power. Congress is a meeting for the settlement of national affairs whether relating to one or more nations. The questions in Italics refer to the Explanatory Notes : those in Roman letters to the Constitution. What is a Constitution 7 What is a preamble 1 What are the objects of thn Constitution, a expressed in the preamble ? ARTICLE I. BBCTION 1. In what is the legislative power veste.l 1 t What is legislative power 1 c What is a Conffrosn 1 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 407 SECTION II. First Clause. The House of Representatives shall be com posed of members chosen every second year* by the people of the several States, and the electors 1 * in each state shall have the qualifications requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the State Legislature. Second Clause. No person shall be a representative who shall not have attained to the age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant 6 of that state in which he shall be chosen. Third Clause. Representatives and direct taxes shall be ap portioned among the several States which may be included within this Union, according to their respective numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the whole number of free per sons, including those bound to service for a term of years, and, excluding Indians not taxed, three fifths of all other persons.* 1 a In England, members of the House of Commons, corresponding to our House of Representatives, are chosen for seven years. The object in having frequent elections is to make the representatives more directly responsible to the people. The period for which a representative is chosen embraces what is called one Congress. b An elector is one who has a vote in the choice of an officer. " The electors in each State," here spoken of, are those who are entitled, by the laws of the State in which they reside, to vote for members of the most numerous branch of the State Legislature ; consequently, those who are entitled to vote for this branch of the State Legislature, may vote for members of the House of Repre sentatives. And as the right of suffrage in the several States is now almost uni versal to all American citizens of twenty-one years of age, nearly all have a vote in the choice of their representatives. c It has been decided that a man residing at the seat of government in an offi cial capacity, holding an office under the United States, does not cease to be a legal inhabitant of the State of which he was a citizen. d The representative population is not the whole population of the United States; for, after including all free persons, excluding Indians not taxed, it in cludes only " three fifths of all other persons." The " other persons" here allu ded to are slaves ; consequently the slaveholding States have a representation for three fifths of their slaves ; and their citizens, individually, hold greater polit- ioal power, than the citizens of non- slaveholding States. As an offset to this, direct SECTION II. 1st. Of whom is the House of Representatives composed ? a For how long a. period are members of the English House of Commons chosen ? What is the ob ject " n having frequent elections ? What period is embraced in each Congress ? k fVhat is an elector 1 How extensive is the privilege of voting for representatives 1 2d. What are the legal qualifications of representatives 1 c Must the representative be a resident of the State in which he shall be chosen ? 3d. How are representatives and direct taxes apportioned among the States ? How are the respective numbers of the people determined ? How often is the enumer \tion to be made 7 ll What then is understood by the representative population 1 Who are tke " other pcncm" here alluded to? How is the political power of the South afectcd by this clause ? What offset to this 1 Wtat is the ratio of representation 1 408 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. The actual enumeration shall be made within three years after the first meeting of the Congress of the United States, and within every subsequent term of ten years, in such a manner as they shall by law direct. The number of representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty thousand, but each state shall have at least one represen tative, and until such enumeration shall be made, the State of New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecti cut five, New York six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and Georgia three. Fourth Clause. When vacancies happen in the representation from any State, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill up such vacancies. Fifth Clause. The House of Representatives shall choose their Speaker, and other officers, and shall have the sole power of impeachment.* SECTION III. First Clause. The Senate of the United States shall be com posed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legisla ture thereof for six years ; and each Senator shall have one vote. b taxes (if such should be imposed by the government) are to be apportioned by the same rule as representatives. The ratio of representation is a common divi sor of the number of inhabitants in each State, and not in the whole Union. In 1790, the ratio, or the number of citizens entitled to a representative, was 33,000, and the whole number of representatives was 10G. In 1850 the ratio was 93,420, and the number of representatives 235. By act of Congress, each organ ized territory of the United States is entitled to a delegate to Congress. Such delegate is entitled to a seat in the House, and has the right of debating, but is not allowed to vote. a Impcnckmc.nl. is an accusation against a public officer for misconduct in the discharge of his oiiicial duties. The power of impeachment, as vested in the House of Representatives, extends only to officers of the general government. State officers may be impeached in a similar way by the Legislatures of the sev eral States. The mode of impeachment and trial, which is similar to the ordinary forms of judicial proceedings, is derived from the British Parliament, in which the Commons have the sole power of impeachment, and the House of Lords the power of trial. b The Senators being chosen by the State Legislatures, it is settled by the The tutw and the number of representatives, in 1790? In 1850 ? What is said of delegates from t/ie territories 1 4th. Flow are vacancies filled ? 5th. How are officers of the House chosen 1 What sole power has the House ? * What i.s- impeachment 7 Who may be impeached by the. House ? How may State offi cers be impeached ? What, is said of the made of impeachment ? SECTION HI. 1st. Of whom is the Sennit; composed 7 Who choose the Senators, and for what time 1 hi w/tat. manner are tkuu chosen ? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 409 Second Clause. Immediately after they shall be assembled, in consequence of the first election, they shall be divided, as equally as may be, into three classes. The seats of the Senators of the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of the second year ; of the second class, at the expiration of the fourth year ; and of the third class, at the" ex piration of the sixth year ; so that one third may be chosen every second year ; and if vacancies happen, by resignation or otherwise, during the recess of the Legislature of any State, the Executive thereof may make temporary appointments, until the next meeting of the Legislature, which shall then fill such vacancies. 11 Third Clause. No person shall be a Senator who shall not have attained to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the limited States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State for which he shall be chosen. Fourth Clause. The Vice-President of the United States shall be president of the Senate ; bt shall have no vote, unless they be equally divided. Fifth Clause. The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a President pro tempore, b in the absence of the Vice- President, or when he shall exercise the office of President of the United States. Sixth Clause. The Senate shall have the sole power to try all impeachments. When sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath, or affirmation. When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice shall preside ; and no person shall be convicted without the concurrence of two thirds of the members present. practice of most of the States that they may be chosen by joint ballot, of bath nouses, and not, necessarily, by the Legisiatui e in its official capacity each house having a negative on the other. a Care is taken that but one vacancy shall occar at the same time, in the rep esentation of any one State. The Governor of a State can make no appoint ment of a Senator In anticipation of a vacancy The vacancy must exist when the appointment is made. t> Pro tempore is a Latin phrase, signifying, for the time. 3d. How were the Senators at first divided ? In what order were their offices to lie .acated 7 How are vacancies to be filled 1 a What cure is taken in regard to vacate- cicx 1 By what rule is the governor restrained in filing vacancies ? 3d. What legal qualifications are required of a Senator 7 fth. Who is president of the Senate 7 When only can he vote 7 5th. What is said of the other officers of the SenUe 7 *> What is the moaning if "pro tempore ?" 6th. What sole power has the Senate 1 When dees the Chief Justice piesldo? What number can convict a persou 1 18 410 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. Seventh Clause. Judgment, in case of impeachment, shall not extend farther than to a removal from office, and disqualifi cation to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit, under the United States ; but the the party convicted shall, nevertheless, be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judg ment, and punishment, according to law.* SECTION IV. First Clause. The times, places, and manner of holding elec tions for Senators and Representatives, shall be prescribed, in each State, by the Legislature thereof; but the Congress may, at any time, by law, make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of choosing Senators. 1 * Second Clause. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall, by law, appoint a different day. SECTION v. First Clause. Each house shall be the judge of the election, returns, and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each shall constitute a quorum to do business ; but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the attendance of absent members in such manner, and under such penalties, as each house may provide. Second Clause. Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two thirds, expel a member. Third Clause. Each house shall keep a journal of its pro ceedings, and, from time to time, publish the same, excepting * In England, the judgment upon impeachment extends not only to removal from office, but to the whole penalty attached by law to the offence. The House of Lords may, therefore, inflict capital punishment, banishment, &c., according to its discretion. b Although Congress has the power to appoint the times and modes of choos ing Senators and Representatives, this power has not been exercised by it The times and modes of election are now various in the several States. c A quorum means a sufficient number to transact business. 7th. How far may judgment extend, in case of impeachment ? To what is the party convicted further liable 1 a What is the law on this subject in England ? SKCTiori IV. 1st. Who prescribe the time, place, and manner, of holding elections for senators and representatives ? What power has Congress over this subject ? ^ Has Congress ever exercised this power ? The consequence 7 2a. How often, and when, does Congress assemble ? SUCTION V. 1st. Of what is each house made the judge ? What constitutes a quo mm 1 What may a smaller number do ? e What is meant by " a quwum? n 2d. What other powers has each house 1 3d. What IB required of each house relative to a journal ? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 411 such parts as may, in their judgment, require secrecy ; and the yeas and nays of the members of either house, on any question, shall, at the desire of one fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. Fourth Clause. Neither house, during the session of Con gress, shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other place than that in which the two houses shall be sitting. SECTION VI. First Clause. The Senators and Representatives shall re ceive a compensation for their services, to be ascertained by law, and paid out of the Treasury of the United States. a They shall, in all cases, except treason, b felony, 6 and breach of the peace/ be privileged from arrest during their attendance at the session of their respective houses, and in going to and returning from the same; and, for any speech or debate, in either house, they shall not be questioned in any other place." Second Clause. No Senator or Representative shall, during the time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office, under the authority of the United States, which shall have been created, or the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time ; and no person, holding any office under the United States, shall be a member of either house, during his continuance in office. a Members of Congress receive eight dollars for every day s attendance ; and eight dollars for every twenty miles travel, by the most usual route, from their place of residence to* the seat of Congress, both in going to and returning from he session. i- Treason consists in one or more of these three things levying war against the United States adhering to their enemies giving them aid and comfort. The war must be actually levied, to constitute treason. A conspiracy to levy war is not treason. c Felony, in common speech, signifies any offence punishable with death. d The term " Breach of the peace," includes all indictable offences that ia, puch serious oifences as a person may be charged with by a grand jury under oath. e For a speech delivered in Congress a member cannot be held legally account able ; but, if he publish the speech, and it contain a libel, he is liable to an action (or t as in any other case. 4th. What are the rules respecting adjournments? SECTION VI. 1st. What is said of the compensation of senators and representatives 1 \Vliou privileged from arrest ? For what are they not to be questior ed ? a What com- pensation tio members receive ? lj In what does treason consist 1 c What is felony 1 J I< reach of the pence ? c W hat if a member publish a libf.liius speech ? 2d. To what oilier cannot members be appointed ? What it a perscn hold an office United Suues ? 412 CONSTITUTION OP THE UNITED STATES. SECTION VII. First Clause. All bills for raising revenue, shall originate in the House of Representatives ; but the Senate may propose or concur with amendments, as on other bills.* Second Clause. Every bill which shall have passed the House of Representatives and the Senate, shall, before it be comes a law, be presented to the President of the United States ; if he approve, he shall sign it ; but if not, he shall return it, with his objections, to that house in which it shall have originated, who shall enter the objections at large on their journal, and pro ceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two thirds of that house shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent, together with the objec tions, to the other house, by which it shall likewise be reconsid ered ; and if approved by two thirds of that house, it shall be come a law. But, in all such cases, the votes of both houses shall be de termined by yeas and nays ; and the names of the persons voting for and against the bill, shall be -entered on the journal of each house respectively. If any bill shall not be returned by the President within ten days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same shall be a law, in like manner as if he had signed t, unless the Congress, by their adjournment, prevent its return, in which case it shall not be a law. b a "Bills for raising revenue" do not include all bills which bring money into the treasury. Thus, bills for the sale of public lands, for regulating the Post- office, and Mint, &c., although they may increase the revenue, may originate in either house. The meaning of the phrase is confined to bills to levy taxes. This provision in our Constitution is borrowed from the British Constitution, by which, bills for raising revenue must originate in the House of Commons, whose members are the exclusive representatives of the people. So tenacious of this privilege are the Commons, that the Peers are not even allowed to amend a money bill : they must reject it, or adopt it, as it has been framed by the Commons i> The power given to the President, of objecting to bills, or placing his veto upon laws passed by Congress, was adopted after much discussion, and great opposition. It was designed as an additional security against the enactment of improper laws, and as a defence of the Executive against the encroachments of the Legislature. Should the President abuse the veto power, it is presumed that Congress would pass the bill in question, by the constitutional majority, of SKCTION VII. 1st. Where must bills for raising revenue originate ? What may the Benate do in relation to them 1 a W hat do not these bills include ? How illustrated 1 Fro n what is this provision in our Constitution borrowed ? What are the rules of tht British Constitution on this subject ? 2<J. What are the rules, in full, relative to the passage of bills ? l > Whai is said of Utis veto power thus given to the president ? For what was it designed 1 What if thf president should abt se it ? CONSTITUTION OP THE UNITED STATES. 413 Third Clause. Every order, resolution, or vote, to which the concurrence of the Senate and House of Representatives may be necessary, (except on a question of adjournment,) shall be presented to the President of the United States ; and before the same shall take effect, shall be approved by him ; or, being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two thirds of the Sen ate and House of Representatives, according to the rules and limitations prescribed in the case of a bill. SECTION VIII. OF THE POWERS OF CONGRESS. First Clause. The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes," duties, b imposts, and excises ; d to pay the debts and provide for the common defence and general welfare of the United States: but all duties, imposts, and excises, shall be uniform throughout the United States. Second Clause. To borrow money on the credit of the Uni ted States. Third Clause. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian tribes. 6 two thirds. The king of England has an absolute negative upon all bills passed by Parliament. * Taxes are all contributions, whether of money or of commodities, imposed by the government upon individuals lor the service of the State. But revenue is the money raised for tbe uses of government, and may be derived from various sources, as by the sale of the public lands, <3cc., or by taxation. t Duties are taxes required by government to be paid on the importation, ex portation, or consumption of goods. c Imposts are taxes required by government to be paid on goods imported. d Excise is a tax on commodities, wherever found ; as, a tax on the wares of the merchant, on the produce of the farmer, fee. The term excise has been ex clusively applied, in this country, to a tax on domestic distilled liquors ; because this was the only excise tax ever imposed by the general government, and was of short duration. This was in 1793, and the law was so odious as to excite to acts of open insurrection in the neighborhood of Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. The power "to regulate commerce" extends to every species of commercial intercourse carried on between citizens of the United States and citizens of for eign countries, and also between citizens of the different States in our Union, It does not, however, embrace the internal trade between man and man in dif ferent parts of the same State. What power has the King of England in similar canes 1 3d. When orders, resolutions, &-c., require the concurrence of both houses, what Is necessary in order for them to take effect 1 What if they be disapproved by the president 7 SKCTION VHL 1st. Of what does the eighth section treat ? What power has Con gress in relation to taxes, duties, imposts, and excises ? ^ What are taxes 1 What is revenue? > What are duties ? c Imposts 7 ^Excises 1 . To what has the latter term been exclusively applied in this country 1 2d. What power has Congress in regard to borrowing money? 3d. In regard to reg Ulating commerce 7 e How far does this power extend J What implied power hat Con grrss excrr.ised under this clause ? 414 CONSTITUTION OP THE UNITED STATES. Fourth Clause. To establish a uniform rule of naturaliza tion," and uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies, 1 * through out the United States. Fifth Clause. To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and meas ures. Sixth Clause. To provide for the punishment of counterfeit ing the securities and current coin of the United States. Seventh Clause. To establish post-offices and post-roads. Eighth Clause. To promote the progress of science and use ful arts, by securing, for limited times, to authors and inventors, the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries/ 4 Under this clause in the Constitution Congress has exercised the implied power of imposing duties upon foreign goods, for the two purposes, of obtaining revenue, and protecting our own manufactures. a Naturalization i the act by which a foreigner becomes a citizen. The States have no authority to pass laws of naturalization. This is an exclusive power of the United States. By acts of Congress on this subject, an alien of full age may become a citizen of the United States after a residence of five years in the country, upon complying with certain requisitions, among which are, a renunciation of all allegiance to every foreign prince and power, and a declaration, on oath or affirmation, that he will support the Constitution of the United States. The children of naturalized persons, if residing within the Uni ted States, are considered citizens. Bankruptcy signifies a particular kind of insolvency, or failure to pay one s debts. In common speech, one who cannot pay his debts is a bankrupt. Congress has passed laws for the safety and the speedy transportation of the mail. Of so great importance is the speedy transmission of the mail considered, that even a stolen horse, attached to a mail stage, cannot be seized, nor the driver arrested on civil process, such as for debt, &c., in such way as to obstruct the mail : but the driver may be arrested for a breach of tJte peace. d By acts of Congress, " patents may be obtained for any new and useful art, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter not known before the applica tion." The term for which a patent may be obtained is fourteen years. Copy- rights may be secured for twenty-eight years, and at the expiration of that time the patentee, or (if he be dead) his wife and children, may renew it for fourteen years longer. The term for copyrights was formerly fourteen years, the same as for patents. The acts of Congress upon this subject give to an author or his assignee the sole right and liberty of publishing and selling his work, and to a patentee the full and exclusive right and liberty of constructing, using, and selling to others, his invention, or discovery, within the time limited for the enjoyment of their respective privileges. For the violation of a patent the trespasser must pay to the patentee three times the actual damage proved to have been sustained. The penalty for infringing a copyright is the forfeiture of every volume so printed to the author, and the forfeiture of every sheet printed, one half to the author, and one half to the United States ; and furthermore, to pay the author all the dam ages which he may prove to have sustained. 4th. In regard to naturalization tmd bankruptcies 1 * What is meant by naturalira- tion ? Wluit are the laws and regulations on this subject ? [ > What is bankruptcy 1 5lh lu regard to coining money? 6th. Counterfeiting? 7th. Post-offices, &c. ? - ~WiAt is said of the gpetdy transportation of the mail? 8th. Science and useful arts? <i What (icta of Congress hive been paused m re fat ion to pattntf and cvpy rights? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNrftED STATES. 415 Ninth Clause. To constitute tribunals inferior to the Su preme Court. Tenth Clause. To define and punish piracies* and felonies committed on the high seas, b and offences against the law of nations. Eleventh Clause. To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules concerning captures on land and water. Twelfth Clause. To raise and support armies; but no ap propriation of money for that use shall be for a longer term than two years. Thirteenth Clause. To provide and maintain a navy. Fourteenth Clause. To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and naval forces. Fifteenth Clause. To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions. Sixteenth Clause. To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia, and for governing such part of them as may be employed in the service of the United States, reserving to the States respectively the appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress. Seventeenth Clause. To exercise exclusive legislation, in all cases whatsoever, over such district (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of particular States, and the accept ance of Congress, become the seat of the government of the United States ; and to exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent of the Legislature of the State in a Piracy is robbery on the high seas. Piracy is punished by all nations. But if a foreigner acts under the sanction of his government, his acts are not denom inated piracy. In this case the government which sanctions his acts is alona responsible for the wrong. i> The term "high seas" means ail the waters of the ocean beyond the bounda ries of low water mark, where the tide ebbs and flows, although in a roadstead or bay, within the limits of one of the states or of a foreign government. Be tween high water mark and low water mark the courts of commor law and of admiralty hold alternate jurisdiction. c " Letters of marque and reprisal" are commissions to seize the persons and property of the members of a nation which has committed some injury, and re fuses to make satisfaction. 9th. Judicial tribunals? 10th. Piracies, felonies, &c. ? a What is piracy the laws OH tnis subject, <S,-c. ? What is said of the term " high seas 7" 1 Ith. Declaring war ? * What are "letters of marqve and reprisal?" 1 2th. Of armies ? 13th. The navy ? 14th. Government of hind and naval forces? 15th. Calling forth the militia, &c 1 16th, Organizing the militia, fee ? 17lh. Legislation over ceded places, &c. 1 416 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. which the same shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dock-yards, and other needful buildings.* And, Eighteenth Clause. To make all laws which shall be neces sary and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing pow ers, and all other powers vested by this Constitution in the gov ernment of the United States, or in any department or officer thereof. SECTION IX. OF RESTRICTIONS UPON THE POWER OF CONGRESS. First Clause. The migration or importation of such persons as any of the States now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not be prohibited by the Congress pnor to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight ; but a tax or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each person. b Second Clause. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended, unless when, in cases of rebellion or invasion, the public safety may require it. 6 a Over all places ceded to the general government for the purposes herein mentioned, Congress has exclusive legislative control. The inhabitants of such plaees cease to be inhabitants of the States, and cannot exercise any political rights under the laws of the States. But the States have commonly reserved the right of criminal jurisdiction within the limits of ceded places, as this right may be exercised consistently with the jurisdiction of the general government. i> The persons here spokenof were slaves, and by this clause their introduction was admitted until 1808. In 1815 the slave-trade was prohibited under severe penalties. Congress has since declared the slave-trade to be piracy, and that if a citizen of the United States be engaged in it he shall be adjudged a pirate, and on conviction suffer death. The Supreme Court of the United State*, however, has decided that the slave-trade is not piracy by the universal law of nations, nor except so far as it has been made so by the treaties or statutes of the nation to which the party belonged. The slave-trade has been abolished by the United States, and by all European nations. Vessels, of whatever n^ion, engaged in the slave-trade, are now liable to seizure and confiscation. c The writ of habeas corpus is a -written command, grantable by any court of record, or judge thereof, and directs the sheriff, or other officer named in the writ, to take the body of some particular person, and bring it before said judge or court. The object of the writ is, by bringing a person, confined for any cause whatever, before a competent authority, to have the cause of his confinement investigated, and, if he be not legally confined, to discharge him. us on this subject 7 18th. What gwneral powers are SECTION IX. 1st. Of what does the ninth section treat 1 Wha restriction -<?&& ttive relative to the migration r importation of certaia persona ? t> Who wore tk* "persons" here spoken oft What is said of the alavt trade ? ttd. Relative to the writ of " habeas corpus 1" c What is this writ ! The object of it 1 a What are the general regulatio conferred by the ]8th clause ? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 417 Third Clause. No bill of attainder,* or ex post facto law* shall be passed. Fourth Clause. No capitation, 6 or other direct tax, shall be laid, unless in proportion to the census or enumeration herein before directed to be taken. Fifth Clause. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles ex ported from any State. Sixth Clause. No preference shall be given, by any regula tion of commerce or revenue, to the ports of one State over those of another ; nor shall vessels bound to or from one State, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in another. Seventh Clause. No money shall be drawn from the Treas ury, but in consequence of appropriations made by law ; and a regular statement and account of the receipts and expenditures of all public money, shall be published from time to time. Eighth Clause. No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States ; and no person, holding any office of profit or trust under them, shall, without the consent of the Congress, accept of any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign state. SECTION x. OF RESTRICTIONS UPON TlEIE TOWER OF THE STATES. First Clause. No State shall enter into any treaty, allianee, or confederation; grant letters of marque and reprisal; coin a A bill of attainder is a special act of the Legislature, inflicting capital pun ishment upon persons supposed to be guilty of high crimes, such as treason and felony, without any conviction in the ordinary course of judicial proceedings. If it inflict a milder punishment, it is called a bill of pains and penalties. b An ex post facto law is a retrospective criminal laic, a law that looks back upon past actions, and makes that criminal which was not criminal when done. c The term capitation here signifies a direct tax upon individuals. Such tax cannot be levied by Congress upon one portion of the people and not upon an other ; but all taxes levied by Congress must be uniform among the States. A direct tax has never been levied by our government, but if one were to be levied, Congress would apportion it among the several States according to the number of representatives which each is allowed to send to Congress; and each State would apportion its tax among its citizens according to the property possessed by each. The general government is supported by the revenue derived from the sale of public lands, and by duties on imported goods. &c. The direct taxes that the people pay are state, county, and town taxes. 3d. RelaYi ve to " 1)111 of attainder" and ex post facto" law 1 a What is a " bill of at- taimlerr" 1 i> Jin " cz post facto" law? 4th. Relative to capitation or direct taxes? c What is a capitation tax ; and how only could any direct tax be levied 1 5th. Duties on exports 7 6th. Commercial preferences and regulations? 7th. Drawing money from the treasury 1 8th. Titles of nobility presents, &.C. 1 SIOTION X. Of what does the tenth section treat? 1st. What restrictions are in> poeeil by the 3rst clause of this section ? 18* 418 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. money ; emit bills of credit ; a make anything but gold and sil ver coin a tender in payment of debts ; pass any bill of attainder ex post facto law, or law impairing the obligation of contracts ;* or grant any title of nobility. Second Clause. No state shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any imposts or duties on imports or exports, ex cept what may be absolutely necessary for executing its inspec tion laws ; and the nett produce of all duties and imposts, laid by any State on imports or exports, shall be for the use of the Treasury of the United States ; and all such laws shall be sub ject to the revision and control of the Congress. Third Clause. No State shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any duty of tonnage, keep troops or ships of war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or compact with another State, or with a foreign poAver, or engage in war, un less actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay. ARTICLE II. OF THE EXECUTIVE. SECTION I. First Clause. The Executive 11 power, shall be vested .in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his office during the term of four years ; and, together with the a Bills of credit, within the meaning of the Constitution, which prohibits their emission by the States, are promissory notes, or bills, issued exclusively on the credit of the State, and designed to circulate as money, and for the payment of which the faith of the State only is pledged. The prohibition does not, there fore, apply to the notes of a State bank, drawn on the credit of a particular fund act apart for the purpose of their redemption. b A contract is an agreement to do or not to do a certain thing. If two indi viduals have formed a contract which is sanctioned by the laws of the State, and the fulfilment of which could be legally exacted by either of the contracting par ties, then the State cannot declare such contract void, nor release either party from his obligation. Tonnage duties are taxes laid on vessels at a certain rate per ton. d Executive is that which relates to the execution of the laws. Thus, the chief officer of the government, whether he be called king, president, or gov- * What are " bills of credit," and what is the extent oj t/ic prohibition ? > What ia a contract"! Explanation of the clause 1 2d. What are the restrictions relative to tuxiug imports and exports ? 3d. Relative to tonnage duties, war, compacts, &c. ? c What ore tonnage duties ? ARTICLE II. SECTION I. 1st. In whom is the executive power vested, and what is bis term of office ! d What is meant by executive f CONSTITUTION OF THE CN ^ice-President, chosen for the same time, be elected as fol lows : Second Clause. Each State shall appoint, in such mariner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a number of electors, 1 equal to the whole number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress ; but no Senator or Representative, or person holding an office of trust or profit, under the United States, shall be appointed an elector.* (IZth Amendment to the Constitution.) The electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot, for President and Vice-President, one of whom, at least, shall not be an in habitant of the same State with themselves. They shall name, in their ballots, the person voted for as President, and in distinct ballots, the person voted for as Vice- President ; and they shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as Vice-President, and of the number of votes for each ; which lists they shall sign and certify, and transmit, sealed, to the seat of government of the United States, directed to the President of the Senate. The President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then be counted ; the person having the greatest number of votes for President, shall be President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors ap pointed; and if no person have such majority, then, fiom the persons having the highest numbers, not exceeding three, on the list of those voted for as President, the House of Represen tatives shall choose, immediately, by ballot, the President. But, in choosing the President, the votes shall be taken by States, the representation from each State having one vote ; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members from two thirds of the States, and a majority of all the States shall be necessary to a choice. ernor, is denominated the Executive, for on him is devolved the duty of executing tfa laws, a As the electors are to be appointed in such manner as the Legislature may direct, different states have adopted different modes. In some states the electors are chosen by the Legislature itself, but in most, by the people. * (The next clause in the Constitution was abrogated in the year 1801, and the above amendment introduced.) 2d. Describe the manner of choosing the president and the vice-president, a in tohta aiamur arc, the electors chosen by the state legislatures 1 420 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. And if the House of Representatives shall not choose a Pres ident, whenever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the fourth day of March next following, then the Vice- President shall act as President, as in the case of the death or other constitutional disability of the President. The person having the greatest number of votes as Vice-Pres- ident, shall be the Vice-President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed ; and if no person have a majority, then, from the two highest numbers on the Jist, the Senate shall choose the Vice-President : a quorum for the purpose shall consist of two thirds of the whole number of Senators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary to a choice. But no person constitutionally ineligible to the office of Pres ident, shall be eligible to that of Vice-President of the United States. Third Clause. The Congress may determine the time of choosing the electors, and the day on which they shall give their votes ; which day shall be the same throughout the United States. 4 Fourth Clause. No person, except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of the United States at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the office of President ; neither shall any person be eligible to that office who shall not have attained to the age of thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resident within the United States. Fifth Clause. In case of the removal of the President from office, or of his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the Vice-President ; and the Congress may, by law, provide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or inability both of the President and Vice-President, declaring what officer shall then The electors are now chosen " on the Tuesday next after the first Mon day in the month of November of the year in which they are to be appointed," but if a state fails, on the day of election, to make a choice, it is allowed to provide for their appointment on some subsequent day. The electors meet in their respective states, at a place appointed by the Legislatures thereof, on the first Wednesday in December, in every fourth year succeeding the last election, and vote by ballot for President and Vice-President. 3d. What power has Congress over the time of choosing electors, &c. ? a IV tint has Congress enacted on this subject l The consequence? When do the electors meet in Hit several States 1 4th. What are the legal qualu calions of a president 1 5th. What pro visions are mad by the Constitution for cases of removal or inability of the presi dent, &c. ? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 421 act as President ; and such officer shall act accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a President shall be elected." Sixth Clause. The President shall, at stated times, receive, for his services, a compensation, which shall neither be increased nor diminished during the period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive within that period any othei emolument from the United States, or any of them. 3 Seventh Clause. Before he enters on the execution of his office, he shall take the following oath or affirmation : " I do solemnly swear, (or affirm,) that I will faithfully exe cute the office of President of the United States, and will, to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and defend the Con stitution of the United States." SECTION II. First Clause. The President shall be commander-in-chief of the army and navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several States when called into the actual service of the United States. He may require the opinion, in writing, of the principal offi cer in each of the Executive Departments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices, and he shall have power to grant reprieves and pardons for offences against the United States, except in cases of impeachment. Second Clause. He shall have power, by and with the ad vice and consent of the Senate, to make treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur : and he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall a Congress has provided that, in case of the removal, death, resignation, or in ability of both the President and Vice-President, the President pro tern, of the Senate, and in case there shall be no such President of the Senate, then the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall act as President, until the dis ability be removed, or the vacancy filled. In case of a non-election of both Pres ident and Vice-President at the proper period, Congress has declared that there shall immediately be held a new election. b The salary of the President is twenty-five thousand dollars per annum, and that of the Vice-President five thousand dollars. a What has Congress provided for these emergencies? Cth. Relative to compensation of president 1 b What is the salary of the president ? 7th. What oath is the president required to take ? SECTION II. 1st. What power has the president relative to the army, navy, and mili tia ? What may he require of the heads of the Departments ? What power has he relative to reprieves and pardons ? 2d. Relative to treaties 1 422 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. appoint ambassadors, other public ministers, 11 and consuls, 15 judges of the Supreme Court, and all other officers of the Uni ted States, whose appointments are not herein otherwise pro vided for, and which shall be established by law ; but the Con gress may, by law, vest the appointment of such inferior officers as they think proper, in the President alone, and in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments. Third Clause. The President shall have power to fill up all vacancies that may happen during the recess of the Senate, by granting commissions, which shall expire at the end of their next session. SECTION III. He shall, from time to time, give to the Congress information of the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient : he may, on extraordinary occasions, convene both Houses, or either of them, and in case of disagreement between them, with re spect to the time of adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper. He shall receive ambassadors and other public ministers ; he shall take care that the laws be faithfully executed, and shall commission all the officers of the United States. a A public minister is one who is charged with the care of the public affairs of his nation at a foreign court. Of these there are several orders : 1st. An ambassador is one who represents the government, and is authorized to act for it on all occasions. 2d. An envoy is, a minister who is sent for a particular purpose as, to make a special treaty, or arrange disputed boundaries. There are envoys ordinary, and envoys extraordinary or plenipotentiary. The former, as the term signifies, are invested with merely the ordinary powers of an envoy ; the latter Imvefull power to act as they deem expedient. 3d. Ministers resident, or charge d affaires, are those who are charged with the ordinary affairs of a nation at a foreign court To each of these offices is attached a secretary of legation, who performs the duties of a secretary, and is frequently left in charge of affairs when a minister is recalled. i Consuls are commercial agents, appointed to reside in the seaports of foreign countries for the purpose of watching over the commercial rights of the nation sending them. Relative to appointment of certain officers? a What is a public minister ?" Jin ambassador ? Jin envoy 1 Minister resident ? Secretary of legation ? What arc consuls 1 3d. What power has the president relative to vacancies ? SBCTION 1 1 L What are the duties of the president in respect to Congrese ambaaaa- lore execution of thj laws, &c. ? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 428 SECTION IV. The President, Vice-President, and all civil officers of the United States, shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors. ARTICLE III. OF THE JUDICIARY. SECTION I. The Judicial power of the United States shall be vested in one Supreme Court, and in such inferior courts as Congress may, from time to time, ordain and establish.* The Judges, both of the Supreme and inferior courts, shall hold their offices during good behavior, and shall, at stated times, receive for their services a compensation, which shall not be diminished during their continuance in office. SECTION II. First Clause. The Judicial power shall extend to all cases in law and equity, b arising under this Constitution, the laws of a Congress has organized a Supreme Court by creating a Chief Justice and eight Associate Justices, any five of whom make a quorum. The Supreme Court holds one term annually at the seat of government. The inferior courts or ganized by Congress are the Circuit and the District Courts. The United States are divided into nine Circuits, in each of which two Circuit Courts are held an nually by one judge of the Supreme Court and such judge of the United States District Court as resides in the district in which the Circuit Court is held. The District Court is composed of a single judge, who holds annually four stated terms, and special courts at his discretion. Each State constitutes at least one district, and the larger states two. b Equity, considered as a legal term, is the correction of that wherein the law (by reason of its universality) is deficient. Courts of law are those in which decisions are regulated by the known laws of the land. Courts of equity take cognizance of those cases which either the law does not reach, or in which a strict adherence to the law would be attended by manifest injustice. SECTION IV. 1st. For what crimes, and in what manner, may government officers he removed from office 1 ARTICLE III. SECTION I. 1st. Of what does Article III. treat ? In what !s the judicial power ol the United States vested 1 What to said of the term of office and compensation of Judges 1 A Of the organization of the Supreme Court 7 Of the inferior courts ? SECTION II. 1st. To what several cases does the judicial power of the United States Courts extend 7 >J What is here understood by " equity ?" What are courts of lout and courts of equity ? 424 CONSTITUTION O*F THE UNITED STATES. the United States, and treaties made, or which shall be made, under their authority ; to all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls ; to all cases of admiralty and mar itime jurisdiction; 11 to controversies to which the United States shall be a party : b To controversies between two or more States; between a State and citizens of another State ; between citizens of different States ; between citizens of the same State, claiming lands under grants of different States ; and between a State, or the citizens thereof, and foreign States, citizens, or subjects. Second Clause. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other pub lic ministers, and consuls, and those in which a State shall be a party, the Supreme Court shall have original jurisdiction. 6 In all the other cases before mentioned, the Supreme Court shall have appellate jurisdiction, 11 both as to law and fact, with such exceptions, and under such regulations as the Congress shall make. Third Clause. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of im peachment, shall be by jury ; and such trial shall be held in the State where the said crimes shall have been committed ; but when not committed within any State, the trial shall be at such place or places as the Congress may, by law, have directed. SECTION III. First Clause. Treason against the United States shall con sist only in levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. * The admiralty and maritime jurisdiction of the United States courts embraces all civil and criminal cases in which the crime was committed at sea, or on the coasts, out of the body of a county. > To enforce the rights of the United States, the general government has power to sue in its own courts; but neither can an individual nor a state bring a suit against the United States. A sovereign power cannot be held amenable to any other power. c Original jurisdiction is that in which a suit commences, or originates, in this court. d Appellate jurisdiction is the power of re-examining, and reversing or re affirming the decisions of inferior courts. The usual modes of exercising appel late jurisdiction, are : by Writ of Error which removes nothing for re-examina tion but the law of the case ; and by Appeal which removes li cause entirely, and subjects the facts as well as the law to a review and retrial. a What does u admiralty and maritime jurisdiction 1 1 embrace 1 b Can the United States be a, party to ale/a-al controversy and how ? 2d. In what cases has tho Supremo Court " original jurisdiction," and in what " appellate jurisdiction ?" c What is crifi not, jurisdiction! d What is appellate jurisdiction ? The usual modes of exercising appellate jurisdiction ? 3. What is the fundamental law relative to " the trial of M HBCTION III. 1st. In what does treason consist? CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 425 Second Clause. No person shall be convicted of treason, un less on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in open court. Third Clause. The Congress shall have power to de-clare the punishment of treason ; but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture, except during the life of the person attainted.* , ARTICLE IV. MISCELLANEOUS. SECTION I. Full faith and credit shall be given in each State, to the pub lic acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other State, And the Congress may, by general laws, prescribe the manner in which such acts, records, and proceedings shall be proved, and the effect thereof. SECTION n. First Clause. The citizens of each State shall be entitled to all privileges and immunities of citizens in the several States. Second Clause. A person charged, in any State, with treason, felony, or other crime, who shall flee from justice, and be found in another State, shall, on demand of the Executive authority of the State from which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the State having jurisdiction of the crime. Third Clause. No per&on held to service or labor in one State, under the laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or regulation therein, be discharged a Death by hanging is the punishment of treason in this country. By " cor ruption of blood" is meant the destruction of all inheritable qualities, so that no one can claim any property, or any right to the same, from a person attainted, or through him. In England the children of a person attainted cannot inherit his property if they are obliged to trace their title through him. But these relics of feudal barbarism are prohibited by our Constitution. 2d. What is necessary to a conviction? 3d. The power of Congress relative to the punishment? * What is the penalty of treason 1 What it meant by corruption of blooa. ?" What is th law in J<toffland on this subject 1 ARTICLE IV. SBCTION I. 1st. What credit must be given to public acts, &c., of other States 1 How are they to bo proved ? SECTION II. 1st. What is said of the privileges of citizens in heseveral States ? 2d. Of persons charged with crimes in oaie State, and fleeinginto another? 3d. Of persons escnping from service or labor 1 426 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. from sjch service or labor, but shall be delivered up, on claim of the party to whom such service or labor may be due a SECTION in. First Clattse. New States may be admitted, by the Congress, into this Union ; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the jurisdiction of any other State, nor any State be formed by the junction of two or more States, or parts of States, without the consent of the Legislatures of the States concerned, as well as of the Congress. Second Clause. The Congress shall have power to dispose of and make needful rules and regulations respecting the terri tory or other property belonging to the United States ; and nothing in this Constitution shall be so construed as to preju dice any claims of the United States, or of any particular State. SECTION IV. The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a republican form of government, and shall protect each of them against invasion ; and on application of the Legislature, or of the Executive, (when the Legislature cannot be convened,) igainst domestic violence. ARTICLE V. OF AMENDMENTS. The Congress, whenever two thirds of both houses shall deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this constitution, or, on the application of the Legislatures of two thirds of the seve ral States, shall call a convention for proposing amendments, which in either case shall be valid, to all intents and purposes, as part of this Constitution, when ratified by the Legislatures of three fourths of the several States, or by conventions in three a The clause relative to persons held to service or labor refers to the sla\ us of the Southern States who may take refuge in other States. To what persons docs this clause refer ? SECTION [LI. 1st. What is said of the formation and the admission of new States ? 21. Of territorial rules and regulations 1 SBCTION IV. 1st. What does the United States guarantee to the several States ARTICLE V. Of what does Artid o V. treat ? What two WHYS of originating amendments ? Whal two ways of rati tying th ?m 1 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 427 fourths thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress; provided that no amendment, which may be made prior to the year one thousand eight hun dred and eight, shall in any manner affect the first and fourth clauses in the ninth section of the first article ; and that no State, without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal suf frage in the Senate. ARTICLE VI. First Clause. All debts contracted, and engagements en tered into, before the adoption of this Constitution, shall be as valid against the United States, under this Constitution, as under the Confederation. Second Clause. This Constitution, and the laws of the Uni ted States which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of the land ; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby, anything in the Constitution or laws of any State to the contrary notwith standing. Third Clause. The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers, both of the United States and of the Several States, shall be bound by oath, or affirmation, to support this Constitution ; but no religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or public trust under the United States. ARTICLE VII. The ratification of the conventions of nine States shall be suf ficient for the establishment of this Constitution between the States so ratifying the same. What restrictions upon this power of making amendments ? ARTICLE VI. 1st. What dobts and engagements does the Constitution recognize 1 2d. What con stitutes tbe supreme In\v of the land 1 How are judges bound ? 3d. By what oath arc national and state officers and representatives bound 7 What is said of religious testa " ARTICLE VII. What was necessary for tho establishment of the Constitution? 428 CONSTITUTION OP THIS UNITED STATES. AMENDMENTS/ ARTICLE I. Congress shall make no law respecting an es tablishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, b or of the press ; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances. ART. II. A well-regulated militia being necessary to the se curity of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed. ART. III. No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any house without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war but in a manner to be prescribed by law. ART. IV. The right of the people to be secure in their per sons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated ; and no warrants shall issue but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. ART. V. No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indict ment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or na val forces, or in the militia, when in actual service in time of war or public danger ; nor shall any person be subject, for the a When the Constitution was submitted to conventions of the people, called for that purpose, it met with violent opposition from many, and numerous ob jections were urged against it. The most important objections were those against the great power with which it invested the general government ; and the fear that the influence of the States would be greatly impaired, if not alto gether destroyed, by the supremacy of the Union. The Constitution was, however, ratified by the requisite number of States; and Congress during its first session, proposed ten distinct articles, selected from those which had been suggested in the State Conventions, which, having been ratified in the manner provided, are now a part of the Constitution. Two other amendments have since been added. The general design of the amendments wfl. a to secure certain rights to the States and people, beyond the possibility of encroachment by Congress ; and to eet a more definite limit to the powers of the general government. The terms " freedom of speech and of the press," only give liberty to speak and publish whatever is not in derogation of private rights. AMENDMENTS. ARTICLE I. What amendment has been made respecting religion freedom of Speech of the press and the right of petition? * Whnt is said of the yrigin and tht design f the J) menilments ? " How far does "freedom of speech and of the press"" ex tend ? ART. II. What is said of the right of the people to keep and bear arms ? AST III. )t quartering soldiers 1 ART. f V. Of searches arid seizures ? Of the Issuing of warrants ? AKT. V. Of holding persons tu answer for crimes 1 CONSTITUTION OP THE UNITED STATES. 429 same offence, to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb ;* nor shall be compelled, in any criminal case, to be a witness against himself; nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law : nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation. ART. VI. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right, to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have Dt-en committed, which district shall have been previously as certained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation ; to be confronted with the witnesses against him ; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his i avor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defence. AT. VII. In suits at common law, where the value in con troversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved ; and no fact tried by a jury shall be other wise re-examined, in any court of the United States, than ac cording to the rules of the common law. ART. VIII. Excessive bail shall not be required, nor exces sive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted. ART. IX. The enumeration, in the Constitution, of certain Alights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others re tained by the people. ART. X. The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. ART. XL The judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend to any suit in law or equity, commenced or prosecuted against one of the United States by citizens of another State, or by citizens or subjects of any foreign State. (Article twelfth, of the Amendments, relating to the choos ing of President and Vice-President, will be found under the head of " Executive.") a The meaning of this clause is, that no person shall be a second time tried for the same offence, where there has been an actual verdict and judgment rendered in a former trial. But the accused may be tried a second time, where the jury have been dismissed for want of agreement, or where a new trial has been granted on account of some illegal proceedings, or for want of evidence. Of twice putting persons in jeopardy of life or limb a Meaning of this provision 1 Of witnessing against oneself? Of protection of life, liberty, and property ? ART. VI. What i -ignis are guaranteed in all criminal prosecutions ? ART. VII. Of the right of trial by jury ? ART. VIII. Of bail, fines, and punishments 7 ART. IX.- Of rights retained l>y the people 7 ART. X. Of the powers reserved to the States 7 ART. XL -Of restrictions upon the judicial power of the United States 7 What is said of Article twelfth, of the Arneudm&nta 1 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OP 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN S BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL. INCREASE TO SO DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE OVERDUE. 20637